INTERIM RAPID

ACTION CHANGE
Date: 27 March 2018

Category: Priority

From: H-60 Fleet Support Team, ISSC, Cherry Point, PSC Box 8021, Cherry
Point, NC, 28533-0021, (MMHISST.1)

To: H-60 Automatic Distribution Lists for A1-H60BB-SRM-100

Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE (IRAC) NO. 51 TO A1-H60BB-SRM-100,

DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F,
HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, AND MH-60S, DATED 15 MAY 2017 WITH NOTICE
DATED 16 MAY 2017

Encl: (1) WP 008 00, Figure 1. FS 265 LH and RH Lower Fuselage Main Landing
Gear Fitting Bushing Installation
(2) WP 008 00, Figure 4. Crack Removal Dimensions (Lug Radii Area)
(3) WP 008 00, Figure 8. Lug Oversize Sleeve Manufacture
(4) WP 008 00, Figure 11. Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting
(Installation of Kamatic’s KAron-Lined Bushings, KJB967320V and
Washers, KPD4321)

Points of Contact:
A. Engineering, Peter Povich, MMHISST.1/AIR-4.3.3.2.1, ISSC, Cherry
Point, NC, (252)464-6275, DSN 451-6275, or Email
[email protected]

B. Tech Data, Jason Persilver, MMHISST.6/AIR-6.8.5.1, ISSC, Cherry Point,

NC, (252)720-5763, DSN 590-5763 or Email [email protected]

1. Purpose of Change: To enhance mission capability/fleet readiness by adding

repair capability to the MH-60R aircraft. This IRAC provides closing action
for TPDR RCN N65923-18-0494.

2. Detailed Information:

a. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of a manual are not
authorized. The following technical content change information applies to
the following referenced pages and paragraphs of subject manual, until the
formal change is released.

b. WP 008 00, Figure 1, delete and replace with Enclosure (1).

c. WP 008 00, Figure 4, delete and replace with Enclosure (2).

d. WP 008 00, step 7.h., delete prior WARNING in its entirety.

e. WP 008 00, Figure 8, delete and replace with Enclosure (3).

Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE (IRAC) NO. 51 TO A1-H60BB-SRM-100,
DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F,
HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, AND MH-60S, DATED 15 MAY 2017 WITH NOTICE
DATED 16 MAY 2017

f. WP 008 00, Figure 11, delete and replace with Enclosure (4).

3. Validated By: W. Todd Thornton, MMHISST.1/AIR-4.3.3.2.1, ISSC, Cherry

Point, NC, (252)464-6268, DSN 451-6268, or Email [email protected].

4. Related Instructions:

a. The information and instructions in this IRAC shall be considered

validated government information (GFI) and shall be incorporated verbatim
into applicable manual.

b. For IRACs affecting manuals in Paper Copy - maintain this IRAC with
the applicable manual by placing or attaching it directly behind the title
page. Mark the specific change area in the margin of each page affected with
a vertical line, and includes the IRAC number and Date Time Group (DTG) of
the IRAC message. Attached enclosure(s) shall be inserted into the manual.
This IRAC shall not be removed until receipt of the formal change.

c. Subject IRAC shall be incorporated into applicable manual NLT 12

months after IRAC issue date by ISSC, Cherry Point, NC, (MMHISST.6).

R. B. POLLOCK
By direction
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MS-122 Agent, Release

41298-1 Sleeve, First Oversize
41298-2 Sleeve, Second Oversize
41298-3 Sleeve, Third Oversize
41298-4 Sleeve, Fourth Oversize

1. INTRODUCTION. c. Disconnect the LH and RH main landing gear

drag beam assemblies from the FS 265 lower
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot fuselage main landing gear fittings in accordance with
maintenance instructions for the FS 265 Lower A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-
Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting, (78286) 110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-
70219-02526-041/-042 (SH-60B/F and HH-60H), 300.
70219-02526-045/-046/-055/-056/-057/-058 (MH-60R)
and 70219-85203-041/-042/-043/-044/-045/-046 5. INSPECTION.
(MH-60S). Refer to figure 1.

3. The FS 265 lower fuselage main landing gear

fitting provides the structural attachment of the drag
beam to the airframe. The Production design
incorporated bushings, M81934/2-20C014, installed in Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
both sides of each lug where the pivot pin was
installed to connect the upper drag beam lugs to the a. Clean the exposed fitting with dry cleaning
lower fuselage fitting. Installation of bushings, solvent, MIL-PRF-680, and a clean cloth to remove all
M81934/2-20C014, has proven to be the root cause dirt and debris.
of excessive corrosion damage to the lug bores and
faces. Due to in-service wear, it becomes necessary b. If bushings, M81934/2-20C014, are installed,
to perform isolated spot-blending of corrosion proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 6 for removal and
(especially if bushings, M81934/2-20C014, are replacement with Kamatic’s KAron-coated bushings
installed). If corrosion is excessive, itmay become and washers.
necessary to oversize the lug bores and spot-face the
lug surfaces. This WP provides repair procedures to
c. If Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushings,
remove bushings, M81934/2-20C014, and install
KJB967320V, and washers, KPD4321, are installed,
Kamatic’s, KAron-lined bushings, KJB967320V, and
inspect liners for chipping damage and evidence of
washers, KPD4321, for each lug. Kamatic’s KAron-
slippage as follows:
lined bushings and washers have proven to
significantly reduce corrosion damage to the fitting
lugs. (1) Inspect for integrity of sealing compound
around the OD of the bushing and washer flange.
4. DISASSEMBLY. Inspect for evidence of bushing and/or washer
slippage. Slippage will appear as cracking in the
a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground maintenance. sealing compound around the OD of the bushing
Turn off all electrical power and hydraulic power. flange and washer. If any discrepancies are noted in
the integrity of the sealing compound, proceed to
b. Install aircraft jacks in accordance with A1- REPAIR, paragraph 6.
H60CA-GAI-000, A1-H60RA-GAI-000 and A1-H60SA-
GAI-000.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
IRAC 51 – 27 March 2018

Figure 1. FS 265 LH and RH Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting Bushing Installation

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 7

Figure 3. Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) Locations

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
IRAC 51 – 27 March 2018

Figure 4. Crack Removal Dimensions (Lug Radii Area)

Enclosure (2)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 14

To prevent damage to theKAron lining on Acetone, ASTM D329 9

theKamatic’s bushing andwasher, do not
apply dry ice or liquid nitrogen during
installation in the lugs.

(2) Press-fit KAron-lined bushing, Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

KJB967320V, into lug bores while sealing compound
is wet, utilizing components of the H-60 bushing and (5) After final application of corrosion
sleeve installation/removal kit, (91145) E97282. Refer inhibiting sealing compound, clean lug bores, faces
to figure 9. and edges of installed bushing and washer flanges
using acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol,
(3) Press-fit washers, KPD4321, while the TT-I-735, and clean cloth. Ensure inner bore of
sealing compound is wet, on the rim of the exposed bushings are free of sealing compound.
material of the installed bushing utilizing components
of the H-60 bushing and sleeve installation/removal 8. ASSEMBLY.
kit, (91145) E97282. Refer to figures 10 and 11.
a. Install the LH and RH main landing gear drag
beam assemblies on the lower fuselage main landing
gear fittings in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300,
A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-
110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.

b. Remove aircraft jacks in accordance with

A1-H60CA-GAI-000, A1-H60RA-GAI-000 and
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
A1-H60SA-GAI-000.
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(4) Apply bead of corrosion inhibitive sealing

compound, MIL-PRF-81733, around circumference of
installed bushing flange and washer outer edge. Allow
sealing compound to fully cure.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
IRAC 51 – 27 March 2018

Figure 8. Lug Oversize Sleeve Manufacture

Enclosure (3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 15

Figure 9. Installation of KAron-Lined Bushing, KJB967320V

Figure 10. Installation of KAron-Lined Washer, KPD4321

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
IRAC 51 – 27 March 2018

Figure 11. Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting

(Installation of Kamatic’s KAron-Lined Bushings, P/N KJB967320V, and Washers, P/N KPD4321)

Enclosure (4)
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C: Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies only and their
contractors to protect publications required for official use or for administrative or operational purposes
only, determined on July 31, 2017. Other request for this document shall be referred to Commander,
Naval Air Systems Command (PMA-299), RADM William A. Moffett Bldg., 47123 Buse Rd., Bldg. 2272,
Patuxent River, MD 20670-1547.

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT: This information is furnished upon the condition that it or knowledge of its
possession will not be disclosed to another nation, and that it will not be used for other than the military
purpose for which it is being provided without specific authority from the U.S. Department of the Navy;
that individual or corporate proprietary rights contained within, Whether patented or not, will be
respected; that the information will be provided the same degree of security afforded it by the U.S.
Department of Defense. Regardless of any declassification markings, this information may not be
downgraded or declassified by a foreign recipient without the written approval of the originating U. S.
agency.

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export
Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979 (Title 50, U.S.C.,
App. 2401 et seq.), as amended. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE: For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
 INTERIM RAPID
ACTION CHANGE
Date: 16 February 2018

Category: Priority

From: H-60 Fleet Support Team, In-Service Support Center, Cherry Point, PSC
Box 8021, Cherry Point, NC, 28533-0021, (MMHISST.1)

To: H-60 Automatic Distribution Lists for A1-H60BB-SRM-100

Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE NO. 50 TO TECHNICAL MANUAL

A1-H60BB-SRM-100, DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, MODEL
NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, DATED 15 MAY 2017, WITH NOTICE DATED 16 MAY
2017

Points of Contact:
A. Engineering, MMHISST.2/AIR-4.3.5.4, ISSC, Cherry
Point, NC,

B. Logistics, MMHISST.4/AIR-6.7.1.2, ISSC, Cherry Point,

NC,

C. Tech Data, MMHISST.6/AIR-6.8.5.1, ISSC, Cherry Point, NC,

1. Purpose of Change: To correct/prevent a mission capability/fleet

readiness condition by adding a waiver for UV Coating application in
locations with environmental restrictions. This IRAC provides closing action
for TPDR RCN N65923-18-0098.

2. Detailed Information:

a. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of a manual are not
authorized. The following technical content change information applies to
the following referenced pages and paragraphs of subject manual until the
formal change is released.

b. WP 033 00, page 12, paragraph 8, prior to step a., add the following:

NOTE

If geographic location prohibits application of UV Coating due to

Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) regulations, application of UV
Coating may be waived.

3. Validated By: MMHISST.2/AIR-4.3.5.4, ISSC Cherry

Point, NC,
Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE NO. 50 TO TECHNICAL MANUAL
A1-H60BB-SRM-100, DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, MODEL
NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, DATED 15 MAY 2017

4. Related Instructions:

a. The information and instructions in this IRAC shall be considered

validated Government Furnished Information (GFI) and shall be incorporated
verbatim into applicable manual.

b. For IRACs affecting manuals in paper copy - maintain this IRAC with
the applicable manual by placing or attaching it directly behind the title
page. Mark the specific change area in the margin of each page affected with
a vertical line, and includes the IRAC number and date time group (DTG) of
the IRAC message. Attached enclosure(s) shall be inserted into the manual.
This IRAC shall not be removed until receipt of the formal change.

c. Subject IRAC shall be incorporated into applicable manual NLT 12

months after IRAC issue date by ISSC, Cherry Point, NC,(MMHISST.6/6.8.5.1).

R. B. POLLOCK
By direction
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their
contractors to protect publications required for official use or for administrative or operational purposes
only, determined on 15 December 2012. Other requests for this document shall be referred to
Commander, Naval Air Systems Command (PMA 299), 47123 Buse Rd., Bldg. 2272, Patuxent River, MD
20670-1547.

THIRD PARTY AGREEMENT: This information is furnished upon the condition that it or knowledge of its
possession will not be released to another nation without specific authority from the Department of the
Navy of the United States; that it will not be used for other than military purposes; that individual or
corporate rights originating in the information, Whether patented or not, will be respected and; that the
information will be provided the same degree of security afforded it by the Department of Defense of
the United States. Regardless of any other markings on this document, it may not be declassified
or downgraded without the written approval of the originating U. S. agency.

WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export
Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979 (Title 50, U.S.C.,
App. 2401 et seq.), as amended. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe criminal penalties.
Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
 INTERIM RAPID
ACTION CHANGE
Date: 17 August 2017

Category: Priority

From: H-60 Fleet Support Team, In-Service Support Center (ISSC) Cherry
Point, PSC Box 8021, Cherry Point NC 28533-0021, (MMHISST.1)

To: H-60 Automatic Distribution Lists for A1-H60BB-SRM-100

Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE (IRAC) NO 49 TO TECHNICAL MANUAL

A1-H60BB-SRM-100, DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, NAVY MODEL SH-
60B/F, DATED 15 MAY 2017

Encl: (1) New WP 038 00

Points of Contact:
A. Engineering, MMHISST.1/AIR-4.4.2.4, ISSC, Cherry Point,
NC,

B. Tech Data, MMHISST.6/AIR-6.8.5.1, ISSC, Cherry Point,

NC,

C. Logistics, MMHISST.6/AIR-6.7.1.2, ISSC, Cherry Point,

NC,

1. Purpose of Change: To correct/prevent a mission capability/fleet

readiness condition by adding procedures to remove the tail gearbox assembly
with the tail rotor head installed. This IRAC provides closing action to
TPDR RCN N65923-17-1058.

2. Detailed Information:

a. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of a manual are not
authorized. The following technical content change information applies to
the following referenced pages and paragraphs of subject manual until the
formal change is released.

b. WP 001 00, insert the following into alphabetical index:

Title WP/SWP
Number
Tail Gearbox (TGB) with Blades attached - Removal and
Installation
Procedures.................................................... 038 00

c. WP 002 00, table 1, delete following Reference Material:

Transmission Systems, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-260-300

Subj: H-60 INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE (IRAC) NO. 49 TO TECHNICAL MANUAL A1-
H60BB-SRM-100, DEPOT MAINTENANCE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR, NAVY MODEL SH-
60B/F, DATED 15 MAY 2017

d. WP 002 00, table 2, support equipment required, add new entries in

alphabetical order:

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

N900200-001 Tail Rotor Stand

70700-77403-041 Hoisting Set Component Sling

e. Insert new WP 038 00 as shown in Enclosure 1.

3. Validated By: MMHISST.1/AIR-4.4.2.4, ISSC, Cherry Point,

NC

4. Related Instructions:

a. The information and instructions in this IRAC shall be considered

validated Government Furnished Information (GFI) and shall be incorporated
verbatim into applicable manual.

b. For IRACs affecting manuals in paper copy - maintain this IRAC with
the applicable manual by placing or attaching it directly behind the title
page. Mark the specific change area in the margin of each page affected with
a vertical line, and includes the IRAC number and date time group (DTG) of
the IRAC message. Attached enclosure(s) shall be inserted into the manual.
This IRAC shall not be removed until receipt of the formal change.

c. Subject IRAC shall be incorporated into applicable manual NLT 12

months after IRAC issue date by ISSC Cherry Point, NC (MMHISST.6/6.8.5.1).

R. B. POLLOCK
By direction
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 1

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL GEARBOX (TGB) WITH BLADES ATTACHED, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

PROCEDURES

NAVY MODELS
HH-60H
MH-60R
MH-60S

Reference Material

Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R…………………………………………….….….A1-H60RA-SRM-300

Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S…………………………………………….……. A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H........................ A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60R……………………………………............. A1-H60RA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60S……………………………………………… A1-H60SA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H……………………. A1-H60CA-140-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60R………………………………………………………. A1-H60RA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60S……………………………………………..………… A1-H60SA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J………………….... A1-H60CA-150-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60R……………………………………………… A1-H60RA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60S………………………………………………. A1-H60SA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J……………. A1-H60CA-260-300

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Introduction……………………………………………………………………………………………………………2
Removal……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……….2
Installation……………………………………………………………………………………………………...………3

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

N900200-001 Tail Rotor Stand

70700-77403-041 Hoisting Set Component Sling

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-C-5501 Caps and Plugs, Protective

MS3367-1-0 Tie, Cable

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION
(1) Attach first sling strap under pitch control
2. This work package (WP) provides Depot-level shaft, P/N 70400-26100-042, with rotor head rotated
instructions for removal and install of tail gearboxes to ensure sling strap does not contact pitch control
with tail rotor blades still attached for Planned rods, pitch change beam, or tail rotor blades. See
Maintenance Interval (PMI) events. Figure 1.

3. During PMI events, tail gearbox (TGB) is removed (2) Attach second sling strap around TGB
to facilitate inspections of mounting surfaces and output housing just inboard of deice slip ring. See
other areas of airframe. Removal of tail rotor blades Figure 2.
from tail gearbox assembly is not required during PMI
events. CAUTION

4. REMOVAL To prevent damage to tail rotor

servo, Do not lift with strap around
a. Disconnect/Remove all drives, flight controls, tail rotor servo and .ensure sling
hydraulics and electronics joining TGB assembly to strap does not contact tail rotor
aircraft as follows: servo.

(1) Remove section VI drive shaft, P/N (3) Attach third sling strap under servo bore
70361-06002-048, in accordance with A1-H60CA- in TGB center housing. See Figure 2. Adjust sling
260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300, A1-H60SA-260-300. strap to prevent contact with tail rotor servo.

(2) Disconnect LH tail pylon flight control (4) Loosely attach fourth sling strap around
cable, P/N 70400-20511-043 or 96400-16003-044, TGB input housing. See Figure 3.
from TGB in accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300,
A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-140-300. WARNING

(3) Disconnect RH tail pylon flight control To prevent injury to personnel and
cable, P/N 70400-20511-044 or 96400-16003-042, damage to equipment, make sure
from TGB in accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, hoist capacity is greater than 150
A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-140-300. pounds.

(4) Disconnect tail rotor spring capsules, P/N c. Connect sling straps from TGB to lifting hoist.
70400-06660-048 from support in accordance with
A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA- CAUTION
140-300. Zip tie spring capsules to quadrant
assembly, P/N 70400-06690-044, to inhibit To prevent damage to blade or
movement. TGB components, ensure buckles
do not contact blades or TGB
(5) Disconnect electrical connector (P614) components when raising hoist.
from chip detector/temp sensor.
d. Raise hoist above TGB to tighten sling straps.
(6) Remove pylon flight control pushrod, P/N
70400-06698-048, from TGB in accordance with A1- WARNING
H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-
140-300. To prevent injury to personnel and
damage to equipment, ensure TGB
(7) Disconnect tail pylon cable (harness), is fully supported by sling straps
P/N 70550-26901-102, in accordance with A1- such that it will not shift or rotate
H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA- upon removal of TGB bolts.
140-300. Unforeseen movement may cause
injury to personnel and damage to
(8) Remove bolts and washers securing first bladed TGB assembly or aircraft
and second stage hydraulic manifolds to tail rotor tail.
servo in accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-
H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-140-300. Install e. Remove TGB mount bolts in accordance with
protective caps and plugs and position manifolds out A1-H60CA-260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300, A1-H60SA-
of way. 260-300.

b. Attach hoisting set component sling P/N f. Inspect TGB mounting feet for corrosion in
70700-77403-041, sling straps to TGB assembly as accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-
follows: SRM-300, A1-H60SA-SRM-300.

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 3

WARNING
g. Place TGB with blades on tail rotor stand,
P/N N900200-001. Secure with TGB mount bolts. Ensure TGB is fully supported by
sling straps such that it will not
h. Lower hoist to reduce tension in sling straps. shift or rotate upon removal of
bolts. Unforeseen movement may
i. Remove sling straps from hoist. cause damage to bladed TGB
assembly or aircraft tail.
j. Remove sling straps from bladed TGB
assembly. h. Remove TGB mount bolts.

5. INSTALLATION i. Install bladed TGB on aircraft in accordance

with A1-H60CA-260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300, A1-
a. Attach hoisting set component sling P/N H60SA-260-300.
70700-77403-041, sling straps to TGB assembly as
follows: j. Connect/install all drives, flight controls, and
electronics joining TGB to aircraft as follows:
b. Attach first sling strap under pitch control
shaft with rotor head rotated to ensure sling strap (1) Connect tail pylon cable (harness), P/N
does not contact pitch control rods, pitch change 70550-26901-102, to TGB in accordance with A1-
beam, or tail rotor blades. See Figure 1. H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-
140-300.
c. Attach second sling strap around TGB output
housing just inboard of deice slip ring. See Figure 2. (2) Install pylon flight control pushrod, P/N
70400-06698-048, to TGB in accordance with A1-
CAUTION H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-
140-300.
Lifting assembly with sling strap
around tail rotor servo will damage (3) Remove zip ties attaching tail rotor spring
servo and result in loss of tail rotor capsules, P/N 70400-06660-048, to quadrant
control. assembly, P/N 70400-06690-044, to allow movement.
Attach spring capsules to support in accordance with
d. Attach third sling strap under servo bore in A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300, A1-H60SA-
TGB center housing. See Figure 2. Adjust sling strap 140-300.
to prevent contact with tail rotor servo.
(4) Connect electrical connector (P614) to
e. Loosely attach fourth sling strap around TGB chip detector/temp sensor.
input housing. See Figure 3.
(5) Connect RH tail pylon flight control cable,
P/N 40400-20511-044 or 96400-16003-042, to TGB in
CAUTION
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-
300, A1-H60SA-140-300.
TGB with blades attached weighs
approximately 150 pounds. Ensure
(6) Connect LH tail pylon flight control cable,
use of hoist with suitable capacity.
P/N 70400-20511-043 or 96400-16003-044 to TGB in
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-
f. Connect straps from TGB to lifting hoist.
300, A1-H60SA-140-300.
WARNING
(7) Install section VI drive shaft, P/N 70361-
06002-048 in accordance with A1-H60CA-260-300,
Ensure buckles do not interfere
A1-H60RA-260-300, A1-H60SA-260-300.
with any blades or TGB
components. Contact between
(8) Remove protective caps and plugs and
buckles or TGB blades could
install bolts and washer connecting first and second
result in damage to these
stage hydraulic manifolds to tail rotor servo in
components when raising hoist.
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-
300, A1-H60SA-140-300.
g. Raise hoist above TGB. Apply tension until
taut.
k. Inspect for any missing or damaged
components. Repair/install components as required in
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-
300, A1-H60SA-140-300, A1-H60CA-150-300, A1-
H60RA-150-300, A1-H60SA-150-300, A1-H60CA-
260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300, A1-H60SA-260-300.

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 4

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 5

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 038 00
IRAC 49 – 17 August 2017 Page 6

Enclosure (1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
15 May 2017
Edited for SP

TECHNICAL MANUAL

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

STRUCTURAL REPAIR

MODEL NUMBERS
SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R AND MH-60S

This manual supersedes A1-H60BB-SRM-100, dated 1 March 2016.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government Agencies and their

contractors to protect publications required for official use or for administrative or operational
purposes, determined on 1 March 2016. Other requests for this document shall be referred to:
Commander, Naval Air Systems Command (PMA-299), 47123 Buse Rd., Bldg. 2272, Patuxent
River, MD 20670-1547.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that shall
prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF THE COMMANDER, NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND

 NOTICE  
This  information  is  furnished  upon  the  condition  
that  it  or  knowledge  of  its  possession  will  not  be  
released  to  another  nation  without  specific  
authority  from  the  Department  of  the  Navy  of  the  
U.S.;  that  it  will  not  be  used  for  other  than  military
purposes;  that  individual  or  corporate  rights
originating  in  the  information,  whether  patented  or
not,  will  be  respected  and;  that  the  information  will
be  provided  the  same  degree  of  security  afforded  it
by  the  Department  of  Defense  of  the  U.S.  Regardless
of  any  other  markings  on  this  document,  it  may  not
be  declassified  or  downgraded  without  the  written
approval  of  the  originating  U.S.  agency.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
15 May 2017 Page A

NUMERICAL INDEX OF EFFECTIVE WORK PACKAGES/PAGES

List of Current Changes

Original 0 ..........................................15 May 2017

(Includes IRAC 46)

Only those work packages assigned to the manual are listed in this index. Dispose of superseded and deleted
work package/pages. Superseded and deleted classified work packages/pages shall be destroyed in accordance
with applicable regulations. If changed pages are issued to a work package, insert the changed pages in the
applicable work package. The portion of text affected in a changed or revised work package is indicated by
change bars or the change symbol “R” in the outer margin of each column or text. A change to an illustration is
indicated by a change bar next to the figure title.

WP WP
Number Title Number Title

Title 015 01 Rescue Hoist Airframe Fitting – Repair

Page A Numerical Index of Effective Work Limits (MH-60S/MH-60R)
Packages/Pages 016 00 LH and RH Main Transmission Beams
TPDR-1 List of Technical Publications Deficiency 017 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Aft
Reports (TPDR) Incorporated Transition Section
HMWS-1 Warnings Applicable to Hazardous 017 01 Aft Transition Section – Repair of LH and
Materials RH Aft Fuselage Upper Skin
001 00 Alphabetical Index 017 02 Fuel Cell Liners – Removal and
001 01 Numerical Index of Part Numbers Installation Procedures (SH-60B/SH- 60F/
002 00 Introduction HH-60H/MH-60R)
003 00 Engine Air Inlet Assembly 017 03 Fuel Cell Liners – Removal and
004 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Nose Installation Procedures (MH-60S)
Section 018 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Tail Cone
005 00 Lower Nose Avionics Shelf – Alignment Section
of Mounts for No. 1 and No. 2 019 00 Tail Fold: Tail Cone Canted Bulkhead
Embedded Global Positioning/Inertial Hinge Fitting Assembly and Tail Rotor
Navigation Set Receivers (CN- Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly
1706A/ASN or CN-1706B/ASN) 020 00 Tail Cone Canted Hinge Fitting
006 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin 021 00 Tail Cone Assembly
Section 022 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Pylon
007 00 Cabin Floor Assemblies Section
008 00 FS 265 Lower Fuselage Main Landing 023 00 Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting
Gear Fittings Assembly – Repair of Right Hand Lugs
009 00 FS 379 Upper Frame Assembly 024 00 Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting
010 00 Tie Down Fitting Assembly Assembly – Repair of Left Hand Lugs Tail
011 00 Repair of Loose Attaching Fasteners, 025 00 Rotor Bumper Attach Fitting
BL 16.5 LH/RH Transmission Beam and 026 00 Tail Rotor Pylon Step Assembly
Upper Cabin Plating and Skin 027 00 Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Actuator Attach
012 00 Upper Cabin External Aft Plating Fitting
013 00 Cargo Door Assembly 028 00 Inspection and Damage Criteria Stabilator
014 00 Shoring Procedures Section
015 00 Rescue Hoist Airframe Fitting – Cold 029 00 SDLM Support Equipment
Work Requirements During Fitting 030 00 HIRSS Main Assembly
Replacement 031 00 STA 605 Airframe Fitting Assembly
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
Page B

032 00 FS 379 Aft Engine Mount Fitting 036 00 Application of Corrosion Preventive Compound,
033 00 Acrylic Plastic Windows (MIL-P-25690) MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35), to MH-60R
– Repair Interior Structure
034 00 Adheels Tee Mount Bracket – 037 00 Application of Corrosion Preventive Compound,
Inspection, Repair and Installation MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35), to MH-60S
035 00 Structural Alignment of Tail Rotor Drive Shaft Interior Structure
System

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS MANUAL IS 910, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:

WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No.

Title ........................................ 0 013 00 020 00

A - C ...................................... 0 1 - 5 ................................... 0 1 - 12 ................................. 0
TPDR-1 ................................. 0 6 Blank .............................. 0 021 00
TPDR-2 Blank ....................... 0 014 00 1 - 19 ................................. 0
HMWS-1 - HMWS-14 ........... 0 1 - 17 ................................. 0 20 Blank............................. 0
001 00 18 Blank ............................ 0 022 00
1...........................................0 19 ...................................... 0 1 - 29 ................................. 0
2 Blank ............................... 0 20 Blank ............................ 0 30 Blank............................. 0
001 01 21 ...................................... 0 023 00
1 - 2 .................................... 0 22 Blank ............................ 0 1 - 12 ................................. 0
002 00 23 ...................................... 0 024 00
1 - 21 .................................. 0 24 Blank ............................ 0 1 - 17 ................................. 0
22 Blank ............................. 0 25 - 31 ............................... 0 18 Blank............................. 0
003 00 32 Blank ............................ 0 025 00
1 - 40 .................................. 0 33 ...................................... 0 1 - 9 ................................... 0
004 00 34 Blank ............................ 0 10 Blank............................. 0
1 - 30 .................................. 0 015 00 026 00
005 00 1 - 8 ................................... 0 1 - 4 ................................... 0
1 - 14 .................................. 0 015 01 027 00
006 00 1 - 10 ................................. 0 1 - 10 ................................. 0
1 - 173 ................................ 0 016 00 028 00
174 Blank ........................... 0 1 - 25 ................................. 0 1 - 27 ................................. 0
007 00 26 Blank ............................ 0 28 Blank............................. 0
1 - 19 .................................. 0 017 00 029 00
20 Blank ............................. 0 1 - 48 ................................. 0 1 - 3 ................................... 0
008 00 017 01 4 Blank............................... 0
1 - 16 .................................. 0 1 - 13 ................................. 0 030 00
009 00 14 Blank............................. 0 1 - 15 ................................. 0
1 - 6 .................................... 0 017 02 16 Blank............................. 0
010 00 1 - 6 ................................... 0 031 00
1 - 8 .................................... 0 017 03 1 - 11 ................................. 0
011 00 1 - 5 ................................... 0 12 Blank............................. 0
1 - 9 .................................... 0 6 Blank .............................. 0 032 00
10 Blank ............................. 0 018 00 1 - 5 ................................... 0
012 00 1 - 32 ................................. 0 6 Blank............................... 0
1 - 12 .................................. 0 019 00
1 - 68 ................................. 0
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
Page C

WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No.

033 00
1 - 14 .................................. 0
034 00
1 - 13 .................................. 0
14 Blank ............................. 0
035 00
1 - 19 .................................. 0
20 Blank ............................. 0
036 00
1 - 24 .................................. 0
037 00
1 - 22 .................................. 0
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
15 May 2017 TPDR-1/(TPDR-2 Blank)

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

LIST OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORTS (TPDR) INCORPORATED

STRUCTURAL REPAIR

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, MH-60S

Identification No./ Location

QA Sequence No. WP/Para., Fig., Tab.

N65888-15-1256 (WP) 022 00 (Pg) 26 (T) 2

(WP) 027 00 (Pg) 9 (P) 6
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
15 May 2017 HMWS-1

WARNINGS APPLICABLE TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Warnings in this manual alert personnel to hazards associated with the use of hazardous
materials. Additional information related to hazardous materials is provided in OPNAVINST
5100.23, Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual, NAVSUPINST
5100.27, Navy Hazardous Material Control Program, and the DOD 6050.5, Hazardous Materials
Information System (HMIS) series publications. For each hazardous material used within the
Navy, a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be provided and be available for review by
users. Consult your local safety and health staff concerning any questions regarding hazardous
materials, MSDS, personal protective equipment requirements, appropriate handling and
emergency procedures, and disposal guidance.
Under the heading “HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS”, complete hazardous material
warnings are listed by (1) warnings sequentially assigned index numbers, (2) material,
(nomenclature, specification, including related icons), and (3) complete warnings, including
appropriate personnel protective equipment requirements.
In the text of the manual, the caption “WARNING” is not used for hazardous material warnings.
Hazards are cited by the numeric identifier that relates to the complete warnings, the
nomenclature and applicable specification of the hazardous material, and appropriate icon(s).
Users of hazardous materials shall refer to the complete warnings.

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS

Biological
The abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a
danger to your life or health.

Chemical
The symbol of drops of a liquid onto a hand shows that a material will cause burns or irritation of
human skin or tissue.

Cryogenic
The symbol of a human hand in a block of ice shows that the material is extremely cold and can
injure human skin or tissue.

Explosion
This rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high
temperature, sources of ignition, or high pressure.

Eye Protection
The symbol of a person wearing goggles shows that the materials will injure the eyes.

Fire
The symbol of a flame shows that a material can ignite and burn you.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-2

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS (Continued)

Poison
The symbol of a skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or is a danger to life.

Radiation
The symbol of three circular wedges shows that a material emits radioactive energy and can injure
human tissue or organs.

Vapor
The symbol of a human figure in a cloud shows that vapors of a material present a danger to your
life and health through inhalation.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS

Index Material Warning

1 Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680, may cause
eye and skin irritation. Overexposure may cause
dizziness and other central nervous system
Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 effects. Wear nitrile gloves and chemical
protective goggles. Dry cleaning solvent is
manufactured by several companies, and its
composition varies. Therefore, it is very
important that you consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

2 Compressed Air used for cleaning can create

airborne particles that may enter the eyes. Use
approved goggles, face-shield and hearing
Compressed Air protection when using compressed air for
cleaning, cooling or drying. Air pressure shall not
exceed 30 psig. Compressed air shall not be
directed towards self or other persons.

3 Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417, materials

may cause irritation to skin and eyes. Avoid
inhaling powder or vapors, and use only in well-
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 ventilated area. Avoid prolonged or repeated
contact with skin. Wear nitrile gloves and safety
glasses. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-3

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

4 Anodizing Solution, MIL-A-8625, may burn eyes
or skin. Avoid contact. Highly reactive, avoid
contact with any other chemicals. Use in a well-
Anodizing Solution, MIL-A-8625 ventilated area. PPE: chemical resistant gloves,
chemical splash goggles, and face-shield.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

5 AMS 2700, Method I, Type 6 and 7 can cause

severe burns to skin, eyes, and respiratory
system. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant, AMS 2700 clothing. If accidental contact occurs, flush with
water for at least 15 minutes. Wear butyl rubber
gloves, chemical apron, splash-proof goggles,
face-shield, and use ventilated hood during use.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

6 Aircraft Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-85570, is

irritating to skin and eyes. Prolonged contact
may cause dermatitis. Wear chemical splash
Aircraft Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-85570 proof goggles and gloves. Use only with
adequate ventilation. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

7 Chemical Conversion Coating, MIL-DTL-81706,

contains carcinogenic chromates and contact
may irritate or burn skin and eyes. Burns may
Chemical Conversion Coating, MIL-DTL-81706 not be immediately obvious. Avoid contact with
eyes, skin, or clothing. Keep away from oils,
fuels, and other chemicals. Wear butyl gloves
and splash proof goggles during use. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-4

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

8 Nitric Acid, A-A-59105, is corrosive, can cause
severe burns to skin, eyes, and respiratory
system. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and
Nitric Acid, A-A-59105 clothing. If accidental contact occurs, flush with
water for at least 15 minutes. Wear butyl rubber
gloves, chemical apron, splash-proof goggles,
face-shield, and use ventilated hood during use.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

9 Acetone, ASTM D329, is flammable. Do not use

near heat, sparks, open flames, or any other
source of ignition. Use only in well-ventilated
Acetone, ASTM D329 area. Liquid and vapors may irritate the eyes and
skin. Prolonged inhalation of vapor can irritate
mucous membranes and can cause dizziness
and headache. Do not breathe vapors or allow
contact with skin or eyes. For protection use
butyl rubber gloves, chemical splash goggles.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

10 Hydrochloric Acid, ASTME 1146, burns tissue on

contact. Vapors may burn nose and lungs. Avoid
contact with skin. Do not breathe vapors. Wear
Hydrochloric Acid, ASTME 1146 rubber gloves, chemical splash goggles and
apron. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.

11 Hydrofluoric Acid, MIL-A-24641, is corrosive and

a poison. Danger! Can cause severe burns to
skin, eyes, and respiratory system. BURNS MAY
Hydrofluoric Acid, MIL-A-24641 NOT BE IMMEDIATELY OBVIOUS. Avoid
contact with eyes, skin and clothing. If accidental
contact occurs, flush with water for 5 minutes or
until 2.5% calcium gluconate jelly can be applied.
Seek medical attention immediately. Wear butyl
rubber gloves, chemical apron, splash-proof
goggles, face-shield, and use mechanical
ventilation during use. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional safety precautions.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-5

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

12 Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 is flammable and

irritating to the skin, eyes, and respiratory tract.
Do not use in confined spaces. Avoid breathing
Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 vapors. Wear chemical splash proof goggles and
butyl gloves. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

13 Adhesive, MMM-A-132 (EA 9394), may cause

skin, eye, or respiratory tract irritation. Repeated
exposure can cause allergic like lung or skin
Adhesive, MMM-A-132 reaction. Avoid contact or breathing vapors and
mists. Use only with butyl rubber gloves,
chemical splash proof goggles, and a ventilated
hood or booth. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

14 Hysol EA 956 Plastic Adhesive is a Phenol-

Formaldehyde Novolac Resin. It is an eye and
skin irritant. May emit formaldehyde or phenol
Epoxy Resin, EA 956 A/B during curing or after material is cured and then
cut. Wear safety glasses with side shields, face
shield, and viton gloves. Use only in a well
ventilated area. Consult the applicable material
safety data sheet, local Occupational Safety and
Health regulations, and the most recent industrial
hygiene survey.

15 Waterborne Epoxy Primer Coatings, MIL-PRF-

85582, are flammable and contain chromates,
confirmed human carcinogens. Avoid breathing
of vapors or mist. Personnel shall use gloves,
goggles and adequate ventilation. Spray
application requires an approved, ventilated
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 paint booth and may require a respirator. Consult
the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) and most recent industrial hygiene
survey for more information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-6

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

16 Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377, is flammable.

Contains carcinogenic chromate compounds.
Avoid prolonged or repeated breathing of vapors.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Personnel
shall wear butyl rubber gloves, and goggles.
Spray application requires an approved,
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 ventilated paint booth and may require a
respirator. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and most recent industrial
hygiene survey for more information.

17 Thinner, MIL-T-81772, Type I, II, or III, is

flammable and may irritate the skin, eyes, or
respiratory tract. May contain toluene, a
reproductive hazard. Contains chemicals that
can be absorbed through the intact skin. Avoid
prolonged breathing of vapors. Use in adequate
Thinner, MIL-T-81772 ventilation. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
Wear Silvershield gloves and safety glasses.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

18 High Solids Polyurethane Coating, MIL-PRF-

85285, is flammable. Vapors can cause irritation
of the skin, eyes, and respiratory tract.
High Solids Polyurethane Coating, Overexposure can cause headaches or difficulty
MIL-PRF-85285 breathing. Repeated or prolonged exposure can
cause allergic skin rash or asthma. Avoid
breathing of vapors or mist. Personnel shall use
gloves, goggles and adequate ventilation. Spray
application may require air-supplied respirator.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and most recent industrial
hygiene survey for more information.

19 Adhesive, EC-1357, is flammable, contains

acetone, toluene and MEK. Do not use near
heat, sparks, open flames, or any other source of
Adhesive, EC-1357 ignition. Use only in well-ventilated area. Liquid
and vapors may irritate the eyes and skin.
Prolonged inhalation of vapor can irritate mucous
membranes and can cause dizziness and
headache. Do not breathe vapors or allow
contact with skin or eyes. For protection use
butyl rubber, nitrile or polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)
gloves, chemical splash goggles. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-7

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

20 Corrosion Preventive Compound, MIL-PRF-

16173, may be flammable. Do not eat or drink
while using this material. May cause skin and
Corrosion Preventive Compound, eye irritation. Overexposure may cause
MIL-PRF-16173 dizziness and narcosis. For your safety, use:
chemical splash proof goggles, gloves, and good
ventilation. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

21 Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074, can irritate

skin and eyes. This material contains ingredients
that can be absorbed through the skin and cause
Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 damage to internal organs. Use only in well-
ventilated area and keep away from sparks or
flames. Wear protective clothing, rubber apron,
rubber gloves, and goggles or face-shield.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.

22 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734, is mildly

irritating to the skin and eyes. Contains a
chemical that can be absorbed through the skin
Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 and can cause delayed neurotoxicity. Avoid
contact. Wear nitrile gloves and chemical splash-
proof goggles. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

23 Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735, is flammable. Do not

use near open flame or other sources of ignition.
May irritate skin and eyes. Inhalation may cause
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 dizziness, headaches and irritation to respiratory
tract. Wear chemical splash proof goggles and
gloves. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-8

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

24 Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

Compound, MIL-PRF-81733, is flammable and
may contain chromate compounds that are
carcinogens. Avoid contact with skin and eyes.
Avoid breathing vapors. Wear gloves and safety
glasses. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.

25 Cadmium Plating Solution, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416,

is toxic. Contains cadmium, a cancer hazard.
Avoid creating dust. Handling cadmium plated
Cadmium Plating, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 parts does not normally present a health hazard.
However sanding, blasting, grinding, plating or
otherwise creating dust, mist or fume may cause
exposure, which can cause lung cancer and
kidney disease. Liquid plating solution will
evaporate and become a dust if spilled and not
cleaned and decontaminated properly. PPE:
gloves, goggles, coveralls, chemical protective
apron, and adequate ventilation. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

26 Dry Ice, Carbon Dioxide (solid), CGA G-6.2, can

cause severe skin burns and frostbite. Do not
handle with bare hands. Use in well ventilated
Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 area. Wear cryogenic gloves, chemical goggles
and face-shield. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-9

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

27 Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503, is extremely cold
and can injure human skin or tissue on contact.
Liquid nitrogen will expand 696 times as it
Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 vaporizes and if the liquid vaporizes in a sealed
container; it can produce enormous pressures
that could rupture the vessel. Nitrogen can
displace oxygen in poorly ventilated or confined
areas. Boiling and splashing occurs when filling
a warm container with or when inserting objects
into liquid nitrogen. Perform these tasks slowly to
minimize boiling and splashing. Use tongs to
withdraw objects immersed in a cryogenic liquid.
Wear chemical splash goggles, face-shield, and
approved cryogenic gloves/outer wear when
handling liquid nitrogen. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

28 Potting Compound, Epocast 1652, may cause an

allergic reaction to the skin. Skin and eye contact
shall be prohibited. Safety goggles and face
Potting Compound, Epocast 1652 shield are required when using this material.
Handle material only with VITON and/or
TYCHEM BR/LV gloves. Wear coveralls. Local
exhaust ventilation shall be used during
application and curing. Once product is cured
sanding or cutting the material will produce
respirable particles, do so only with local exhaust
ventilation and/or respirator. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet and most
recent industrial hygiene survey for more
information prior to use.

29 Bonding Adhesive, MMM-A-121, is flammable

and a skin and eye irritant. Overexposure can
cause headache, dizziness and damage the
nervous system. This material contains toluene,
a material that can harm a developing child
during pregnancy. Avoid prolonged breathing of
Adhesive, MMM-A-121 vapor and prolonged or repeated skin contact.
Keep away from heat, sparks and flame. Use
nitrile gloves, goggles and adequate ventilation.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational Safety
and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-10

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

30 Adhesive, EC-1751, may irritate the skin and
eyes. Avoid contact. May cause allergic
sensitization. Use only in a well-ventilated area.
Adhesive, EC-1751 Avoid breathing vapors during cure cycle.
Material can be absorbed through the skin. For
safe use, wear appropriate gloves (butyl rubber,
nitrile rubber or neoprene) and vented splash-
proof goggles. Consult the applicable MSDS and
local OSH regulations for additional information.

31 Adhesive, EA 9359.3, may cause eye, skin, and

respiratory tract irritation. Prevent skin contact.
May cause allergic skin reaction. Use only with
Adhesive, EA 9359.3 adequate ventilation. PPE: Wear neoprene or
butyl rubber gloves and safety glasses with side
shields. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.

32 Two Part Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD, may

burn eyes and skin. Avoid contact. Vapors may
irritate the respiratory tract. Avoid mixing in
Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD batches greater than 1 lb. Use: gloves, goggles,
local exhaust. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

33 Release Agent, MS-122, is a skin and respiratory

tract irritant. Inhalation can cause heart
irregularities, unconsciousness and death. Skin
Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 contact may cause discomfort, flushing of the
face, hypertension and weakness. High
exposures can cause nervous system
depression. Keep off skin and use with good
ventilation. Mylar gloves are recommended.
Other gloves may not work. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-11

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

34 Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294, contains
methylene chloride and a chromate compound
which are suspected carcinogens. Danger! Avoid
Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 all contact. Methylene chloride will go through
most normal gloves. Avoid breathing vapors.
Protection: Chemical splash proof goggles,
Silvershield gloves, and forced ventilation. Work
outside a ventilated hood will require a supplied
air respirator. Consult the applicable Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

35 Adhesive, EA 9394, may irritate or burn the skin

and eyes. Avoid contact. Prolonged or repeated
contact may cause allergic sensitization. For
Adhesive, EA 9394 safe use, wear butyl rubber gloves, chemical
goggles. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.

36 Sealing Compound, AMS-S-8802, can irritate

skin and eyes. Repeated or prolonged contact
can cause an allergic skin reaction. Do not sand
Sealing Compound, AMS-S-8802 or grind on cured material. Use gloves, safety
glasses and adequate ventilation. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

37 Adhesion Promoter, 3M 86A, is a flammable

liquid. Vapors can ignite. If adequate ventilation
is not available wear an air purifying respirator
Adhesion Promoter, 3M 86A with organic vapor cartridges. Will cause severe
redness and swelling as well as chemical burns
to the eyes. May cause irritation, sensitization
and/or an allergic reaction with skin contact.
Wear neoprene or nitrile gloves and safety
glasses with side shields. Keep away from heat
and ignition sources. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet and most recent
industrial hygiene survey for more information
prior to use.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-12

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

38 Sealing Compound, AMS-S-4383, is flammable

and may irritate or burn skin and eyes. Inhalation
may cause dizziness, headache and other
Sealing Compound, AMS-S-4383 nervous system effects. Keep away from all
sources of ignition. Avoid breathing vapors.
Avoid skin and eye contact. Use only in well
ventilated area. Wear butyl rubber gloves and
chemical splash goggles. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

39 Non-Aqueous Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-32295,

may cause eye and skin irritation. Over exposure
may cause dizziness and other central nervous
Non-Aqueous Cleaner, MIL-PRF-32295 system effects. Wear nitrile gloves and chemical
protective goggles. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

40 Acetic Glycol Etch is corrosive. Contact can

cause severe burns to skin or eyes. May cause
allergic skin reactions in sensitive individuals.
Acetic Glycol Inhalation may cause serious damage to the
lining of the nose, throat and lungs. Long term
exposure may cause chronic inflammation of the
respiratory tract and teeth damage. Avoid
contact with eyes, skin and clothing. If accidental
contact occurs, flush with water for at least 15
minutes. Wear butyl rubber gloves, chemical
apron, splash-proof goggles, face-shield, and
use ventilated hood during use. Consult the
applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

41 Corrosion Preventive Compound, MIL-DTL-

85054, is a skin, eye and respiratory tract irritant.
High vapor concentration may cause dizziness,
Corrosion Preventive Compound, headache, or unconsciousness. Do not use in
MIL-DTL-85054 confined areas. PPE: Chemical splash proof
goggles and nitrile gloves. Consult the applicable
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and local
Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-13

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

42 Grease, MIL-G-21164, may cause skin irritation.

Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wear nitrile
gloves and safety glasses. Consult the
Grease, MIL-G-21164 applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
and local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations for additional information.

43 Aerospace Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-87937,

is irritating to skin and eyes. Prolonged contact
may cause dermatitis. Wear chemical splash
Aerospace Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-87937 proof goggles and gloves. Use only with adequate
ventilation. Consult the applicable Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for
additional information.

44 Clearfix Aviation Window Restoration System

may cause mild to moderate eye, respiratory, or
skin irritation. Use in well-ventilated areas. Use
Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL good hygiene practices, wash hands after use.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS), local Occupational Safety and
Health (OSH) regulations and most recent
industrial hygiene survey for more information
prior to use.

45 Clearfix Aviation Window Restoration System

may cause mild to moderate eye, respiratory, or
skin irritation. Use in well-ventilated areas. Use
Polish 1 - Clearfix Clarity Restoration, CFI good hygiene practices, wash hands after use.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS), local Occupational Safety and Health
(OSH) regulations and most recent industrial
hygiene survey for more information prior to use.

46 Clearfix Aviation Window Restoration System

may cause mild to moderate eye, respiratory, or
skin irritation. Use in well-ventilated areas. Use
Polish 2 - Clearfix Optics Restoration, CF2 good hygiene practices, wash hands after use.
Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS), local Occupational Safety and
Health (OSH) regulations and most recent
industrial hygiene survey for more information
prior to use.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100
HMWS-14

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WARNINGS (Continued)

Index Material Warning

47 Clearfix Aviation Window Restoration System may

cause mild to moderate eye, respiratory, or skin
irritation. Use in well-ventilated areas. Use good
Clearfix UV Coating, CUV hygiene practices, wash hands after use. Consult
the applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS),
local Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
regulations and most recent industrial hygiene
survey for more information prior to use.

48 Cor-Ban 35 Corrosion Preventive Compound

(CPC) is flammable and a skin, eye and respiratory
tract irritant. High vapor concentration may cause
dizziness, headache, or nausea. Do not use in
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
confined areas. PPE: Chemical splash proof
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35)
goggles and nitrile gloves. Application area shall be
mechanically ventilated. Consult the applicable
Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and local Occupational
Safety and Health (OSH) regulations for additional
information.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 001 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 2/(2 blank)

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

STRUCTURAL REPAIR

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, MH-60S

WP/SWP
Title Number

Acrylic Plastic Windows (MIL-P-25690)...................................................................................................... 033 00

ADHEELS Tee Mount Bracket – Inspection, Repair and Installation ......................................................... 034 00
Aft Transition Section – Repair of LH and RH Aft Fuselage Upper Skin.................................................... 017 01
Cabin Floor Assemblies .............................................................................................................................. 007 00
Cargo Door Assembly................................................................................................................................. 013 00
Engine Air Inlet Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 003 00
FS 265 Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fittings ................................................................................. 008 00
FS 379 Aft Engine Mount Fitting................................................................................................................. 032 00
FS 379 Upper Frame Assembly ................................................................................................................. 009 00
Fuel Cell Liners (SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, MH-60R) – Removal and Installation Procedures .............. 017 02
Fuel Cell Liners – Removal and Installation Procedures............................................................................ 017 03
HIRSS Main Assembly ............................................................................................................................... 030 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Aft Transition Section.............................................................................. 017 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin Section ......................................................................................... 006 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Tail Cone Section ................................................................................... 018 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Nose Section .......................................................................................... 004 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Pylon Section .......................................................................................... 022 00
Inspection and Damage Criteria Stabilator Section.................................................................................... 028 00
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. 002 00
LH and RH Main Transmission Beams ...................................................................................................... 016 00
Lower Nose Avionics Shelf – Alignment of Mounts for No. 1 and No. 2 Embedded Global
Positioning/Inertial Navigation Set Receivers (CN-1706A/ASN or CN-1706B/ASN) ............................. 005 00
Repair of Loose Attaching Fasteners, BL 16.5 LH/RH Transmission Beam and
Upper Cabin Plating and Skin .................................................................................................................. 011 00
Rescue Hoist Airframe Fitting – Cold Work Requirements During Fitting Replacement ........................... 015 00
Rescue Hoist Airframe Fitting – Repair Limits ............................................................................................ 015 01
SDLM Support Equipment .......................................................................................................................... 029 00
Shoring Procedures .................................................................................................................................... 014 00
STA 605 Airframe Fitting Assembly............................................................................................................ 031 00
Structural Alignment of Tail Rotor Drive Shaft System............................................................................... 035 00
Tail Cone Assembly .................................................................................................................................... 021 00
Tail Cone Canted Hinge Fitting – Removal and Installation ....................................................................... 020 00
Tail Fold: Tail Cone Canted Hinge Bulkhead Fitting Assembly and Tail Rotor Pylon Hinge
Bulkhead Fitting Assembly ..................................................................................................................... 019 00
Tail Rotor Bumper Attach Fitting – Repair of LH/RH Lugs ......................................................................... 025 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Actuator Attach Fitting ..................................................................................... 027 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting Assembly – Repair of Left Hand Lugs ....................................... 024 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting Assembly – Repair of Right Hand Lugs .................................... 023 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Step Assembly ................................................................................................................. 026 00
Tie Down Fitting Assembly - Repair of Lugs .............................................................................................. 010 00
Upper Cabin External Aft Plating - Repair of Chafe Damage .................................................................... 012 00
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 001 01
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 2

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS

STRUCTURAL REPAIR

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, MH-60S

WP NO./FIG. NO./ WP NO./FIG. NO./

PART NO. INDEX NO. PART NO. INDEX NO.

AN123319 030 00/5/3 MS21062-08K 003 00/8/51

AN929-4K 003 00/7/14 MS21062-3K 003 00/8/8
AN960C10L 003 00/7/2 MS21074-3K 003 00/8/15
AN960C8L 003 00/7/5 MS21075L3N 003 00/7/8
CA4403-4 003 00/7/21 MS21266-1T 003 00/8/4
CCR244SS-3 003 00/8/12 MS27039C0807 003 00/7/15
003 00/8/14 MS27039C1-07 003 00/8/5
003 00/8/19 MS27039C1-08 003 00/7/2
003 00/8/24 M2041-502 003 00/7/20
003 00/8/29 NAS1738B4 003 00/9/8
003 00/8/31 NAS1738M4-1 003 00/8/73
003 00/8/36 NAS1738M4-2 003 00/8/57
003 00/8/44 P2500-108 003 00/7/20
003 00/8/46 P9200-108 003 00/7/20
003 00/8/48 SS5072-4 003 00/9/4
003 00/8/52 003 00/9/9
003 00/8/54 SS9097-002 003 00/7/1
003 00/8/7 12J16-150 003 00/7/17
CCR244SS-3-2 003 00/7/7 003 00/7/19
CCR2443SS-3 003 00/8/42 3032T67P01 030 00/5/18
CCR264CS-3-2 030 00/5/11 3214072-3 003 00/7/18
CCR264CS-3-3 030 00/5/13 4052T00P03 0300 00/5/11
030 00/5/16 4052T00P04 030 00/5/13
CR3853-4-1 030 00/5/15 030 00/5/16
030 00/5/2 4088T62P01 030 00/5/15
030 00/5/4 030 00/5/4
030 00/5/5 4088T62P02 030 00/5/17
CR3853-4-2 030 00/5/17 030 00/5/2
030 00/5/6 030 00/5/5
030 00/5/7 030 00/5/6
MS20426AD3 003 00/9/6 030 00/5/7
MS20427M4 003 00/7/23 6061T17G01 030 00/5/19
MS20427M5 003 00/7/24 6061T23G01 030 00/5/9
MS20470AD4 003 00/9/3 6061T40G01 030 00/5/8
MS20615-4M 003 00/8/56 6061T68G01 030 00/5/14
MS21060-08K 003 00/8/49 6061T80G01 030 00/5/1
MS21060-3 003 00/7/6 70301-10013-149 003 00/8/21
MS21060-3K 003 00/8/47 70302-10000-066 003 00/9/2
MS21060-4 030 00/5/10 70302-10008-041 003 00/9/1
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 001 01
Page 2

WP NO./FIG. NO./ WP NO./FIG. NO./

PART NO. INDEX NO. PART NO. INDEX NO.

70302-10008-042 003 00/9/10 70302-10013-138 003 00/8/60

70302-10008-044 003 00/9/13 003 00/8/72
70302-10008-046 003 00/9/10 70302-10013-140 003 00/8/64
70302-10008-129 003 00/9/14 003 00/8/68
70302-10008-130 003 00/9/17 70302-10013-145 003 00/8/40
70302-10008-132 003 00/9/16 70302-10013-146 003 00/8/38
003 00/9/19 70302-10013-147 003 00/8/9
70302-10008-134 003 00/9/16 70302-10013-148 003 00/8/26
003 00/9/19 70302-10013-150 003 00/8/33
70302-10011-041 003 00/9/7 70302-10013-151 003 00/8/16
70302-10013-046 003 00/7/22 70302-10013-152 003 00/8/39
70302-10013-054 003 00/8/75 70302-10020-045 003 00/7/3
70302-10013-055 003 00/8/41 70302-10020-046 003 00/7/3
70302-10013-056 003 00/7/22 70302-10020-105 003 00/7/10
003 00/8 70302-10020-106 003 00/7/11
70302-10013-103 003 00/8/3 70302-10020-109 003 00/7/12
70302-10013-104 003 00/8/74 70302-10020-110 003 00/7/13
70302-10013-112 003 00/8/62 70302-10100-044 003 00/9/20
003 00/8/66 70302-10100-045 003 00/7/25
70302-10013-113 003 00/8/58 003 00/9
003 00/8/70 70302-10100-058 003 00/7
70302-10013-133 003 00/8/59 70302-30100-048 003 00/7
70302-10013-134 003 00/8/71 70306-10014-042 003 00/7/16
70302-10013-135 003 00/8/63 70308-03801-114 030 00/5
70302-10013-136 003 00/8/67
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 22

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INTRODUCTION

STRUCTURAL REPAIR

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R, MH-60S

Reference Material

DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program ................................................................................ DoD 6050.05

Naval Air Systems Command Technical Manual Program ........................................................... NAVAIR 00-25-100
Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual ............................................... OPNAVINST 5100.23
Navy Uniform Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) Codes ............................... NAVSUPINST 4423.29
The Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) ................................................... COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Introduction to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown............................................................................................ 18

General ...................................................................................................................................................... 18
Group Assembly Parts List (GAPL) ........................................................................................................... 18
Numerical Index of Part Numbers ............................................................................................................. 19
How to Use the Illustrated Parts Breakdown ............................................................................................. 19
Materials Required........................................................................................................................................ 1
Nonstandard Terms, Symbols and Abbreviations ........................................................................................ 18
Purpose and Scope ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Quality Assurance Procedures ..................................................................................................................... 17
Record of Applicable Technical Directives ................................................................................................... 17
Reference Material ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Requisitioning and Automatic Distribution of NAVAIR Technical Manuals .................................................. 17
Support Equipment Required ....................................................................................................................... 1
Warnings, Cautions and Notes ..................................................................................................................... 17

1. PURPOSE AND SCOPE. 5. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED.

2. This manual provides depot maintenance with 6. Support equipment required is listed in table 2.
Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) information for the
depot structural repair manual, model numbers 7. MATERIALS REQUIRED.
SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J, MH-60R and
MH-60S. 8. Materials required to support WP maintenance
procedures are listed in table 3.
3. REFERENCE MATERIAL.

4. Reference material cited in Work Packages

(WPs) is listed in table 1.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 2

Table 1. Reference Material

Title Document No.

Abbreviations and Acronyms ASME Y14.38

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-110-400
Anti-Ice Modulating Valve Assembly A1-445QA-MDB-100
Black Oxide Coating for Ferrous Metals MIL-C-13924
Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys MIL-DTL-5541
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Colors Used in Government Procurement FED-STD-595
Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Cataloging Handbook H4/H8
Communication Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Models SH-60F and HH-60H A1-H60CA-690-400
Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-SRM-300
Cushioning, Anchoring, Bracing, Blocking, and Waterproofing MIL-STD-1186
DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program DoD 6050.05
Electrical Power and Lighting Systems, Illustrated Parts Breakdown A1-H60SA-420-400
Electrical Power and Lighting, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-420-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H A1-H60CA-140-300
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model HH- A1-H60HA-560-300
60H
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model SH- A1-H60BB-560-300
60B
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model SH- A1-H60FB-560-300
60F
Fuel Systems, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-460-300
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, A1-H60CA-GAI-000
HH-60J
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 3

Table 1. Reference Material (Cont)

Title Document No.

General Composite Repair NAVAIR 01-1A-21

General Specification for Screw Threads MIL-S-8879
General Specification for Screw Threads, Standard, Optimum Selected MIL-S-7742
Series
Heat Treatment of Steel MIL-H-6875
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-450-300
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-450-300
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H A1-H60CA-450-300
Interactive Electronic Technical Manual, MH-60S IETM A1-H60CD-60S-000
Maintenance of Aeronautical Antifriction Bearings for Organizational, NAVAIR 01-1A-503
Intermediate and Depot Maintenance Levels
Medical Management of Non-Ionizing Radiation Casualties BUMEDINST 6470.23
Naval Air Systems Command Technical Manual Program NAVAIR 00-25-100
Naval Supply Procedures, Vol 1, 2, 3 NAVSUP P485
Navy Hazardous Material Control Program NAVSUPINST 5100.27
Navy Laser Hazards Control Program OPNAVINST 5100.27B
Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 5100.23
Navy Uniform Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) Codes NAVSUPINST 4423.29
Nondestructive Inspection Methods NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, A1-H60BB-SRM-200
HH-60H and MH-60R
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant Steels AMS 2700 (Formerly QQ-P-35)
Penetrant Inspection Materials MIL-I-25135
Process for Welding Aluminum Alloys MIL-W-8604
Power Plant Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J A1-H60CA-220-300
Powerplant Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-220-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J A1-H60CA-150-300
Safety Wiring, Safety Cabling, Cotter Pinning, General Practices for AIA/NAS NASM33540
Sikorsky Drawing (78286) 96500-02101
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware NAVAIR 01-1A-8
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-SRM-000
Structural Repair, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-SRM-400
The Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2
Transmission Systems, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and A1-H60CA-260-300
HH-60J
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 4

Table 1. Reference Material (Cont)

Title Document No.

Utility Systems, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-490-300

Utility Systems, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-490-300
Utility Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J A1-H60CA-490-300
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model HH-60H A1-H60HA-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model MH-60R A1-H60RA-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model MH-60S A1-H60SA-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model SH-60B A1-H60BB-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model SH-60F A1-H60FB-WDM-000

Table 2. Support Equipment Required

When an item of support equipment is not available, an approved alternate identified in the activity’s
Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL), OPNAVINST 4790 Series, may be substituted.

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Chalk
— Chalk Line
— Drill (No. 60, No. 52)
— Drill Bit (No. 27) (0.144 inch Diameter)
— Explosion-Proof Light
— File, Hand
— Gage, Vacuum
— Level, Carpenter’s
— Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
— Oven
— Plumb Bob
— Pry Bar
— Puller, Dent
— Roller
— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
— Tape Measure
— Vacuum
A-A-51311 Abrasive Wheel, Rubber
ANSI Type J with Fused Kapton Jacket Thermocouples
Insulation, J-24-1-511 or equivalent
ASME B107.14 Wrench, Torque (30 – 150 in. lbs.)
AV29-2213 (Locally Made) Block, Locating
AV29-2214 (Locally Made) Setting Tool, Gap
CBCE-14A-0601F (51439) Nosecap Assembly, Nominal 3/16 and 1st Oversized
3/16
CBCE-14A-0623F (51439) Nosecap Assembly, 2nd and 3rd Oversized 3/16
CBG-6-0-N-1 (51439) Gage, Combination, Nominal 3/16
CBG-6-1-N-1 (51439) Gage, Combination, 1st Oversize 3/16
CBG-6-2-N-1 (51439) Gage, Combination, 2nd Oversize 3/16
CBG-6-3-N-1 (51439) Gage, Combination, 3rd Oversize 3/16
CBG-8-0-N-1 (51439) Gage, Combination, Nominal 1/4
CBM-6-0-N-1-30-V1 (51439) Mandrel, Nominal 3/16
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 5

Table 2. Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

CBM-6-1-N-1-30-V1 (51439) Mandrel, 1st Oversize 3/16

CBM-6-2-N-1-30-V1 (51439) Mandrel, 2nd Oversize 3/16
CBM-6-3-N-1-40-V1 (51439) Mandrel, 3rd Oversize 3/16
CBM-8-0-N-1-40-V1 (51439) Mandrel, Nominal 1/4
CBMG-6-0-N (51439) Fixture, Mandrel Check, Nominal 3/16
CBMG-6-1-N (51439) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 1st Oversize 3/16
CBMG-6-2-N (51439) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 2nd Oversize 3/16
CBMG-6-3-N (51439) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 3rd Oversize 3/16
CBMG-8-0-N (51439) Fixture, Mandrel Check, Nominal 1/4
CG2545AB (55719) (or equivalent) Kit, Universal Puller
CJ69J1270 Jack, 12-Ton Aircraft
Commercial Availability Line, Vacuum
Commercial Availability Pump, Vacuum
E97229A (91145) Repair Kit, MH-60S Tail Landing Gear Yoke
Attachment Fitting (Local Manufacture)
E97282 (91145) Kit, H-60 Bushing and Sleeve Installation/Removal
(Local Manufacture)
FDB-889-85010-A (51439) Disk, Seating
FDB-889-85050-A (51439) Disk, Seating
FDB-891-85010-A (51439) Disk, Seating
FDB-892-85010-A (51439) Disk, Seating
FDW-555-57010-B (51439) Cup
FDW-555-57021-C (51439) Cup Assembly
FFM-889-25050-B (51439) Mandrel
FLUKE 568 (89536) Thermometer, FLUKE Infrared
FMC-M (51439) Cap, ForceMate
FMG-555-30010-B (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMG-555-30020-A (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMG-889-30010-B (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMG-891-30010-A (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMG-892-30010-A (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMJ-555-55010-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-555-55020-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-889-55030-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-889-55040-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-889-55050-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55010-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55020-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55030-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-892-55010-A (51439) Jaw
FMM-555-25010-B (51439) Mandrel
FMM-555-25020-A (51439) Mandrel
FMM-889-25010-B (51439) Mandrel
FMM-889-25010-C (51439) Mandrel
FMM-889-25050-C (51439) Mandrel
FMM-891-25010-A (51439) Mandrel
FMM-891-25020-A (51439) Mandrel
FMM-892-25010-A (51439) Mandrel
FRR-889-90010-B (51439) Rod, Seating
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 6

Table 2. Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

FRR-889-90050-B (51439) Rod, Seating

FRR-891-90010-A (51439) Rod, Seating
FRR-891-90020-A (51439) Rod, Seating
FRR-892-90010-A (51439) Rod, Seating
FT-20 (51439) Power Pak, Cold Work
FT-200 (51439) Power Pak
FTI-FT-20 (51439) Power Pak, Cold Work
FTI-LB-20 (51439) Hydraulic Puller, Cold Work
FTI-06-0-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, Nominal 3/16
FTI-06-1-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 1st Oversize 3/16
FTI-06-2-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 2nd Oversize 3/16
FTI-06-3-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 3rd Oversize 3/16
GGG-C-111 (or equivalent) Caliper, Dial or Vernier 1 – 6 inch
GGG-C-391 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying 10x
GGG-W-95 Glass, Magnifying (10 Power)
GGG-W-95 Glass, Magnifying (5 Power)
HG-201A (83284) Heat Gun Kit, Master Appliance
H60RMBSFKT (IVTH2) Reaming Kit, Stabilator Attach Fitting LH Lug Bushings
(X and D Supply)
LaserMark LD400 Detectors, Laser
LaserMark LMH Laser, Rotary
LaserMark Tripod Tripod
LB-20 (51439) Hydraulic Puller, Cold Work
Local Manufacture Aid, Fitting Shimming and Alignment
Local Mfgr/Open Purchase Cradles, External Structure Shoring
Locally fabricated from AL Plate, 0.5 inch minimum Tool, Lay-Up
thickness
LTV48 R200-L13, or equivalent (4G0R1) Drill, Low Speed or Aircraft Ratchet Motor, 1/2 or 3/4
inch Drive
MAV-1 Rhine Air System
MB-CA-11 (51439) Chuck Assembly
MB-CA-8 Chuck Assembly
MB-30 (51439) Puller Unit
MBHO-20-737 (51439) Puller Unit
MF-3100-06 (05692) Spray Gun, Micro-Flex (6 inch)
Model G-700 (11815) Riveter, Cherry Hydro-Shift
Model G55 (11815) Riveter, Cherry Hand
Model 4511, Jaw Type Sealer, Heat
MST-017-028-35 45° Countersink (Available in Tail Pylon
(Stabilator Repair Kit, 70700-77358-042)
NIFOC-T01 Straps
No. H-681 (11815) Head, Cherry
No. H-640 (11815) Head, Cherry Pulling
P-10106-D (96547) Fixture, FRCSE Tail Cone Canted Hinge Installation
P-9319-C Bar, Spreader
P-9284-B (96547) Spot-Facers and Chamfer Tooling Set
R1L-E Meter, Milliohm
SAS-T001 Jack, Screw
SAS-T002 Jack, Screw
SAS-T003 Block, Bearing
W-3186-2 Adapter, Air Hose
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 7

Table 2. Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

WCI-CBG-6-0-N (66136) Gage, Combination, Nominal 3/16

WCI-CBG-6-1-N (66136) Gage, Combination, 1st Oversize 3/16
WCI-CBG-6-2-N (66136) Gage, Combination, 2nd Oversize 3/16
WCI-CBG-6-3-N (66136) Gage, Combination, 3rd Oversize 3/16
WCI-CBG-8-0-N (66136) Gage, Combination, Nominal 1/4
WCI-TK-06-0-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, Nominal 3/16
WCI-TK-06-1-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 1st Oversize 3/16
WCI-TK-06-2-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 2nd Oversize 3/16
WCI-TK-06-3-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 3rd Oversize 3/16
WCI-1700-20 (66136) Hydraulic Puller, Cold Work
WCI-1700-20 (66136) Puller, Cold Work Hydraulic
WCI-1700NE-0601-70F Nosecap Assembly, Nominal 3/16 and 1st
Oversized 3/16
WCI-1700NE-0623-70F Nosecap Assembly, 2nd and 3rd Oversized 3/16
WCI-20 (66136) Power Pak, Cold Work
WCI-6-0-N-1-30 (66136) Mandrel, Nominal 3/16
WCI-6-1-N-1-30 (66136) Mandrel, 1st Oversize 3/16
WCI-6-2-N-1-30 (66136) Mandrel, 2nd Oversize 3/16
WCI-6-3-N-1-40 (66136) Mandrel, 3rd Oversize 3/16
WCI-8-0-N-1-40 (66136) Mandrel, Nominal 1/4
WCIS-WG-6-0-N (66136) Fixture, Mandrel Check, Nominal 3/16
WCIS-WG-6-1-N (66136) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 1st Oversize 3/16
WCIS-WG-6-2-N (66136) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 2nd Oversize 3/16
WCIS-WG-6-3-N (66136) Fixture, Mandrel Check, 3rd Oversize 3/16
WCIS-WG-8-0-N (66136) Fixture, Mandrel Check, Nominal 1/4
WF-CCD Wet Film Thickness Gauge
Work-Aid Countersink Guide (Used With MST-017-028-15)
Manufactured from 6061-T6
Aluminum Alloy Round Bar Stock
Work Aid Spot-Facing Mandrel/Rod, Manufactured
From 1.00 Inch Diameter x 25 Inch Long, 4340
Alloy Steel (or Equivalent) Round Bar Stock
ZA43 (37676) Inspection Kit, Fluorescent Penetrant
0 - 1 Inch Micrometer
020800R (or equivalent) Work Station, Stanley Consumer Storage Fat-Max
4-in-1 Mobile
1/4-20 UNC, 0.5” threaded length Screw, Thumb
1/4-20 UNC, 1” threaded length Screw, Thumb
1/4” NPT/M Coupling Half, Air Hose, Low Pressure, Quick
Disconnect, 1/4 inch (MIL-C-4109)
216 (or equivalent) (57163) Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
229A (57163) Gauge, Telescoping
229A (57163) Gauge Set, Telescoping
314A Polisher/Buffer, Ingersoll-Rand Heavy Duty Air Angle
34-351 (08292) Wrench, Spanner (3/4 – 2 inch)
449 (57163) Gauge, Depth
5390-001 (51439) Mandrel, Nose-Piece
5821-001 (51439) Mandrel, Nose-Piece
6655K39 (OKVE6) Bearing, Thrust Washer (Used With Spot-Facing
Mandrel/Rod Work Aid)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 8

Table 2. Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

70361-25015-042T046 Alignment Tool, Disconnect Coupling

Alignment Fixture, Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
Fixture Assembly, Oil Cooler Fitting Alignment Target
70700-20480-046 Fixture, Forward
70700-77340-042 (78286) Bushing/Bearing Remover/Installer Set, Tail Rotor
Pylon Stabilator Actuator Fitting
70700-77358-041T098 (78286) Stabilator/Pylon, Attachment Fitting Repair Set
7075-T6 1.45 x 0.75 x 0.100 Shim
8353-3, -7, -12 or equivalent Autoclave
86398 (06547) Repair Kit, H-60 Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear
Airframe Fitting
86825 (89771) Alignment Fixture, Main Transmission Beams
87332 (89711) Fixture, Reaming, Tail Cone Hinge Fitting Assembly
87564 (89711) Fixture, Reaming, Tail Rotor Pylon Hinge Fitting
Assembly, 0 – 1 inch Micrometer
94SDSCC-D-0012 (12757) Fixture, Tail Cone Canted Hinge Installation
96010-00000-101T082-1000 Weldment (Laser Detector Mounting Tool)
96010-00000-101T082-200 (FS217.5) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-300 (FS308) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-400 (FS379 – 398) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-715 Nylon Strip
96010-00000-101T082-912 Tail Section (Waterline Alignment Tool)
96204-01001-044T (alternate) Fixture, MH-60S EGP/INU Mount Alignment
966A1 (32707) Micrometer, Universal Optical
96700-27450-041 Fixture, MH-60S EGP/INU Mount Alignment
981 (45225) Puller, Blind Hole, SPX Corp

NOTES

Required only for fabrication of pre-cured

fiberglass material.

Thermal Equipment Corp., Torrence, CA

Serv-Rite, Claud S. Gordon Co, Richmond, IL

Cold work equipment from different

manufacturers is not interchangeable.

Alternate for FTI.

Alternate for WCI.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 9
Table 3. Materials Required

HAZARDOUS CONSUMABLE MATERIAL

Observe all cautions and warnings on containers when using consumables. When applicable, wear
necessary protective gear during handling and use. If a consumable is flammable or explosive, MAKE
CERTAIN consumable and its vapors are kept away from heat, spark, and flame. MAKE CERTAIN
equipment is properly grounded and firefighting equipment is readily available prior to use. For
additional information on toxicity, flashpoint, and flammability of chemicals, refer to DOD 6050.5 and
OPNAVINST 5100.23.

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Agent, Release
— Brush, Artist (3/8 in. thick) (AR)
— Brush, Artist (1/2 in. thick) (AR)
— Container, Wax-Free
— Coveralls, Paper
— Etchant, Aluminum Acid
— Fabric Breather
— Fabric, Non-Porous Release
— Fabric, Porous Release
— Gloves, Cotton
— Gloves, Plastic
— Glycol, Acetic
— Honeycomb, Aluminum
— Pencils, Grease (Black or Red)
— Pillows and/or Foam
— Rod, 0.125 (1/8) inch Diameter
— Spatula, Wooden
— Tape, Teflon
— Tape, Vacuum Bag Sealant
A-A-1676 Wrap, Aluminum (24 in. x 1000 ft) (AR)
A-A-3191 Brush, Artist (AR)
A-A-51693 Alcohol, Ethyl
A-A-58054 Abrasive Mat, Aluminum Oxide, Non-Woven, Non-
Metallic
A-A-59105 Acid, Nitric
A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint Cleaning
A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid
Alodine 1182 Pen, Touch-N-Prep
AMS 2700 (formerly QQ-P-35) Solution, Passivating
AMS 3819, Class 2, Grade A Cloths, Aircraft Structural Surface Cleaning
AMS-QQ-Q-250/12 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.063 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/12 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.072 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.032 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.041 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.050 inch
AMS-S-4383 Compound, Sealing
AMS-S-8802 Compound, Sealing
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 10
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

AMS5517 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/4 Hard, 0.025 inch

AMS5517 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/4 Hard, 0.063 inch thick
AMS5518 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/2 Hard, 0.025 inch
AMS5518 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/2 Hard, 0.063 inch
AMS5518 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/2 Hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
AMS5643 Bar Stock, 17-4PH Stainless Steel, 1.00 inch Diameter
AMS5903 Stainless Steel Sheet, 302, 1/4 Hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
AMS5904 Stainless Steel Sheet, 302, 1/4 Hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
ANSI-B74.18, 180, 220, 360, 320, 240 - 400, 80 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
AN174H-7A Bolt
AN3-5A Screw
AN4-7A Bolt
AN960KD10 Washer
AN960PD516L Washer, use with 1st Oversize Bolt
AN960XC416L Washer
ASTM D 1193 Water, Distilled-Deionized
ASTM D1055 Rubber Foam, 0.125 inch thick
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
ASTM-D4727 Sheet Stock, Fiberboard
ASTME 1146 Acid, Hydrochloric
CBP3 Backing Plate, Polishing Pad 5/8 3”
CBP6 Backing Plate, Polishing Pad 5/8 6”
CBS-6-0-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work, Nominal 3/16
CBS-6-1-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work, 1st Oversize 3/16
CBS-6-2-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work, 2nd Oversize 3/16
CBS-6-3-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work, 3rd Oversize 3/16
CBS-8-0-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work, Nominal 1/4
CCC-C-440 Cheesecloth, Cotton
CCL Cleaner, Clearfix Spray
CCR264SS-3 Rivet
CF1 Clarity Restoration, Polish 1 – Clearfix
CF2 Optics Restoration, Polish 2 – Clearfix
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
CG3 Polishing Pad, Small, Gray 3”
CG6 Polishing Pad, Large, Gray 6”
CHR-G-565 Insulation Tape, 2 inch
CMFT Towel, Microfiber 12” x 12”
CP 22A2604 Sheet, Pre-cured Fiberglass Repair
CR3552-5 Blind Fastener, Monel (5/32 Countersunk)
CR3552-5-3 (NAS9311M-5-3) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
CR3552-5-4 (NAS9311M-5-4) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
CR3553-5 Blind Fastener, Monel (5/32)
CR3553-5-3 (NAS9310M-5-3) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Head
CR3553-5-4 (NAS9310M-5-4) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Head
CUV UV Coating, Clearfix with Applicator
CY3 Polishing Pad, Small, Yellow 3”
CY6 Polishing Pad, Large, Yellow 6”
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 11
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating

EA 9359.3 Adhesive
EA 9394 Adhesive
EA 9396.6MD Adhesive, Epoxy
EA 956 A/B Resin, Epoxy
EC-1357 Adhesive
EC-1751 Adhesive
Epocast 1652 Compound, Potting
Flashbreaker 5, Airtech Tape, Flashbreaker
FMB-889-45030-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45040-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45070-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45080-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45130-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45140-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45170-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45180-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45230-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45240-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45270-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45280-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45330-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45340-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45370-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45380-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45470-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-889-45480-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-889-45570-C Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMB-889-45580-C Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMB-891-45010-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45020-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45030-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45110-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45120-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45130-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45210-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45220-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45230-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45310-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-891-45320-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-891-45330-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45010-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-892-45020-C Bushing, Nominal
FMB-892-45110-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-892-45120-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-892-45210-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-892-45220-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-892-45310-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45320-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45410-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-892-45420-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 12
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

FMB-892-45510-C Bushing, 5th Oversize

FMB-892-45520-C Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMI-555-45021-C Bushing, Nominal
FMI-555-45121-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMI-555-45221-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMI-555-45321-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMI-555-45421-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMI-555-45521-C Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMI-555-45621-C Bushing, 6th Oversize
FMW-555-45021-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-555-45121-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-555-45221-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-555-45321-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-555-45421-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-555-45521-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FMW-555-45621-C Washer, 6th Oversize
FMW-889-45070-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-889-45080-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-889-45170-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-889-45180-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-889-45270-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-889-45280-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-889-45370-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-889-45380-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-889-45470-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-889-45480-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-889-45570-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FMW-889-45580-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FMW-891-45010-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-891-45110-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-891-45210-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-891-45310-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-892-45010-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-892-45020-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-892-45110-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-892-45120-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-892-45210-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-892-45220-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-892-45320-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-892-45310-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-892-45410-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-892-45420-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-892-45510-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FMW-892-45520-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FM1-555-45010-D Bushing, Nominal
FM1-555-45110-D Bushing, 1st Oversize
FM1-555-45210-D Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FM1-555-45310-D Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FM1-555-45410-D Bushing, 4th Oversize
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 13
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

Formit-18-Fan (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, Fan Spray

(AR)
Formit-18-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
Formit-48-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 48-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
GG-A-616 Swab, Cotton
GMM549001 (or equivalent) Scraper, Non-Metallic
HH-T-25 Tape, Plater’s
HL1087ATW-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal or 1st Oversize
HL1087ATW-8 Collar, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal or 1st Oversize
HL175-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL19PB5-3 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL19PB5-4 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL19PB5-5 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL19PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal Countersunk
HL20PB5-3 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL20PB5-4 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL20PB5-5 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL20PB6-4 Pin, Hi-lok
HL20PB6-5 Pin, Hi-lok
HL20PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL20PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL20PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL20PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL20PB-8 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal
HL20PB-8-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal
HL20PB-8-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal
HL20PB-8-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal
HL204-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL204-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL204-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL204PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL220PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL220PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL220PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL220PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL287-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL375-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL64PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 1st Oversize
HL64PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 1st Oversize
HL64PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 1st Oversize
HL64PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 1st Oversize
HL64PB-8-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 1st Oversize
HL64PB-8-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 1st Oversize
HL64PB-8-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 1st Oversize
HL70-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL75-5 Hi-Lok Collar, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Tension
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 14
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

HL75-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal

HL79-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL82-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL86-5 Hi-Lok Collar, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Tension
HL86-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL92-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL93-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL94-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL97-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HRH 0.750 Thick Honeycomb, Polyamide
HRH-10-1/8-6.0 (0.75 thick) Core, Nomex
HR207 (or equivalent) Knife, Razor
KJBA62100V (50632) Bushing, Nominal, KAron
KJBA62100V-11 (50632) Bushing, 1st Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-12 (50632) Bushing, 2nd Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-13 (50632) Bushing, 3rd Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-14 (50632) Bushing, 4th Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-15 (50632) Bushing, 5th Oversize, KAron
KJB967320V Bushing, Kamatics KAron-Lined
KMDB14-13 Bearing
KPD4321 Washer, Kamatics KAron-Lined
KPD4768 (50632) Washer, KAron
KWP020-096-192 Strip, Kamatics P54 Anti-Chafe
L-P-378 Sheet, Plastic
MIL-A-24641 Acid, Hydrofluoric
MIL-A-8625, Type III Solution, Anodizing
MIL-B-117 Bag, Interior Packaging
MIL-B-121, Grade A, Class II Material, Barrier
MIL-B-15319, Type I, Class 2 Brush
MIL-B-23958, Type I Brush
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-C-25179 Cleaner, Emulsion
MIL-C-46149, Grade 1 Fluid, Cutting
MIL-C-5501 Caps and Plugs, Protective
MIL-C-7438, Grade B Aluminum Core 22.1-1/8-20 Core, Aluminum
(Alloy 5052) T-.75
MIL-C-7438, Grade B Aluminum Core 8.1-1/8-20 (Alloy Core, Aluminum
5052) T-.75
MIL-DTL-81706, Class III Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-DTL-85054 Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventive Compound, Bulk 1 gallon
(AR)
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventive Compound, 12 oz Aerosol
(AR)
MIL-F-83671, Class 3 Material, Foam-in-Place Packaging
MIL-G-21164 Grease
MIL-PRF-131, Class I Material, Barrier
MIL-PRF-16173, Grade I or IV Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Type II, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-32295, Type I and II Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low VOC, Hap-Free
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 15
Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning

MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No. 35237, 36320, 37038 and Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
550GY-008 FED-STD-595, Light and Medium Gray
MIL-PRF-85570 Compound, Exterior Aircraft Cleaning
MIL-PRF-85582 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-85582 (Type 1, Class H) High Solids Polyurethane Topcoat, (Blue-Gray,
Color No. 35237) (AR)
MIL-PRF-87937 Compound, Aerospace Cleaning
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MIL-S-18729, 4140 Plate or Sheet, Steel
MIL-STD-1444 Water, Distilled
MIL-STD-670B Rubber Foam, 0.125 inch thick
MIL-T-21595, Type I Tape, Masking
MIL-T-81772 Thinner
MMM-A-121 Adhesive
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
MS14101-8 Bearing
MS21043-3 Nut, Self-Locking
MS21043-4 Nut
MS21044D4 Nut
MS21044N3 Nut
MS21075-08N Nutplate
MS21075-3 Nut, Self-Locking, Plate
MS21075-4N Nutplate
MS21083N4 Nut
MS35338-44 Washer, Lock
M81934/1-16C036 Bearing
M81934/1-16C040 Bearing
M81934/2-10A011 (Alternate) Bushing
M81934/2-10C016 Bushing, Nominal
NAS1097AD3 Rivet, Countersunk
NAS1097AD4 Rivet, Countersunk
NAS1097AD4-16 Rivet, Solid
NAS1149C0332R Washer, Flat
NAS1149C0432B Washer
NAS1149C0463B Washer
NAS1149D0516J Washer
NAS1149D0516K Washer
NAS1149F0432P Washer, Flat
NAS1739B4-2 Rivet, Blind Countersunk
NAS6204-8 Bolt
NAS6204-8D Bolt
NAS6204-8X Bolt
NAS6204-8Y Bolt
NAS77-8-036 Bushing, Nominal
NAS77A8-047P Bushing, Nominal
NC-710-966 or equivalent Material, Cork/Rubber Dam
No. 7781 Cloth, Fiberglass
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 16

Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

Partsprep Degreaser
P-C-451, 180-220 Grit Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth (AR)
PPP-B-636 Box, Fiberboard Shipping
PPP-B-640, Class 2 Box, Fiberboard Corrugated Triple-Wall
PPP-C-1752 Material, Polyethylene Foam Cushioning
PPP-C-1797 Material, Polypropylene Foam Cushioning
QQ-A-225/8, 6061 Bar, Aluminum
QQ-R-566, Class 4043 Wire, Filler
Rapid Tap, or equivalent Fluid, Cutting
Remay 2006 Cloth, Scrim
Rymple Cloth-301-Purified Cloth, Cleaning
SAE AMS-C-9084, Class 2, Type III, 120 Style Bleeder/Fiberglass
Fiberglass Cloth
SAE AMS-C-9084, Class 2, Type VIIIA or VIIIB, Cloth, Fiberglass
No. 7781
SAE AMS-T-22085 Tape, Pressure Sensitive
SAE-AMS-AA-S-763, Class 304 Bar, Corrosion Resistant Steel
SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 Plating, Cadmium
SS4401-7 (78286) Mylar Washer (1 Ea)
SS-9578,Type 1-A Fiberglass, Prepreg
SS9538-002/3M 8671/3M 8671P/3M 8671HS Tape, Polyurethane
SS9610, Type I (SS9610-007 – Cycom 114/1062) Material, Fiberglass Repair
E-glass undirectional (K filament) Nominal Thickness
0.0068 inch
TT-I-258 Ink, Black
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
01-2-15-010-0LL Tie, Zip
06728 Sheeting, 3M Plastic 16’ x 350’
1200S, Class 1A (MIL-DTL-5541) Powder, Alodine
2090-1 IN Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
(1 in x 60 yds)
2090-1/2 IN Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
(1/2 in x 60 yds)
22A0061-1 Bushing/Sleeve, 1st Oversize
22A0061-2 Bushing/Sleeve, 2nd Oversize
22A0061-3 Bushing/Sleeve, 3rd Oversize
22C2524-1 Bushing, 1st Oversize
22C2524-2 Bushing, 2nd Oversize
22C2524-3 Bushing, 3rd Oversize
22C2524-4 Bushing, 4th Oversize
22C2524-5 Bushing, 5th Oversize
22C2524-6 Bushing, 6th Oversize
22D2607-1 Bushing, Sleeve, 1st Oversize
22D2607-10 Bushing, Sleeve, 5th Oversize
22D2607-2 Bushing, Sleeve, 2nd Oversize
22D2607-3 Bushing, Sleeve, 3rd Oversize
22D2607-4 Bushing, Sleeve, 4th Oversize
22D2607-5 Bushing, Sleeve, 5th Oversize
22D2607-6 Bushing, Sleeve, 1st Oversize
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 17

Table 3. Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

22D2607-7 Bushing, Sleeve, 2nd Oversize

22D2607-8 Bushing, Sleeve, 3rd Oversize
22D2607-9 Bushing, Sleeve, 4th Oversize
22D2608-1 Bushing, Flanged
22D2608-2 Bushing, Flanged
231 1 1/2 IN (76381) Masking Tape (1 1/2 in. x 60 yds) (AR)
231 3 IN (76381) Masking Tape (3 in. x 60 yds) (AR)
242-AT Tape, Adhesive
3M STIKIT Soft Hand Pad, 05530, 2 3/4 in x 5 1/2 in x Block, Flexible Sanding
3/8 in (or equivalent)
3M 86A Promoter, Adhesion
3336841 (or equivalent) Glasses, Safety
Sleeve, First Oversize
Sleeve, Second Oversize
Sleeve, Third Oversize
Sleeve, Fourth Oversize
468MP Tape, Adhesive
60-0600-0370-8 Sandpaper, 3M 1000-grit Wet and Dry
60-0600-0372-4 Sandpaper, 3M 1500-grit Wet and Dry
6005PF-M (or equivalent) Gloves, Nitrile Rubber
70202-25004-105 Support Angles, Tail Disconnect Coupling
70204-81100-118 Washer, Mylar
70207-02727-125 Strips, Door Wear, 301 1/2 Hard Stainless Steel
(0.032 inch thick)
70209-26006-101 Support Fitting, Tail Pylon Bearing
70209-26007-131 Bushing
Angle
Angle
Angle
70212-05005-135 Mount Plate, FS 531 TRDS Coupling
70212-05005-137 Mount Plate, FS 591 TRDS Coupling
Beam Fitting, LH Main Transmission
Beam Fitting, RH Main Transmission
70219-03006-114 Mount Plate, FS 470 TRDS Coupling
70209-26007-148 Bushing, Nominal
Vertical Angle (LH), Oil Cooler FWD Mount
Vertical Angle (RH), Oil Cooler FWD Mount
Horizontal Angle (LH), Oil Cooler FWD Mount
Horizontal Angle (RH), Oil Cooler FWD Mount
Mount Plates, Oil Cooler FWD
70361-03010-125 Mount Plate, FS 410 TRDS Coupling
7510-00-NIB-0911 Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
(2 in x 60 yds)
830-DMS240HV Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive (240-grit)
969 Transfer Tape, Pressure Sensitive

NOTES

Required only for fabrication of pre-cured fiberglass material as in paragraph 4-5, WP 007 00.

Alternate sleeve lengths are acceptable provided sleeve protrudes 1/32 inch beyond material stack-up.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 18

Table 4. Historical Record of Applicable Technical Directives

Type/No. Date Title and ECP No. Date Inc. Remarks

AFB 155 AM 04 Nov 2004 Eddy Current Inspection of Lower 30 Jun 2005 —
1 and AM 2 Fuselage Fitting Assembly for Cracks

AFB 245 31 Mar 2011 Inspection of MH-60S Tailcone Fitting for 31 Dec 2011 —
Cracks

9. REQUISITIONING AND AUTOMATIC 13. RECORD OF APPLICABLE TECHNICAL

DISTRIBUTION OF NAVAIR TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES.
MANUALS.
14. The technical directives affecting this manual are
10. Procedures to be used by Naval activities and listed in the Record of Applicable Technical Directives
other Department of Defense activities requiring of each affected work package. When all affected
NAVAIR technical manuals are defined in NAVAIR structural repairs are modified, the “before”
00-25-100. configuration and the technical directive entry are
removed from the affected work package.
11. To automatically receive future changes and 15. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURES.
revisions to NAVAIR technical manuals, an activity
must be established on the Automatic Distribution 16. Procedures or parts of procedures which require
Requirements List (ADRL) maintained by the Naval quality assurance inspection are identified by the
Air Technical Data and Engineering Service letters (QA) following the applicable steps.
Command (NATEC). To become established on the
ADRL, notify your activity central technical 17. WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES.
publications librarian. If your activity does not have a
library, you may establish your automatic distribution 18. Warnings, cautions and notes are used in this
requirements by contacting the Commanding Officer, manual to highlight procedures or practices that, if not
Attn: Distribution ADRL, NAS North Island, Bldg. 90, correctly followed, could result in injury to personnel
P.O. Box 357031, San Diego, CA 92135-7031. or damage to equipment. Usage is as follows:
Annual reconfirmation of these requirements is
necessary to remain on automatic distribution. Please WARNING
use your NATEC assigned account number whenever
referring to automatic distribution requirements.
An operating procedure that, if not correctly
12. If additional or replacement copies of this manual followed, could result in injury, death or long
are required with no attendant changes in the ADRL, term health hazard.
they may be ordered by submitting MILSTRIP
requisitions in accordance with NAVSUP P485 to
Routing Identifier Code “NFZ”. MILSTRIP requisitions
can be submitted through your supply office, Navy An operating procedure that, if not correctly
message, or SALTS to DAAS (Defense Automated observed, could result in damage to, or
Address System), or through the DAAS or NAVSUP destruction of equipment.
web sites. For assistance with a MILSTRIP
requisition, contact the Naval Inventory Control Point NOTE
(NAVICP) Publications and Forms Customer Service
at DSN 442-2626 or (215) 697-2626, Monday through An operating procedure or condition that
Friday, 0700 to 1600 Eastern Time. requires additional emphasis or explanation.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 19

Table 5. Abbreviations and Acronyms

Abbreviations/Acronyms Definition

A/C Aircraft
B/L or BL Buttline
DMM Digital Multimeter
HIRSS Haver Infared Suppression System
NHA Next Higher Assembly
PB/L or PBL Pylon Buttline
psi Pounds per square inch
psig Pounds per square inch gage
PSTA Pylon Station
PW/L or PWL Pylon Waterline
SDLM Scheduled Depot Level Maintenance
SM&R Source, Maintenance and Recoverability
STA Station
SWP Subordinate Work Package
W/L or WL Waterline
WP Work Package

19. NONSTANDARD TERMS, SYMBOLS AND 25. Part Number. This column lists the prime
ABBREVIATIONS. contractor part number, government standard part
number, or other vendor part number.
20. There are no nonstandard terms, symbols and
abbreviations used in this manual, unless listed in 26. Description. This column lists the nomenclature
table 5. plus thosemodifiers required to identify the item.
Assemblies, subassemblies and detail parts are
indented to show their relationship to the main
21. INTRODUCTION TO THE ILLUSTRATED assembly. Attaching parts are listed immediately
PARTS BREAKDOWN. following the part they attach. They are identified by
the caption (ATTACHING PARTS), and are followed
22. GENERAL. The complete IPB lists and by the separation symbol “---*---”.
describes the parts required for equipment support
and is used for requisitioning, identifying parts, and for 27. Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)
illustrating disassembly and assembly relationships. code numbers other than those of the manufacturer
identified in paragraph 2 and MIL-STD items are
23. GROUP ASSEMBLY PARTS LIST (GAPL). The designated by CAGE code numbers in / / following the
GAPL consists of a breakdown of the complete unit nomenclature of the part. This code is from the
into subassemblies and detail parts. Attaching parts Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)
are identified immediately following the item they Cataloging Handbook H4/H8. If a code has not been
attach. All symbols and abbreviations used in the assigned, the vendor's complete name and address
GAPL are in accordance with ASME Y14.38, appears.
Abbreviations and Acronyms. The GAPL is a six
column format as follows: 28. If a part is built to a Specification Control
Drawing (SCD), the SCD number will be included in / /
after the item nomenclature or CAGE code.
24. Index Number. In this column the index
numbers are assigned in numerical sequence and are 29. For items, such as hoses, lines, tubes, brackets,
essentially in disassembly sequence. After the index cables, etc., coded for local manufacture, the material
numbers are assigned in this column, they are then from which the item is manufactured is included in / /
added to the illustration of the equipment/repairable. after the item nomenclature or vendor code number.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 20

30. Units Per Assembly. This column lists the total complete alphanumeric tabulation of part numbers or
number of each part required per assembly or noun names if a part number has not been assigned.
subassembly and is not necessarily the total number Alphabetic “O”s are considered numeric zeros.
used in the end item of equipment. The letters “AR”
(as required) are used for items such as shims, when 35. Part Number Column. This column lists all part
the requirement may vary. The abbreviation “REF”, numbers that appear in the Part Number column of
indicates the part has been listed and illustrated the GAPL. This column also lists the identifying noun
elsewhere in the IPB and is included in the present in lieu of part number when no part number has been
listing for reference only. assigned. Part numbers are listed in alphanumeric
sequence.
31. Usable On Code. This column indicates the
usability of parts on different models or series of the 36. Work Package/Figure/Index Number Column.
equipment. If no letter appears in this column, the part This column lists the work package, figure, and index
may be used on all models/series of the end item of number assigned to the associated part number. The
equipment. Applicable usable on codes are identified numbers are separated by slashes, the first being the
on the final sheet of each parts list. work package in which the part number is located, the
second is the figure number within the WP and the
32. An asterisk (*) in the Usable On Code column third number is the index number identifying the part
identifies alternate or equivalent parts that are number within the figure.
interchangeable. When a letter code is followed by an
asterisk in the Usable On Code column, only the parts 37. HOW TO USE THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS
with the same letter code are interchangeable. An BREAKDOWN. The following instructions are
alternate part may be used when the preferred part is provided to aid the user in researching within the IPB.
not available; the asterisk is omitted for the preferred
part. Equivalent parts are fully interchangeable. No 38. When the Part Number Is Known. Refer to the
equivalent part is preferred over another. All Numerical Index of Part Numbers (WP 001 01).
equivalent parts are identified by asterisks. Locate the part number and note the work package,
figure and index number assigned to the part number.
33. Source, Maintenance and Recoverability
(SM&R) Codes. This column contains the SM&R 39. Turn to the WP and figure indicated and locate
codes as assigned by the government. Definitions of the index number referenced.
these codes and parts kits information are contained
in table 6 and NAVSUPINST 4423.29.
40. If a pictorial representation of the part, or its
34. NUMERICAL INDEX OF PART NUMBERS. The location is desired, refer to the same index number on
Numerical Index of Part Numbers (WP 001 01) is a the accompanying illustration.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 002 00
Page 21/(22 Blank)

Table 6. Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SM&R) Codes

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 40

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

ENGINE AIR INLET ASSEMBLY

MAINTENANCE WITH ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN

PART NUMBERS 70302-10100-058, 70302-10100-048, 70302-30100-055, 70302-30100-043

AND 70302-30100-049

Reference Material

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. WP 002 00

Anti-Ice Modulating Valve Assembly .......................................................................................... A1-445QA-MDB-100
Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys ................................................... MIL-DTL-5541
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Colors Used in Government Procurement............................................................................................. FED-STD-595
Cushioning, Anchoring, Bracing, Blocking, and Waterproofing ............................................................ MIL-STD-1186
General Specification for Screw Threads .................................................................................................. MIL-S-8879
General Specification for Screw Threads, Standard, Optimum Selected Series ...................................... MIL-S-7742
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant Steels .................................................................AMS 2700 (Formerly QQ-P-35)
Penetrant Inspection Materials ................................................................................................................. MIL-I-25135
Process for Welding Aluminum Alloys ...................................................................................................... MIL-W-8604
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8
Structural Repair Manual ............................................................................................................ A1-H60HA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................... 28
Engine Air Inlet Assembly.......................................................................................................................... 29
Firewall Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 28
Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 6
Vapor Degreasing...................................................................................................................................... 6
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 4
Engine Air Inlet Assembly.......................................................................................................................... 4
Firewall Assembly...................................................................................................................................... 4
Inlet Assembly ........................................................................................................................................... 6
Illustrated Parts Breakdown.......................................................................................................................... 29
Inlet Assembly Repair ................................................................................................................................... 17
Diffuser Assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 17
Remove and Replace Flange End ............................................................................................................ 17
Remove Burrs or Rough Surfaces from Duct Assembly Slots ................................................................. 26
Repair Cracks ........................................................................................................................................... 21
Repair Duct Assembly .............................................................................................................................. 22
Repair Duct Assembly Cracks that Extend into Welds ............................................................................. 25
Repair Duct Assembly Slot Area Cracks .................................................................................................. 24
Repair Duct Assembly Slots ..................................................................................................................... 22
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 2

Alphabetical Index (Cont)

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection ............................................................................................................. 7
Inspect Diffuser Assembly ........................................................................................................................ 7
Mechanical Inspection .............................................................................................................................. 7
Visual Inspection ....................................................................................................................................... 7
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 4
Painting ......................................................................................................................................................... 27
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ............................................................................................................ 29
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 13
Chemical Conversion Coating Touchup ................................................................................................... 15
Corrosion .................................................................................................................................................. 13
Keller’s Etching ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Nicks and Scratches ................................................................................................................................. 13
Repair Threads ......................................................................................................................................... 15
Replace Nameplate .................................................................................................................................. 16

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Drill (No. 60, No. 52)

— File, Hand
— Roller
— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
— Vacuum
A-A-51311 Abrasive Wheel, Rubber
ASME B107.14 Wrench, Torque (30 – 150 in. lbs.)
GGG-W-95 Glass, Magnifying
ZA43 (37676) Inspection Kit, Fluorescent Penetrant
966A1 (32707) Micrometer, Universal Optical

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Container, Wax-Free
— Gloves, Cotton
— Gloves, Plastic
— Spatula, Wooden
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-51693 Alcohol, Ethyl

A-A-59105 Acid, Nitric
A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint Cleaning
AMS 2700 (formerly QQ-P-35) Solution, Passivating
ANSI-B74.18, 360, 320, 240, 80 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
ASTME 1146 Acid, Hydrochloric
CCC-C-440 Cheesecloth, Cotton
EA 956 A/B Resin, Epoxy
EC-1357 Adhesive
GG-A-616 Swab, Cotton
HH-T-25 Tape, Plater’s
L-P-378 Sheet, Plastic
MIL-A-24641 Acid, Hydrofluoric
MIL-A-8625, Type III Solution, Anodizing
MIL-B-121, Grade A, Class II Material, Barrier
MIL-B-15319, Type I, Class 2 Brush
MIL-B-23958, Type I Brush
MIL-C-5501 Caps and Plugs, Protective
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-16173, Grade I Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Type II Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No. 35237 and 36320 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-PRF-85570 Compound, Exterior Aircraft Cleaning
MIL-PRF-85582 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-STD-1444 Water, Distilled
MIL-T-21595, Type I Tape, Masking
MIL-T-81772 Thinner
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
No. 7781 Cloth, Fiberglass
PPP-B-640, Class 2 Box, Fiberboard Corrugated Triple-Wall
QQ-R-566, Class 4043 Wire, Filler
SAE AMS-T-22085 Tape, Pressure Sensitive
1200S, Class 1A (MIL-DTL-5541) Powder, Alodine
242-AT Tape, Adhesive
468MP Tape, Adhesive
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 4

1. INTRODUCTION. e. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058,

loosen clamp (19) securing anti-ice modulating valve
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot (18) to inlet assembly diffuser. Remove valve and
maintenance instructions with Illustrated Parts clamp.
Breakdown (IPB) for the engine air inlet assembly
(inlet assembly), part numbers 70302-10100-058, f. Loosen and remove switch (20) from inlet
70302-30100-048, 70302-30100-055, 70302-30100- assembly. Install protective caps and plugs, MIL-C-
043 and 70302-30100-049, manufactured by 5501.
Sikorsky Aircraft, Division of United Technologies
Corporation, Stratford, Connecticut 06497-9129. g. Remove pin assemblies (21) by loosening
and removing locknut, adjustable nut, bushing and
3. The inlet assembly (figure 1) provides an alignment pin from inlet assembly.
aerodynamically contoured surface to assist in
h. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058, with
preparation of air for entry into the engine of the
firewall assembly, 70302-10013-046, installed,
helicopter. Inlet icing is prevented by directing
remove rivets (23 and 24) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8) and
engine bleed air into the inlet duct through a
remove and discard firewall assembly (22) from inlet
modulating valve.
assembly (25).
4. DISASSEMBLY. i. If required on inlet assembly with firewall
assembly, 70302-10013-056, installed, remove
5. During disassembly, look for damage that may rivets (24) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8) and remove firewall
not be seen after parts have been removed and assembly (22) from inlet assembly (25).
cleaned. Bring this type of damage to the attention
of inspection personnel before continuing with 7. FIREWALL ASSEMBLY. (Figure 8)
disassembly. Ensure all parts are supported when
removing attaching hardware. NOTE

6. ENGINE AIR INLET ASSEMBLY. (Figure 7) Firewall assembly, 70302-10013-046, is

to be replaced at overhaul with firewall
NOTE assembly, 70302-10013-056. The
following disassembly procedures are to
Nameplate (1) is bonded to backwall of be used for disassembly of firewall
firewall assembly (22). Remove and assembly, 70302-10013-056.
replace only if damaged or illegible
a. Remove screws (1), washers (2) and covers
(paragraph 24).
(3) from firewall assembly.
a. If returned with inlet, remove screws and b. If required, remove bonded grommet (4)
washers (2). from firewall.
b. Remove screws and washers (4 and 5) c. Remove screws (5) and washers (6). If
securing left or right hand fairing assembly (3) to required, remove rivets (7) and nutplates (8) from
inlet assembly and remove fairing assembly. angle (9) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
c. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058,
d. Remove screws (10) and washers (11). If
loosen clamp (17) securing engine anti-icing tube
required, remove rivets (12 and 14) and nutplates
assembly (16) to anti-ice modulating valve (18).
(13 and 15) from angle (16) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
d. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058,
remove cap assembly (14), screws and washers e. Remove screws (17) and washers (18). If
(15), engine anti-icing tube assembly (16) and clamp required, remove rivets (19) and nutplates (20) from
(17) from firewall assembly. angle (21) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 5

Figure 1. Engine Air Inlet Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 6

f. Remove screws (22, figure 8) and washers NOTE

(23). If required, remove rivets (24) and nutplates
(25) from angle (26) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, cleaning
solvent, EZE 431, and Brulin cleaner, SD
g. Remove screws (27) and washers (28). If 1291, are suitable alternates for
required, remove rivets (29 and 31) and nutplates degreaser, Partsprep.
(30 and 32) from angle (33) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
b. Clean fiberglass parts using clean, low-lint
h. Remove screws (34) and washers (35). If cleaning cloth, A-A-59323, type II, moistened with
required, remove rivets (36) and nutplates (37) from degreaser, Partsprep.
angle (38) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).

NOTE

Doublers (39) and panel (40) are spot- Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
welded to rivet assembly (41) and need
not be removed. c. Clean metal parts using dry cleaning
solvent, MIL-PRF-680, type III. Remove caked on
i. If required, remove rivets (42, 44, 46, 48, 50, dirt or grease using cleaning brush, MIL-B-23958,
52 and 54) and nutplates (43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53 and type I.
55) from rivet assembly (41) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
d. Thoroughly dry parts using clean, dry, low-
j. If required, remove rivets (56) (NAVAIR 01- lint cleaning cloth, A-A-59323, type II.
1A-8) from rivet assembly.

k. If required, remove rivets (57), plate (58),

seal (59) and backing strip (60) from rivet assembly
(NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Compressed Air 2

l. If required, remove rivets (61), plate (62), e. Remove excess dry cleaning solvent from
seal (63) and backing strip (64) from rivet assembly hard to get areas using dry, low pressure,
(NAVAIR 01-1A-8). compressed air. A pressure not more than 15 psig.

m. If required, remove rivets (65), plate (66),

10. VAPOR DEGREASING.
seal (67) and backing strip (68) from rivet assembly
(NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
a. Use a commercial-type degreaser providing
for heating of solvent and maintenance of specified
n. If required, remove rivets (69), plate (70),
operating temperature and vapor level. Use
seal (71) and backing strip (72) from rivet assembly
degreaser, Partsprep, at a temperature of 140° to
(NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
180°F (60° to 82°C).
o. If required, remove rivets (73) and circular
angle (74) from weld assembly (75). b. Parts shall be free of water and lowered
slowly into vapor zone of degreaser.
8. INLET ASSEMBLY. Inlet assembly (figure 9)
consists of parts that are bonded or riveted together c. Allow part to remain in degreaser until liquid
and are removed on condition in repair paragraphs. condensation no longer drips from part.

9. CLEANING.
d. Caked-on materials may be removed by
a. Remove paint from part (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 pressure spraying. Spray only when necessary, and
(series)). with nozzle held below degreaser vapor level.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 7

e. Before removal, tip parts that have

recesses, to drain all solvent from part. Remove
parts slowly from degreaser.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
11. INSPECTION.
c. Inspection procedure shall be in accordance
12. Inspect all parts for any damage that might
with ASTM E 1417. Inspection includes not only
affect their safe reuse. Detail-inspect parts showing
detection of the presence of penetrant indications,
signs of wear (tables 1, 2 and 3). Remove from
but also on accurate interpretation and identification
service parts that are worn beyond allowable limits
of discontinuities. Those which are caused by
or that cannot be repaired within limits (tables 1, 2
mechanical entrapment in grooves or corners must
and 3). Dimensions in tables 1 and 2 are inches,
be recognized by the inspector as being relevant
unless otherwise noted.
only to the extent that their presence may be
13. VISUAL INSPECTION. Magnifying glass, indications or harmful discontinuities.
GGG-W-95, and amplified lighting shall be used as
necessary during visual inspection to determine d. Acceptance criteria. The purpose of
cracks. Damage indicated by visual inspection shall inspection is to detect cracking that may have
be verified by measurement or gage before occurred since last inspection. Cracks are not
discarding part. When cracks are indicated, perform acceptable. Primary inspection shall be for detection
a magnetic particle or fluorescent penetrant of service-incurred damage. However, such original
inspection check to aid the visual inspection. manufacturing damage such as laps, cracks, seams,
cold shuts or laminations are not acceptable.
14. MECHANICAL INSPECTION. Mechanical
inspection shall be done using standard micrometers e. Quality control. Periodic audits of inspection
and gages. A surface table or flat surface shall be equipment, materials personnel and methods shall
used to check for distortion of parts. be done to ensure inspections are effective and
consistent.
15. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.
Fluorescent penetrant inspect all nonferrous parts in
accordance with Inspection Criteria table; using 16. INSPECT DIFFUSER ASSEMBLY. Visually
fluorescent penetrant inspection kit, ZA43. The inspect inlet assembly diffuser (7, figure 9) for
following instructions conform to the requirements of cracking or chipping as follows:
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and ASTM E 1417 except
as noted. a. Inspect diffuser for cracking or chipping,
especially in area of metal flange attached to end of
a. Lighting and materials. Placid light shall diffuser.
conform to requirements of ASTM E 1417. Penetrant
inspection materials shall conform to qualified b. Cracking or chipping less than 2.50 inches
products list of MIL-I-25135. The penetrant from flange face, or if metal flange is missing or has
inspection materials shall meet group V sensitivity been destroyed is reparable (paragraph 27).
on all parts, except those made from titanium, which
shall require a group VI sensitivity.
c. Cracking or chipping, having no missing
b. Preparation of parts. Surfaces to be material, which originate more than 2.50 inches from
inspected shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint flange face, which do not extend beyond 7.00 inches
plating, oily film, dirt or other contaminations that from flange face and which do not exceed crack
might hold penetrant and cause nonrelevant repair limits shown in figure 2, sections A-A and B-B,
indications. Critical openings and passageways shall are reparable (paragraph 28).
be plugged, but the edges of such openings shall
not be hidden. Parts must be dry before applying d. Inlet assembly with diffuser which exhibit
penetrant. Parts shall not be below 35°F (2°C) or cracking or chipping beyond limits specified in steps
above 150°F (66°C) when penetrant is applied. b. and c. are not reparable.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 8

Table 1. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nameplate, Security Must be secure — Replace nameplate
SS9097-002 (1, figure (paragraph 24)
7)

Legibility Must be legible — Replace nameplate

(paragraph 24)

Fairing Assembly, Nutplates (6 and 8) Must be secure — Replace nutplates

70302-10020-045 or loose or missing (NAVAIR 01-1A-8)
-046 (3)

Rivets (7 and 9) loose Must be secure — Replace rivets

or missing (NAVAIR 01-1A-8)

Closures (10 and 11) Not greater than — Repair closures

for damage (A1- limits (A1-H60HA- (A1-H60HA-SRM-
H60HA-SRM-000, WP SRM-000, WP 010 000, WP 031 00)
010 00) 00)

Greater than limits — Replace inlet

(A1-H60HA-SRM- assembly
000, WP 010 00)

Fairings (12 and 13) Not greater than — Repair fairing

for damage (A1- limits (A1-H60HA- (A1-H60HA-SRM-
H60HA-SRM-000, WP SRM-000, WP 010 000, WP 031 00)
010 00) 00)

Greater than limits — Replace inlet

(A1-H60HA-SRM- assembly
000, WP 010 00)

Engine Anti-Icing Tube Nicks and scratches — Not more than Repair (paragraph
Assembly, 70306- 35% of material 19). Blend width to
10014-042 (16) thickness (25% depth ratio to be 2:1
in radius) or over but not to exceed 2-
more than 10% 1/2 times material
of total surface thickness
area

Corrosion — Not more than Repair (paragraph

35% of material 20). Blend width to
thickness (25% depth ratio to be 2:1
in radius) or over but not to exceed 2-
more than 10% 1/2 times material
of total surface thickness
area

Boss 0.4375-20UNJF- No crossed or — Repair threads

3A threads for damage stripped threads (paragraph 21)
(MIL-S-8879) allowed
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 9

Table 1. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Engine Anti-Icing Tube Leak check at 115 to No leaks allowed Not reparable Replace engine
Assembly, 70306- 125 psig for two anti-icing tube
10014-042 (16, figure minutes assembly
7) (Cont)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace engine

inspect stainless steel anti-icing tube
for cracks or fractures assembly
(paragraph 15)

Clamp, 12J16-150 (17 Corrosion None allowed Not reparable Replace clamp
and 19)

Cracks None allowed Not reparable Replace clamp

Anti-Ice Modulating Inspect (A1-445QA- — — Repair (A1-445QA-

Valve, 3214072-3 (18) MDB-100) MDB-100)

Switch, P2500-108, Nicks or scratches None allowed Not reparable Replace switch
P9200-108 or M2041-
502 (20)

Corrosion None allowed Not reparable Replace switch

0.500-20UNF-3A No crossed or — Replace switch

threads for damage stripped threads
(MIL-S-7742) allowed

0.625-20UNEF-2A No crossed or — Replace switch

threads for damage stripped threads
(MIL-S-7742) allowed

Pin Assembly, Nicks or scratches None allowed — Replace pin

CA4403-4 (21) assembly

Corrosion None allowed — Replace pin

assembly

Threads for damage No crossed or — Replace pin

stripped threads assembly
allowed

Cracks None allowed Not reparable Replace pin

assembly
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Cover, 70302-10013- Nicks or scratches — Not more than Repair (paragraph
103 (3, figure 8) 35% of material 19). Blend width to
thickness (25% depth ratio to be 2:1
in radius) or over but not to exceed
more than 10% 2-1/2 times material
of total surface thickness
area

0.250 holes for 0.250 Not reparable Replace cover

elongation (New parts
limits minimum: 0.249
and maximum: 0.254)

Cracks None allowed Not reparable Replace cover

Weld Assembly, Welded angles for Not greater than — Repair (A1-H60HA-
70302-10013-054 (75) damage (A1-H60HA- limits (A1-H60HA- SRM-000, WP 008
SRM-000, WP 007 00) SRM-000, WP 007 00)
00)

Table 3. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Inlet Assembly, Manifold assembly Must be secure — Replace inlet
70302-10100-045 (1) adapter assembly assembly *B
(figure 9) (2) loose or missing Manifold assembly
(1) adapter assembly
(2) for nicks or
scratches

— Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

of material thickness 19). Blend width to
(25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Manifold assembly — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

(1) adapter assembly of material thickness 20). Blend width to
(2) for corrosion (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
over more than 10% but not to exceed 2-
of total surface area 1/2 times material
thickness

Manifold assembly Must be secure — Remove nutplates

(1) nutplates (5) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8)
loose or missing
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 11

Table 3. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Inlet Assembly, Manifold assembly Must be secure — Replace rivets and
70302-10100-045 (1) rivets (3, 6 and 8) washers (NAVAIR
(figure 9) (Cont) and washers (4 and 01-1A-8)
9) loose or missing

Manifold assembly — Not greater than Repair diffuser

(1) diffuser assembly limits (paragraph 16) assembly (paragraph
(7) for cracking or 26)
chipping (paragraph
16)

Manifold assembly Must be secure — Replace nutplates

(10) nutplates (11) or (NAVAIR 01-1A-8)
rivets (12) loose or
missing

Manifold assembly Must be secure — Replace inlet

(10) gussets (14 or assembly
17) loose or missing

Manifold assembly — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

(10) gussets (14 or of material thickness 19). Blend width to
17) for nicks or (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
scratches over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Manifold assembly — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

(10) gussets (14 or of material thickness 20). Blend width to
17) for corrosion (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Protective finish — — Repair protective

missing or damaged finish (paragraph 22)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace inlet

penetrant inspect assembly
aluminum alloy
gussets (14 or 17)
for cracks or
fractures (paragraph
15)

Manifold assembly None allowed Not reparable Replace inlet

(10) gussets (14 or assembly
17) attachment area
for chaffing or cracks
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 12

Table 3. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Inlet Assembly, Manifold assembly — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph
70302-10100-045 (10) doublers (16 or of material thickness 19). Blend width to
(figure 9) (Cont) 19) for nicks or (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
scratches (if over more than 10% but not to exceed
removed) of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Manifold assembly — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

(10) doublers (16 or of material thickness 20). Blend width to
19) for corrosion (if (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
removed) over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Anodizing Solution, MIL-A-8625 4

Protective finish — — Replace anodize

missing or damaged finish (MIL-A-8625,
type III)

Inlet assembly (20) — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

for nicks or of material thickness 19). Blend width to
scratches (25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Inlet assembly (20) — Not more than 35% Repair (paragraph

for corrosion of material thickness 20). Blend width to
(25% in radius) or depth ratio to be 2:1
over more than 10% but not to exceed
of total surface area 2-1/2 times material
thickness

Inlet assembly (20) No missing Not reparable Replace inlet

with portions of aluminum allowed assembly
aluminum missing

Inlet assembly (20) — Each slot must have Repair (paragraph

air exit slots for full 0.063 diameter hole 30)
radius at termination at termination
of each slot
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 13

Table 3. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Inlet Assembly, Visually inspect inlet — Any number and Repair (paragraph
70302-10100-045 assembly (20) for length of cracks 31)
(figure 9) (Cont) cracks in slot area
(paragraph 13)

Visually inspect inlet — Any number and Repair (paragraph

assembly (20) for length of cracks 32)
cracks which begin
or extend into duct
welds (paragraph
13)

Visually inspect inlet — — Repair (paragraph

assembly (20) for 33)
burrs or rough cut
surfaces (paragraph
13)

17. REPAIR.

18. Parts that do not meet inspection requirements

shall be either repaired or replaced. Repair of parts Passivation of Corrosion Resistant,
is limited to the repair instructions given for that part. AMS 2700 5
No other repairs are allowed. If no repair instructions
are given for a part, it is classified as nonreparable c. Passivate reworked area of engine anti-icing
and it shall be replaced. No attempt shall be made to inlet tube assembly (16, figure 7) in accordance with
repair parts listed under Materials Required or where AMS 2700 (formerly QQ-P-35).
assembly instructions state install new (part).
Paragraphs 19 through 24 provide general repair
d. Paint reworked area (paragraph 34), if
instructions. Refer to paragraph 25 for specific repair
required.
instructions.

19. NICKS AND SCRATCHES. 20. CORROSION.

a. Measure depth of nicks and scratches

before starting repair using universal optical
micrometer, 966A1.
Aircraft Cleaning Compound,
MIL-PRF-85570 6

Remove only enough material to remove a. Measure depth of corrosion before starting
damage. repair using universal optical micrometer, 966A1.
Repair corrosion not more than limits given in tables
b. Blend out nicks and scratches, not deeper 1, 2 and 3 (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)). Use only
than limits given in tables 1, 2 and 3, using 320-grit the aircraft cleaning compound, MIL-PRF-85570,
aluminum oxide abrasive cloth, ANSI-B74.18. during repair procedures (QA):
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 14

Figure 2. Inspect Inlet Assembly Diffuser for Cracking or Chipping

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 15

b. Paint reworked area (paragraph 34), if

required.

21. REPAIR THREADS. Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7
a. Repair nicks and dents on threaded parts by
applying light coat of cutting fluid, MIL-C-46149,
c. Apply chemical conversion coating,
grade 1, to damaged threads and slowly chase with
maintained at 70° to 110°F (21° to 43°C), to touchup
tap or die, as required.
area using brush, MIL-B-15319, type I, class 2, or
b. Clean reworked threaded area (paragraph cotton swab, GG-A-616.
9).
d. Allow chemical conversion coating to act on
c. Inspect threads (table 1). surface for 2 to 4 minutes, until golden iridescent
color is obtained. If preparing surface for painting
allow chemical conversion coating solution to act for
3 to 5 minutes.
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant,
AMS 2700 5

d. Passivate reworked threads of engine anti-

icing inlet tube assembly (16, figure 7) in accordance Chemical Conversion Coating,
with AMS 2700 (formerly QQ-P-35). MIL-DTL-81706 7

22. CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING NOTE

TOUCHUP.
A hot water rinse, with maximum
temperature of 140°F (60°C), may be
used after cold water rinse, to aid drying.

Chemical Conversion Coating, e. Remove remaining chemical conversion

MIL-DTL-81706 7 coating from touchup area by thoroughly rinsing with
clean, cold water. Allow surface to completely air
dry.

Nitric Acid, A-A-59105 8 f. Check surface for complete and uniform

coverage. The coating shall be free from breaks,
a. Prepare alodine solution by adding three discontinuities, scratches and other damage.
ounces of alodine powder, 1200S (conforming to
MIL-DTL-5541, class 1A), and 15 milliliters of 23. KELLER’S ETCHING. Remove flowed metal
concentrated nitric acid, (specific gravity 1.42), to from aluminum alloy parts which have been blended
one gallon distilled water, MIL-STD-1444. during repair procedure as follows:

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 Acetone, ASTM D329 9

b. Clean touchup area with cotton cheesecloth, a. Clean area to be etched with cotton
CCC-C-440, moistened with acetone, ASTM D329. cheesecloth, CCC-C-440, moistened with acetone,
Wipe dry with clean, cotton cheesecloth before ASTM D329.
solvent evaporates.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 16

b. Protect areas adjacent to etching area from seconds. Immediately neutralize etching action by
etchant attack by masking with plater’s tape, HH-T- flooding area with clean water. Remove plater’s
25. tape.

c. Prepare etching solution by mixing as

follows:

Compressed Air 2

f. Thoroughly dry area with compressed air of

Hydrochloric Acid, ASTME 1146 10 not more than 15 psig.

g. Inspect etched area for removal of flowed

metal using magnification, if required. Visually
inspect area to ensure freedom from etching
Hydrofluoric Acid, MIL-A-24641 11 damage to areas other than those reworked.

24. REPLACE NAMEPLATE. If nameplate (1,

figure 7) is missing, loose or illegible, remove and
replace as follows:
Nitric Acid, A-A-59105 8

NOTE a. If required, remove nameplate from inlet

assembly using plastic or phenolic scraper.
Discard used etchant by adding it to large
amount of cold water and discarding in
suitable water waste convenience. Do not
return used etchant to stock.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
Characteristic Parameter
b. Remove all traces of residual adhesive from
Hydrochloric acid, ASTME 1146 15 ml surface of inlet assembly using cotton cheesecloth,
concentrated (specific gravity CCC-C-440, moistened with acetone, ASTM D329.
1.18)
Technical Hydrofluoric acid, 50 ml
MIL-A-24641, 48%
Nitric acid, A-A-59105, 25 ml Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 12
concentrated (specific gravity
1.4) c. Thoroughly clean bonding surface of
Distilled water, MIL-STD-1444 950 ml nameplate and inlet assembly using clean, cotton
cheesecloth, CCC-C-440, moistened with ethyl
alcohol, A-A-51693. Wipe bonding surface dry with
d. Pour a small amount of etching solution from clean, cotton cheesecloth.
stock bottle into plastic or glass container.

e. Dip cotton swab, GG-A-616, into etching d. Apply sticky surface of adhesive tape,
solution and coat area with swabbing action 10 to 15 468MP or 242-AT, to back of nameplate.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 17

e. Using roller on backing paper side of

WARNING
adhesive tape, smooth out any entrapped air.

f. Remove backing paper from adhesive and

install nameplate in line with either scoop on firewall Use eye, skin and breathing protection
of inlet assembly. when cutting fiberglass part. Resulting
dust is abrasive and an irritant to eyes,
NOTE nose, throat and skin.
Bond strength can be improved by
applying heat at 150°F (66°C) along with d. Sand inner and outer bonding surfaces of
pressure, thus allowing adhesive to diffuser assembly and replacement segment from
spread evenly for maximum contact. cut edge to outline marked in step c. using 80 grit
aluminum oxide abrasive cloth, ANSI-B74.18, to
g. Apply firm pressure to nameplate using a expose fibers of first ply of fiberglass skin.
roller to obtain intimate contact of adhesive with
bonding surface of bonding surface. e. Remove all sanding dust or resin particles
from interior and bonding surface of parts using
25. INLET ASSEMBLY REPAIR. vacuum.
26. DIFFUSER ASSEMBLY. Diffuser assembly (7,
figure 9) which exhibits cracking or chipping within
limits specified in paragraph 16 is repaired using
procedures in paragraphs 27 or 28.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
27. REMOVE AND REPLACE FLANGE END.

WARNING
Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 12
Use eye, skin and breathing protection
when cutting fiberglass part. Resulting f. Wipe bonding surfaces of diffuser assembly
dust is abrasive and an irritant to eyes, and replacement segment with cotton cheesecloth,
nose, throat and skin. CCC-C-440, moistened with acetone, ASTM D329.
Rewipe with clean cotton cheesecloth moistened
a. Remove cracked or damaged tail section of with ethyl alcohol, A-A-51693.
diffuser assembly by making lateral cut 2.50 inches
from face of metal flange (figure 3). If metal flange is
WARNING
missing or has been destroyed make cut 10.50
inches from metal ring on rear of inlet assembly.
Wear protective cotton and plastic gloves
b. Make an identical lateral cut, 2.50 inches when handling adhesives and cleaned
from face of metal flange, to replacement diffuser parts.
assembly, 70302-10011-041 (figure 3).
g. Trial fit replacement segment to existing
c. Draw an outline 1.50 inches from lateral cut diffuser assembly to ensure proper location prior to
around circumference of diffuser assembly and bonding. Proper fit shall not exceed 0.030 inch out-
replacement segment of diffuser assembly. of-plane. (QA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 18

Figure 3. Repair Flange End of Diffuser Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 19

m. Lightly sand adhesive squeezeout to blend

with diffuser assembly contour using 240 grit
aluminum oxide abrasive cloth, ANSI-B74.18.
Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

The pot life of adhesive after mixing is 60
minutes at 75°F (24°C). Continue repair
procedure without delay. Do not use
mixture if pot life is exceeded.
Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 12
NOTE
n. Wipe repair area with cotton cheesecloth,
Bonding requirements for clean room, CCC-C-440, moistened with acetone, ASTM D329.
temperature and humidity control are not Rewipe with clean cotton cheesecloth moistened
required. with ethyl alcohol, A-A-51693.
h. Mix required amount of adhesive, MMM-A- o. Prepare two 1.00 inch, a 2.00 inch and 2.50
132, in clean wax-free container, the proportions are inch wide strips of fiberglass cloth, No. 7781, lengths
100 parts of base to 33 parts of accelerator, by as required.
weight. Place both parts in container and stir mixture
with wooden spatula until all streaks have
disappeared and color is uniform. (QA)

Epoxy Resin, EA 956 A/B 14

Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13

i. Coat mating surface of existing diffuser The pot life of adhesive after mixing is 60
assembly and replacement segment with sufficient minutes at 75°F (24°C). Continue repair
adhesive to thoroughly coat mating surfaces. Do not procedure without delay. Do not use
over apply adhesive. Cured bond line shall not mixture if pot life is exceeded.
exceed 0.030 inch thickness.
NOTE
j. Position replacement segment on existing
diffuser assembly and ensure fit does not exceed Bonding requirements for clean room,
0.030 inch out-of-plane. Apply 10 to 15 pounds temperature and humidity control are not
pressure to repair, using convenient mechanical required.
devices, in direction shown in figure 4. Cure bond at
190° to 210°F (88° to 99°C) for at least 1 hour. (QA) p. Mix required amount of adhesive, EA 956, in
clean wax-free container, the proportions are 100
k. Allow repair to cool to room temperature and parts of base to 58 parts of accelerator, by weight.
remove all bonding devices. Place both parts in container and stir mixture with
wooden spatula until all streaks have disappeared
l. Reinspect for proper fit. Fit shall not exceed and color is uniform. (QA)
0.030 inch out-of-plane.

WARNING
Epoxy Resin, EA 956 A/B 14
Use eye, skin and breathing protection
when cutting fiberglass part. Resulting q. Soak lengths of fiberglass cloth strips, No.
dust is abrasive and an irritant to eyes, 7781, prepared in step o., in adhesive until strips are
nose, throat and skin. thoroughly saturated.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 20

Figure 4. Bonding Replacement Tail Segment on Diffuser Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 21

r. Position 1.00, 2.00 and 2.50 inch wide strips b. Sand inner and outer bonding surfaces of
of fiberglass cloth on exterior of bonding diffuser diffuser assembly within outline marked in step a
assembly. Each ply to overlap as shown in figure 4. using 80 grit aluminum oxide abrasive cloth, ANSI-
B74.18, to expose fibers of first ply of fiberglass skin.
s. Position 1.00 inch wide strip of fiberglass
cloth on interior of bonded diffuser assembly as c. Vacuum remove all sanding dust or resin
shown in figure 4. particles from inside and bonding surfaces of
diffuser assembly.
t. Vacuum bag repair area (A1-H60HA-SRM-
000, WP 010 00). Cure repair at 70° to 85°F (21° to
29°C) for at least 24 hours or at 180° to 200°F (82°
to 93°C) for at least 1 hour. (QA)
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
u. If required, allow repair to cool to room
temperature and remove vacuum bag materials.

WARNING Ethyl Alcohol, A-A-51693 12

d. Wipe bonding surfaces of diffuser assembly

Use eye, skin and breathing protection with cotton cheesecloth, CCC-C-440, moistened with
when sanding adhesives. Resulting dust acetone, ASTM D329. Rewipe with clean
is abrasive and an irritant to eyes, nose, cheesecloth moistened with ethyl alcohol, A-A-
throat and skin. 51693.

v. Lightly sand adhesive squeezeout to blend e. Prepare pieces of fiberglass cloth, No. 7781,
with inside and outside surfaces of diffuser assembly 1.00 (2), 2.00 and 2.50 inches larger than crack.
contour using 240 grit aluminum oxide abrasive
cloth, ANSI-B74.18.

w. Diffuser assembly repaired using this

procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-005 in the Epoxy Resin, EA 956 A/B 14
same location as the part number, but in such a way
so as not to be construed as part of the part number
using characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink,
TT-I-258.
The pot life of adhesive after mixing is 60
28. REPAIR CRACKS. If required, repair cracks minutes at 75°F (24°C). Continue repair
which originate above the 2.50 lateral cut line and procedure without delay. Do not use
extend into repair limit area (figure 2) as follows: mixture if pot life is exceeded.

a. Draw an outline 1.50 inches larger than NOTE

crack on inside and outside surfaces of diffuser
assembly. Bonding requirements for clean room,
temperature and humidity control are not
required.
WARNING
f. Mix required amount of adhesive, EA 956, in
clean, wax-free container; the proportions are 100
Use eye, skin and breathing protection parts of base to 58 parts of accelerator, by weight.
when sanding fiberglass parts. Resulting Place both parts in container and stir mixture with
dust is abrasive and an irritant to eyes, wooden spatula until all streaks have disappeared
nose, throat and skin. and color is uniform. (QA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 22

30. REPAIR DUCT ASSEMBLY SLOTS.

a. Inspect all slots for termination of each slot

Epoxy Resin, EA 956 A/B 14 as shown in figure 6.

g. Soak pieces of fiberglass cloth, No. 7781,

prepared in step e., in adhesive until pieces are
thoroughly saturated.
Do not allow drill to penetrate duct
h. Position 1.00 inch larger piece of fiberglass
surface more than 0.10 inch to avoid
cloth on inside surface of diffuser assembly. Center
damage to bladder surface inside duct.
cloth over crack with 0.50 inch overlap all around
(figure 5).
b. Remove sharp corners using a No. 52 drill
or hand file (figure 6). Do not penetrate duct surface
i. Position 1.00, 2.00 and 2.50 inch larger
more than 0.10 inch. Place vacuum nozzle at drill
pieces of fiberglass cloth on outside surface of
point and remove metal chips.
diffuser assembly. Center cloth over crack with 0.50,
1.00 and 1.25 inch overlap all around (figure 5).
c. Touch up repaired aluminum surface
(paragraph 22).
j. Vacuum bag repair area (A1-H60HA-SRM-
000, WP 010 00). Cure repair at 70° to 85°F (21° to
29°C) for at least 24 hours or at 180° to 200°F (82°
to 93°C) for at least 1 hour. (QA)

k. If required, allow repair to cool to room

temperature and remove vacuum bag materials.
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15
WARNING

Use eye, skin and breathing protection

when cutting fiberglass part. Resulting
dust is abrasive and an irritant to eyes,
nose, throat and skin. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

l. Lightly sand adhesive squeezeout to blend NOTE

with inside and outside surfaces of diffuser assembly
contour using 240 grit aluminum oxide abrasive At many locations, epoxy primer, MIL-
cloth, ANSI-B74.18. PRF-85582, replaces epoxy primer, MIL-
PRF-23377, in accordance with
environmental regulations. However,
m. Diffuser assembly repaired using this
where environmental regulations permit,
procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-005 in the
epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, may be
same location as the part number, but in such a way
used as an acceptable alternate to epoxy
so as not to be construed as part of the part number
primer, MIL-PRF-85582.
using characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink, TT-
I-258.
d. Apply one coat of epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-
85582, to repaired area.
29. REPAIR DUCT ASSEMBLY. Repair duct
assembly (figure 9) with procedures in paragraphs
e. Touch up paint (paragraph 34).
30 through 33.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 23

Figure 5. Repair Cracks in Diffuser Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 24

Figure 6. Repair Duct Assembly Slots

f. Inlet duct assembly repaired using this d. Adapt argon source to bleed air inlet inside
procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-003A in the cover of inlet assembly and regulate flow to 13 to 17
same location as the part number but in such a way CFM through duct.
so as not to be construed as part of the part number.
Use characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink, TT-I- e. Using filler wire, QQ-R-566, class 4043,
258. weld crack (MIL-W-8604).
31. REPAIR DUCT ASSEMBLY SLOT AREA
f. Check repair weld for soundness. Do not
CRACKS.
final grind weld repairs.
a. Remove paint from cracked area (NAVAIR
01-1A-509 (series)). g. Etch repair area for flowed metal (paragraph
23).

NOTE

Do not allow drill to penetrate duct Reheat treatment following repair welding
surface more than 0.10 inch to avoid is not required prior to fluorescent
damage to bladder surface inside duct. penetrant inspection.

b. Stop drill all cracks with a No. 60 drill (figure h. Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld repair
6). Place vacuum nozzle to drill point and remove area for cracks and fractures (paragraph 15).
metal chips.

c. Dress cracks with 0.25 inch radius rubber i. Touch-up repaired aluminum surface
abrasive wheel, A-A-51311. (paragraph 22).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 25

32. REPAIR DUCT ASSEMBLY CRACKS THAT

EXTEND INTO WELDS.

a. Remove paint from cracked area (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series)).

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15

Do not allow repair tools to penetrate duct

surface more than 0.10 inch to avoid
damage to bladder surface inside duct.

b. If required, stop drill crack outside of original

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 weld area using 0.040 inch diameter drill. Place
vacuum nozzle at drill point and remove metal chips.
NOTE
c. Remove cracks from original weld by
At many locations, epoxy primer, machining or grinding until 100% penetration is
MIL-PRF-85582, replaces epoxy primer, obtained. Place vacuum nozzle at point of contact
MIL-PRF-23377, in accordance with during machining or grinding and remove metal
environmental regulations. However, chips or fittings.
where environmental regulations permit,
epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, may be d. Adapt argon source to bleed air inlet inside
used as an acceptable alternate to epoxy cover of inlet assembly and regulate flow to 13 to 17
primer, MIL-PRF-85582. CFM through duct.

Reduce epoxy primer in accordance with e. Using filler wire, QQ-R-566, class 4043,
manufacturer’s instructions. weld crack (MIL-W-8604).

j. Apply one coat of epoxy primer, MIL-PRF- f. Check repair weld for soundness. Do not
85582, to repaired area. final grind weld repairs.

k. Touch-up paint (paragraph 34). g. Etch repair area for flowed metal (paragraph
23).
l. Inlet duct assembly repaired using this
procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-003A in the NOTE
same location as the part number but in such a way
so as not to be construed as part of the part number Reheat treatment following repair welding
using characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink, TT- is not required prior to fluorescent
I-258. penetrant inspection.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 26

h. Fluorescent penetrant inspect weld repair a. Remove any burrs or rough cut surfaces in
area for cracks and fractures (paragraph 15). bleed air slot surface using 320 grit aluminum oxide
abrasive cloth, ANSI-B74.18, until slot is smooth and
i. Touch-up repaired aluminum surface continuous. Use care not to exceed maximum slot
(paragraph 22). width of 0.044 inch. Two slots per inlet assembly
may be allowed to a maximum width of 0.060 inch.

b. Touch-up repaired aluminum surface

(paragraph 22).

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

NOTE

At many locations, epoxy primer,

MIL-PRF-85582, replaces epoxy primer,
MIL-PRF-23377, in accordance with Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
environmental regulations. However,
where environmental regulations permit, NOTE
epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, may be
used as an acceptable alternate to epoxy At many locations, epoxy primer,
primer, MIL-PRF-85582. MIL-PRF-85582, replaces epoxy primer,
MIL-PRF-23377, in accordance with
Reduce epoxy primer in accordance with environmental regulations. However,
manufacturer’s instructions. where environmental regulations permit,
epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, may be
j. Apply one coat of epoxy primer, MIL-PRF- used as an acceptable alternate to epoxy
85582, to repaired area. primer, MIL-PRF-85582.
k. Touch-up paint (paragraph 34).
Reduce epoxy primer in accordance with
l. Inlet duct assembly repaired using this manufacturer’s instructions.
procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-003A in the
same location as the part number but in such a way c. Apply one coat of epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-
so as not to be construed as part of the part number 85582, to repaired area.
using characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink, TT-
I-258. d. Touch-up paint (paragraph 34).

33. REMOVE BURRS OR ROUGH SURFACES e. Inlet duct assembly repaired using this
FROM DUCT ASSEMBLY SLOTS. procedure is to be rubber stamped PS-003A in the
same location as the part number but in such a way
so as not to be construed as part of the part number
using characters 0.187 (3/16) inch high and ink,
Do not exceed maximum slot width TT-I-258.
dimension of 0.044 inch.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 27

34. PAINTING. environmental regulations. However,

where environmental regulations permit,
a. If touching up paint, mask around touchup epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, may be
area to reduce cleanup using masking tape, MIL-T- used as an acceptable alternate to epoxy
21595, type I, and barrier material, MIL-B-121, grade primer, MIL-PRF-85582.
A, class II.
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 may be
reduced with water.

d. Prepare epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-85582, for

spraying in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.

Thinner, MIL-T-81772 17

b. Wipe surface to be painted with cleaning

cloth, A-A-59323, type II, moistened with thinner,
MIL-T-81772.
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15
c. Lightly abrade surface to be painted using NOTE
360 grit aluminum oxide abrasive cloth, ANSI-
B74.18. Rewipe area in accordance with step b. Do not prime or paint firewall assembly.

e. Spray light, even coat of epoxy primer, MIL-

PRF-85582, on prepared surface and allow to air dry
for at least 2 hours at 75°F (24°C).

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-85582 15

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
MIL-PRF-85285 18

f. Spray two light, even coats of high solids

polyurethane coating, MIL-PRF-85285, Color No.
36320, FED-STD-595, medium gray, on primed
surfaces. Allow to air dry for at least 2 hours at 75°F
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 (25°C) between coats.

Mix only the amount of primer which can High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
be used within the pot life time of 8 hours. MIL-PRF-85285 18
Do not use primer if pot life is exceeded.
g. Paint NO STEP in 1.00 inch letters 2.00
NOTE inches from top and bottom edges of engine air inlet
assembly duct, as shown in figure 1, using high
At many locations, epoxy primer, solids polyurethane coating, MIL-PRF-85285, Color
MIL-PRF-85582, replaces epoxy primer, No. 35237, FED-STD-595, blue. Allow to air dry for
MIL-PRF-23377, in accordance with at least 2 hours at 75°F (24°C).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 28

35. ASSEMBLY. (2) Bond backing strip (68) to seal (67)

with adhesive, EC-1357, and install on firewall with
36. FIREWALL ASSEMBLY. plate (66) and rivets (69) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
NOTE
d. If removed, install new seal (63, figure 8)
Firewall assembly, 70302-10013-046, and backing strip (64) as follows:
(figure 8) is to be replaced at overhaul
with firewall assembly, 70302-10013-056. NOTE
The following assembly procedures are to
be used for assembly of firewall Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, and cleaning
assembly, 70302-10013-056. solvent, EZE 431, are suitable alternates
for Brulin cleaner.
a. If removed, install circular angle (74) with
rivets (73) on weld assembly (75).
(1) Clean backing strip (60) and seal (59)
b. If removed, install new seal (71) and backing bonding surfaces with Brulin cleaner, SD 1291.
strip (72) as follows:

NOTE

Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, and cleaning Adhesive, EC-1357 19

solvent, EZE 431, are suitable alternates
for Brulin cleaner. (2) Bond backing strip (60) to seal (59)
with adhesive, EC-1357, and install on firewall with
(1) Clean backing strip (72) and seal (71) plate (58) and rivets (57) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
bonding surfaces with Brulin cleaner, SD 1291.
e. If removed, install rivets (56) (NAVAIR 01-
1A-8).

NOTE
Adhesive, EC-1357 19
Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, and cleaning
(2) Bond backing strip (72) to seal (71) solvent, EZE 431, are suitable alternates
with adhesive, EC-1357, and install on firewall with for Brulin cleaner.
plate (70) and rivets (69) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
(1) Clean backing strip (60) and seal (59)
c. If removed, install a new seal (67) and bonding surfaces with Brulin cleaner, SD 1291.
backing strip (68) as follows:

NOTE
Adhesive, EC-1357 19
Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, and cleaning
solvent, EZE 431, are suitable alternates
(2) Bond backing strip (60) to seal (59)
for Brulin cleaner.
with adhesive, EC-1357, and install on firewall with
plate (58) and rivets (57) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
(1) Clean backing strip (68) and seal (67)
bonding surfaces with Brulin cleaner, SD 1291. f. If removed, install rivets (56) (NAVAIR 01-
1A-8).

g. If removed, install nutplates (55, 53, 51, 49,

47, 45 and 43) with rivets (54, 52, 50, 48, 46, 44 and
Adhesive, EC-1357 19 42) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 29

h. If removed, install nutplates (37) on angle b. Install pin assemblies (21) in gusset (14 or
(38) with rivets (36) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Install 17, figure 9) by installing bushing, alignment pin,
assembled angle on firewall with screws (34) and adjustable nut and locknut. Torque locknut 72 to 78
washers (35). inch-pounds. (QA)

i. If removed, install nutplates (30 and 32) on c. Remove protective caps and plugs and
angle (33) with rivets (29 and 31) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). thread switch (20, figure 7) in adapter assembly (2,
Install assembled angle on firewall with screws (27) figure 9). Tighten switch until a rise in torque is felt
and washers (28). then tighten 1/6 to 1/3 turn more. (QA)

j. If removed, install nutplates (25) on angle d. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058, align

(26) with rivets (24) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Install anti-ice modulating valve (18, figure 7) to inlet
assembled angle on firewall with screws (22) and assembly diffuser and secure in place with clamp
washers (23). (19). Torque clamp 35 to 45 inch-pounds. (QA)

k. If removed, install nutplates (20) on angle e. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058, install

(21) with rivets (19) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Install clamp (17) and engine ant-icing tube assembly (16)
assembled angle on firewall with screws (17) and with screws and washers (15) and cap assembly
washers (18). (14). Torque clamp 35 to 45 inch-pounds. (QA)

l. If removed, install nutplates (13 and 15) on f. Install left or right hand fairing assembly on
angle (16) with rivets (12 and 14) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). inlet assembly (25) and secure with screws and
Install assembled angle on firewall with screws (10) washers (4 and 5).
and washers (11).
g. Loosely install screws and washers (2).
m. If removed, install nutplates (8) on angle (9)
with rivets (7) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). Install assembled 38. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR
angle on firewall with screws (5) and washers (6). SHIPMENT.

n. If removed, install grommet (4) on firewall as

follows:

NOTE Corrosion Preventive Compound,

MIL-PRF-16173 20
Degreaser, Shopmaster RC, and cleaning
solvent, EZE 431, are suitable alternates a. Coat inlet assembly machined surfaces with
for Brulin cleaner. corrosion preventive compound, MIL-PRF-16173,
grade I.
(1) Clean backing firewall and grommet (4)
bonding surfaces with Brulin cleaner, SD 1291. b. Wrap inlet assembly in plastic sheet, L-P-
378 and secure with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085.

c. Place wrapped inlet assembly in 48x42x41

inch corrugated, triple-wall fiberboard box, PPP-B-
Adhesive, EC-1357 19 640, class 2. Cushion, anchor, block or brace inlet
assembly in accordance with MIL-STD-1186. Secure
(2) Bond grommet (4) to firewall with box with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085.
adhesive, EC-1357.
39. ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN.
37. ENGINE AIR INLET ASSEMBLY.

a. On inlet assembly, 70302-10100-058, (figure 40. Figures 7 thru 9 contain the Illustrated Parts
7) secure firewall assembly with 15 rivets (24). Install Breakdown. Refer to WP 002 00 for the
firewall assembly (22) on inlet assembly (25) and INTRODUCTION TO THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS
secure with rivets (24) (NAVAIR 01-1A-8). BREAKDOWN.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 30

Figure 7. Engine Air Inlet Assembly (Sheet 1 of 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 31

Figure 7. Engine Air Inlet Assembly (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 32

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION SM&R
PER ON
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
ASSY CODE

70302-10100-058 INLET ASSY, ENGINE AIR .......................................................... 1 A PAOODP

70302-30100-048 INLET ASSY, ENGINE AIR .......................................................... 1 B PAOODP
1 SS9097-002 . NAMEPLATE /BONDED/.......................................................... 1 MDOZZ
2 MS27039C1-08 . SCREW .................................................................................... 8 A PAOZZ
MS27039C1-08 . SCREW .................................................................................... 10 B PAOZZ
AN960C10L . WASHER .................................................................................. 8 A PAOZZ
AN960C10L . WASHER .................................................................................. 10 B PAOZZ
3 70302-10020-045 . FAIRING ASSY /LH/ ................................................................. 1 XAOZZ
70302-10020-046 . FAIRING ASSY /RH/ ................................................................ 1 XAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
4 MS27039C1-08 . SCREW .................................................................................... 12 PAOZZ
AN960C10L . WASHER .................................................................................. 12 PAOZZ
5 MS27039C1-08 . SCREW .................................................................................... 18 PAOZZ
AN960C8L . WASHER .................................................................................. 18 PAOZZ
---*---
6 MS21060-3 . . NUTPLATE .......................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
7 CCR244SS-3-2 . . RIVET /11815/ ...................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
---*---
8 MS21075L3N . . NUTPLATE .......................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
9 CCR244SS-3-4 . . RIVET /11815/ ...................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
---*---
10 70302-10020-105 . . CLOSURE /BONDED/.......................................................... 1 XADZZ
11 70302-10020-106 . . CLOSURE /BONDED/.......................................................... 1 XADZZ
12 70302-10020-109 . . FAIRING /UPPER/ ............................................................... 1 XADZZ
13 70302-10020-110 . . FAIRING /LOWER/............................................................... 1 XADZZ
14 AN929-4K . CAP ASSY................................................................................ 1 A PAOZZ
15 MS27039C0807 . SCREW .................................................................................... 4 A PAOZZ
AN960C8L . WASHER .................................................................................. 4 A PAOZZ
16 70306-10014-042 . TUBE ASSY, ENGINE ANTI-ICING INLET .............................. 1 A PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
17 12J16-150 . CLAMP /89513/ ........................................................................ 1 A PAOZZ
---*---
18 3214072-3 . VALVE, MODULATING ANTI-ICE PNEUMATIC
START SYSTEM /99193/ /SIKORSKY SCD 70306-
10012-105/ /BREAKDOWN, A1-445QA-MDB-100/ .............. 1 A PAODD
/ATTACHING PARTS/
19 12J16-150 . CLAMP /89513/ ........................................................................ 1 A PAOZZ
---*---
20 P2500-108 . SWITCH /81901/ /SIKORSKY SCD 70302-10001-
101/ /USE UNTIL DEPLETED/ ............................................. 1 PAOZZ
P9200-108 . SWITCH /81901/ /SIKORSKY SCD 70302-10001-101/ ........... 1 PAOZZ
M2041-502 . SWITCH /81901/ /SIKORSKY SCD 70302-10001-101/ ........... 1 PAOZZ
21 CA4403-4 . PIN ASSY /29372/ .................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
22 70302-10013-046 . FIREWALL ASSY /REPLACED BY 70302-10013-056/ ............ 1 A XAOOG
70302-10013-056 . FIREWALL ASSY /BREAKDOWN, FIGURE 8/ ........................ 1 XAOOG
/ATTACHING PARTS/
23 MS20427M4 . RIVET ....................................................................................... 2 A PAOZZ

Figure 7. Engine Air Inlet Assembly (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 33

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION SM&R
PER ON
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
ASSY CODE

24 MS20427M5 . RIVET ....................................................................................... 13 A PAOZZ

MS20427M5 . RIVET ....................................................................................... 15 B PAOZZ
---*---
25 70302-10100-045 . INLET ASSY /BREAKDOWN, FIGURE 9/ ................................ 1 XAOOO

USABLE ON CODE EFFECTIVITY

USABLE ON
CODE MODEL
A 70302-10100-058
B 70302-30100-048

Figure 7. Engine Air Inlet Assembly (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 34

Figure 8. Firewall Assembly (Sheet 1 of 5)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 35

Figure 8. Firewall Assembly (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 36

Figure 8. Firewall Assembly (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 37

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION SM&R
PER ON
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
ASSY CODE

70302-10013-056 FIREWALL ASSY /REPLACES70302-10013-046/ .................... REF XAOOG

/NHA, FIGURE 7/
1 MS27039C1-08 . SCREW ................................................................................. 6 PAOZZ
2 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
3 70302-10013-103 . COVER .................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
4 MS21266-1T . GROMMET /TWO INCHES LONG/ ....................................... 1 PAOZZ
5 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
6 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
7 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 8 PAOZZ
8 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 4 PAOZZ
9 70302-10013-147 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 1 XDOZZ
10 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
11 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
12 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
13 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 2 PAOZZ
14 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
15 MS21074-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 3 PAOZZ
16 70302-10013-151 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 1 PAOZZ
17 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
18 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
19 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 10 PAOZZ
20 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 5 PAOZZ
21 70301-10013-149 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 1 XDOZZ
22 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
23 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
24 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 10 PAOZZ
25 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 5 PAOZZ
26 70302-10013-148 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 1 PAOZZ
27 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
28 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
29 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
30 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 2 PAOZZ
31 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
32 MS21074-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 3 PAOZZ
33 70302-10013-150 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 2 XDOZZ
34 MS27039C1-07 . SCREW ................................................................................. 2 PAOZZ
35 AN960C10L . WASHER ............................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
36 CCR244SS-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 8 PAOZZ
37 MS21062-3K . NUTPLATE ............................................................................ 4 PAOZZ
38 70302-10013-146 . ANGLE .................................................................................. 1 XDOZZ
39 70302-10013-152 . DOUBLER /SPOT WELDED/ ................................................ 2 XDOZZ
40 70302-10013-145 . PANEL /SPOT WELDED/ ...................................................... 1 XDOZZ
41 70302-10013-055 . RIVET ASSY ......................................................................... 1 AGOOO
42 CCR2443SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
43 MS21062-3K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
44 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
45 MS21062-3K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
46 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 12 PAOZZ
47 MS21060-3K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
48 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
49 MS21060-08K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 3 PAOZZ
50 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
51 MS21062-08K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 1 PAOZZ
52 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
53 MS21062-3K . . NUTPLATE ....................................................................... 2 PAOZZ

Figure 8. Firewall Assembly (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 38

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION SM&R
PER ON
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
ASSY CODE

54 CCR244SS-3 . . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................................... 2 PAOZZ

55 MS21060-3K . . NUTPLATE ........................................................................... 1 PAOZZ
56 MS20615-4M . . RIVET.................................................................................... 6 PAOZZ
57 NAS1738M4-2 . . RIVET.................................................................................... 10 PAOZZ
58 70302-10013-113 . . PLATE ................................................................................... 1 PAFZZ
59 70302-10013-133 . . SEAL /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 8338-4, CAGE 11960/ ....... 1 MDOZZ
60 70302-10013-138 . . BACKING STRIP /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 6AL-4V ............ 1 MDOZZ
TITANIUM ALLOY 0.016-INCH THICK/
61 NAS1738M4-2 . . RIVET.................................................................................... 7 PAOZZ
62 70302-10013-112 . . PLATE ................................................................................... 1 PAOZZ
63 70302-10013-135 . . SEAL /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 8338-4, CAGE 11960/ ....... 1 MDOZZ
64 70302-10013-140 . . BACKING STRIP /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 6AL-4V ............ 1 MDOZZ
TITANIUM ALLOY 0.016-INCH THICK/
65 NAS1738M4-2 . . RIVET.................................................................................... 7 PAOZZ
66 70302-10013-112 . . PLATE ................................................................................... 1 PAOZZ
67 70302-10013-136 . . SEAL /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 8338-4, CAGE 11960/ ....... 1 MDOZZ
68 70302-10013-140 . . BACKING STRIP /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 6AL-4V ............ 1 MDOZZ
TITANIUM ALLOY 0.016-INCH THICK/
69 NAS1738M4-2 . . RIVET.................................................................................... 10 PAOZZ
70 70302-10013-113 . . PLATE ................................................................................... 1 PAOZZ
71 70302-10013-134 . . SEAL /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 8338-4, CAGE 11960/ ....... 1 MDOZZ
72 70302-10013-138 . . BACKING STRIP /BONDED/ /MAKE FROM 6AL-4V ............ 1 MDOZZ
TITANIUM ALLOY 0.016-INCH THICK/
73 NAS1738M4-1 . . RIVET.................................................................................... 27 PAOZZ
74 70302-10013-104 . . CIRCULAR ANGLE ............................................................... 1 XAOZZ
75 70302-10013-054 . . WELD ASSY ......................................................................... 1 XAOZZ

Figure 8. Firewall Assembly (Sheet 5)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 39

Figure 9. Inlet Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 003 00
Page 40

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION SM&R
PER ON
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CODE
ASSY CODE

70302-10100-045 INLET ASSY /NHA, FIGURE 7/ .................................................... REF XAOOO

1 70302-10008-041 . MANIFOLD ASSY .................................................................... 1 XDOOO
2 70302-10000-066 . . ADAPTER ASSY .................................................................. 1 PBOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
3 MS20470AD4 . . RIVET................................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
4 SS5072-4 . . WASHER ............................................................................. 4 PAOZZ
---*---
5 MS21075L3N . . NUTPLATE .......................................................................... 10 PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
6 MS20426AD3 . . RIVET................................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
---*---
7 70302-10011-041 . . DIFFUSER ASSY /BONDED/ .............................................. 1 PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
8 NAS1738B4 . . RIVET................................................................................... 8 PAOZZ
9 SS5072-4 . . WASHER ............................................................................. 8 PAOZZ
---*---
10 70302-10008-042 . MANIFOLD ASSY .................................................................... 1 * XDOOO
70302-10008-046 . MANIFOLD ASSY .................................................................... 1 * XDOOO
11 MS21075L3N . . NUTPLATE .......................................................................... 4 PAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
12 MS20426AD3 . . RIVET................................................................................... 2 PAOZZ
---*---
13 70302-10008-044 . . MANIFOLD ASSY ................................................................ 1 XDOOO
14 70302-10008-129 . . . GUSSET /BONDED/ ........................................................ 1 XAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
15 MS20470AD4 . . . RIVET .............................................................................. 6 PAOZZ
---*---
16 70302-10008-132 . . . DOUBLER /BONDED/ ..................................................... 1 * XAOZZ
70302-10008-134 . . . DOUBLER /BONDED/ ..................................................... 1 * XAOZZ
17 70302-10008-130 . . . GUSSET /BONDED/ ........................................................ 1 XAOZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
18 MS20470AD4 . . . RIVET .............................................................................. 6 XAOZZ
---*---
19 70302-10008-132 . . . DOUBLER /BONDED/ ..................................................... 1 * XAOZZ
70302-10008-134 . . . DOUBLER /BONDED/ ..................................................... 1 * XAOZZ
20 70302-10100-044 . INLET ASSY /BONDED/........................................................... 1 XADZZ
21 NAS1738B4 . RIVET ....................................................................................... 16 PADZZ
22 MS20470AD4 . RIVET ....................................................................................... 55 PADZZ

Figure 9. Inlet Assembly (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 30

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA NOSE SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H AND HH-60J

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection .................................................................................................................................. 2
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection ............................................................................................................. 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. 5. CLEANING.

2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe

structural forging, inspection and damage criteria
for depot maintenance of the nose section. The
maximum reparable limits specified in the Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
inspection table, is given with the understanding
that all engineering specifications as to fit, 6. Clean all metal parts as required to assist
material, and positional tolerances are to be inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel, UU-T-
maintained. Table 1 is a listing, by part number, of 595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent, MIL-PRF-
all fittings covered in the inspection table. 680, type III. If required, remove paint from parts in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
Table 1. Fitting Identification

Figure 1
Part No. Index No.
Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21
70209-21102-044 2
70209-21102-045 3
70209-21102-046 4
70209-21102-047 2 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
70209-21102-049 4
70209-21102-050 2 7. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion
protection of machined surfaces, after removing
70209-21102-051 4
paint and cleaning, use corrosion preventive and
70209-21102-052 3 fingerprint remover, MIL-C-15074. After cleaning of
70209-21102-053 2 machined surfaces, apply a light coating of
70209-21102-054 4 lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734.
70209-21102-055 3
70209-21102-056 3 8. INSPECTION.
70209-21206-041 5
a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1
70209-21206-042 5
for any damage that might affect their safe reuse.
70209-21206-045 5 Detail-inspect parts showing signs of wear in
70209-21206-046 5 accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts
70209-21206-047 5 that are worn beyond allowable limits or that cannot
70209-21206-048 5 be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in
70209-81102-044 2 table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted.
70209-81102-045 4
70209-81102-046 3
70209-81102-048 3
70209-81102-049 3 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
70209-81220-045 1
b. During and after inspection, if protective oil
3. DISASSEMBLY. coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of
lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for
4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly protection against rust and corrosion.
procedures to gain access for inspection of the
identified forgings. If in the event it is determined 9. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.
that a forging must be replaced, notify engineering
and refer to the applicable engineering specifications 10. Required inspection. Inspect all nonferrous
for installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in
fastener removal. accordance with the following instructions. These
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 3

instructions conform to the requirements of 13. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in

NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and ASTM E 1417, accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
except as noted. Inspection includes not only detection of the
presence of penetrant indications, but an accurate
11. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall interpretation and identification of discontinuities.
conform to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The Those which are caused by mechanical entrapment
penetrant inspection materials shall meet group V in grooves or corners must be recognized by the
sensitivity on all parts, except those made from inspector as being relevant only to the extent that
titanium, which shall require group VI sensitivity. their presence may be indicative of harmful
discontinuities.
12. Preparation of Parts. Surfaces to be inspected
shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily 14. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of
film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold inspection is to detect cracking that may have
penetrant and cause nonrelevant indications. occurred since last inspection. Cracks are not
Critical openings and passageways shall be acceptable. Primary inspection shall be for detection
plugged, but the edges of such openings shall not of service-incurred damage. However, such original
be hidden. Parts must be dry before applying manufacturing damage such as laps, cracks,
penetrant. Parts will be 35° to 150°F (2° to 66°C) seams, cold shunts or laminations are not
when penetrant is applied. acceptable.

15. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection

equipment, material, personnel and methods shall
be performed to ensure inspections are effective
and consistent.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Nose Section Forging Identification (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 5

Figure 1. Nose Section Forging Identification (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 6

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81220-045 (1, or gouges, outer flange 0.020 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.020 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 50% 1A-509 (series))
of cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area C) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over a 1A-509 (series))
1.50 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-81220-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375
inch diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and
be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 7

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-044 (2, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 8

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-044 (2, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS77-5-029 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

and NAS75-5-014) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.4376 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
104) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-047 (2, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-047 (2, 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS537-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

044) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4376 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
107) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-050 (2, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-050 (2, 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS537-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

044) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4376 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
109) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-053 (2, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-053 (2, 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (70219- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

02150-102) ID

Bushing (70219- 0.4380 0.4380 Replace

02150-102) OD

Bushing (NAS537- 0.4391 0.4391 Replace

7P031) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5625 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Visually inspect None allowed Not reparable Replace

aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-21102-113) for
cracks and fractures

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-044 (2, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-044 (2, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (C) (NAS537- 0.4389 0.4389 Replace

7P031) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5626 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Bushing (D) (SS4009- 0.3135 0.3135 Replace

5-31) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5001 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-81102-
104) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-045 (3, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-045 (3, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5-012 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

and NAS77-5-023) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4386 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-052 (3, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-052 (3, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (70219- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

02150-102) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4387 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Visually inspect None allowed Not reparable Replace

aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-21102-112) for
cracks and fractures

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-055 and or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
056 (3, figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-055 and 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
056 (3, figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (70219- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

02150-102) ID

Bushing (70219- 0.4380 0.4380 Replace

02150-102) OD

Bushing (NAS537- 0.4391 0.4391 Replace

7P025) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5625 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Visually inspect None allowed Not reparable Replace

aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-21102-115 and
116) for cracks and
fractures

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-046 (3, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-046 (3, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushings (NAS537- 0.4389 0.4389 Replace

7P025) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5626 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
(70209-81102-106) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-048 and or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
049 (3, figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-048 and or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
049 (3, figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS537- 0.4391 0.4391 Replace

7P025) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5626 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-81102-
109 and 110) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-046 (4, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-046 (4, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5-014 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

and NAS77-5-029) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4376 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
106) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-049 (4, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-049 (4, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5-014 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

and NAS77-5-029) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4386 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21102-
109) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-051 (4, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-051 (4, 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (70219- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

02150-104 and
NAS77-5-029) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.4387 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Visually inspect None allowed Not reparable Replace

aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-21102-111) for
cracks and fractures

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at
any one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-054 (4, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21102-054 (4, 0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (70219- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

02150-104 and
NAS77-5-029) ID

Bushing (70219- 0.4380 0.4380 Replace

02150-104 and
NAS77-5-029) OD

Bushing (NAS537- 0.4389 0.4389 Replace

7P031) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5625 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Visually inspect None allowed Not reparable Replace

aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-21102-114) for
cracks and fractures

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-045 (4, or gouges (Area A) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 27

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-81102-045 (4, or gouges (Area B) 0.030 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange and
web cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS537- 0.4391 0.4391 Replace

7P031) ID

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.5626 0.6875 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-81102-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 28

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-21206-041, 042, or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
045, 046, 047 and 048 2 and 3)
(5, figure 1)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1A-509 (series))
1.00 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 29

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Bushing (NAS77-3- 0.1915 0.1915 Replace

70209-21206-041, 042, 010) ID
045, 046, 047 and 048
(5, figure 1) (Cont)

Bushing bore (Bushing 0.3131 0.3750 Repair

removed)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-21206-
101, 102, 105, 106,
107 and 108) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, exist NO
closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away
from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 004 00
Page 30

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 14

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

LOWER NOSE AVIONICS SHELF - ALIGNMENT OF MOUNTS FOR NO. 1 AND NO. 2 EMBEDDED GLOBAL
POSITIONING/INERTIAL NAVIGATION SET RECEIVERS (CN-1706A/ASN OR CN-1706B/ASN)

PART NUMBERS 70209-81309-042 (LH/NO. 1), 70209-81309-044 (RH/NO. 2),

96070-20002-041 (LH/NO. 1) AND 96070-20002-042 (RH/NO. 2)

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

Reference Material

None

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Alignment ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
Disassembly and Cleaning ........................................................................................................................... 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 13
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

GGG-W-686 Wrench, Torque (30 – 150 in. lbs.)

R1L-E (or equivalent) Meter, Milliohm
96204-01001-044T (alternate) Fixture, MH-60S EGP/INU Mount Alignment
96700-27450-041 Fixture, MH-60S EGP/INU Mount Alignment

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-58054 Abrasive Mat, Aluminum Oxide, Non-Woven, Non-

Metallic
A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint
ANSI-B74.18 Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
AN4-7A Bolt
ASTM D329 Acetone
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-DTL-81706, Class III Coating, Chemical Conversion

MIL-PRF-16173, Grade IV Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No. 37038 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MS21044D4 Nut
MS21083N4 Nut
MS35338-44 Washer, Lock
NAS1149F0432P Washer, Flat
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
70204-81100-118 Washer, Mylar

1. INTRODUCTION. electrical bonding requirements, shimming washers

can be installed in no more than three locations.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot Shimming mylar washers, 70204-81100-118, are
maintenance instructions for alignment of the No. 1 manufactured from 0.005 inch thick Mylar (MIL-I-
and 2 Embedded Global Positioning/Inertial 631). If washers are not available, through normal
Navigation Unit (EGP/INU) Mounts on the MH-60S supply channels, contact ISSC-Cherry Point,
lower nose shelf. Alignment is required if either, or MMHISST Structures Engineering for substitute non-
both of the following conditions exist: conductive material.

a. The EGP/INU mounts have been removed 6. DISASSEMBLY AND CLEANING.

from the lower nose shelf, and the nose shelf
surface has been disturbed where one or more of a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground
the pads are located. maintenance. Turn off all electrical power and
hydraulic power.
b. The EGP/INU mounts have been removed
from the lower nose shelf, and the original b. Ensure all mission equipment is removed
location/thickness of Mylar alignment shims cannot from the lower nose shelf surface to provide
be confirmed. clearance for installation of the EGP/INU alignment
fixture, 96700-27450-041, or alternate 96204-01001-
3. MH-60S BuNo 165742 – 165766, have two- 044T. Refer to figure 1.
piece mount adapter assemblies, 96070-20002-041
(LH/No. 1) and 96070-20002-042 (RH/No. 2) (1) Remove wire harness and angle, 96204-
installed. The LH/No. 1 EGP/INU mount plate 01001-047, from the forward center area of the nose
assembly, 96070-20002-041, is comprised of lower shelf.
plate adapter, 96070-20002-101, and upper plate
adapter, 96070-20002-103. The RH/No. 2 EGP/INU (2) Disconnect wire harness clamps from
mount adapter assembly, 96070-20002-042, is the LH, RH and center of the lower nose shelf to
comprised of lower plate adapter, 96070-20002-102 provide clearance for the alignment fixture.
and upper plate adapter, 96070-20002-104.
(3) If not previously accomplished, remove
4. MH-60S BuNo 165761 and subsequent, have the LH/No. 1 and RH/No. 2 EGP/INU mount plates.
single-piece, EGP/INU mount plate assemblies, For the 96070-20002-041 (LH/No. 1) and 96070-
70209-81309-042 (LH/No. 1) and 70209-81309-044 20002-042 (RH/No. 2) mount plate assemblies, to
(RH/No. 2). access the mount bolts, AN4-7A, separate the -103
and -104 upper plates from the -101 and -102 lower
5. If shimming is required for single or two-piece plates, by removing the four nuts, MS21044D4, from
mount plate installations, mylar washers, 70204- bolts, AN4-7A, and flat washers, NAS1149F0432P
81100-118, are installed between the mount plate (under bolt heads and nuts), and (under nuts).
footpad and the top surface of the nose shelf. Due to
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Disassembly of Lower Nose Shelf (Applicable to 165742 – 165766) (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Disassembly of Lower Nose Shelf (Applicable to 165761 to Subsequent) (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Two-Piece Mount (LH Depicted) (Applicable to 165742 – 165766)

Figure 3. Single-Piece Mount (LH Depicted) (Applicable to 165761 and Subsequent)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 6

7. INSPECTION. (3) Prepare surfaces of the LH and RH,

upper and lower mount plates by wiping with
a. Ensure there is no paint or residue in a 1 acetone or isopropyl alcohol, and abrading lightly
inch diameter circle on the lower avionics nose shelf with fine grit aluminum oxide abrasive mat or cloth,
around the eight inserts for the EGP/INU mount as necessary.
plates. If any residue or paint is present, burnish a 1
inch diameter from the surface of the nose lower
avionics shelf around all eight inserts where the
LH/No. 1 and RH/No. 2 EGP/INU mount plates are
installed using abrasive cloth. Refer to figure 4. Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7
b. Prepare surface areas of the mount pads of
the nose lower avionics shelf for the LH/No. 1 and
RH/No. 2 EGP/INU mount plates and their
corresponding foot pads on the mount plate To ensure proper electrical resistance,
assemblies by wiping and abrading lightly with fine chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-
grit aluminum oxide abrasive mat or cloth. 81706, class III, must be used. Chemical
conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706,
class 1A, may not provide sufficient
electrical conductivity.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 To prevent degradation of panels or
structure, do not apply chemical
conversion coating (alodine) to composite
panels or composite structure.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 NOTE

c. Remove residue by wiping with acetone or Use of Touch-N-Prep pen or equivalent

isopropyl alcohol and let dry. applicator reduces HAZWASTE and
expedites application. Alodine 1132 or
d. For BuNos 165742 – 165766, with two layer alodine 871 Touch-N-Prep pens are
mount plate assemblies, if not previously recommended for ease of application and
accomplished, drill access holes in the top plates clean-up.
96070-20002-103 (LH) and -104 (RH) as follows
(refer to figure 5): (4) Apply chemical conversion coating
(alodine) to all untreated aluminum surfaces. Alodine
1132 or alodine 871 Touch-N-Prep pens are
(1) Verify measurements and drill 0.748 –
recommended for ease of application and cleanup.
0.750 inch diameter holes in the center of each of
the marks made in the forward and aft sections of
the LH and RH upper mount plates in accordance
with standard machine shop methods.

(2) Chamfer the upper and lower inside

surfaces of holes 0.030 inch x 45 degrees.
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

(5) Apply epoxy primer to unprotected bare

aluminum exterior surface areas and let dry. To
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 maintain required conductivity, do not apply primer
to mating surfaces of the upper and lower mount
plates, the footpad mating surfaces of the lower
mount plates, and the four corners where the
EGP/INU receivers are secured on the top surface of
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 the upper mount plates.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 7

Figure 4. Lower Nose Shelf Prepared for Alignment Fixture

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 8

Figure 5. Access to Hardware on Two-Piece Mount (Applicable to BUNO 165742 – 165766)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 9

Do not force tooling pins into position. Refer to figure

7 for location to install the three tooling pins.

Corrosion Preventive Compound, c. Temporarily install mount plate mount bolts,

MIL-PRF-16173 20 AN4-7A. Begin threading to verify alignment. Once
alignment with all mount pad locations has been
(6) For BuNos 165742 – 165766, established, remove bolts.
reassemble the LH and RH upper and lower mount
plates. Wet-install bolt, AN4-7A, with one washer, NOTE
NAS1149F0432P, under the head and one, under
the nut, MS21044D4, with corrosion preventive Mylar washer/shims, 70204-81100-118,
compound, grade IV. Torque nuts to 60 inch- are 0.005 inch thick.
pounds. (QA)
d. Using a feeler gauge, determine if any gaps
exist between the mount plate footpads and the
nose shelf. If any gaps greater than 0.004 inch exist
between the lower nose shelf and the mount plate
High Solids Polyurethane Coating, foot pads. If so, temporarily install mylar
MIL-PRF-85285 18 washer/shim, 70204-81100-118, to fill gap and
record the number of washers installed. Refer to
(7) Apply topcoat of high solids figure 8.
polyurethane coatings, polyurethane black (color No.
37038), to exterior surface areas and let dry. To
maintain required electrical conductivity, do not paint
the mating surfaces of the lower mount plate
footpads and the four corners of the upper mount
When installing mylar washer/shims,
plates where the EGP/INU receivers are secured.
70204-81100-118, to correct alignment,
one attach point (corner) on each
8. ALIGNMENT.
EGP/INU mount plate must remain in
direct contact with the nose lower
NOTE
avionics shelf surface to maintain
required electrical resistance.
A minimum of one contact point on each
mount plate must remain in direct contact e. After gaps are filled between the mount
with the mating skin of the nose lower plate foot pads and the mating surface of the nose
avionics shelf for electrical resistance. shelf, install bolts, AN4-7A, and washers,
NAS1149F0432P (installed under head).
a. Temporarily install the LH/No. 1 and RH/No. Temporarily seat the head of the bolts into the
2 EGP/INU mount plates on the bottom of the counter bore of each mount plate.
EGP/INU alignment fixture, 96700-27450-041, or
alternate 96204-01001-044T, and secure with the 6 NOTE
mm knurled screws where the EGP/INU receivers
are installed. Check for gaps between the mount If any of the eight 6 mm knurled screws
plates and the mating surface of the alignment are binding or difficult to remove by hand,
fixture. Refer to figure 6. loosen the mount bolts and re-check the
gap measurements.
b. Carefully set the alignment fixture in position
on the nose shelf so the LH and RH mount plate f. Remove the EGP/INU alignment fixture.
footpads are aligned with their respective locations,
and install the three tooling pins in their holes g. Remove the LH/No. 1 and RH/No. 2 mount
through the alignment fixture and into the nose shelf. plates from the nose shelf.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 10

Figure 6. EGP/INU Mount Secured to Lower Surface of Alignment Fixture

(Single-Piece Shown, Two-Piece Same Process)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 11

Figure 7. Alignment Fixture Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 12

Figure 8. Checking GAP Between Mount and Nose Shelf Surface

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 13

9. INSTALLATION.

Corrosion Preventive Compound,

MIL-PRF-16173 20
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
MIL-PRF-16173 20 d. Wet-install angle, 96204-01001-047, and
a. Install the EGP/INU mount plates, on the attaching hardware to nose shelf skin. Apply a thin
nose lower avionics shelf with the washer/shims in coat of corrosion inhibitive compound, to the surface
their designated/recorded positions. Wet-install bolt, of the angle that contacts the nose shelf skin prior to
AN4-7A, with washers, NAS1149F0432P (under bolt installation. Apply corrosion preventive compound,
heads) with corrosion preventive compound applied grade IV, to the fastener threads prior to installation.
to the bolt thread and washer prior to installation. Refer to figure 1 for location.
Torque the four mount bolts to 110 inch-pounds in a
cross pattern to prevent pre-load. Apply corrosion e. Install wire strap to secure wire harnesses to
preventive compound, grade IV, to the bolt heads angle, 96204-01001-047.
after torque. (QA)

b. Using an R1L-E (or equivalent) milliohm

meter, perform electrical resistance test. Readings
between points A and B, are not to exceed 2.5 Corrosion Preventive Compound,
milliohms. Refer to figure 9 for location to take MIL-PRF-16173 20
readings. If resistance test fails, remove any
corrosion preventive compound residue from one f. If removed, wet-install all hardware for wire
foot pad location and repeat resistance test. harness clamps with corrosion preventive compound
to fastener threads prior to installation through the
c. Reinstall wire harnesses up through the clamps and standoffs. Apply final coat of corrosion
forward access hole in the nose shelf. preventive compound, grade IV, to clamp and
hardware after installation.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 005 00
Page 14

Figure 9. Resistance Test Locations (View Looking Down)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 174

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA CABIN SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H AND HH-60J

Reference Material

FS 265 Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fittings ................................................................................. WP 008 00

FS 379 Upper Frame Assembly ................................................................................................................. WP 009 00
Tie Down Fitting Assembly ......................................................................................................................... WP 010 00
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Heat Treatment of Steel ............................................................................................................................MIL-H-6875
Maintenance of Aeronautical Antifriction Bearings for Organizational, Intermediate
and Depot Maintenance Levels................................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-503
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant Steels .................................................................AMS 2700 (Formerly QQ-P-35)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Corrosion Protection .................................................................................................................................. 8
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 3
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection .............................................................................................................. 8
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 Plating, Cadmium
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping

1. INTRODUCTION. Figure 1
Part No.
Index No.
2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe 70209-22111-105 69
structural forging, inspection and damage criteria for 70209-22112-101 57
depot maintenance of the cabin section. The 70209-22113-101 56
maximum reparable limits specified in the inspection 70209-22115-101 3
table are given with the understanding that all 70209-22115-102 3
engineering specifications as to fit, material, and 70209-22116-101 18
positional tolerances are to be maintained. Table 1 70209-22205-102 34
is a listing, by part number, of all fittings covered in 70209-22205-103 34
the inspection table. 70209-22205-104 34
70209-22205-105 34
Table 1. Fitting Identification 70209-22205-108 34
70209-22205-109 34
Figure 1 70209-22206-102 41
Part No.
Index No. 70209-22206-103 41
70209-02132-042 63 70209-22206-104 41
70209-02525-043 1 70209-22206-105 41
70209-02525-044 1 70209-22206-106 41
70209-02526-041 16 70209-22215-101 59
70209-02526-042 16 70209-22215-102 59
70209-22101-101 52 70209-22215-103 59
70209-22101-102 52 70209-22215-104 59
70209-22102-101 61 70209-22215-105 59
70209-22102-102 61 70209-22215-106 59
70209-22103-050 38 70209-22215-107 59
70209-22103-052 39 70209-22215-108 59
70209-22103-054 37 70209-22215-110 59
70209-22103-056 37 70209-22221-041 40
70209-22103-065 38 70209-22222-041 67
70209-22103-067 39 70209-22222-042 53
70209-22103-069 37 70209-22222-043 55
70209-22103-071 37 70209-22222-044 54
70209-22105-041 35 70209-22222-045 68
70209-22105-042 35 70209-22222-046 53
70209-22105-043 35 70209-22222-047 55
70209-22105-044 35 70209-22222-105 67
70209-22105-045 35 70209-22311-041 58
70209-22105-046 35 70209-22311-042 58
70209-22105-048 35 70209-22311-043 58
70209-22106-102 44 70209-22311-044 58
70209-22106-103 44 70209-22311-045 58
70209-22110-102 43 70209-22311-046 58
70209-22111-101 69 70209-22312-101 65
70209-22111-102 69 70209-22312-103 65
70209-22111-103 69 70209-22312-104 65
70209-22111-104 69 70209-22312-105 65
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 3

Table 1. Fitting Identification (Cont) Figure 1

Part No.
Index No.
Figure 1 70219-02116-043 64
Part No.
Index No. 70219-02116-044 66
70209-22312-106 65 70219-02116-045 48
70209-22312-107 65 70219-02116-046 46
70209-22315-104 60 70219-02116-047 47
70209-22315-105 60 70219-02116-048 66
70209-22315-106 60 70219-02116-050 47
70209-22321-101 62 70219-02116-051 66
70209-22321-102 62 70219-02116-052 64
70209-22321-103 62 70219-02116-053 48
70209-22321-104 62 70219-02116-054 46
70209-22321-105 62 70219-02116-056 48
70209-22322-041 6 70219-02131-041 79
70209-22322-042 19 70219-02133-043 44
70209-22322-043 20 70219-02133-043 45
70209-22322-044 28 70219-02133-044 45
70209-22322-045 25 70219-02133-047 45
70209-22322-046 31 70219-02133-049 45
70209-22322-047 8 70219-02133-052 45
70209-22324-041 24 70219-02511-042 50
70209-22324-043 23 70219-02511-043 50
70209-22325-041 12 70219-02511-049 50
70209-22325-042 10 70219-02511-050 50
70209-22325-043 14 70219-02511-051 50
70209-24018-115 4 70219-02511-052 50
70209-24018-118 5 70219-02511-053 50
70209-24018-119 2 70600-82075-101 21
70209-82206-041 42 70600-82075-101 22
70209-82206-042 42 70600-82075-102 33
70209-82206-043 42 70600-82075-104 32
70209-82206-044 42
70209-82206-045 42 3. DISASSEMBLY.
70209-82206-046 42
70209-82210-041 51 4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly
70209-82210-042 51 procedures to gain access for inspection of the
70209-82210-043 51 identified forgings. If in the event it is determined
70209-82210-044 51 that a forging must be replaced, notify engineering
70209-82210-045 51 and refer to the applicable engineering specifications
70209-82210-046 51 for installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for
70209-82210-047 51 fastener removal.
70209-82503-044 36
70209-82503-045 31
5. CLEANING.
70209-82503-109 26
70209-82503-110 29
70209-82503-111 7
70209-82503-111 11
70209-82503-112 9
70209-82503-113 17 Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
70209-82503-116 30
70209-82503-117 27 6. Clean all metal parts as required to assist
70209-84213-104 15 inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel, UU-T-
70209-84213-107 13 595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent, MIL-PRF-
70219-02116-041 47 680, type III. If required, remove paint from parts in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Cabin Section Forging Identification (Sheet 1 of 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 5

Figure 1. Cabin Section Forging Identification (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 6

Figure 1. Cabin Section Forging Identification (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 7

Figure 1. Cabin Section Forging Identification (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 8

11. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall

conform to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The
penetrant inspection materials shall meet group V
Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21 sensitivity on all parts except those made from
titanium, which shall require group VI sensitivity.

12. Preparation of Parts. Surfaces to be inspected

shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily
Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold
penetrant and cause non-relevant indications.
7. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion
Critical openings and passageways shall be
protection of machined surfaces, after removing
plugged, but the edges of such openings shall not
paint and cleaning, use corrosion preventive and
be hidden. Parts must be dry before applying
fingerprint remover, MIL-C-15074. After cleaning of
penetrant. Parts will be 35° to 150ºF (2° to 66ºC)
machined surfaces, apply a light coating of
when penetrant is applied.
lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734.

8. INSPECTION.

a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
for any damage that might affect their safe reuse.
Detail inspect parts showing signs of wear in
accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts 13. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in
that are worn beyond allowable limits or that cannot accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in Inspection includes not only detection of the
table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted. presence of penetrant indications, but an accurate
interpretation and identification of discontinuities.
Those which are caused by mechanical entrapment
in grooves or corners must be recognized by the
inspector as being relevant only to the extent that
Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22 their presence may be indicative of harmful
discontinuities.
b. During and after inspection, if protective oil
coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of 14. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of
lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for inspection is to detect cracking that may have
protection against rust and corrosion. occurred since last inspection. Cracks are not
acceptable. Primary inspection shall be for detection
9. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION. of service-incurred damage. However, such original
manufacturing damage such as laps, cracks, seams,
10. Required Inspection. Inspect all nonferrous cold shunts or laminations are not acceptable.
parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in
accordance with the following instructions. These 15. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection
instructions conform to the requirements of NAVAIR equipment, material, personnel and methods shall
01-1A-16 (series) and ASTM E 1417, except as be performed to ensure inspections are effective and
noted. consistent.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02525-043 scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
and 044 (1, figure 1) (Area A) 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.005 over 50% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.024 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.008 (ABSOLUTE 1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over 50%
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area D) and 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 (ABSOLUTE 1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100% of only one
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0350 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area E) and 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0100 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges thickness (Note 4) 1A-509 (series))
other areas (Webs)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, (Flanges) — Not deeper than 25% Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02525-043 thickness (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
and 044 (1, figure 1) and 3)
(Cont)

Corrosion other areas — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

(Webs) thickness over a 1.50 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

(Flanges) — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

thickness over 1A-509 (series))
100%of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushing (F) 0.5045 0.5045 Replace

(NAS537B8P040) ID

Bushing bore 0.6255 0.675 Repair

(bushing removed)

Insert (G) 0.3125- — — Replace (MS51995)

24UNJF-3B internal
thread for damage
(MS51993)

0.5000 13UNJC-3B — — Replace

threads (insert (G)
removed) for damage
(MS51996)

Barrel nut bore (H) ID 0.882 1.0020 (Bushing of Replace

suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70219-02525-103
and 104) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
NO closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

Fitting, 70209-24018- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

119 (2, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
24018-119 (2, figure scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) 5)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
web cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Fastener clearance — — Notify Engineering

hole (D)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-24018-119)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface and fill the gap, if any exists, between frame cap and
tension fitting. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion
pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B and Area C, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter, exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole
diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22115- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 and 102 (3, figure scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
1) upper cap (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
middle cap (Area B) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
22115-101 and 102 0.015 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
(3, figure 1) (Cont) flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
lower cap (Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
0.080 thick web (Area 5)
D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
0.125 thick web (Area 5)
E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0125 over a 1.25 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
on splice interface 3)
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
vertical stiffener 4)
(Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
22115-101 and 102 penetrant inspect
(3, figure 1) (Cont) aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22115-101
and 102) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas A, B and F, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas C and G, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas D and E, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in
diameter and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Notes 3, 4 and 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-24018-115 scratches or gouges 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(4, figure 1) (Area A) 3)
Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-24018-115 scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(4, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)
Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)
Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) 5)
Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
web cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)
Fastener clearance — 0.2000 Replace
hole (D)
Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-24018-115)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)
NOTE
1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.
2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.
3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.
4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface and fill the gap, if any exists, between frame cap and
tension fitting. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion
pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B and Area C, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter, exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole
diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-24018-118 (5, scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-24018-118 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
(5, figure 1) (Cont) flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) 5)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
web cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 6)

Fastener clearance — 0.2000 Replace

hole (D)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-24018-118)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface and fill the gap, if any exists, between frame cap and
tension fitting. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion
pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B and Area C, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter, exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole
diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-041 (6, scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22322-041 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
(6, figure 1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22322-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

111 (7, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
82503-111 (7, figure 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-82503-111)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-047 (8, scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22322-047 scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(8, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22322-107)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

112 (9, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 27

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
82503-112 (9, figure 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-82503-112)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 28

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22325-042 (10, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 29

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22325-042 scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(10, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.015 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22325-102)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 30

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

111 (11, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 31

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
82503-111 (11, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.300 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-82503-111)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 32

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22325-041 (12, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 33

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22325-041 scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(12, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.015 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22325-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 34

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-84213- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

107 (13, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 35

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
84213-107 (13, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.300 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-84213-107)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 36

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22325-043 (14, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 37

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22325-043 scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(14, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.015 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22325-103)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 38

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-84213- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

104 (15, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 39

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
84213-104 (15, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.300 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-84213-104)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 40

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02526-041 and scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
042 (16, figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 (ABSOLUTE 01-1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100%of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 41

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02526-041 scratches or gouges 0.015 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
and 042 (16, figure (Area B) 3)
1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0100 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0030 (ABSOLUTE 1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100% of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area D) 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 20% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges of thickness (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
(Area E) 2 and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

of thickness over a 1A-509 (series))
1.50 inch diameter
circle (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area F) and 3)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area G and H) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 42

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area G — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02526-041 and H) 0.0100 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
and 042 (16, figure all three faces of the
1) (Cont) gusset (Notes 1 and
5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 20% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges of thickness (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
other areas (Webs) 2 and 4)

(Flanges) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0250 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
and 3)

Corrosion other areas — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR 01-
(Webs) thickness over a 1A-509 (series))
1.500 inch diameter
circle (Notes 1 and 5)

(Flanges) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushing (I) 0.5045 0.5045 Replace

(NAS537B8P040) ID

Bushing bore 0.6251 0.675 Repair

(bushing removed)

Sleeve bearing 1.2515 Not reparable Replace

(MS21241-20C014)
(J and K) ID

KAron bushing and 1.2515 Not reparable Replace (WP 008

KAron thrust washer 00)

Sleeve bearing bore 1.4383 1.0628 (Press fit Repair (WP 008 00)
(J) sleeve and bearing
combination is
required)

Sleeve bearing bore 1.4383 1.0628 (Press fit Repair (WP 008 00)
(K) sleeve and bearing
combination is
required)

Barrel nut bore (L) ID 0.875 1.0020 (Bushing of Repair

suitable material will
be required to seat
the barrel nut
properly)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 43

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
70219-02526-041 penetrant inspect
and 042 (16, figure aluminum alloy fitting
1) (Cont) (70219-02526-101
and -102) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
NO closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 44

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02526-041 scratches or gouges 0.0100 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
and 042 (16, figure (Area A) and 3)
1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0020 (ABSOLUTE 1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100% of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.015 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all the three faces of
the lug (Notes 1 and
5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0100 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0030 (ABSOLUTE 1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100% of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area D) and 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0030 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 2% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges of thickness (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
(Area E) 2 and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than 1% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

of thickness over a 1A-509 (series))
1.50 inch diameter
circle (Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 45

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70219-02526-041 scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
and 042 (16, figure (Area F) and 3)
1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area G and H) and 3)

Corrosion (Area G — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

and H) 0.0100 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
gusset (Notes 1 and
5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 20% Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges of thickness (Notes 1, 1A-509 (series))
other areas (Webs) 2 and 4)

(Flanges) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0250 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
and 3)

Corrosion other areas — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR 01-
(Webs) thickness over a 1.50 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

(Flanges) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushing (I) 0.5045 0.5045 Replace

(NAS537B8P040) ID

Bushing bore 0.6251 0.675 Repair

(bushing removed)

Sleeve bearing 1.2515 Not reparable Replace

(MS21241-20C014)
(J and K) ID

Sleeve bearing bore 1.4383 1.6033 (Press fit Repair

(J) sleeve and bearing
combination is
required)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 46

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Sleeve bearing bore 1.4383 1.7000 (Press fit Repair
70219-02526-041 (K) sleeve and bearing
and 042 (16, figure combination is
1) (Cont) required)

Barrel nut bore (L) ID 0.875 1.0020 (Bushing of Repair

suitable material will
be required to seat
the barrel nut
properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70219-02526-101
and -102) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
NO closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 47

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

113 (17, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 48

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
82503-113 (17, 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Bolt clearance hole — 0.385 Replace

(C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-82503-113)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the butt line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 49

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22116- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 (18, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
upper cap (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
middle cap (Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.015 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 50

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22116- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101 (18, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) lower cap (Area C) and 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
0.080 thick web and 5)
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
0.125 thick web and 5)
(Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0125 over a 1.25 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
splice interface and 3)
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
vertical stiffeners and 4)
(Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 51

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
22116-101 (18, penetrant inspect
figure 1) (Cont) aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22116-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas A, B and F, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas C and G, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Areas D and E, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in
diameter and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Notes 3, 4 and 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 52

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-042 (19, scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 53

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22322-042 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
(19, figure 1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22322-102)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 54

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-043 (20, scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 55

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-22322-043 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
(20, figure 1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-22322-103)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 56

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70600-82075- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 (21, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 57

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70600- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
82075-101 (21, 0.020 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) flange and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance 0.261 0.261 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70600-82075-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 58

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70600-82075- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

103 (22, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 59

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70600-82075- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
103 (22, figure 1) 0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance 0.261 0.261 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70600-82075-
103) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 60

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22324-043 (23, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 61

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22324-043 (23, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22324-
103) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 62

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22324-041 (24, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 63

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22324-041 (24, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22324-
101) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 64

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-045 (25, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 65

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22322-045 (25, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.015 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22322-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 66

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

109 (26, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 67

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
109 (26, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.390 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
109) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 68

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

117 (27, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 69

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
117 (27, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — (Note 7) Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
117) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top surface of the pad, re-establish the water line
location of that surface using a shim of suitable material and band in place with an approved structural adhesive.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 1.00 inches in any direction to another blended area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.

Cadmium Plating, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 25

7. Open clearance hole to 0.4995 to 0.500 inch. Manufacture a press fit bushing made from nickel aluminum bronze,
AMS4590A, with a minimum ultimate tensile stress allowable of 130,000 pounds per square inch. Outside
diameter to be 0.5005 to 0.501 inch, inside diameter to be 0.380 to 0.385 inch and length to be 0.500 inch. Brush
cadmium plate, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416, bushing prior to installation.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 70

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-044 (28, scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 71

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22322-044 (28, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.4375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22322-
104) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 72

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

110 (29, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 73

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
110 (29, figure 1) 0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.390 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
110) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 74

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

116 (30, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 75

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
116 (30, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — (Note 7) Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
116) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top surface of the pad, re-establish the water line
location of that surface using a shim of suitable material and bond in place with an approved structural adhesive.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 1.00 inches in any direction to another blended area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.

Cadmium Plating, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 25

7. Open clearance hole to 0.4995 to 0.500 inch. Manufacture a press fit bushing made from nickel aluminum bronze,
AMS4590A, with a minimum ultimate tensile stress allowable of 130,000 pounds per square inch. Outside
diameter to be 0.5005 to 0.501 inch, inside diameter to be 0.380 to 0.385 inch and length to be 0.500 inch. Brush
cadmium plate, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416, bushing prior to installation.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 76

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

045 (31, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020. Blended area 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) not to exceed 0.200
inch diameter (Notes
1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Note 1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 77

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
045 (31, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS538- 0.317 0.317 Replace

5P020) (C) ID

Bushing (NAS537- 0.317 0.317 Replace

5P031) (D) ID

Bushing bore 0.4376 0.500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
115) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.250 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 1.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 78

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22322-046 (31, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 79

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22322-046 (31, 0.015 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22322-
106) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 80

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70600-82075- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

104 (32, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 81

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70600-82075- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
104 (32, figure 1) 0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance 0.261 0.261 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70600-82075-
104) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 82

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70600-82075- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

102 (33, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.040 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 83

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70600-82075- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102 (33, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 5)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance 0.261 0.261 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70600-82075-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 84

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22205- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

102, 103, 104, 105, scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
108 and 109 (34, inner flange (Area A) 7)
figure 1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 85

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22205- Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102, 103, 104, 105, 0.015 over 40% of 01-1A-509 (series))
108 and 109 (34, flange cross
figure 1) (Cont) sectional width
(Notes 2 and 7)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
outer flange (Area B) 7)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 40% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 7)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 7)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 7)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 7)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 1.00 inch 01-1A-509 (series))
diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 7)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 3, 7 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area E) and 8)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 (ABSOLUTE 01-1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) over
100% of surface
area (Notes 4 and 7)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 5, 7 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area F) and 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 86

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22205- Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102, 103, 104, 105, 0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
108 and 109 (34, flange and web
figure 1) (Cont) cross sectional width
(Notes 6 and 7)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (G)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22205-
102, 103, 104, 105,
108 and 109) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be NO closer
than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits
are acceptable.

2. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified for nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area E, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area E, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area F, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.

7. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

8. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 87

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22105-041, scratches or gouges, 25% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
042, 043, 044, 045, inner flange (Area A) (Notes 1 and 3)
046 and 048 (35,
figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

10% thickness over 01-1A-509 (series))
50% of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 88

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22105-041, scratches or gouges, 25% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
042, 043, 044, 045, outer flange (Area B) (Notes 1 and 3)
046 and 048 (35,
figure 1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 3)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.015 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 3)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.015 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 3)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 1.000 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 3)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1 and 01-1A-509 (series))
lug (Area F) 3)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 0.500 of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface length
(Notes 2 and 3)

Bushings (G) 0.5015 0.5015 Replace (WP 010

(NAS77A8-047P or 00)
(96916) 22D2608)
ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 89

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushing bore (G) 0.6255 0.838 Repair (WP 010
70209-22105-041, (bushing removed) 00)
042, 043, 044, 045,
046 and 048 (35,
figure 1) (Cont)

Corrosion on lug — Not deeper than Repair (WP 010

surface around 0.030 each side or 00)
bushing flange (G) 0.060 cumulative

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22105-
103, 104, 105, 106,
107, 108, 109, 110
and 112) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blended area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from
any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 90

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

044 (36, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020. Blended area 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area A) not to exceed 0.200
inch diameter (Notes
1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Note 1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 91

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-82503- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
044 (36, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) (Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS538- 0.317 0.317 Replace

5P020) (C) ID

Bushing (NAS537- 0.317 0.317 Replace

5P031) (D) ID

Bushing bore 0.4376 0.500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82503-
114) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.250 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 1.00 inches in any direction to another blended area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from
any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 92

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22103-054, scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509 (series))
056, 069 and 071 (37, upper flange (Area and 6)
figure 1) A)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 93

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22103-054, 0.008 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
056, 069 and 071 (37, the flange and web
figure 1) (Cont) cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area and 6)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.006 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 01-1A-509 (series))
servo mounting lugs
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series))

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Threaded inserts (F) No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

(MS51991-206L) for (MS51995)
damage and security

Bushing (G) (70209- 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

22412-107) ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 94

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushing bore ID 0.4996 0.5123 (ABSOLUTE Repair
70209-22103-054, (Bushing removed) MAXIMUM) (Note 1)
056, 069 and 071 (37,
figure 1) (Cont)

Liners (H) (70209- 0.693 0.693 Replace

22412-105) ID

Liner bore ID (Liner 0.758 0.758 Replace

removed)

Liners (I) (70209- No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

22412-103) for bond
security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22103-
107 and 108) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Parts, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch diameter, and be NO closer
than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in (Note 4).

6. All surface repairs are to be finished to 63 microinches.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 95

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22103-050 and scratches or 0.030 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509
065 (38, figure 1) gouges, upper and 6) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.008 over 50% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 96

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22103-050 and scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509 (series))
065 (38, figure 1) lower flange (Area and 6)
(Cont) B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.006 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 01-1A-509 (series))
servo mounting lugs
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series))

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Threaded inserts (F) No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

(MS51991-206L and (MS51995)
MS51993M805L) for
damage and security

Bushing (G) (70209- 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

22412-107) ID

Bushing bore (G) ID 0.4996 0.5123 (ABSOLUTE Repair

(Bushing removed) MAXIMUM) (Note 1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 97

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Liners (H) (70209- 0.693 0.693 Replace
70209-22103-050 and 22412-105) ID
065 (38, figure 1)
(Cont)

Liner bore ID (Liner 0.758 0.758 Replace

removed)

Liners (I) (70209- No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

22412-106 and 108)
for bond security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22103-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch diameter, and be NO closer
than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 4.

6. All surface repairs are to be finished to 63 microinches.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 98

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22103-052 and scratches or 0.030 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509
067 (39, figure 1) gouges, upper and 6) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.008 over 50% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 99

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22103-052 and scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3, 4 01-1A-509 (series))
067 (39, figure 1) lower flange (Area and 6)
(Cont) B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.006 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 2, 5 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 01-1A-509 (series))
servo mounting lugs
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — (Notes 1, 2 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series))

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Threaded inserts (F) No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

(MS51991-206L and (MS51995)
MS51993M805L) for
damage and security

Bushing (G) (70209- 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

2412-107) ID

Bushing bore ID 0.4996 0.5123 (ABSOLUTE Repair

(Bushing removed) MAXIMUM) (Note 1)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 100

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Liners (H) (70209- 0.693 0.693 Replace
70209-22103-052 and 22412-105) ID
067 (39, figure 1)
(Cont)

Liner bore ID (Liner 0.758 0.758 Replace

removed)

Liners (I) (70209- No damage allowed Not reparable Replace

22412-106 and 108)
for bond security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22103-
106) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall not exceed 0.375 inch diameter, and be NO closer
than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 4.

6. All surface repairs are to be finished to 63 microinches.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 101

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22324-042 scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509
surface area (Notes (series))
1 and 4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
(Area B) and 5) (series))
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 102

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22324-042 0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
(figure 1) (Cont) flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 6)

Nutplate clearance — 0.375 Replace

hole (C)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22324-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area A, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.250 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than 0.250 inch from the bolt hole.

4. After corrosion repair in Area A, if material is removed from the top of the pad, a shim of suitable material will be
required to re-establish the water line location of that surface. If material is removed from the bottom of the pad
shimming might be required. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, in Area B, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter,
exist closer than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blended area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter
away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 5.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 103

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22221-041 (40, scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) stiffener (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.025 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener cross
section (Notes 1 and
5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 104

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22221-041 (40, scratches or gouges 0.075 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) web (Area B) and 4)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.025 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
fastener region and
not deeper than
0.0500 over a 2.00
inch diameter circle
in the interior region
of the web. (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
below bearing (Area and 3)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three flange faces
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.0250 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
outside bearing and 3)
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three flange faces
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area E and F) and 3)

Corrosion (Area E — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

and F) 0.0150 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional height and
width (Notes 1 and
5)

Bearing (G) — — Replace

(MS21232-16) in
accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-503

Bearing ID 1.0000 1.0000 Replace

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 105

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bearing OD 1.7500 1.7500 Replace
70209-22221-041 (40,
figure 1) (Cont)

Bearing bore 1.7494 1.9000 (ABSOLUTE Replace

(Bearing removed) MAXIMUM) (press fit
sleeve and bearing
combination is
required) (Note 6)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22221-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any cross
section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, and be NO closer
than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.5000 inch diameter and be
NO closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

Passivation of Corrosion Resistant, AMS 2700 5

Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26

Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 27

6. Sleeve will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel heat treated to H1025 in accordance with MIL-H-6875.
Passivate in accordance with AMS 2700 after machining. Sleeve OD will allow for an interference fit of 0.0005 –
0.0010 inch. Sleeve ID will be 1.7489 – 1.7494 inch. Chamfer internal and external edges of sleeve 0.030 inch x
45 degrees. Sleeve length will allow for installation to be flush to 0.010 below surface of fitting. Freeze sleeve in
dry ice or liquid nitrogen to aid in press fit installation of sleeve.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 106

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22206- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

102, 103, 104, 105 and scratches or 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
106 (41, figure 1) gouges, inner flange (Notes 1, 2 and 3)
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 107

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22206- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102, 103, 104, 105 and scratches or gouges 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
106 (41, figure 1) (Cont) outer flange (Area B) (Notes 1, 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 1.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.0120 (Notes 1, 2, 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area E) 3 and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than an Repair (NAVAIR

(ABSOLUTE 01-1A-509 (series))
MAXIMUM) of
0.0030 over 100% of
flange and web
cross sectional
widths (Notes 1 and
5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22206-
102, 103, 104, 105
and 106) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 108

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 109

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-82206-041, 042, scratches or gouges, 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
043, 044, 045 and 046 inner flange (Area A) (Notes 1, 2 and 3)
(42, figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
outer flange (Area B) (Notes 1, 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 1.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
lugs (Area E) and 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.0120 (Notes 1, 2, 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area F) 3 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 110

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than an Repair (NAVAIR
70209-82206-041, 042, ABSOLUTE 01-1A-509 (series))
043, 044, 045 and 046 MAXIMUM of 0.0030
(42, figure 1) (Cont) over 100% of flange
and web cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
upper pylon flange and 3)
(Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.080 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
lower pylon flange and 3)
(Area H)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
pylon web (Area I) and 4)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
pylon web stiffener and 3)
(Area J)

Corrosion (Area J) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (K) 0.5250 0.5250 Replace

(70209-26007-154)
ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 111

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushing bore 0.8125 0.830 (ABSOLUTE Repair
70209-82206-041, (Bushing removed) MAXIMUM) (without
042, 043, 044, 045 re-cold expanding)
and 046 (42, figure 1)
(Cont)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82206-
101, 102, 103, 104,
105 and 106) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 112

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22110- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

102 (43, figure 1) scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
gouges, inner flange and 3) (series))
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange cross (series))
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 113

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22110- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102 (43, figure 1) scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) outer flange (Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22110-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 114

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22106- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

102 and 103 (44, figure scratches or 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
1) gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange cross (series))
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 115

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22106- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
102 and 103 (44, scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) lower flange (Area and 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 1.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22106-
102 and 103) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 116

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02133-043, 044, scratches or 0.125 over a 0.375 01-1A-509
047, 049 and 052 (45, gouges, mounting inch diameter circle (series))
figure 1) pad (Area A) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0030 over 100% of 01-1A-509
surface area (Notes (series))
1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 10% thickness 01-1A-509
gouges, upper (Notes 1, 2 and 3) (series))
flange (Area B)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 117

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02133-043, 044, thickness over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
047, 049 and 052 (45, of flange cross
figure 1) (Cont) sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area C) (Notes 1, 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 10% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area (Notes 1, 2 and 3)
D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR

thickness over 50% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area F) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.025 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
web (Area G) and 4)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 118

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02133-043, scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
044, 047, 049 and 052 stiffener (Area H) and 3)
(45, figure 1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (I) 0.6290 0.6290 Replace

(NAS537B10P060)
ID

Bushing bore 0.8126 0.8160 Repair

(bushing removed)

Bushings (J) 0.6290 0.6290 Replace

(NAS537B10P065)
ID

Bushing bore 0.8126 0.936 Repair

(bushing removed)

Barrel nut bore (K) 1.072 1.271 (Bushing of Repair

ID suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02133-
103, 104, 107, 108
and 111) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 119

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
NOMENCLATURE AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, 70219- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
02116-046 and 054 (46, scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
figure 1) (Area A) and 3) (series))

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509
of flange and web (series))
cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and
4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 120

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02116-046 and scratches or gouges 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
054 (46, figure 1) (Area B) and 3)
(Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bearing (DSRP6-2 0.3750 0.3750 Replace

FS464) ID

Bearing bore 1.4374 Not reparable Replace

(Bearing removed)

Bolt (NAS1306) OD 0.3745 0.3745 Replace

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02116-
106 and 113) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 121

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02116-041, 047 scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
and 050 (47, figure 1) (Area A) and 3) (series))

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 122

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02116-041, 047 scratches or gouges 0.035 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and 050 (47, figure 1) (Area B) and 3)
(Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0080 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushings (NAS75-6- 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

012, NAS77-6-012,
SS4091-6-12 and
70219-02150-101)
ID

Bushing bore 0.5012 0.7500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Bushings (NAS537- 0.5014 0.5014 Replace

8P025) ID

Bushing bore 0.6251 0.7500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Bolt (NAS1306) OD 0.3745 0.3745 Replace

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02116-
101 and 108) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 123

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02116-045, 053 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
and 056 (48, figure 1) (Area A) and 3) (series))

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 124

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02116-045, 053 scratches or gouges 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and 056 (48, figure 1) (Area B) and 3)
(Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bearing (DSRP6-2 0.3750 0.3750 Replace

FS464) ID

Bearing bore 0.4374 Not reparable Replace

(Bearing removed)

Bolt (NAS1306) OD 0.3745 0.3745 Replace

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02116-
105, 112 and 116)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist NO closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 125

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02131-041 (49, scratches or 0.125 over a 0.375 01-1A-509
figure 1) gouges, mounting inch diameter circle (series))
pad (Area A) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0030 over 100% of 01-1A-509
surface area (Notes (series))
1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 20% thickness 01-1A-509
gouges, upper (Notes 1, 2 and 3) (series))
flange (Area B)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 126

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02131-041 (49, thickness over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 20% thickness 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area (Notes 1, 2 and 3)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
web (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
splice interface and 3)
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0250 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area G) and 3)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 127

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushings (H) 0.5045 0.5045 Replace
70219-02131-041 (49, (NAS537B8P055) ID
figure 1) (Cont)

Bushing bore 0.6250 0.685 Repair

(bushing removed)

Bushings (I) 0.6290 0.6290 Replace

(NAS537B10P055)
ID

Bushing bore 0.8126 0.936 Repair

(bushing removed)

Bushing (J) 0.7540 0.7540 Replace

(NAS537B12P055)
ID

Bushing bore 0.9377 1.061 Repair

(bushing removed)

Barrel nut bore (K) 0.882 1.0525 Repair

ID

Barrel nut bore (L) 1.072 1.195 Repair

ID

Barrel nut bore (M) 1.291 1.411 Repair

ID

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02131-
101) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs, shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 128

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02511-042, 043, scratches or 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
049, 050, 051, 052 and gouges, upper and 3) (series))
053 (50, figure 1) flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0020 over 50% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 129

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02511-042, 043, scratches or gouges, 0.030 over a 0.250 01-1A-509 (series))
049, 050, 051, 052 and horizontal stiffeners inch diameter circle
053 (50, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area and 3)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.015 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) and 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushing (70800- — No looseness Replace

02506-107) (F) for allowed
security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02511-
102, 103, 108, 109,
110, 111 and 112)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 130

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs, shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 131

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-82210-041, 042, scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
043, 044, 045, 046 and inner flange (Area A) 3)
047 (51, figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
outer flange (Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 inch 01-1A-509 (series))
diameter circle (Notes
1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
lugs (Area E) 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
upper pylon flange 3)
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 132

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-82210-041, 042, scratches or gouges 0.080 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
043, 044, 045, 046 and lower pylon flange and 3)
047 (51, figure 1) (Cont) (Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
pylon web stiffener and 3)
(Area H)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (I) (70209- 0.5250 0.5250 Replace

26007-154) ID

Bushing bore 0.8125 0.830 (ABSOLUTE Repair

(bushing removed) MAXIMUM) (without
re-cold expanding)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-82210-
101, 102, 103, 104,
105, 106 and 107)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges, stiffeners and lugs shall NOT exceed 0.375
inch diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs, shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 133

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22101- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 and 102 (52, figure scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
1) gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 134

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22101- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101 and 102 (52, figure scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) lower flange (Area 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.060 over 9% of the 01-1A-509 (series))
socket ID (Area E) circumferential cross
section (Notes 1 and
2)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.002 into wall over 01-1A-509 (series))
100% of internal
diameter (Maximum
bore diameter not to
exceed 2.992) (Notes
1, 4 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.060 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area F) inch length and
0.1875 inch width
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 135

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22101- Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
101 and 102 (52, figure penetrant inspect
1) (Cont) aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22101-
101 and 102) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs, shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 136

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22222-042 and scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
046 (53, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion other — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

areas 0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 137

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Bushing (NAS75-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

70209-22222-042 and 019) ID
046 (53, figure 1) (Cont)

Bushing bore 0.4376 0.5625 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Pilot hole 0.317 0.4375 (Note 5) Repair

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22222-
106 and 112) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blend areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, exist NO closer than
2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

5. Bushing will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation
after machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS75 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an interference
fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015 inch. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

6. Elongated areas around bushing bore can be repaired using the following procedure:

a. Counterbore surface 0.562 – 0.572 diameter x 0.063 – 0.073 deep.

b. Install flanged bushing, NAS77-5-019. Installed bushing shall be flush to 0.010 inch below fitting surface.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 138

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
c. Fittings requiring reaming of bore above 0.4376 require locally manufactured bushing. Bushing will be
manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation after
machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS77 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an
interference fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

d. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 139

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22222-044 (54, scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter

Bushing (NAS75-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

010) ID

Bushing bore 0.4376 0.5625 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22222-
110) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blend areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, exist NO closer than
2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

5. Bushing will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation
after machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS75 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an interference
fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015 inch. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

6. Elongated areas around bushing bore can be repaired using the following procedure:

a. Counterbore surface 0.562 – 0.572 diameter x 0.063 – 0.073 deep.

b. Install flanged bushing, NAS77-5-019. Installed bushing shall be flush to 0.010 inch below fitting surface.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 140

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
c. Fittings requiring reaming of bore above 0.4376 require locally manufactured bushing. Bushing will be
manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation after
machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS77 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an
interference fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

d. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 141

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22222-043 and scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
047 (55, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

018 and NAS75-5-
019) ID

Bushing bore 0.4376 0.5625 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22222-
109 and 113) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blend areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, exist NO closer than
2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

5. Bushing will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation
after machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS75 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an interference
fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015 inch. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

6. Elongated areas around bushing bore can be repaired using the following procedure:

a. Counterbore surface 0.562 – 0.572 diameter x 0.063 – 0.073 deep.

b. Install flanged bushing, NAS77-5-019. Installed bushing shall be flush to 0.010 inch below fitting surface.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 142

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
NOMENCLATURE AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
c. Fittings requiring reaming of bore above 0.4376 require locally manufactured bushing. Bushing will be
manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation after
machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS77 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an
interference fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

d. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 143

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22113- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101 (56, figure 1) scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.75 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 4)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22113-
101) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 144

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22112- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 (57, figure 1) scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 50% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 145

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22112- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101 (57, figure 1) (Cont) scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22112-
101) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 146

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22311-041, 042, scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
043, 044, 045 and 046 gouges, upper and 3) (series))
(58, figure 1) flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 147

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70209-22311-041, 042, scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
043, 044, 045 and 046 horizontal stiffeners and 3)
(58, figure 1) (Cont) (Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area 3)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0150 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) and 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area E) 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 0.75 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushing (70800- — No looseness allowed Replace

02506-106) (F) for
security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22311-
101, 102, 103, 104,
105 and 106) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 148

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs, shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 149

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22215- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101, 102, 103, 104, scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
105, 106, 107, 108 and inner flange (Area A) 3)
110 (59, figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
outer flange (Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
frame web without 4)
hole (Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 1.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
frame webs, with and 4)
hole (Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0020 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
top cap pylon (Area 3)
E)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 150

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22215- Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101, 102, 103, 104, 0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
105, 106, 107, 108 and flange cross sectional
110 (59, figure 1) (Cont) width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
lower cap pylon 3)
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
pylon web (Area G) 4)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Outboard barrel nut 0.882 — Notify Engineering

bore (H) ID

Nicks, dents, 0.541 0.625 Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges or 01-1A-509 (series))
corrosion, 0.541 inch
diameter bore region
(Area I)

Nicks, dents, 0.765 0.875 (Sleeve or Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges or bushing of suitable 01-1A-509 (series))
corrosion, 0.765 inch material is required to
diameter restore hole to
counterbore region original size and
(Area I) location)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.080 over a 0.125 01-1A-509 (series))
1.5 inch by 1.5 inch inch diameter circle
pad (Area I) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
pad surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 151

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22215- Inboard barrel nut 0.882 1.000 (Bushing of Repair
101, 102, 103, 104, bore (J) ID suitable material will
105, 106, 107, 108 and be required to seat
110 (59, figure 1) (Cont) barrel nut properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22215-
101, 102, 103, 104,
105, 106, 107, 108
and 110) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter and
be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 152

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22315- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

104, 105 and 106 (60, scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
figure 1) gouges, inner flange and 3) (series))
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
gouges, outer flange and 3) (series))
(Area B)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 153

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22315- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
104, 105 and 106 (60, 0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22315-
104, 105 and 106)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 154

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22102- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101 and 102 (61, figure scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
1) gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 155

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22102- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101 and 102 (61, figure scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) lower flange (Area 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22102-
101 and 102) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 156

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22321- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101, 102, 103, 104 and scratches or 20% thickness 01-1A-509
105 (62, figure 1) gouges, upper (Notes 1, 2 and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR

thickness over a 01-1A-509
1.50 inch diameter (series))
circle (Notes 1 and
5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 157

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22321- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 20% Repair (NAVAIR
101, 102, 103, 104 and scratches or gouges, thickness (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
105 (62, figure 1) (Cont) lower flange (Area and 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR

thickness over a 1.50 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 0.75 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — — Notify Engineering

scratches or gouges,
upper flange (Area
D)

Corrosion (Area D) — — Notify Engineering

Nicks, dents, — — Notify Engineering

scratches or gouges,
lower flange (Area
E)

Corrosion (Area E) — — Notify Engineering

Nicks, dents, — — Notify Engineering

scratches or gouges,
webs (Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — — Notify Engineering

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22321-
101, 102, 103, 104
and 105) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 158

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener hole.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 159

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02132-042 (63, scratches or gouges, 0.125 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) mounting pad (Area inch diameter circle
A) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 20% Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, thickness (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
upper flange (Area and 3)
B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than 5% Repair (NAVAIR

thickness over 50% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 3)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 10% Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, thickness (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area and 3)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
splice interface 3)
(Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.0250 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area F) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 160

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02132-042 (63, 0.020 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Cont) flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (G) 0.6290 0.6290 Replace

(NAS537B10P055)
ID

Bushing bore 0.8126 0.9025 Repair

(bushing removed)

Barrel nut bore (H) 1.072 1.195 Repair

ID

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02132-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 161

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02116-043 and scratches or gouges 0.035 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
052 (64, figure 1) (Area A) and 3) (series))

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional
widths (Notes 1 and
4)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
(Area B) and 3) (series))
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 162

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02116-043 and 0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
052 (64, figure 1) (Cont) flange and web
cross sectional
widths (Notes 1 and
4)

Bearing (DSRP6-2 0.3750 0.3750 Replace

FS464) ID

Bearing bore 1.4374 Not reparable Replace

(Bearing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02116-
103 and 111) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist no closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 163

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22312- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101, 103, 104, 105, 106 scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
and 107 (65, figure 1) gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509
surface area (Notes (series))
1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 164

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22312- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101, 103, 104, 105, 106 scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
and 107 (65, figure 1) lower flange (Area 3)
(Cont) B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22312-
101, 103, 104, 105,
106 and 107) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 165

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-02116-044, 048 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
and 051 (66, figure 1) (Area A) and 3) (series))

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
flange and web (series))
cross sectional
widths (Notes 1 and
4)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 166

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
70219-02116-044, 048 scratches or gouges 0.035 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and 051 (66, figure 1) (Area B) and 3)
(Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0080 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange and web
cross sectional
widths (Notes 1 and
4)

Bushings (NAS75-6- 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

012, NAS77-6-012
and 70219-02150-
101) ID

Bushing bore 0.5012 0.7500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Bushings (NAS537- 0.5014 0.5014 Replace

8P025) ID

Bushing bore 0.6251 0.7500 Repair

(Bushing removed)

Bolt (NAS1306) OD 0.3745 0.3745 Replace

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-02116-
104 and 110) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch diameter, exist no closer
than 2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 167

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22222-105 and scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
041 (67, figure 1) and 3) (series))

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509
inch diameter circle (series))
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

019) ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 168

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushing bore 0.4376 0.5625 (Notes 5 and Repair
70209-22222-105 and (Bushing removed) 6)
041 (67, figure 1) (Cont)

Pilot hole 0.3170 0.4375 Replace

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22222-
105) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blend areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, exist no closer than
2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

5. Bushing will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation
after machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS75 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an interference
fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015 inch. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

6. Elongated areas around bushing bore can be repaired using the following procedure:

a. Counterbore surface 0.562 – 0.572 diameter x 0.063 – 0.073 deep.

b. Install flanged bushing, NAS77-5-019. Installed bushing shall be flush to 0.010 inch below fitting surface.

c. Fittings requiring reaming of bore above 0.4376 require locally manufactured bushing. Bushing will be
manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation after
machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS77 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an
interference fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015.

d. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 169

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-22222-045 (68, scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
figure 1) and 3) (series))

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 1.00 01-1A-509
inch diameter circle (series))
(Notes 1 and 4)

Bushing (NAS75-5- 0.3140 0.3140 Replace

010) ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 170

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assembly, Bushing bore 0.4376 0.5625 (Notes 5 and Repair
70209-22222-045 (68, (Bushing removed) 6)
figure 1) (Cont)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22222-
111) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas shall NOT exceed 0.375 in diameter, exist no closer than
2.00 inches in any direction to another blend area, and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any
existing fastener hole.

4. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 3.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

5. Bushing will be manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation
after machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS75 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an interference
fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015 inch. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

6. Elongated areas around bushing bore can be repaired using the following procedure:

a. Counterbore surface 0.562 – 0.572 diameter x 0.063 – 0.073 deep.

b. Install flanged bushing, NAS77-5-019. Installed bushing shall be flush to 0.010 inch below fitting surface.

c. Fittings requiring reaming of bore above 0.4376 require locally manufactured bushing. Bushing will be
manufactured from 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or 4130 Steel. 17-4 Stainless requires passivation after
machining. Cadmium plating is required regardless of material choice. Bushing will be manufactured using
dimensions and tolerances of NAS77 specification with the exception of the OD. OD will allow for an
interference fit of 0.0010 – 0.0015.

d. Bushing will be installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 171

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-22111- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101, 102, 103, 104 and scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
105 (69, figure 1) gouges, upper and 3) (series))
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509
cross sectional width (series))
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509
gouges, lower and 3) (series))
flange (Area B)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 172

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209-22111- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
101, 102, 103, 104 and 0.0010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
105 (69, figure 1) (Cont) cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent — (Note 6) (Note 6)

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-22111-
101, 102, 103, 104
and 105) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for flanges and stiffeners shall NOT exceed 0.375 inch
diameter and be no closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener holes.

4. After rework for nicks, dents and gouges, blended areas for webs shall NOT exceed 0.500 inch diameter and be
no closer than one hole diameter from any existing fastener holes.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. Limited repair of cracks at approximately BL 40, WL 255 are included in WP 009 00.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 006 00
Page 173/(174 Blank)

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
NOMENCLATURE AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 20

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE

CABIN FLOOR ASSEMBLIES

PART NUMBERS 70204-22001-043, 70204-22001-045, 70204-22001-047, 70204-22002-043, 70204-22002-045,

70204-22002-047, 70204-22003-045, 70204-22003-047, 70204-22003-051, 70204-22003-055, 70204-82001-
041, 70204-82002-041, 70204-82003-041, 70204-82003-044, 70204-82010-041, 70204-82010-045, 70204-
82011-041, 70204-82011-045, 70204-82012-046, 70204-82012-049, AND 70204-82012-050

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

General Composite Repair ............................................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-21
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 3
Corrosion Protection ................................................................................................................................. 3
General Cleaning Instructions .................................................................................................................. 3
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Painting ......................................................................................................................................................... 19
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ............................................................................................................ 19
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 4
Corrosion .................................................................................................................................................. 4
Damaged Honeycomb .............................................................................................................................. 4
Making Pre-Cured Fiberglass Material ..................................................................................................... 15

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— A-Scan Ultrasonic Equipment

— Oven
Commercial Availability Fitting, Hose
Commercial Availability Gauge, Pressure
Commercial Availability Line, Vacuum
Commercial Availability Pump, Vacuum
Commericial Availability X-acto Knife
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

J-24-1-511 or equivalent Thermocouples, ANSI Type J with Fused Kapton

Jacket Insulation
Locally fabricated from AL Plate, 0.5 inch minimum Tool, Lay-Up
thickness
Model 4511, Jaw Type Sealer, Heat
195AS1001-1 or equivalent Controller, Temp Vacuum
8353-3, -7, -12 or equivalent Autoclave

NOTES

Required only for fabrication of pre-cured fiberglass material as in paragraph 14.

Thermal Equipment Corp., Torrance, CA
Serv-Rite, Claud S. Gordon Co, Richmond, IL

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Agent, Release
— Fabric, Breather
— Fabric, Non-Porous Release
— Fabric, Porous Release
— Honeycomb, Aluminum
— Tape, Teflon
— Tape, Vacuum Bag Sealant
ANSI-B74.18, 180, 220 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM-D4727 Sheet Stock, Fiberboard
CP 22A2604 Sheet, Pre-cured Fiberglass Repair
EA 9359.3 Adhesive
EA 9396.6MD Adhesive, Epoxy
EC-1751 Adhesive
Epocast 1652 Compound, Potting
Flashbreaker 5, Airtech Tape, Flashbreaker
HRH 0.750 Thick Honeycomb, Polyamide
HRH-10-1/8-6.0 (0.75 thick) Core, Nomex
MIL-B-117 Bag, Interior Packaging
MIL-B-121, Grade A, Class II Material, Barrier
MIL-B-23958 Brush
MIL-C-7438, Grade B Aluminum Core 22.1-1/8-20 (Alloy Core, Aluminum
5052) T-.75
MIL-C-7438, Grade B Aluminum Core 8.1-1/8-20 (Alloy Core, Aluminum
5052) T-.75
MIL-PRF-131, Class I Material, Barrier
MIL-PRF-23377 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No. 36320, Medium Gray Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-PRF-85570 Compound, Exterior Aircraft Cleaning
MMM-A-121 Adhesive
NC-710-966 or equivalent Material, Cork/Rubber Dam
PPP-B-636 Box, Fiberboard Shipping
PPP-C-1797 Material, Polypropylene Foam Cushioning
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

Remay 2006 Cloth, Scrim

Rymple Cloth-301-Purified Cloth, Cleaning
SAE AMS-C-9084, Class 2, Type III, 120 Style Bleeder/Fiberglass
Fiberglass Cloth
SAE AMS-C-9084, Class 2, Type VIIIA or VIIIB, Cloth, Fiberglass
No. 7781
SAE AMS-T-22085 Tape, Pressure Sensitive
SS-9578, Type 1-A Fiberglass, Prepreg
SS9610, Type I (SS9610-007 – Cycom 114/1062) Material, Fiberglass Repair
E-glass undirectional (K filament) Nominal Thickness
0.0068 inch
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl

NOTE

Required only for fabrication of pre-cured fiberglass material as in paragraph 14.

1. INTRODUCTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot

maintenance instructions for the cabin floor
assemblies, part numbers 70204-22001-043/045/047,
70204-22002-043/045/047, 70204-22003-
045/047/051/055, 70204-82001-041, 70204-82002-
041, 70204-82003-041/044, 70204-82010-041/045,
70204-82011-041/045 and 70204-82012-046/049/050
manufactured by Sikorsky Aircraft Corporation, 6900
Main Street, P.O. Box 9729, Stratford, CT 06615-
9129. Refer to figures 1 and 2.

3. The cabin floor consists of three sections

constructed of polyamide honeycomb core
sandwiched between laminated glass fabric skins.
Figure 1. Cabin Floor Installation
Each section has fittings and inserts to secure various
types of airborne equipment, seats and cargo. When
the floor sections are bolted in place, they receive
6. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion
additional strength and support from the lower cabin
protection of bare metal surfaces refer to (NAVAIR
section skeleton.
01-1A-509 (series)).
4. CLEANING.
7. GENERAL CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS. Clean
metal and fiberglass parts using procedure described
5. Clean all parts using methods in general cleaning
below.
instructions or specific cleaning instructions. Remove
paint from parts (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 4

under local areas. If possible, ensure panel

skins within 1 1/2 inch radius of edges of
cargo/seat pan assemblies remain intact.
Aircraft Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-85570 6
Several of the floorboards contain carbon
a. Clean cabin floor assemblies using a mixture fiber reinforcement around the cutouts,
of one part aircraft cleaning compound and nine parts attachment points and the edges of the
water. panel. If the damage to be repaired is less
than 3.0 inches away from cutouts, tie-
b. Apply the cleaner with brush. downs or edges, or if it extends into the
carbon sections, contact CFA for
c. Scrub cabin floor assembly all over to loosen assistance.
soil and then rinse thoroughly.

d. Dry panel in a vertical position. If the damaged floorboard requires more

than one complete sheet of precured
8. INSPECTION. material, completely bond one before
starting the other. Treat the first complete
9. Inspect floor panels for any damage that might repair patch as original material when
affect their safe reuse in accordance with NAVAIR completing the second patch.
01-1A-21, Section VI. Non-destructively inspect any
areas of suspected core disbond, facesheet Pre-cured fiberglass repairmaterial can
delaminations or core damage in accordance with either be procured or made in accordance
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series). Remove from service with paragraph 14.
parts that are worn beyond allowable limits or that
cannot be repaired. a. Remove the damaged panel skin (either the
top or bottom) and damaged honeycomb core down
10. REPAIR. to adhesive on opposite skin. Do not remove both
skins at the same time.
11. Parts that do not meet inspection requirements
shall be repaired or replaced. Repair of parts is limited
to the repair instructions given for that part. No other b. Ensure there is no entrapped water in the
repairs are allowed. If no repair instructions are given remainder of the panel by covering with breather
for a part, it is classified as nonreparable and it shall material and a vacuum bag. Apply vacuum pressure
be replaced. No attempt shall be made to repair parts and heat the panel in an oven at 150° to 180°F (66° to
listed under Materials Required or where assembly 82°C) for 4 hours.
instructions state install new (part).
c. Allow panel to cool in a flat position.
12. CORROSION. Treat and repair all surface
corrosion in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 d. Sand the inside of the opposite skin where
(series). the honeycomb was removed down to the adhesive
with a 180 to 220 grit aluminum oxide abrasive cloth.
13. DAMAGED HONEYCOMB. Refer to figure 3.

Potting Compound, Epocast 1652 28 Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

NOTE e. Clean cavity with isopropyl alcohol, then air

dry.
If core is damaged under skin around tie-
downs or cutouts, remove only damaged
core at this point and fill with Epocast 1652
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 1 of 9)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 6

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 7

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 8

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 9

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 5)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 10

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 6)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 11

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 7)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 12

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 8)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 13

Figure 2. Cabin Floor Assemblies (Sheet 9)

Figure 3. Floorboard Repair Concept

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 14

NOTE panel. Apply vacuum pressure and check for leaks. A

vacuum of at least 22 inches of Hg shall be attained.
Ensure the ribbon direction of the core is Cure adhesive at 150° +10°/−0°F for 2 hrs. Do not
maintained. The ribbon direction of the remove vacuum bag pressure until the part has
honeycomb core is oriented left to right cooled to 120°F or less.
when installed in the A/C.
j. Trim excess replacement honeycomb core
Some of the F and H model floorboards such that it is flush with the upper surface of the top
contain high-density aluminum core around skin.
the cutouts, attachment points and edges.
Replace the damaged core in these areas
with high-density core.

f. Cut replacement honeycomb core to size

required for repair. Size replacement core such that it Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD 32
will be flush with the outer surface of the surrounding
skin. Use Nomex replacement core for B model and
aluminum replacement core for F and H model
floorboards.
Potting Compound, Epocast 1652 28
g. Inspect cutout, bonding surface and
replacement core for proper fit up and preparation.
k. Inspect for gaps around replacement
Ensure maximum gap between new and replacement
honeycomb. If present, fill voids with EA-9396.6MD or
core does not exceed 0.1 inch.
Epocast 1652.

l. If the removed area is less than 5.0 inches in

diameter or 20.0 square inches total and at least 3.0
Adhesive, EA 9359.3 31 inches away from cutouts, tiedowns or edges, either a
wet lay-up patch or a pre-cured patch can be used. If
h. Bond the replacement honeycomb core to the using a wet layup patch, proceed to step m. If using a
opposite skin using EA 9359.3. pre-cured patch, proceed to step q.

Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD 32 Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD 32

Potting Compound, Epocast 1652 28 Potting Compound, Epocast 1652 28

NOTE
m. Pot the top of the honeycomb cells with either
Use EA-9396.6MD for large repair areas EA-9396.6MD or Epocast 1652. Fill the cells flush
due to the short pot life of Epocast 1652. with the top of the cells and the top surface of the
Only mix the amount of resin that can be surrounding skin. Use Teflon tape and non-porous
applied to the panel within the material’s release fabric to secure honeycomb in place. Apply
working pot life. vacuum pressure and check for leaks. A vacuum of at
least 22 inches of Hg shall be attained. Cure adhesive
i. Use EA-9396.6MD or Epocast 1652 around at 150° +10°/−0°F for 2 hours.
the edge of the replacement core to splice it into the
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 15

Epoxy Adhesive, EA-9396.6MD 32 Adhesive, EA 9359.3 31

NOTE s. Bond the pre-cured patch to the panel using

EA-9359.3 and scrim cloth. Apply vacuum pressure
If 181-style fiberglass is not available, two and cure at 150° +10°/−0°F for 2 hours.
layers of 120-style fiberglass cloth can be t. Refinish floorboards as required to match
substituted for every one layer of 181-style existing material.
fiberglass.
14. MAKING PRE-CURED FIBERGLASS
Zero-degree orientation is left to right, and MATERIAL. Refer to figure 4. To make the precured
90-degree orientation is fore and aft when patch, lay-up the one ply of dry fabric and the four
installed on the A/C. plies of pre-impregnated fiberglass on a caul sheet
and cure the material flat in an autoclave. Fabricate
n. Replace the removed skin with six plies (top) and cure the laminates in accordance with
or five plies (bottom) of AMS-C-9084, type VIII, class instructions below and CP drawing 22A2604.
2, fiberglass cloth (181-style) and EA-9396MD resin
(alternating fabric plies at 0 and 90 degrees). Drop off WARNING
the plies 0.25 inch per ply to taper the edges of the
patch and cure the patch to the panel in accordance
with NAVAIR 01-1A-21. This process requires the use of a
chemical or material, which may
o. If the removed area is greater than 5.0 inches necessitate special safety precautions.
in diameter, secondarily bond a precured patch to the Consult the applicable Material Safety Data
skin. Sheet (MSDS) before beginning the
process.
p. Either order sheet(s) of pre-cured fiberglass
patch material, CP 22A2604, or locally manufacture a NOTE
pre-cured patch for the repair in accordance with
paragraph 14. Fiberglass/Epoxy pre-cured patches
manufactured in accordance with these
instructions shall only be manufactured by
q. Trim the pre-cured fiberglass patch to
depot faculties having the proper personnel
required size and taper the adjoining edge(s) of the
and equipment.
pre-cured patch(es) and the undamaged skin with a
30:1 taper. Create all scarf joints in accordance with a. Personnel, equipment, lay-up area, storage
NAVAIR 01-1A-21. If the repair area is complex or and handling of pre-preg material shall meet the
scarf joints are not practical, bond the pre-cured patch requirements of all local guidelines.
on as a scab patch and slightly taper the outer edge
of the patch to create a smooth transition to the patch. b. Prior to breaking seal, allow pre-preg to thaw
Use an overlap length of 1.25 inches for the scab at room temperature (a minimum of 4 hours) until
joint. moisture ceases to condense on sealed bag.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 Acetone, ASTM D329 9

c. Clean lay-up tool with clean cloths and

r. Prepare the surface of the pre-cured patch for
solvent. Inspect tool surface to ensure all resin
bonding to the panel by wiping with solvent, scuff
buildup is removed and that tool surface is free from
sanding with 180 to 220 grit aluminum oxide abrasive
nicks, gouges or other foreign material.
cloth followed by dry wiping with Rymplecloth.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 16

Figure 4. Fabrication Instructions for Pre-Cured Repair Material

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 17

l. Place thermocouples around the periphery of

the lay-up. Thermocouples shall be placed in/through
the damming material to be as close to the laminate
Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33 as possible. Thermocouples shall be placed so as to
represent areas which have the slowest and fastest
rate of temperature rise, such as thick and thin areas
of high tool mass and low tool mass. A minimum of
four thermocouples per part should be used.
To prevent contamination do not apply Thermocouple locations shall be determined using a
release agent inside lay-up room. heat survey of the tool. At a minimum, two
thermocouples shall be located at the coldest location
NOTE and two shall be located at the hottest location. At
least one hot and one cold thermocouple should
Do not apply release agent in areas where function throughout the complete cure cycle.
flashbreaker tape or vacuum bag sealant
tape will be applied. m. Cut a sheet of non-porous release fabric and
fit over the bleeder material. Secure to the top of each
d. Brush on three coats of release agent to the dam with flashbreaker tape.
tool surface, allowing a minimum drying time of
10 minutes after each application. Cure in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions.

e. Cover the released tool surface with Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33
non-porous release fabric and secure with
flashbreaker tape.
n. A caul plate or other pressure intensifier may
be placed over the stack. If used, ensure the caul
f. Cut enough plies from pre-preg for a 48 inch x
plate or pressure intensifier is cleaned and treated
48 inch square four-ply patch.
with a suitable release agent.
g. Center the pre-preg plies on top of the
non-porous fabric in a stacking sequence (in o. Cut breather material at least 2 to 3 inches
accordance with CP drawing 22A2604) and larger than the bleeder stack. Use two plies of
orientation. Plies shall be aligned within ±3 degrees of 181-style fiberglass or one ply of Airweave N10.
the required orientation. Ensure the breather extends far enough beyond the
part to allow the vacuum adapter to rest upon it
h. Place a 48 inch x 48 inch square sheet of without touching the part.
120-style dry fiberglass fabric on top of the fiberglass
pre-preg plies. p. Place the vacuum adapter on the breather
material but away from the lay-up.
i. Place a 48 inch x 48 inch square sheet of
porous release fabric on top of the single ply of dry q. Run a bead of vacuum bag sealant tape
fiberglass fabric. around the perimeter of the stack-up sequence. Press
thermocouple wires into the sealant and then cover
j. Apply cork dam material around each patch with a small piece of sealant.
lay-up. The dam material should be applied within
0.05 inch of the edge of the laminate. Use butt joints r. Cut a piece of vacuum bag material to fit over
at the dam corners. Dam shall extend +0.032/−0.000 the area bound by the sealant. Press firmly into the
inch above the laminate. sealant to form an airtight seal.
k. Cut one piece of bleeder material (120-style
s. Over the vacuum adapter, cut a small hole
fiberglass) to extend 1.0 inch larger than the patch in
into the vacuum bag. Fit the vacuum line into the
all directions. Place the bleeder material on top of the
adapter. Connect to vacuum pump.
porous release film.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 18

NOTE z. Cure cycle abort criteria is as follows:

A vacuum gage must be connected to each (1) If during positive pressure application the
vacuum line adjacent to the vacuum bag, pressure within the bag is between 0 to 4 psig, then
not at the vacuum pump, to obtain an no action is necessary.
accurate reading of the vacuum bag
pressure. (2) If pressure within the bag is greater than
4 psig and the hottest part thermocouple is under
t. Perform leak check as follows: 200°F, abort the cure cycle. Cool the autoclave to
room temperature as rapidly as possible while
(1) Slowly apply vacuum pressure to the releasing vessel pressure. Repair the leaking bag.
interior of the vacuum bag. As the air is evacuated, Following a leak check, re-start the cure cycle.
make the bag conform to the shape of the lay-up and
the tool. Ensure the bag does not bridge any areas.
(3) If the pressure within the bag is greater
(2) Draw vacuum of 20 to 29 inches Hg on than 4 psig and hottest thermocouple reading is
the bagged lay-up. above 200°F, continue the cure cycle to completion
and contact engineering for instructions. The parts
(3) Take an initial reading 2 minutes after shall be held in abeyance until Materials Engineering
connecting the vacuum. disposition is rendered.

(4) Take a final gauge reading 2 minutes after aa. Visually examine the laminate to ensure it is
the initial gauge reading. essentially free of defects. Acceptable laminates shall
be uniform, free from gaps, cracks, blisters (air or gas
(5) The difference between the initial and the pockets), tackiness, wrinkles, foreign objects,
final gauge reading is the indicated leakage. The delamination and reasonably free of pin holes, resin-
leakage shall not exceed 1.0 inch Hg. rich areas and resin-starved areas. QA must also
ensure the required autoclave cure cycle was met.
(6) If leakage exceeds 1.0 inch Hg over (QA)
2 minutes, locate and repair the leak and repeat the
leak check. ab. Identify the side of the laminate that contains
the fabric ply and label “THIS SIDE DOWN DURING
u. Insert component into the autoclave and DRILLING OPERATIONS”.
maintain vacuum at 25 to 30 in Hg. Connect the
bleeder valve to a vacuum line. ac. All manufacturers other than government
depot facilities must submit a first article to the
v. Increase autoclave pressure to 45 ±2 psig. government for inspection.
Vent the bag to atmosphere when the vessel pressure
reaches 10 psig.
ad. If making the patch for storage or shipment,
w. Ramp up the autoclave temperature to 345° trim square patches to a final size of 48 inches x 48
±5°F at 4°F/min. inches. Mark on each patch the Julian date the initial
autoclave cure cycle was performed. If more than one
x. Upon the coldest part thermocouple reaching patch was in the autoclave load, add a dash number
340°F, allow to cure at 345° ±5°F for 120 minutes. to the Julian date for each subsequent patch. Use a
permanent marking pen.
y. Allow the autoclave to cool down at a
maximum rate of 5°F/min. Upon the hottest ae. Wrap each patch individually in barrier
thermocouple reaching 180°F, vent vessel pressure material, MIL-B-121, type II (packaging paper). Obtain
and continue to cool down. With the decrease in two pieces of corrugated fiberboard at least as large
temperature, there will be an associated reduction in as the patch, and radius all corners of the fiberboard.
pressure. The pressure may be allowed to decay. No Place wrapped patch between the two pieces of
addition of vessel pressure is required during fiberboard and into a barrier material, MIL-PRF-131,
temperature rampdown. Refer to figure 4 for a class 1 (vapor proof bag). Press bag flat to remove
schematic of the cure cycle. excess air, and heat seal open end with heat sealer.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 007 00
Page 19/(20 Blank)

af. Mark sealed bag with tag or label, including b. Spray a light coat of epoxy primer to cabin
the following information: floor assembly. Allow to dry for at least 1 hour.

(1) NSN (if available):

(2) Nomenclature: H60 (SS9610 Ty I)

Fiberglass/Epoxy Repair Patch High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
MIL-PRF-85285 18
(3) Part No: (96916) CP 22A2604-1
c. Apply a finish coat of high solids
(4) Date Manufactured:
polyurethane coating.
(5) Manufactured By:
16. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR
15. PAINTING. SHIPMENT.

a. Clean cabin floor assembly in accordance a. Wrap cabin floor assembly in barrier
with paragraph 7. material.

b. Place wrapped cabin floor assembly in a

fiberboard shipping box and fill box with
polypropylene foam cushioning material. Secure box
with tape.

c. Enclose sealed box in an interior packaging

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 bag, and heat seal.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 16

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

FS 265 LOWER FUSELAGE MAIN LANDING GEAR FITTINGS

REPAIR OF LUGS

PART NUMBERS 70219-02526-041 (SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H), 70219-02526-042 (SH-60B,

SH-60F, HH-60H), 70219-02526-045 (MH-60R), 70219-02526-046 (MH-60R), 70219-02526-055
(MH-60R), 70219-02526-056 (MH-60R), 70219-02526-057 (MH-60R), 70219-02526-058 (MH-60R),
70219-85203-041 (MH-60S), 70219-85203-042 (MH-60S), 70219-85203-043 (MH-60S), 70219-85203-044
(MH-60S), 70219-85203-045 (MH-60S) AND 70219-85203-046 (MH-60S)

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H ..................................................... A1-H60CA-SRM-300
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60R ...................................................................... A1-H60RA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60S ...................................................................... A1-H60SA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J ......................... A1-H60CA-GAI-000
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and
MH-60R .................................................................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................... 14
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 3
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 5
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

Type/No. Date Title and ECP No. Date Inc. Remarks

AFB 155 AM 04 Nov 2004 Eddy Current Inspection of Lower 30 Jun 2005 —
1 and AM 2 Fuselage Fitting Assembly for Cracks

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic

E97282 (91145) Kit, H-60 Bushing and Sleeve Installation/Removal
(Local Manufacture)
GGG-C-111 (or equivalent) Caliper, Dial or Vernier 1 – 6 inch
GGG-C-391 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying 10x
216 (57163) Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
229A (57163) Gauge Set, Telescoping
449 (57163) Gauge, Depth
86398 (06547) Repair Kit, H-60 Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear
Airframe Fitting

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Etchant, Aluminum Acid

A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
KJB967320V Bushing, Kamatic’s KAron-Lined
KPD4321 Washer, Kamatic’s KAron-Lined
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No. 550GY-008, Light Gray Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MS-122 Agent, Release

41298-1 Sleeve, First Oversize
41298-2 Sleeve, Second Oversize
41298-3 Sleeve, Third Oversize
41298-4 Sleeve, Fourth Oversize

1. INTRODUCTION. c. Disconnect the LH and RH main landing gear

drag beam assemblies from the FS 265 lower
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot fuselage main landing gear fittings in accordance with
maintenance instructions for the FS 265 Lower A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-
Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting, (78286) 110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-
70219-02526-041/-042 (SH-60B/F and HH-60H), 300.
70219-02526-045/-046/-055/-056/-057/-058 (MH-60R)
and 70219-85203-041/-042/-043/-044/-045/-046 5. INSPECTION.
(MH-60S). Refer to figure 1.

3. The FS 265 lower fuselage main landing gear

fitting provides the structural attachment of the drag
beam to the airframe. The Production design
incorporated bushings, M81934/2-20C014, installed in Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
both sides of each lug where the pivot pin was
installed to connect the upper drag beam lugs to the a. Clean the exposed fitting with dry cleaning
lower fuselage fitting. Installation of bushings, solvent, MIL-PRF-680, and a clean cloth to remove all
M81934/2-20C014, has proven to be the root cause dirt and debris.
of excessive corrosion damage to the lug bores and
faces. Due to in-service wear, it becomes necessary b. If bushings, M81934/2-20C014, are installed,
to perform isolated spot-blending of corrosion proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 6 for removal and
(especially if bushings, M81934/2-20C014, are replacement with Kamatic’s KAron-coated bushings
installed). If corrosion is excessive, itmay become and washers.
necessary to oversize the lug bores and spot-face the
lug surfaces. This WP provides repair procedures to
c. If Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushings,
remove bushings, M81934/2-20C014, and install
KJB967320V, and washers, KPD4321, are installed,
Kamatic’s, KAron-lined bushings, KJB967320V, and
inspect liners for chipping damage and evidence of
washers, KPD4321, for each lug. Kamatic’s KAron-
slippage as follows:
lined bushings and washers have proven to
significantly reduce corrosion damage to the fitting
lugs. (1) Inspect for integrity of sealing compound
around the OD of the bushing and washer flange.
4. DISASSEMBLY. Inspect for evidence of bushing and/or washer
slippage. Slippage will appear as cracking in the
a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground maintenance. sealing compound around the OD of the bushing
Turn off all electrical power and hydraulic power. flange and washer. If any discrepancies are noted in
the integrity of the sealing compound, proceed to
b. Install aircraft jacks in accordance with A1- REPAIR, paragraph 6.
H60CA-GAI-000, A1-H60RA-GAI-000 and A1-H60SA-
GAI-000.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 4

Figure 1. FS 265 LH and RH Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting Bushing Installation
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 5

(2) Inspect Kamatic’s KAron lining for wear a. Remove bushings from affected lugs.
and/or chipping. Localized scoring, chipping or
scratching of liners on KAron bushings, KJB967320V, (1) Remove bushings, M81934/2-20C014,
and washers, KPD4321, is permitted provided no or Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushings, KJB967320V,
more than a total of 33% of bushing bore lining and/or from lug utilizing components of the H-60 bushing and
flange surface lining is missing/chipped or disbonded, sleeve installation/removal kit, (91145) E97282.
with a maximum of 10% of the total bushing bore
lining damaged within any 90 degree region. If (2) Remove Kamatic’s KAron-lined washer,
damage to bushing bore lining and/or flange surface KPD4321, using a non-metallic tool to pry between
lining exceeds 33%, or if damage to bushing bore the lug face and outside edge of the washer. Refer to
lining within any 90 degree region exceeds 10% of the figures 5 and 6.
total bore, bushing and washer shall be removed as a
set. Refer to figure 2 for dimensional requirements.
Proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 6 for replacement b. If aluminum shims are installed/bonded to the
instructions. lug faces from previous spot-face repair, remove
using a non-metallic tool to pry between lug face and
(3) Visually inspect the lower fuselage main outside edge of shim. Discard after removal.
landing gear fitting for cracks and corrosion using a
10x (or greater) magnifying glass and perform c. Measure lug bore inner diameter, and lug
Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) Eddy Current spot-face depths (if present) using a dial caliper,
Method in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) inside micrometer, depth gauge and telescoping
and A1-H60BB-SRM-200 (Section 4-14). Pay gauge set. Compare measured inner diameter
particular attention to the lug radii and break-out dimensions to table 1.
areas. Small cracks can be blended out in the lug
radii. If cracks are detected in the lug breakout area, (1) If steel sleeves are installed from
contact H-60 Fleet Support Team (FST) Cherry Point previous repair, visually inspect for corrosion or other
Structures Engineering for further disposition. Refer to damage. Minor surface corrosion on sleeve ID can be
figure 3 for location and figure 4 for blending limits. removed and treated. If corrosion has developed
Smooth blend all crack run-outs to at least five times between edge of sleeve and lug, sleeve must be
the depth of the blend. Restore 125 micro-inch removed. Measure ID of steel sleeve. If ID is worn
surface finish. beyond 1.4373 – 1.4383 inch, sleeve must be
removed. Remove sleeve utilizing components of the
(4) If minor surface corrosion is present and H-60 bushing and sleeve installation/removal kit,
has not penetrated between the fitting lug face and (91145) E97282. Refer to figure 7.
installed Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushings,
KJB967320V, and washers, KPD4321, treat in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). If d. Perform visual inspection of bushing bore and
corrosion appears to have penetrated between the lug lug faces using a 10x (or stronger) magnifying glass
face and Kamatic’s KAron bushing and/or washer, for surface corrosion and surface defects.
proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 6.
e. Perform NDI of bushing bore using Eddy
(5) If installed Kamatic’s bushings and Current Method. Inspect lug break-out areas, faces,
washers are within limits and no defects were bores, fitting web and radius between web and lugs
identified during NDI, no further action required and for surface and subsurface cracks.
bushings may remain in service. Proceed to
ASSEMBLY, paragraph 8. f. If major, to severe corrosion is present, or
suspected in the lug bore and/or faces, perform the
6. REPAIR. following:
7. Repair of the FS 265 lower fuselage main landing
gear fitting LH and RH lugs requires removal of the
bushings, and possibly the previous repair sleeves (if
installed).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 6

Figure 2. Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting Assembly Inspection

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 7

Figure 3. Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) Locations

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 8

Figure 4. Crack Removal Dimensions (Lug Radii Area)

Figure 5. Removal of Bushings, M81034/2-20C14

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 9

Figure 6. Removal of KAron-Lined Bushings, KJB967320V

Table 1. Lug Bore ID and Sleeve Part Numbers

LUG BORE ID SLEEVE PART NO.

Nominal 1.4373 – 1.4383 N/A
1st Oversize 1.5005 – 1.5010 41298-1
2nd Oversize 1.5318 – 1.5323 41298-2
3rd Oversize 1.5630 – 1.5365 41298-3
4th Oversize 1.6023 – 1.6028 41298-4
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 10

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

(3) Perform solvent wipe of surfaces to be

inspected/reworked with acetone, ASTM D329, or
isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and a clean cloth to
remove all residue from epoxy paint remover.

g. If minor corrosion pitting in lug bore, and/or

face is present and isolated to 25% or less of the
surface area, and less than 0.010 inch in depth,
Figure 7. Removal/Installation of Repair Sleeve perform isolated spot-blending. Depth of isolated
spot-blending should not exceed 0.020 inch for each
lug face. Maintain a surface finish in the blended
areas of 125 micro-inches or smoother. Ensure all
blend radii are 0.100 inch or greater.

Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34 WARNING

Reaming of MH-60R fitting lugs is limited to

third oversize. If damage exceeds third
To ensure accurateNDI results and to avoid oversize, contact H-60 Fleet Support Team
creating stress risers, avoidmechanically Structures Engineering for disposition.
abrading the surface while removing paint.
h. If corrosion or other damage exceeds
(1) Strip paint from lug areas and 1/2 inch maximum limits for isolated spot-blending in the lug
inboard of the inboard lug in preparation for NDI using bore, ream lug bore to next oversize with tools
epoxy paint remover, MIL-R-81294, in accordance contained in lower fuselage main landing gear fitting
with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and repair kit, (06547) 86398. Select and insert the
A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00. appropriate diameter lug sleeves into both lug bores.
Refer to table 1 for oversize dimensions. If corrosion
(2) If coatings cannot be completely removed is still present after oversize reaming, and meets the
using chemical stripper and a non-metallic scraper, criteria of isolated spot-blending, refer to step f. If
recommend mechanical removal/abrading of isolated corrosion exceeds maximum limits after first ream,
spots where coatings remain adhered using aluminum reaming to next oversize until damage meets spot-
oxide cloth not to exceed 220 grit. blending criteria, or is removed.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 11

remove any flowed metal from the grinding process.

After swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
Spot-facing of each lug cannot exceed a embrittlement of the fitting.
total of 0.040 inch deep. If damage
exceeds maximum spot-facing depth,
contact H-60 Fleet Support Team
Structures Engineering for disposition.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
i. If corrosion, or other damage exceeds
maximum limits for isolated spot-blending in the lug
face, spot-face up to 0.020 inch deep x 2.125 inch OD l. Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant
(±0.003 inch) each side, or up to 0.040 inch Inspection (type I, method C) in accordance with
deep x 2.125 one side only using lower fuselage main NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and A1-H60BB-SRM-200
landing gear fitting repair kit, (06547) 86398. Insert (Chapter 1), to the areas where reaming and/or spot-
the guide rod through the spot-face cutter and the lug blending was performed. Inspect lugs and body of
sleeves. If corrosion is still present after spot-facing, fitting for corrosion. Mark all defects with an indelible
and meets the criteria of isolated spot-blending, refer marker.
to step g.
m. Repeat steps g. through l. as required until all
corrosion is verified by NDI to be removed.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

j. Perform solvent wipe of surfaces with Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735,
and a clean cloth. n. Perform solvent wipe of surfaces with
acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735,
NOTE
and a clean cloth to remove residue from Fluorescent
Penetrant NDI. If corrosion was identified, ensure
To achieve the most accurate Fluorescent
marks labeling corrosion are retained to aid in
Penetrant NDI results, acid etching should
blending discrepancies.
be performed after any mechanical
grinding of the surface to be inspected. If
acid etchant is not available due to
geographic location and/or restrictions,
authorization is granted to waive
requirement to etch mechanically abraded Chemical Conversion Coating,
surfaces prior to penetrant NDI. MIL-DTL-81706 7

k. Prior to NDI Fluorescent Penetrant method to o. Treat the entire machined area with chemical
verify corrosion removal, apply aluminum acid etchant conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, in accordance
to reworked areas using swab method, in accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and
with A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local specifications, to A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 12

p. If the lug bore was reamed, select the

appropriate sleeve, (89771) 41298-1/-2/-3/-4, that
corresponds to the inside dimensions of the lug. Refer
to table 1. If sleeve(s) are not available through Acetone, ASTM D329 9
supply, fabricate appropriate oversize sleeve. Refer to
figure 8 for dimensions and material. Install as
follows:

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

Liquid Nitrogren, A-A-59503 27 (1) Wipe the spot-faced lug surface with
acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735,
and a clean cloth.

Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26

(1) Due to the interference fit between the Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33
oversize sleeve, (89771) 41298-1/-2/-3/-4, and
reamed lug, shrink the sleeve in liquid nitrogen,
(2) Manufacture a flat metal plate minimum
A-A-59503, or dry ice, CGA G-6.2, prior to installation
2.5 inches in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply a
in the lug bore.
heavy plastictype tape and/or release agent, MS-122,
to one side of the plate.

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 (3) Apply a heavy plastic-type tape and/or
release agent, MS-122, to the lug bore and on the lug
(2) Prior to installation of the oversize sleeve face around the outside of the spot-face.
into the lug bore, coat the lug bore with corrosion
inhibitive sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, then (4) Place the flat plate over the spotface and
carefully press-fit the chilled sleeve into the lug. Refer clamp plate to lug. Cure 1 hour at 105°F using heat
to figure 7. lamps, or 24 hours at room temperature
(approximately 72°F).

(5) After adhesive has cured, remove plate

and tape. Carefully clean off excess adhesive that
Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13 squeezed out during clamping.
q. If lug(s) have been spot-faced, apply
adhesive, MMM-A-132, to restore spot-faced area of
the lug surface to original dimensions prior to
installation of the bushings as follows:
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 13

Figure 8. Lug Oversize Sleeve Manufacture

t. Install Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushing,

KJB967320V, and washer, KPD4321, as follows:

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

r. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, class C,

to all unprotected aluminum alloy on fitting and lugs Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
except lug bores in accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM- Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300,
WP 005 00. Allow to dry.
(1) Apply a thin coating of corrosion inhibitive
sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to the OD and
flange of Kamatic’s KAron-lined bushing,
KJB967320V, and the face of washer, KPD4321, that
will contact the lug, and the ID of the sleeves (if
High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
installed) or ID of the fitting lug bores prior to
MIL-PRF-85285 18
installation. Avoid contact with sealing compound on
s. Apply high solids polyurethane coating, the KAron liners.
MIL-PRF-85285, to all areas primed in accordance
with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and
A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00. Allow to dry.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 14

To prevent damage to theKAron lining on Acetone, ASTM D329 9

theKamatic’s bushing andwasher, do not
apply dry ice or liquid nitrogen during
installation in the lugs.

(2) Press-fit KAron-lined bushing, Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

KJB967320V, into lug bores while sealing compound
is wet, utilizing components of the H-60 bushing and (5) After final application of corrosion
sleeve installation/removal kit, (91145) E97282. Refer inhibiting sealing compound, clean lug bores, faces
to figure 9. and edges of installed bushing and washer flanges
using acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol,
(3) Press-fit washers, KPD4321, while the TT-I-735, and clean cloth. Ensure inner bore of
sealing compound is wet, on the rim of the exposed bushings are free of sealing compound.
material of the installed bushing utilizing components
of the H-60 bushing and sleeve installation/removal 8. ASSEMBLY.
kit, (91145) E97282. Refer to figures 10 and 11.
a. Install the LH and RH main landing gear drag
beam assemblies on the lower fuselage main landing
gear fittings in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300,
A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-
110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.

b. Remove aircraft jacks in accordance with

A1-H60CA-GAI-000, A1-H60RA-GAI-000 and
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
A1-H60SA-GAI-000.
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(4) Apply bead of corrosion inhibitive sealing

compound, MIL-PRF-81733, around circumference of
installed bushing flange and washer outer edge. Allow
sealing compound to fully cure.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 15

Figure 9. Installation of KAron-Lined Bushing, KJB967320V

Figure 10. Installation of KAron-Lined Washer, KPD4321

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 008 00
Page 16

Figure 11. Lower Fuselage Main Landing Gear Fitting

(Installation of Kamatic’s KAron-Lined Bushings, KJB967320V and Washers, KPD4321)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 6

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

FS 379 UPPER FRAME ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LOWER FLANGE AT WL 255, BL 40

PART NUMBERS 70209-22111-101, 70209-22111-102, 70209-22111-103,

70209-22111-104 AND 70209-22111-105

Reference Material

Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H .................................. A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 3

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

GGG-W-95 Glass, Magnifying (5 Power)

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy

MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 Plating, Cadmium

1. INTRODUCTION. 4. CLEANING.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot

maintenance instructions for the FS 379 Upper
Frame, 70209-22111-101, -102, -103, -104 and -
105. Refer to figure 1. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

5. Perform solvent wipe of surfaces to be

inspected/reworked with acetone, ASTM D329.

6. INSPECTION.

7. Visually inspect area for evidence of cracks in

the web of the FS 379 frame at BL 40, WL 255.
Cracks typically emanate from under forward lower
splice angle. Refer to figure 2.

a. Visual inspection: A 5-power magnifying

glass and amplified lighting shall be used, as
necessary, during visual inspection to determine
cracks. Damage indicated by visual inspection shall
be verified by non-destructive inspection.

Figure 1. FS 379 Upper Frame Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

b. Non-destructive inspection: Perform

3. The FS 379 upper frame assembly is made from fluorescent penetrant inspection, type 1, method C,
one left-hand and one right-hand 7075 T73 in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
aluminum machined fittings which are spliced Alternate inspection method is surface eddy current
together at BL0. The complete assembly is spliced in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
to the left-hand and right-hand FS 379 side frames Inspect frame web to determine extent of crack.
at approximately WL 255. Cracking of the FS 379 Mark end of crack with indelible marker.
frame lower flange in the splice area is a common
occurrence. This change provides a standard repair
for the cracking in this area.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
Page 3

Figure 2. Typical Crack Location View Looking Aft at FS 379, BL 40 LH Side Shown/RH Opposite

c. Measure length of crack: Cracks which do 70202-22106-136 (RH only) fillers (2)
not extend further than 0.75 inch past forward angle 70211-02111-104 (LH) clip
may be repaired in accordance with the following
70201-22120-103 (RH) clip
instructions. Cracks extending further must be
evaluated by cognizant engineering authority prior to
repair.

8. REPAIR. Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7
a. Removal of parts:

NOTE

The following parts will not be reinstalled

but should be retained until repair
completion to aid in manufacture of new
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
repair parts and to locate existing fastener
pattern. b. Stop-drill crack with a No. 30, 1/8 (0.125)
inch diameter bit. Route visible crack to remove
(1) Referring to figure 3, remove the sharp edges and provide relief. Apply chemical
following parts required for right-hand or left-hand conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, and primer,
repair, as applicable: MIL-PRF-23377, to bare aluminum of reworked area
in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-300, A1-
70201-02111-101 inboard strap H60HA-SRM-300 or A1-H60FB-SRM-300.
70201-02111-103 (LH) -104 (RH) aft angle
c. Referring to figure 4 for part geometry,
70201-02111-105 (LH) -106 (RH) forward angle manufacture repair parts as follows:
70202-22106-135 (RH only) strap
(1) Manufacture 70070-20187-109 (RH) -
(2) Referring to figure 3, remove the 110 (LH) aft web repair doubler from 0.080 inch thick
following parts and retain for reinstallation for right- 7075-T6 aluminum alloy sheet, QQ-A-250. Break all
hand or left-hand repair as applicable: sharp edges.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
Page 4

Figure 3. Removal of Parts LH Side Shown/RH

Side Opposite Except as Shown
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
Page 5

Figure 4. Typical Repair Installation LH Side Shown/RH

Opposite Except as Shown
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 009 00
Page 6

Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(1) Seal faying surfaces of repair in

accordance with typical repair procedures of A1-
H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000 or A1-
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 H60FB-SRM-000.

(2) Chemical conversion coat, MIL-DTL-

81706, and primer, MIL-PRF-23377, or MIL, in
accordance with typical corrosion control procedures
of A1-H60BB-SRM-300, A1-H60HA-SRM-300 or A1-
H60FB-SRM-300.
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(2) Install hiloks as shown on figure 4 wet

Cadmium Plating, SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416 25
with sealant, MIL-PRF-81733, in accordance with
typical repair procedures of A1-H60BB-SRM-000,
(3) Manufacture 70070-20187-102, -103, A1-H60HA-SRM-000 or A1-H60FB-SRM-000. HL64-
repair angles (one each for RH or LH repair) and - 6 oversize hiloks may be used in existing hole
107 (RH), -108 (LH) repair straps from 0.063 inch locations if existing hole diameter is outside
thick 4130 annealed or normalized steel sheet, MIL- standard limits of A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-
S-18729. Break all sharp edges. Cadmium plate in SRM-000 or A1-H60FB-SRM-000.
accordance with SAE-AMS-QQ-P-416, class 2, type
II. (3) If there is interference with existing
structure, it is acceptable to omit upper-most
d. Install repair parts in accordance with figure fastener (one) through 70070-20187-107 repair
4 and the following: strap; refer to figure 4, detail B.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 8

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TIE DOWN FITTING ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LUGS

PART NUMBERS 70209-22105-041, 70209-22105-042, 70209-22105-043, 70209-22105-044, 70209-22105-045,

70209-22105-046, 70209-22105-048, 70219-03004-041, 70219-03004-042, 70219-42402-043, 70219-42402-
044, 70219-42402-045, 70219-42402-046, 70219-05002-042, 70219-05002-043 AND 70219-05002-045

Reference Material

Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin Section ......................................................................................... WP 006 00

Inspection and Damage Criteria Aft Transition Section.............................................................................. WP 017 00
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 7
Lug Flange Bushings ................................................................................................................................. 8
Lug Sleeve Bushings ................................................................................................................................. 7
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 5

Historical Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
CG2545AB (55719) (or equivalent) Kit, Universal Puller

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid

ANSI-B74.18, 320 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MIL-T-21595, Type I Tape, Masking
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
NAS77-8-036 Bushing, Nominal
NAS77A8-047P Bushing, Nominal
22D2607-1 Bushing, Sleeve, 1st Oversize
22D2607-10 Bushing, Sleeve, 5th Oversize
22D2607-2 Bushing, Sleeve, 2nd Oversize
22D2607-3 Bushing, Sleeve, 3rd Oversize
22D2607-4 Bushing, Sleeve, 4th Oversize
22D2607-5 Bushing, Sleeve, 5th Oversize
22D2607-6 Bushing, Sleeve, 1st Oversize
22D2607-7 Bushing, Sleeve, 2nd Oversize
22D2607-8 Bushing, Sleeve, 3rd Oversize
22D2607-9 Bushing, Sleeve, 4th Oversize
22D2608-1 Bushing, Flanged
22D2608-2 Bushing, Flanged

1. INTRODUCTION. Installation of the repair sleeve bushing will eliminate

the path to the base metal at the gap between the
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot flange bushings. The sleeve and flange bushing
inspection and repair instructions for the tie down installation will provide improved reliability, improved
fitting assembly lugs. STA 295 Fitting Assemblies, corrosion resistance and will offer more repair
70209-22105-041 thru -046 and -048. STA 308 opportunities before the fitting has to be replaced.
Fitting Assemblies, 70219-42402-043 thru -046. STA This WP will also provide depot-level repair
485 Fitting Assemblies, 70219-03004-041 and -042. procedures for the tie down fitting lug face.
MH-60S STA 605 Fitting Assemblies, 70219-05002-
042, -043 and -045. Refer to figures 1 through 3. 4. INSPECTION.

3. The tie down fittings provide the structural a. Remove flanged bushings, NAS77A8-047P
attachment of the tie down rings to the aircraft or 22D2608-2, from STA 295 or 308 tie down fitting
structure. Due to in-service wear, corrosion and lugs, and NAS77-8-036 or 22D2608-1, from the STA
other damage it becomes necessary to oversize the 485 and STA 605 (MH-60S only) tie down fitting lugs
lug bores. The original dual flanged bushing utilizing components of Universal Puller Kit,
installation in the lug has a tendency to allow CG2545AB (or locally manufactured puller). Proceed
corrosion to initiate in the gap between the installed to step c. if repair sleeve bushings, 22D2607-1 thru
bushings. This WP will provide installation -10, are installed.
instructions for a repair sleeve bushing and oversize
flanged bushing as an in-service depot-level repair.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tie Down Ring Attach Fitting Locations

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 4

Figure 2. MH-60S STA 308 Fitting

Figure 3. MH-60S STA 605 Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 5

corrosion is present and not propagating between

the sleeve bushing and lug, treat in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). If corrosion is
Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34 suspected of propagating between the sleeve
bushing and lug, remove the sleeve bushing and
(1) Remove residual adhesive from lug proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 5.
bores with epoxy paint remover, type I, and a plastic
scraper. Mask off lug surfaces and surrounding (3) Blend out minor surface damage using
areas before application of stripper. abrasive cloth (320 grit).

(4) Perform Non-Destructive Inspection

(NDI) for cracks in the lug faces, breakouts and
radius where the lug transitions to the fitting web
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 using Eddy Current method in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and A1-H60BB-SRM-
(2) Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with 200.
acetone.
(5) Measure the ID of the sleeve bushing
b. Visually inspect fittings for corrosion, gouges bore to determine wear. Refer to WP 006 00, figure
or wear damage. Refer to WP 006 00, figure 1, for 1, for STA 295/STA 308 fittings and WP 017 00,
forward STA 295 fittings and WP 017 00, figure 1, figure 1, for STA 485/STA 605 fittings. Measure
for aft STA 485 fittings. Use STA 295 inspection sleeve bushing bore diameters with micrometer. If ID
criteria for STA 308 fitting and use STA 485 of sleeve bushing is within limits, proceed to LUG
inspection criteria for STA 605 fitting on MH-60S. FLANGE BUSHINGS, paragraph 8.
Measure lug bore diameters with micrometer. If lug
bores are within tolerance of any of oversizes listed 5. REPAIR.
in tables 1 or 2 and there is no damage to the fitting,
a. If lug bore requires repair or sleeve bushing
proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 5.
requires replacement in accordance with
c. If repair sleeve bushings are installed in the INSPECTION, paragraph 4, remove sleeve bushings
lug bores, inspect as follows: utilizing components of Stabilator/Pylon, Bushing/
Bearing, Removal/Installer Set, 70700-77340-042,
or universal puller kit, CG2545AB (or locally
manufactured puller).

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

(1) Solvent wipe the sleeve bushing bore

and lug face surfaces with acetone. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

b. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone.

(2) Visually inspect the sleeve bushing and
lug for obvious defects and corrosion at interface
between sleeve bushing and the lug face. If

Table 1. Forward (STA 295 or 308) Tie Down Fitting Repair

BUSHING SIZE HOLE REAM SIZE SLEEVE BUSHING FLANGED BUSHING

1st Oversize 0.6884/0.6890 22D2607-6 22D2608-2
2nd Oversize 0.7197/0.7203 22D2607-7 22D2608-2
3rd Oversize 0.7509/0.7515 22D2607-8 22D2608-2
4th Oversize 0.7978/0.7984 22D2607-9 22D2608-2
5th Oversize 0.8290/0.8296 22D2607-10 22D2608-2
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 6

Table 2. Aft (STA 485) Tie Down Fitting Repair and MH-60S STA 605

BUSHING SIZE HOLE REAM SIZE SLEEVE BUSHING FLANGED BUSHING

1st Oversize 0.6884/0.6890 22D2607-1 22D2608-1
2nd Oversize 0.7197/0.7203 22D2607-2 22D2608-1
3rd Oversize 0.7509/0.7515 22D2607-3 22D2608-1
4th Oversize 0.7978/0.7984 22D2607-4 22D2608-1
5th Oversize 0.8290/0.8296 22D2607-5 22D2608-1

c. Perform visual inspection in accordance with BUSHINGS, paragraphs 7 and 8. If lug bores are out
INSPECTION, paragraph 4. of tolerance, or if damage is present above
allowable 0.0005 inch depth for scratches or
corrosion pits, refer to table 1 to determine next
oversize to which the lug can be reamed to remove
the damage. Ream lug bores utilizing ream sizes
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 specified in tables 1 and 2.

NOTE g. If corrosion pits exist on the lug faces, spot-

face the lug to a maximum depth of 0.030 inches on
Scratches and corrosion 0.0005 inch each side (or 0.060 inches cumulative). Maximum
depth or less are considered negligible spot-face diameter 1.250 inches.
damage and can be removed by localized
blending.

To ensure accuracy of NDI, use of caustic

etch is authorized in accordance with Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
local specifications to remove any flowed
metal after grinding. NOTE

d. Perform NDI of lug faces and bores using Scratches and corrosion 0.0005 inch
fluorescent penetrant method. Inspect lug bores for depth or less are considered negligible
corrosion, gouges or wear damage. damage and can be removed by localized
blending.

To ensure accuracy of NDI, use of caustic

etch is authorized in accordance with
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 local specifications to remove any flowed
metal after grinding.
e. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone
to remove residue from fluorescent penetrant h. After reaming lug bores and/or spot-facing,
inspection. verify removal of corrosion by performing NDI using
fluorescent penetrant method.
NOTE

If corrosion pits remain on the lug surface

with maximum material removed, and/or
the inner bore is reamed to the maximum Acetone, ASTM D329 9
oversize. Contact local H60 FST engineer
for further evaluation. i. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone
to remove residue from fluorescent penetrant
f. Measure lug bores with micrometer. If lug inspection.
bores are within tolerance of any of oversizes listed
in table 1, and there is no damage to bore, proceed j. Chamfer the lug bore edges (two places)
to LUG SLEEVE BUSHINGS and LUG FLANGE 0.020/0.030 inch x 45 degrees.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 7

After adhesive has cured, remove plate and tape

and clean off excess adhesive that squeezed out.

Chemical Conversion Coating, 6. INSTALLATION.

MIL-DTL-81706 7
7. LUG SLEEVE BUSHINGS.
k. Treat machined lug bores with chemical
conversion coating in accordance with NAVAIR 01-
1A-509 (series), Chapter 5.

l. If lug faces required spot-face, restore spot- Acetone, ASTM D329 9

faced area of the lug(s) to original dimensions as
follows: a. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone.
The lug bores must be free of metal chips, cutting
lubricant and other contaminates.

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(1) Manufacture a flat plate at least 2

inches in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply a
heavy plastic type tape and/or release agent to one
side of the plate. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

b. Apply epoxy primer, class C, to machined

areas of lugs.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 c. Obtain oversize sleeve bushing, 22D2607,

which corresponds to the lug ream size used. Refer
(2) Clean spot-faced surface using acetone to tables 1 or 2 for bushing dash number.
prior to application of structural adhesive.

Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 27

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(3) Apply a heavy plastic type tape and/or

release agent to the lug bore and on the lug face Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26
around the outside of the spot-face.
d. Oversized sleeve bushing may have
between 0.000 to 0.003 inch press fit into the lug. If
bushing has more than a 0.001 inch press fit, freeze
the bushing in liquid nitrogen (or equivalent) or dry
Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13 ice (or equivalent).

(4) Apply a coating of adhesive to the e. Install oversized bushing in the

machined spot-face. corresponding tie down fitting lug. Bushing should
be flush to 0.010 inch below lug surface on each
(5) Place the flat plate over the spot-face side of the lug.
and clamp plate to the lug.
f. If a bushing was installed with a press fit,
(6) Allow adhesive to cure 1 hour at 150°F ensure inner diameter is within tolerance of
using heat lamps or 24 hours at room temperature. 0.6255/0.6248 inch.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 010 00
Page 8

g. If inner diameter has contracted during c. Install flange bushings in the lug wet with
installation and is less than 0.6248 inch, ream inner sealant under the flange.
diameter to 0.6255/0.6248 inch diameter.
d. If a bushing was installed with a press fit,
8. LUG FLANGE BUSHINGS. ensure inner diameter is within tolerance of
0.5015/0.5000 inch.
a. Obtain flange bushings, 22D2608, which
corresponds to the lug ream size used. Refer to e. If inner diameter has contracted during
tables 1 or 2 for bushing dash number. installation and is less than 0.5000 inch, ream inner
diameter to 0.5015/0.5000 inch diameter.

Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 27

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26 Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

b. Flange bushings may have between 0.000 f. Apply sealant to groove between the two
to 0.003 inch press fit into the lug. If bushings have flange bushings and fillet seal around bushing
more than a 0.001 inch press fit, freeze the bushings flange.
in liquid nitrogen (or equivalent) or dry ice (or
equivalent).

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

MIL-PRF-85285 18

g. Apply high solids polyurethane coating to

lugs. Ensure bushing bores are clean and free of
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and polyurethane topcoat.
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 10

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

BL 16.5 LH/RH TRANSMISSION BEAM AND UPPER CABIN PLATING AND SKIN

REPAIR OF LOOSE ATTACHING FASTENERS

PART NUMBERS 70219-02133-043 (LH BEAM), 70219-02133-047 (LH BEAM), 70219-02133-049 (LH BEAM),
70219-02133-053 (LH BEAM), 70219-02133-044 (RH BEAM), 70219-02133-052 (RH BEAM), 70219-02133-054
(RH BEAM), 70203-82100-118 (FWD CABIN SKIN), 70203-22100-148 (FWD CABIN SKIN), 70203-22100-158
(FWD CABIN SKIN), 70203-22100-103 (AFT CABIN PLATING), 70203-22100-104 (AFT CABIN PLATING) AND
70203-82100-103 (AFT CABIN PLATING)

Reference Material

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)

Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 6

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

CBCE-14A-0601F (51439) or Assembly, Nosecap (Nominal 3/16 and 1st Oversized 3/16)
WCI-1700NE-0601-70F
CBCE-14A-0623F (51439) or Assembly, Nosecap (2nd and 3rd Oversized 3/16)
WCI-1700NE-0623-70F
CBG-6-0-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (Nominal 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-0-N (66136)
CBG-6-1-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-1-N (66136)
CBG-6-2-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (2nd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-2-N (66136)
CBG-6-3-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-3-N (66136)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

CBG-8-0-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (Nominal 1/4)

WCI-CBG-8-0-N (66136)
CBM-6-0-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (Nominal 3/16)
WCI-6-0-N-1-30 (66136)
CBM-6-1-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCI-6-1-N-1-30 (66136)
CBM-6-2-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (2nd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-6-2-N-1-30 (66136)
CBM-6-3-N-1-40-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-6-3-N-1-40 (66136)
CBM-8-0-N-1-40-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (Nominal 1/4)
WCI-8-0-N-1-40 (66136)
CBMG-6-0-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (Nominal 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-0-N (66136)
CBMG-6-1-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-1-N (66136)
CBMG-6-2-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (2nd Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-2-N (66136)
CBMG-6-3-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-3-N (66136)
CBMG-8-0-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (Nominal 1/4, Alternate for WCI)
WCIS-WG-8-0-N (66136)
FT-20 (51439) or WCI-20 (66136) Power Pak, Cold Work
LB-20 (51439) or WCI-1700-20 (66136) Puller, Cold Work Hydraulic

NOTE

Cold work equipment from different manufacturers is not interchangeable.

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

CBS-6-0-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (Nominal 3/16)
CBS-6-1-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (1st Oversize 3/16)
CBS-6-2-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (2nd Oversize 3/16)
CBS-6-3-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (3rd Oversize 3/16)
CBS-8-0-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (Nominal 1/4)
HL1087ATW-6 Collar, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal or 1st Oversize)
HL1087ATW-8 Collar, Hi-Lok (1/4 Nominal or 1st Oversize)
HL20PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal)
HL20PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal)
HL20PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal)
HL20PB-8-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 Nominal)
HL20PB-8-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 Nominal)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

HL20PB-8-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 Nominal)

HL204-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 3rd Oversize)
HL204-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 3rd Oversize)
HL204-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 3rd Oversize)
HL220PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 2nd Oversize)
HL220PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 2nd Oversize)
HL220PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 2nd Oversize)
HL287-6 Collar, Hi-Lok (3/16 3rd Oversize)
HL64PB-6-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 1st Oversize)
HL64PB-6-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 1st Oversize)
HL64PB-6-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (3/16 1st Oversize)
HL64PB-8-5 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 1st Oversize)
HL64PB-8-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 1st Oversize)
HL64PB-8-7 Fastener, Hi-Lok (1/4 1st Oversize)
HL75-6 Collar, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal)
HL86-6 Collar, Hi-Lok (3/16 Nominal)
HL93-6 Collar, Hi-Lok (3/16 2nd Oversize)
MS21075-3 Nut, Self-Locking, Plate

NOTE

Alternate sleeve lengths are acceptable provided sleeve protrudes 1/32 inch beyond material stack-up.

1. INTRODUCTION. Cleaning will remove the grease which

is the evidence of a working fastener.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
inspection and repair instructions for loose a. From inside cabin, visually inspect the
fasteners which attach the left-hand and right-hand fasteners, which attach the upper flange of the
BL 16.5 transmission beams to the upper cabin transmission beam to the cabin upper skin or plating
forward skin and aft plating in the area of the main above. Refer to figures 1 and 2. Look for dark
transmission mounts. Refer to figures 1 and 2 for greasy deposits on the lower surface of the
location. transmission beam upper flange, around the
fastener. Any fastener which exhibits greasy
3. The upper cabin plating and skin attaches to the deposits is working. Note that while the aircraft is on
upper flange of the BL 16.5 transmission beams, the ground, the weight of the transmission and other
which provides support for the main transmission. structure keeps even a loose and working fastener
Due to in-service wear, the attaching holes in this from rotating with hand force, thus attempting to turn
area become elongated and the attaching fasteners or rotate the fastener is not a reliable way to check
can become loose. This WP will provide instructions for looseness.
for inspection of the fasteners in the area of the main
transmission mount feet and for rework of these b. After loose fasteners are removed, perform
fastener holes. rotating eddy current inspection of holes in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and
local depot level instructions.
4. INSPECTION.
c. After final ream, perform 10X visual
NOTE inspection of holes using a 10X magnifying glass.
Visually inspect for discrepancies in the hole and in
Do not clean a r o u n d the beam upper a 0.25 inch circumferential accessible area around
flange fasteners prior to visual inspection. the hole.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Upper Cabin Plating/Skin and BL 16.5 Transmission Beams Areas of Inspection and Rework
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Identification of Reworked Holes

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 6

5. REPAIR. the next oversize without re-cold work, as

long as the maximum allowable final
ream hole size, in accordance with table
1, is maintained.

Maintain a 1.3 inch minimum edge f. Confirm that all other holes are accessible
distance for all reworked holes during the for cold work process. If any hole is not accessible
following process. for cold work, open that hole to the smallest final
ream diameter shown in table 1, which will provide a
a. Remove loose fastener and measure hole clean and round hole for fastener installation and
diameter. Document hole diameter on local cold continue to step k. for fastener installation.
work documentation form. Figure 3 is a sample of a
typical depot cold work documentation form. g. Referring to table 1 for sizes, open holes
that are accessible for cold work to the smallest
starting hole diameter size that will provide a clean
and round hole. Document hole size on local cold
work documentation form.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
(1) Do not cold work any hole which cannot
b. Perform solvent wipe of area to be reworked be cleaned-up at maximum starting hole size of
with acetone, ASTM D329. 0.238 inches. Continue to step k. for fastener
installation.
c. Perform rotating eddy current Non-
Destructive Inspection (NDI) of hole, to ensure there h. Cold work hole, aligning split in cold work
are no cracks or discrepancies in accordance with sleeve in inboard direction during process.
INSPECTION, paragraph 4. No cracks are allowed. Document process on documentation form as
required.
d. If hole is number 11 (right-hand) or number
17 (left-hand) as shown in figure 2 and a plate nut i. Referring to table 1 for sizes, final ream hole
was removed in step a., rework in accordance with to appropriate diameter and document final hole
the following paragraphs is not required. Replace diameter on local work documentation.
anchor nut.
j. Perform 10X visual inspection of hole in
e. If any hole is already at or larger than 0.247 accordance with INSPECTION, paragraph 4, looking
inch diameter, and has passed rotating eddy current for discrepancies or cracks. No discrepancies or
inspection, do not cold work. Continue to step k. for cracks are allowed.
fastener installation.
k. Referring to table 2, install appropriate Hi-
NOTE Lok fastener and collar in accordance with A1-
H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 or A1-
Any hole which has been previously cold H60HA-SRM-000. Hi-Loks shall be installed from the
worked (verify through historical top down. Collars shall be installed on the lower side
documentation forms) can be enlarged to of the flange.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 7

Figure 3. Cold Work Documentation Form Sample

 A1-H60BB-SRM-100
Table 1. Cold Work Chart

ORIGINAL STARTING STANDARD MANDREL DIAMETER SLEEVE FINAL REAM

GAGE DIAMETER
HOLE SIZE HOLE PRE TOOLING THICK- DIAMETER
MINOR MAJOR (INCHES)
(INCHES) COLD WORK DIAMETER NESS (INCHES)
HOLE NUMBER ±0.0005
+0.0004/
DIAMETER INCH A B C
−0.0002
(INCHES)
NOM MIN INCH
0.171 – 0.180 0.177 – 0.180 6-0-N 0.1610 0.1740 0.1734 0.0060 0.1770 0.1800 0.1810 0.187 – 0.189
0.180 – 0.195 0.192 – 0.195 6-1-N 0.1766 0.1895 0.1889 0.0060 0.1920 0.1950 0.1970 0.199 – 0.201
0.195 – 0.212 0.209 – 0.212 6-2-N 0.1920 0.2070 0.2064 0.0060 0.2090 0.2120 0.2130 0.215 – 0.217
0.212 – 0.228 0.225 – 0.228 6-3-N 0.2080 0.2230 0.2224 0.0060 0.2250 0.2280 0.2290 0.231 – 0.233
0.228 – 0.238 0.235 – 0.238 8-0-N 0.2150 0.2300 0.2294 0.0080 0.2350 0.2390 0.2390 0.247 – 0.249

NOTES

Manufacturing tolerance ±0.0002 inch.

Minimum allowable diameter, mandrel gage diameter +0.0002/−0.0001 inch.

A= Starting hole gage “GO” diameter, tolerance +0.0000/−0.0002 inch. B= Starting hole gage “NO GO” diameter, tolerance
+0.0002/−0.0000 inch. C= Cold work verification diameter. Applies to gage finish reamer pilot (tolerance +0.0000/−0.0005 inch) and post cold
work verification gage pin (tolerance +0.0002/−0.0000 inch).

Reference info based on Fatigue Technologies Cold Work Spec FTI-8101.

011 00
Page 8
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 011 00
Page 9/(10 Blank)

Table 2. Fastener Chart

FINAL HOLE SIZE FASTENER COLLAR

0.187 – 0.188 HL20PB-6-X HL86-6 or HL75-6
0.199 – 0.201 HL64PB-6-X HL87-6 or HL1087ATW-6
0.215 – 0.217 HL220PB-6-X HL93-6 or HL375-6
0.231 – 0.232 HL204-6-X HL287-6
0.247 – 0.248 HL20PB-8-X HL86-8 or HL75-8
0.262 – 0.264 HL64PB8-X HL1087ATW-8

NOTES

“X” refers to Hi-Lok grip length as necessary.

Alternate collars in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 or A1-H60HA-SRM-000

are authorized, provided they are cadmium plated, steel, tension collars of proper diameter and equivalent
torque-off values. Install washers as required in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000
and A1-H60HA-SRM-000.

HL204-6-X or HL204PB-6-X may be used.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 12

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

UPPER CABIN EXTERNAL AFT PLATING

REPAIR OF CHAFE DAMAGE

PART NUMBERS 70213-02101-203 (LH, MH-60S), 70213-02101-204 (RH, MH-60S), 70203-82100-103

(RH, SH-60F, HH-60H), 70203-22100-103 (LH, SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H), 70203-22100-104 (RH, SH-60B),
70203-22100-169 (LH, SH-60B), 71203-22100-104 (LH, MH-60R), 71203-22100-106 (RH, MH-60R) AND
71203-22100-132 (RH, MH-60R)

Reference Material

Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-300

Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H .................................. A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................................ A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 11

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

AMS5517 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/4 hard, 0.063 inch thick
AMS5518 Stainless Steel Sheet, 301, 1/2 hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
AMS5903 Stainless Steel Sheet, 302, 1/4 hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
AMS5904 Stainless Steel Sheet, 302, 1/4 hard, 0.063 inch thick
(alternate material)
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CR3552-5-3 (NAS9311M-5-3) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
CR3552-5-4 (NAS9311M-5-4) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
CR3553-5-3 (NAS9310M-5-3) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Head
CR3553-5-4 (NAS9310M-5-4) Rivet, Monel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Head
HL19PB5-3 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL19PB5-4 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL19PB5-5 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Countersunk Head
HL20PB5-3 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL20PB5-4 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL20PB5-5 Pin, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Protruding Tension
Head
HL75-5 Hi-Lok Collar, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Tension
HL86-5 Hi-Lok Collar, Alloy Steel, 5/32 Diameter, Tension
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane

1. INTRODUCTION. 4. INSPECTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot a. Visually inspect areas shown in figure 1
inspection and repair instructions for chafe damage (HH-60H, SH-60B or SH-60F), figure 2 (MH-60S)
which is typically found around FS 343 to FS 350, and figure 3 (MH-60R) for chafe damage to the
BL 25 to BL 34.5 on the cabin external aft plating, cabin upper external aft plating. Visually inspect
left-hand and right-hand sides. Refer to figures 1, 2 plating and all attaching structure and fastener holes
and 3 for location. around areas shown for damage.
3. Chafe damage to the left-hand and right-hand
cabin upper external aft plating sometimes occurs b. If an existing chafe repair doubler is
from contact with adjacent structure. On the SH-60B, installed, visually inspect doubler for damage. If
HH-60H and SH-60F aircraft the chafed structure is doubler is damaged and requires replacement,
a 7075-T6 aluminum alloy or 6AL-4VANL titanium remove doubler and retain to use as a template for
skin which extends from FS 343 to FS 398. On the local manufacture of a new doubler.
MH-60R and MH-60S aircraft the chafed structure is
a 6AL-4VANL titanium doubler which extends from
FS 327 to FS 360.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 3

Figure 1. SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 1 of 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 4

Figure 1. SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 2)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 5

Figure 1. SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 6

Figure 2. MH-60S Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 7

Figure 2. MH-60S Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 8

Figure 3. MH-60R Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 1 of 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 9

Figure 3. MH-60R Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 10

Figure 3. MH-60R Cabin External Plating Chafe Repair (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 11

5. REPAIR.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
a. Perform solvent wipe of area to be reworked
with acetone, ASTM D329. e. Apply primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to aluminum
surfaces in accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300,
A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300.
Allow the primer to thoroughly dry.

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

b. Perform fluorescent dye penetrant or

rotating eddy current NDI inspection of area to be
reworked to ensure there are no cracks or other
discrepancies in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16
(series). No cracks are allowed. Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
c. If no other damage is discovered,
manufacture chafe repair doubler from 0.063 inch f. Install repair doubler using typical structural
thick 301 or 302 series 1/4 or 1/2 hard stainless repair procedures of A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-
steel sheet as shown in figures 1, 2 or 3 and in H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000,
accordance with typical structural repair procedures ensuring the faying surface between the doubler and
of A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1- plating is sealed for water-tightness using sealing
H60HA-SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM-000 and A1- compound, MIL-PRF-81733.
H60SA-SRM-000.

(1) Deviations to repair doubler geometry to

account for individual aircraft damage variations are
acceptable.

(2) Maintain 2X edge distance for all

fastener holes. For MH-60R aircraft, LH repair,
forward edge of existing 0.040 inch thick, 6AL- Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
4VANL titanium doubler, 71203-22100-110, may be Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
trimmed, if needed, to accommodate chafe repair
doubler. g. Install all fasteners wet with sealing
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in accordance with A1-
H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-
SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-
SRM-000 during final installation.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7 (1) In area of plating where chafing occurred
install counter-sink HL19PB5 fasteners with HL75-5
d. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL- or HL86-5 collars. Counter-sink CR3552-5 fasteners
DTL-81706, to any bare aluminum surface in may be installed in blind areas.
accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-
SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 012 00
Page 12

(2) In all other areas, install HL20PB5 h. Filet seal edges of repair doubler using MIL-
fasteners with HL75-5 or HL86-5 collars. CR3553-5 PRF-81733 in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-
fasteners may be installed in blind areas. 000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000,
A1-H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
(3) Alternate collars in accordance with A1-
H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-
SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-
SRM-000 are authorized provided they are cadmium
plated, steel, tension collars of proper diameter and High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
equivalent torque-off values. Install washers as MIL-PRF-85285 18
required in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000,
A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000, A1- i. Apply two coats of high solids polyurethane
H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000. coating, MIL-PRF-85285, over the repair area in
accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-
SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300 to match
existing color of exterior surface areas. Allow the
paint to thoroughly dry between each coat.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 013 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 6

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

CARGO DOOR ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LH/RH CARGO DOOR LOWER TRACK ASSEMBLIES

PART NUMBERS 70207-02727-059, 70207-02727-060, 70207-02727-064 AND 70207-02727-065

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

EA 9394 Adhesive
KWP020-096-192 Tape, Kamatic’s P54 Anti-Chafe
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
NAS1097AD4-16 Rivet, Solid
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 013 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

70207-02727-125 Strips, Door Wear, 301 1/2 Hard Stainless Steel

(0.032 inch thick)
830-DMS240HV Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive (240-grit)

1. INTRODUCTION. particular attention to wear strips that may be worn

completely through and into the track surface. Refer
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot to figure 1.
maintenance instructions for repair of the cargo door
lower track assembly, part numbers 70207-02727- (1) If the thickness of the track is less than
059, 70207-02727-060, 70207-02727-064 and 0.065 inch (does not include thickness of wear strip),
70207-02727-065. Refer to figure 1. replace door track in accordance with A1-H60SA-
110-300, WP 016 00.
3. Access to aircraft cargo area is through LH and
RH cargo doors. The cargo doors travel forward and (2) If the thickness of the track is more
aft on rollers retained by upper and lower track than 0.065 inch (does not include thickness of wear
assemblies mounted on the fuselage. This repair will strip), the door track can be repaired in accordance
provide procedures for repair of the lower track with REPAIR, paragraph 6.
assemblies. The cargo door lower track assembly is
manufactured from 0.125 inch thick, 7075-T6511, 6. REPAIR.
aluminum alloy extrusion. There are wear strips,
70207-02727-125, installed on both sides of the NOTE
track throughout the length of the track. The wear
strips are manufactured from 301 1/2 hard stainless The REPAIR procedures will be applied
steel (2.50 inch long x 0.500 inch wide x 0.032 inch to both sides of the track where the wear
thick). strips are removed and replaced.

4. This WP will provide procedures for repair of the a. If not previously accomplished, remove the
cargo door lower track, if the rollers have worn into affected wear strip(s), 70207-02727-125, from the
the track surface or if the rollers have worn through cargo door lower track.
the wear strips into the track surface.
b. Blend all sharp edges around the chafe
5. INSPECTION. damage and repair area in the cargo door lower
track using 240-grit aluminum oxide paper, or
a. Remove cargo door lower track assemblies, equivalent.
70207-02727-059, 70207-02727-060, 70207-02727-
064 and 70207-02727-065, from the cargo assembly
in accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300, WP 016 00.

b. Inspect lower track for visual cracks, Acetone, ASTM D329 9

broken/missing pieces and corrosion. If cracks or
broken/missing pieces are found replace lower track c. Perform solvent wipe the repair area
in accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300, WP 016 00. surfaces with acetone, ASTM D329.

c. Inspect wear strips on the inboard and d. Perform Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) of
outboard sides of the track for wear. If wear strips the repair area using Eddy Current Method to verify
are worn to less than 0.010 inch. Measure thickness there are no cracks. No cracks are allowed. Replace
of lower door track at any worn area, paying tracks that are cracked.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 013 00
Page 3

Figure 1. MH-60S Cargo Door Lower Track Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 013 00
Page 4

Chemical Conversion Coating, Adhesive, EA 9394 35

MIL-DTL-81706 7
j. Fill-in the chafe damage on the door track
NOTE with epoxy adhesive, EA 9394. Smooth out to level
of track surface using a spatula or equivalent tool to
Use of Touch-N-Prep applicators and ensure the wear strip sits flush to the track surface
Sempen’s will reduce HAZMAT usage when installed.
and waste.

e. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-

DTL-81706, to bare metal surfaces of the repair area
in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-300.

NOTE
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Kamatic’s P54 anti-chafe tape, KWP020- Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
096-192, is issued in 12 inch x 48 inch x k. Install new cargo door track wear strips,
0.020 inch (thick) sheets. 70207-02727-125, fasteners wet with sealing
compound, MIL-PRF-81733. Secure with solid
f. Manufacture chafe strip(s) approximately counter-sunk rivets, NAS1097AD4-16. Wipe sealing
6.00 inch (length) x 0.700 inch (width) from compound squeeze-out. Refer to figure 1.
Kamatic’s P54 anti-chafe tape, KWP020-096-192,
using scissors to cut desired pattern.

g. Manufacture clamping plates from 8 inch x

0.700 inch x 0.050 inch thick aluminum alloy. The Acetone, ASTM D329 9
clamping plates will be used with clamps to secure
the Kamatic’s P54 anti-chafe strip in position on both l. Solvent wipe the repair area surfaces with
sides of the track while the epoxy adhesive cures acetone to prepare for application of the Kamatic’s
that will bond it to the cargo door track. P54 chafe strip.

NOTE m. Remove backing from previously cut

Kamatic’s P54 anti-chafe tape repair strip.
If new wear strips, 70207-02727-125, are
not available through supply, replacement
wear strips can be manufactured from 301
(1/2 hard) stainless steel, 0.032 inch thick.
Adhesive, EA 9394 35
h. If necessary, to ensure correct alignment
with existing rivet holes in the cargo door track, n. Apply a 6.00 inch strip of epoxy adhesive,
temporarily install the stainless steel wear strips in EA 9394, to the repair area of the cargo door lower
position and match-drill holes. Remove wear strips track in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
and clean all metal shavings and debris. Debur all
holes.

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 o. Apply fluorocarbon release agent, MS-122,

or equivalent, to the side of the clamping plate that
i. Perform solvent wipe the repair area will contact the Kamatic’s P54 anti-chafe repair strip
surfaces with acetone, ASTM D329. when the clamping plate is installed for curing.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 013 00
Page 5/(6 Blank)

exterior surface areas in accordance with A1-

H60SA-SRM-300, as required.

Adhesive, EA 9394 35

NOTE

Use of a heat-lamp will reduce cure time.

However, do not allow temperature to
exceed 160°F. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

p. Permanent bond the new Kamatic’s P54 NOTE

anti-chafe strips to both sides of the repair area by
placing the clamp-up plate on top of the chafe strip Use of Touch-N-Prep and Sempen’s will
and secure with C-clamps. Wipe any squeeze-out reduce HAZMAT usage and waste.
smooth to form a 0.250 inch fillet around the
perimeter of the chafe strip. Allow epoxy adhesive, t. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to
EA 9394, to fully cure. EA 9394, will normally cure repair exterior surface areas of the cargo door lower
within one hour at 160°F and 70% humidity. track assembly in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-
300 and let dry, as required.
q. Remove C-clamps and clamping plate.

r. Perform final blending to remove excess

adhesive that may have squeezed-out and formed
bulges, and to taper the forward and aft ends so the High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
cargo door rollers will transition smoothly over the MIL-PRF-85285 18
repair area.
NOTE

Use of Touch-N-Prep and Sempen’s will

reduce HAZMAT usage and waste.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7 u. Apply high solids polyurethane coating, MIL-
PRF-85285, to match existing color of exterior
NOTE surface areas of the cargo door lower track
assembly and allow to fully cure in accordance with
Use of Touch-N-Prep and Sempen’s will A1-H60SA-SRM-300.
reduce HAZMAT usage and waste.
v. Reinstall cargo door track assembly in
s. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL- accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300, WP 016 00.
DTL-81706, to any remaining aluminum alloy repair
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 34

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE

SHORING PROCEDURES

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60S ...................................................................... A1-H60SA-GAI-000
Interactive Electronic Technical Manual, MH-60S IETM ............................................................. A1-H60CD-60S-000
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................................... A1-H60SA-150-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60S .............................................................................. A1-H60SA-260-300

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Shoring Procedures ...................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Chalk
— Chalk Line
— Level, Carpenter’s
— Plumb Bob
— Tape Measure
CJ69J1270 Jack, 12-Ton Aircraft
LaserMark LD400 Detectors, Laser
LaserMark LMH Laser, Rotary
LaserMark Tripod Tripod
NIFOC-T01 Straps
SAS-T001 Jack, Screw
SAS-T002 Jack, Screw
SAS-T003 Block, Bearing
1/4-20 UNC, 0.5” threaded length Screw, Thumb
1/4-20 UNC, 1” threaded length Screw, Thumb
7075-T6 1.45 x 0.75 x 0.100 Shim
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

96010-00000-101T082-1000 Weldment (Laser Detector Mounting Tool)

96010-00000-101T082-200 (FS217.5) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-300 (FS308) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-400 (FS379 – 398) Assy, Cradle
96010-00000-101T082-715 Strip, Nylon
96010-00000-101T082-912 Tail Section (Waterline Alignment Tool)

Materials Required

None

1. SHORING PROCEDURES. g. Remove six screws along FS398 from 3.2.3

panel located on lower skin of aircraft at
a. If FS308 cradle assembly, 96010-00000- FS398/RBL30. Refer to figure 4. Retain for
101T082-300 is new, modify as shown in figure 1. reinstallation.

b. If FS398 nylon strip, 96010-00000-101T082- h. Using three 12-ton aircraft jacks, lift aircraft
715, on double cradle assembly, 96010-00000- to height of about 36 inches (measured from hangar
101T082-400, FS379-398, is new, modify as shown floor to lower external skin at approximately
in figure 2. FS343/BL0 in accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300)
in accordance with A1-H60SA-GAI-000. Aircraft
must be approximately level.

NOTE

Main rotor blades and quick change Leveling feet should initially start out in
assembly must be removed and aircraft mid-thread position to allow for adequate
defueled before proceeding. waterline adjustment.

If rescue hoist fitting or RBL 34.5 beam is i. Position FS217.5 cradle assembly under
to be replaced, ensure shear deck from aircraft at FS217.5 approximately centered (left/right)
cabin ceiling is removed prior to shoring about BL0 (refer to figure 5). FS217.5 is located just
aircraft. forward of single row of rivets through lower skin.
Centerline of cradle assembly must be in-line with
c. Remove main rotor blades in accordance FS217.5.
with A1-H60SA-150-300.
j. Adjust FS217.5 cradle assembly leveling
feet to approximately level upper surface of cradle
d. Remove quick change assembly in
assembly (below contour board) left/right and
accordance with A1-H60SA-260-300.
fwd/aft.
e. Defuel aircraft in accordance with A1- k. Position LBL30 and RBL30 rubber pads (3.0
H60SA-GAI-000. inches x 3.0 inches) adjacent to outboard ends of
contour board on FS217.5 cradle assembly.
f. Remove LHS and RHS retractable landing
and search lights on bottom of aircraft at around l. Trim LBL30 rubber pad locally to clear drain
FS214 in accordance with A1-H60CD-60S-000. on lower skin and light fairing (refer to figure 6).
Refer to figure 3. Retain for reinstallation.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Shoring Modifications

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 4

Figure 2. Shoring Modifications

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 5

Figure 3. Removal of Landing and Search Lights

Figure 4. Removal of Screws at FS398/RBL 30

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 6

Figure 5. FS217.5 Cradle Assembly (96010-00000-101T082-200)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 7

Figure 6. FS217.5 Cradle Assembly (96010-00000-101T082-200)

m. Trim RBL30 rubber pad locally to clear drain r. Adjust FS308 cradle assembly leveling feet
(similar to LBL30 rubber pad). to approximately level upper surface of cradle
assembly (below nylon strip) left/right and fwd/aft.
n. Mark locations on LBL30 and RBL30 rubber
pads where skin rivets will contact (use chalk). NOTE
Locally dimple rubber pads at rivet locations for
clearance. Leveling feet should initially start out in
mid-thread position to allow for adequate
o. Position LBL10 and RBL10 rubber pads with waterline adjustment.
inboard edges at BL10.
s. Position FS379 – 398 cradle assembly
p. Mark locations on LBL10 and RBL10 rubber under aircraft at FS379 – FS398 approximately
pads where skin rivets will contact. Locally dimple centered (left/right) about BL0 (refer to figure 8).
rubber pads at rivet locations for clearance. Center nylon pad on cradle assembly at FS379
between double row of fasteners through lower skin.
NOTE Nylon pad at FS398 is positioned just aft of
continuous rivet line through lower skin. If required,
Leveling feet should initially start out in slightly shift cradle assembly aft to clear continuous
mid-thread position to allow for adequate rivet line and check for interference with fasteners at
waterline adjustment. FS379.

q. Position FS308 cradle assembly support t. Adjust FS379 – 398 cradle assembly
under aircraft at FS308 approximately centered leveling feet to approximately level upper surfaces of
(left/right) about BL0 (refer to figure 7). Center nylon cradle assembly (below nylon strips) left/right and
pad on cradle assembly between double row of fwd/aft.
fasteners through lower skin.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 8

Figure 7. FS308 Cradle Assembly (96010-00000-101T082-300)

u. Slowly lower aircraft to approximately 0.50 w. Using plumb bob, align BL0 on FS217.5,
inch above cradle assembly. Aircraft must be FS308 and FS379 – 398 cradle assemblies with BL0
lowered equally at all three aircraft jack points to chalk line. Refer to figure 10.
maintain a level state.
x. On FS308 and FS379 – 398 cradle
v. Locate BL0 on hangar floor under aircraft as assemblies, verify alignment between steps on nylon
follows: pads and steps on lower aircraft skin. Additionally,
verify rivets aft of continuous rivet line at FS398 are
(1) Hang plumb bob from BL0 screw located aligned with recesses in nylon pad. If required, make
under nose avionics shelf area to hangar floor. Mark slight inboard/outboard adjustments to cradle
hangar floor. Refer to figure 9. assembly positions to avoid interference between
steps and rivets. At final location, position 1.45 x
(2) Hang plumb bob from center screw on 0.75 x 0.100 aluminum shims in recesses in FS398
light on lower surface of tailcone at around FS550. nylon pad (refer to figure 2) at LBL30, LBL10 and
Mark hangar floor. Refer to figure 9. RBL10. Determine locations on shims where LBL30,
LBL10 and RBL10 rivets aft of continuous rivet line
(3) Snap chalk line between two marked will interfere. Mark locations on shims. Remove
points on hangar floor to establish BL0 along length shims and drill φ 0.344 holes through shims for
of aircraft. clearance at rivet locations. Reposition shims.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 9

Figure 8. FS379 – 398 Cradle Assembly (96010-00000-101T082-400)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 10

Figure 9. Locating BLO

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 11

Figure 10. Positioning FS217.5 Cradle Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 12

NOTE Verify alignment with rotary laser beam using laser

detector (LHS and RHS). Readjust leveling feet if
Rotary laser must be positioned within 5 necessary.
degrees of level for self-leveling feature to
operate.

y. Position rotary laser on tripod on LHS of

aircraft at approximately FS485 and LBL194 (refer to Use proper eye protection when operating
figure 11). Adjust height of laser beam to laser.
approximately 31” using tripod height stabilization
straps (refer to figure 12). NOTE

Laser detector must face towards the left

at both positions.

Use SHORT thumb screw to attach laser ac. Adjust leveling feet on FS217.5 cradle
detector to mounting tool. Use proper eye assembly until laser detector centerline is aligned
protection when operating laser. with rotary laser beam when positioned (using
mounting tool; refer to figures 13 and 11) on LHS
NOTE and RHS of FS217.5 cradle assembly (laser detector
emits a continuous tone when aligned).
Laser detector must face towards the left
at all three positions. NOTE

z. Adjust leveling feet screws on FS379 – 398 Tops of all cradle assemblies now lie on
cradle assembly until laser detector centerline is constant, level plane.
aligned with rotary laser beam when positioned
(using mounting tool; refer to figures 13 and 11) on ad. Using carpenter’s level, adjust leveling feet
LHS of FS379 cradle assembly, on LHS of FS398 on FS217.5 cradle assembly to level top of cradle
cradle assembly and on RHS of FS398 cradle assembly (under contour board) in fwd/aft direction.
assembly (laser detector emits a continuous tone Verify alignment with rotary laser beam using laser
when aligned). detector (LHS and RHS). Readjust leveling feet if
necessary.

ae. Remove LHS tie-down ring, 70209-05011-

101, from LHS lug on lower portion of FS605
Use proper eye protection when operating bulkhead (aft jackpad location). Refer to figures 14
laser. and 15.

NOTE NOTE

Laser detector must face towards the left FS605 waterline alignment tool must have
at both positions. bushing in hole to bring diameter down to
0.50” to match attachment bolt. If
aa. Adjust leveling feet on FS308 cradle required, fabricate and install bushing
assembly until laser detector centerline is aligned prior to attaching tool.
with rotary laser beam when positioned (using
mounting tool; refer to figures 13 and 11) on LHS af. Attach FS605 waterline alignment
and RHS of FS308 cradle assembly (laser detector tool/laser detector to LHS tie-down ring attachment
emits a continuous tone when aligned). lug hole on FS605 bulkhead using tie-down ring
attachment bolt (use LONG thumb screw to attach
ab. Using carpenter’s level, adjust leveling feet laser detector). Laser detector must face forward.
on FS308 cradle assembly to level top of cradle Adjust tool with carpenter’s level to hang vertically.
assembly (under nylon pad) in fwd/aft direction. Refer to figures 14 and 16.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 13

Figure 11. Rotary Laser Positioning

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 14

Figure 12. Rotary Laser

Figure 13. Laser Detector/Mounting Tool

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 15

Figure 14. FS605 Waterline Alignment Tool Location

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 16

Figure 15. Reinstallation of Tie-Down Ring

Figure 16. FS605 Waterline Alignment Tool

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 17/(18 Blank)

ao. Verify contact between aircraft and rubber

pads on FS217.5 cradle assembly at LBL30, LBL10,
RBL10 and RBL30. Rubber pads must show
Check for interferences with fasteners as evidence of compression.
aircraft is lowered. If required, make slight
adjustments to cradle assembly positions NOTE
to avoid interferences. Verify contact with
aircraft at both outboard rubber pads on Gaps are permissible between these
FS217.5 cradle assembly (LBL30 and locations.
RBL30). If necessary, shift FS217.5
cradle assembly inboard/outboard to ap. Verify contact between aircraft and nylon
match contour of aircraft. Additionally, pad on FS308 cradle assembly at LBL30, LBL10,
check for contact between LHS light RBL10 and RBL30.
fairing and FS217.5 contour board (refer
to figure 6). If necessary, trim contour NOTE
board locally for clearance.
Gaps are permissible between these
ag. Slowly lower aircraft until aircraft contacts locations at FS398. Gaps are permissible
all cradle assemblies. Aircraft must be lowered along length of FS379 cradle assembly.
equally at all three aircraft jack points to maintain a
level state. aq. Verify contact between aircraft and FS398
nylon pad or FS398 aluminum shims on FS379 –
ah. Continue lowering LHS and RHS forward 398 double cradle assembly at LBL30, LBL10,
aircraft jacks (FS247) until contact with jack pad is RBL10 and RBL30.
released.
ar. Remove hover trim support assembly on
RHS as follows:

NOTE
Use proper eye protection when operating
laser. Unless otherwise specified, all parts are
to be shimmed according to SS9208. No
ai. Adjust aft aircraft jack (FS605) until gaps are permitted on parts with a
centerline of aft laser detector (mounted on FS605 thickness of 0.070 inch or greater. Bond
waterline alignment tool) is aligned with rotary laser shims in place using SS8622-006 or -007
beam (continuous tone; refer to figures 16 and 11). in accordance with SS8669 CL II B (clean
room requirements waived in accordance
aj. Verify feet on aft aircraft jack have with Sikorsky Engineering drawing). Gaps
bottomed out on hangar floor. of 0.007 inch or less may be filled with
SS8622-006 or -007 adhesive. Proper
ak. Lock height adjustment on aft aircraft jack. cure time must be allowed prior to
fasteners installation.

(1) Remove shear deck access panels as

required and retain panels and hardware for
Use proper eye protection when operating reinstallation.
laser.
(2) Remove three screws and washers
al. Verify waterline alignment with rotary laser from accelerometer, 70600-01048-046, and retain
beam at all eight locations (refer to figure 11). for reinstallation.

am. Verify tires on LHS and RHS main landing (3) Remove 13 screws and washers from
gear are not touching hangar floor. skin, 70209-85214-118 or 70209-85214-131 (figure
17). Retain skin for reinstallation.
an. Verify tire on tail landing gear is not
touching hangar floor.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 19/(20 Blank)

Figure 17. Hoist Control Rework

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 21/(22 Blank)

(4) Remove three rivets between beam, (17) Remove nutplate from fwd flange on
70209-85214-129, and clip, 70209-85214-127 beam, 70209-85214-126, and station 308.00 frame
(figure 18, view AA-AA). web (figure 18 and view Y-Y).

(5) Remove two rivets from station 308.00 (18) Remove four rivets from fwd flange on
frame web and clip, 70209-85214-120, and remove beam, 70209-85214-126, and station 308.00 frame
zee, 70209-85214-119 (figure 18, view AB-AB). web (figure 18 and view Y-Y).
Retain zee for reinstallation.

(6) Remove four screws and washers from

hover trim control panel, 96450-02001-043, and
remove control panel (figure 17). Retain control Exercise extreme caution when removing
panel for reinstallation. fwd rivet to avoid drilling into vertical
stiffener on station 308.00 frame.
(7) Remove four screws and washers from
hover trim grip, 70450-21905-103 (figure 17). Retain (19) Remove 10 rivets from upper edge of
hover trim grip for reinstallation. beam, 70209-85214-126, and angle, 70209-85214-
132, and remove beam, 70209-85214-126 (figure 18
(8) Remove nine rivets from support and view W-W). Retain for reinstallation.
housing, 70209-85214-122, and beam, 70209-
85214-129 (figure 18, view AA-AA). (20) Remove six rivets from channel,
70209-85214-128, and beam, 70209-85214-129
(9) Remove two rivets from gusset, 70083- (figure 18, view AA-AA). Remove channel and retain
20042-107, and beam, 70209-85214-129 (figure 17). for reinstallation.

(21) Remove upper two rivets from angle,

(10) Remove 10 fasteners from support
70209-85214-124, and beam, 70209-85214-129
housing, 70209-85214-122, and lower cap of right
(figure 18, view AA-AA).
buttline 34.50 beam (figure 17).
(22) Remove eight rivets from upper edge
NOTE of beam, 70209-85214-129, and angle, 70209-
85214-125, and remove beam, 70209-85214-129,
On aircraft where nutplate rivets do not go and angle, 70209-85214-124 (figure 18, view AA-
through support housing, nutplate does AA). Retain for reinstallation.
not get removed.
(23) Remove four Hi-Loks from angle,
(11) Remove two nutplates from support 70209-85214-130, and right buttline 34.50 beam
housing, 70209-85214-122, and lower cap of station web (figure 19). Remove angle, 70209-85214-130,
327.00 frame (figure 17). and retain for reinstallation.
(12) Remove nine fasteners from support (24) Remove 13 rivets from angle, 70209-
housing, 70209-85214-122, and lower cap of station 85214-125, and upper deck skin and remove angle.
327.00 frame (figure 17). Retain for reinstallation (figures 20 and 21).

(13) Remove support housing, 70209- as. Internal Jacks (Inboard): Position four
85214-122, and gusset, 70083-20042-107. Retain screw jacks snug between upper deck and cabin
for reinstallation. floor at FS327/LBL10, FS327/RBL10, FS360/LBL10
and FS360/RBL10. Bearing blocks must be used on
(14) Remove shim, 96072-20003-107 both ends of screw jacks, and must be machined to
(figure 17). Retain for reinstallation. accommodate heads of protruding fasteners at each
location and any floor or ceiling discontinuities, and
(15) Remove tapered shim, 96072-20003- must be of a material, such as nylon, that does not
108 (figure 17). Retain for reinstallation. relax over time under these loads (wood is NOT
acceptable). Refer to figure 22 for approximate
(16) Remove two rivets from aft flange on locations of internal and external jacks in relation to
beam, 70209-85214-126, and beam, 70209-85214- BL30 beams, and figure 23 for a photo of overall
129 (figure 18, view AA-AA). additional shoring.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 23/(24 Blank)

Figure 18. Hoist Control Rework

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 25

Figure 19. Right Buttline 34.50

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 26

Figure 20. Right Buttline 34.50

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 27

Figure 21. Right Buttline 34.50

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 28

Figure 22. Internal and External BL 30 Jack Locations

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 29

Figure 23. Additional Cabin Shoring

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 30

at. Internal Jacks (Outboard): Position two (3) Reposition beam, 70209-85214-129,
screw jacks snug between upper deck and cabin and angle assembly, 70209-85214-124 (figure 18).
floor at FS327/LBL30 and FS327/RBL30. Bearing
blocks must be used on both ends of screw jacks. (4) Install upper two rivets to angle, 70209-
The same comments on bearing blocks from step 85214-124, and beam, 70209-85214-129 (figure 18).
as. apply. Refer to figure 22 for approximate
locations of internal and external jacks in relation to (5) Install outboard six rivets to upper edge
BL30 beams, and figure 23 for a photo of overall of beam, 70209-85214-129, and angle, 70209-
additional shoring. 85214-125 (figure 24, view H-H).

au. External Jacks (Outboard): Position two (6) Install inboard two rivets to upper edge
screw jacks snug between lower external skin and of beam, 70209-85214-129, and angle, 70209-
hangar floor at FS325.5/LBL30 and FS325.5/RBL30. 85214-125 (figure 18).
Bearing blocks must be used on upper ends of
jacks. The same comments on bearing blocks from (7) Position channel, 70209-85214-128
step ap. apply. Refer to figure 22 for approximate (figure 18, view V-V).
locations of internal and external jacks in relation to
BL30 beams, and figure 23 for a photo of overall (8) Install three outboard rivets between
additional shoring configuration outlined in this channel, 70209-85214-128, and beam, 70209-
section (shown installed on aircraft without cradle 85214-129 (figure 18, view V-V).
assemblies).
(9) Position zee stiffener, 70209-85214-
119, clip, 70209-85214-120, and clip assembly,
70209-85214-127 (figure 18, view AB-AB).

Once structural repair has begun, do not (10) Install two rivets common to station
remove or adjust internal/ external 308.00 frame web and clip, 70209-85214-120 (figure
shoring screw jacks until repair is 18, view AB-AB).
complete. Do not move aircraft until repair
(11) Install three rivets common to beam,
is complete.
70209-85214-129, and clip, 70209-85214-127
av. Reinstall hover trim panel as follows: (figure 18, view V-V).

NOTE (12) Install beam, 70209-85214-126 (figure

18, view W-W).
Unless otherwise specified, all parts are
to be shimmed according to SS9208. No (13) Install 10 rivets between upper edge
gaps are permitted on parts with a of beam, 70209-85214-126, and angle, 70209-
thickness of 0.070 inch or greater. Bond 85214-121 or 70209-85214-132 (figure 18, view
shims in place using SS8622-006 or -007 W-W).
in accordance with SS8669 CL II B (clean
(14) Install four rivets between fwd flange
room requirements waived in accordance
on beam, 70209-85214-126, and station 308.00
with Sikorsky Engineering drawing). Gaps
frame web, countersink far side in frame (figure 18).
of 0.007 inch or less may be filled with
SS8622-006 or -007 adhesive. Proper NOTE
cure time must be allowed prior to
fasteners installation. Nutplate goes on aft side of station
308.00 frame on fwd flange on beam,
(1) Remove internal screw jacks at station 70209-85214-126.
327.00 left and right buttline 30.00.
(15) Install nutplate for inboard
(2) Remove external screw jacks at station accelerometer attachment point (figure 18).
325.50 left and right buttline 30.00.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 31/(32 Blank)

Figure 24. Right Buttline 34.50

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 014 00
Page 33/(34 Blank)

(16) Install two rivets between aft flange on (25) Reinstall hover trim grip, 70450-
beam, 70209-85214-126, and beam, 70209-85214- 21905-103, with four screws and washers (figure
129 (figure 18). 17).

(17) Gage seven hole sizes in right buttline (26) Reinstall hover trim control panel,
34.50 beam lower cap (figure 17). 96450-02001-043, with four screws and four
washers (figure 17).
(18) Temporarily install tapered shim,
96072-20003-108, thin end inboard (figure 17). (27) Reinstall skin, 70209-85214-118 or
70209-85214-131, with 13 screws and washers
(19) Temporarily install shim, 96072- (figure 17).
20003-107 (figure 17).
(28) Reinstall accelerometer, 70600-
(20) Temporarily install support housing, 01048-046, with three screws and washers.
70209-85214-122, and gusset assembly, 70083-
20042-107 (figure 17). (29) Reinstall right side upper outboard
fairing, 70217-85203-046.
(21) Install nine fasteners between support
housing, 70209-85214-122, and lower cap of station (30) Inspect rework areas. (QA)
327.00 frame (figure 17).
(31) Remove remaining four internal screw
(22) Install nine fasteners between support jacks and bearing blocks station 327.00 left and right
housing, 70209-85214-122, and beam, 70209- buttline 10.00, station 360.00 left and right buttline
85214-129 (figure 18). 10.00.

(23) Install 10 fasteners between support (32) Jack aircraft and remove from cradle
housing, 70209-85214-122, and right buttline 34.50 assemblies and lower aircraft onto landing gear.
beam (figure 17).

(24) Install two rivets between gusset,

70083-20042-107, and beam, 70209-85214-129
(figure 17).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 8

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

RESCUE HOIST AIRFRAME FITTING

COLD WORK REQUIREMENTS DURING FITTING REPLACEMENT

PART NUMBERS 96209-62001-101, 96209-62001-102, 96209-62001-104 AND 96209-62001-109

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

Reference Material

Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 3

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

CBCE-14A-0601F (51439) or Nosecap Assembly (Nominal 3/16 and 1st Oversized

WCI-1700NE-0601-70F 3/16)
CBCE-14A-0623F (51439) or Nosecap Assembly (2nd and 3rd Oversized 3/16)
WCI-1700NE-0623-70F
CBG-6-0-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (Nominal 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-0-N (66136)
CBG-6-1-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-1-N (66136)
CBG-6-2-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (2nd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-2-N (66136)
CBG-6-3-N-1 (51439) or Gage, Combination (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-CBG-6-3-N (66136)
CBM-6-0-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (Nominal 3/16)
WCI-6-0-N-1-30 (66136)
CBM-6-1-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCI-6-1-N-1-30 (66136)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

CBM-6-2-N-1-30-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (2nd Oversize 3/16)

WCI-6-2-N-1-30 (66136)
CBM-6-3-N-1-40-V1 (51439) or Mandrel (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCI-6-3-N-1-40 (66136)
CBMG-6-0-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (Nominal 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-0-N (66136)
CBMG-6-1-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (1st Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-1-N (66136)
CBMG-6-2-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (2nd Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-2-N (66136)
CBMG-6-3-N (51439) or Fixture, Mandrel Check (3rd Oversize 3/16)
WCIS-WG-6-3-N (66136)
FT-20 (51439) or Power Pak, Cold Work
WCI-20 (66136)
GGG-C-391 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying 10x
LB-20 (51439) or Puller, Cold Work Hydraulic
WCI-1700-20 (66136)

NOTE

Cold work equipment from different manufacturers is not interchangeable.

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

CBS-6-0-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (Nominal 3/16)

CBS-6-1-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (1st Oversize 3/16)
CBS-6-2-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (2nd Oversize 3/16)
CBS-6-3-N-16F Sleeve, Cold Work (3rd Oversize 3/16)

NOTE

Alternate sleeve lengths are acceptable provided sleeve protrudes 1/32 inch beyond material stack-up.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 3

1. INTRODUCTION. a. Refer to figures 1 and 2 for applicable holes

which require cold working. Specific hole location on
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot new fitting will be determined from existing structure.
inspection and repair instructions to be After hole location is determined, ream hole in fitting
accomplished during MH-60S rescue hoist airframe to start size shown in table 1. Measure and
fitting replacement. Repair includes cold work of document hole diameter on local cold work
specific holes in new fitting only to bring structure documentation form. Figure 3 is a sample of a
back to original manufacturing configuration. Refer typical depot cold work documentation form. Holes
to figures 1 and 2 for location. can be numbered in any order desired.

3. The rescue hoist airframe fitting is located at b. Refer to tables 1 and 2 for tooling and
FS335, RBL 15 to 35, WL 260 to 265 and provides fastener size information. Cold work hole in fitting
support for the rescue hoist. Replacement of the only. Document hole sizes throughout the process
fitting is occasionally required and is accomplished on documentation form as required.
by depot level. This WP will provide instructions for
cold work of specific attaching holes of the new c. Refer to tables 1 and 2 for sizes. Final ream
fitting. hole to appropriate diameter and document final
hole diameter on local work documentation.
4. INSPECTION.
d. Perform 10X visual inspection of hole in
a. After final ream, perform 10X visual accordance with INSPECTION, paragraph 4, looking
inspection of holes using a 10X magnifying glass. for discrepancies or cracks. No discrepancies or
Visually inspect for discrepancies in the hole and in cracks are allowed.
a 0.25 inch circumferential accessible area around
the hole. e. Install appropriate fastener in accordance
with manufacturer’s drawings during fitting
5. REPAIR. installation.

Maintain a 1.5X inch minimum edge

distance for all reworked holes during the
following process. If new fitting is piloted,
check for alignment of pilot holes with
existing structure prior to proceeding with
replacement.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Airframe Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Identification of Reworked Holes

 A1-H60BB-SRM-100
Table 1. Cold Work Chart

ORIGINAL STANDARD MANDREL DIAMETER SLEEVE FINAL REAM

STARTING GAGE DIAMETER
HOLE SIZE TOOLING THICK- DIAMETER
HOLE PRE DIAMETER MINOR MAJOR (INCHES)
(INCHES) NESS (INCHES)
COLD WORK NUMBER ±0.0005
HOLE +0.0004/
INCH A B C
DIAMETER NOM MIN −0.0002
(INCHES) INCH
0.171 – 0.180 0.177 – 0.180 6-0-N 0.1610 0.1740 0.1734 0.0060 0.1770 0.1800 0.1810 0.1870 – 0.1885

0.171 – 0.180 0.177 – 0.180 6-0-N 0.1610 0.1740 0.1734 0.0060 0.1770 0.1800 0.1810 0.1955 – 0.1970

0.180 – 0.195 0.192 – 0.195 6-1-N 0.1766 0.1895 0.1889 0.0060 0.1920 0.1950 0.1970 0.2001 – 0.2016
0.195 – 0.212 0.209 – 0.212 6-2-N 0.1920 0.2070 0.2064 0.0060 0.2090 0.2120 0.2130 0.2157 – 0.2172
0.212 – 0.228 0.225 – 0.228 6-3-N 0.2080 0.2230 0.2224 0.0060 0.2250 0.2280 0.2290 0.2314 – 0.2329

NOTES

Manufacturing tolerance ±0.0002.

Minimum allowable diameter, mandrel gage diameter +0.0002/−0.0001.

A= Starting hole gage “GO” diameter, tolerance +0.0000/−0.0002 inch. B= Starting hole gage “NO GO” diameter, tolerance
+0.0002/−0.0000. C= Cold work verification diameter. Applies to gage finish reamer pilot (tolerance +0.0000/−0.0005 inch) and
post cold work verification gage pin (tolerance +0.0002/−0.0000 inch).

Reference info for tooling based on Fatigue Technologies Cold Work Spec FTI-8101.

Final ream diameter for 3/16 inch diameter Hi-Lok.

Final ream diameter for 3/16 inch diameter MS90354 blind fastener.

015 00
Page 6
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 7

Figure 3. Cold Work Documentation Form Sample

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 015 00
Page 8

Table 2. Fastener Chart

FINAL HOLE SIZE FASTENER TYPE COLLAR

0.1870 – 0.1885 HL20PB-6-X HL86-6 or HL75-6
HL12VAZ6-X HL1087ATW6
0.1955 – 0.1970 MS90354-06 Not applicable
0.2001 – 0.2016 HL64PB-6-X HL87-6 or HL1087ATW-6
0.2157 – 0.2172 HL220-6-X HL93-6 or HL375-6
0.2314 – 0.2329 HL204-6-X HL287-6

NOTES

“X” refers to Hi-Lok grip length as necessary.

Alternate collars in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000 are authorized provided they are
cadmium plated, steel, tension collars of proper diameter and equivalent torque-off values.
Install washers as required in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 26

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE

LH AND RH MAIN TRANSMISSION BEAMS

PART NUMBERS 70219-02133-053 AND 70219-02133-054

Reference Material

Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin Section ......................................................................................... WP 006 00

General Aircraft Information, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J ......................... A1-H60CA-GAI-000
Power Plant Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J ............................. A1-H60CA-220-300
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000
Transmission Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J ........................... A1-H60CA-260-300
Utility Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J........................................ A1-H60CA-490-300
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ................................................................................ A1-H60HA-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ................................................................................ A1-H60BB-WDM-000
Wiring Data Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ................................................................................ A1-H60FB-WDM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cold-Working ................................................................................................................................................ 19
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 7
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 19
Installation Procedure ................................................................................................................................ 24
Preparation for Installation......................................................................................................................... 19
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Preparation for Removal ............................................................................................................................... 3
Removal ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
Upper Cabin Skin Fillers and Doublers ........................................................................................................ 7

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

FTI-FT-20 (51439) Power Pak, Cold Work

FTI-LB-20 (51439) Hydraulic Puller, Cold Work
FTI-06-0-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, Nominal 3/16
FTI-06-1-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 1st Oversize 3/16
FTI-06-2-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 2nd Oversize 3/16
FTI-06-3-N (51439) Open Purchase Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 3rd Oversize 3/16
Local Mfgr/Open Purchase Cradles, External Structure Shoring
WCI-TK-06-0-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, Nominal 3/16
WCI-TK-06-1-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 1st Oversize 3/16
WCI-TK-06-2-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 2nd Oversize 3/16
WCI-TK-06-3-N (66136) Fastener Kit, Cold Work, 3rd Oversize 3/16
WCI-1700-20 (66136) Hydraulic Puller, Cold Work
WCI-20 (66136) Power Pak, Cold Work
86825 (89771) Alignment Fixture, Main Transmission Beams

NOTES

Alternate for FTI.

Alternate for WCI.

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

AMS-QQ-Q-250/12 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.063 inch

AMS-QQ-Q-250/12 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.072 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.032 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.041 inch
AMS-QQ-Q-250/13 Alloy Sheet, 7075-T6 Aluminum, 0.050 inch
ASTM D329 Acetone
CR3552-5 Blind Fastener, Monel (5/32 Countersunk)
CR3553-5 Blind Fastener, Monel (5/32)
HL1087ATW-8 Collar, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal or 1st Oversize
HL175-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL19PB-6 Fastener, Hi Lok, 3/16 Nominal Countersunk
HL20PB-6 Fastener, Hi Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL20PB-8 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 1/4 Nominal
HL204PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL220PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL287-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 3rd Oversize
HL375-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
HL64PB-6 Fastener, Hi-Lok, 3/16 1st Oversize
HL70-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL79-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL82-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL86-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL92-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
HL93-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 2nd Oversize
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

HL94-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal

HL97-6 Collar, Hi-Lok, 3/16 Nominal
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
70212-02113-159 Angle
70212-02113-160 Angle
70212-02113-161 Angle
70219-02133-053 Beam Fitting, LH Main Transmission
70219-02133-054 Beam Fitting, RH Main Transmission

1. INTRODUCTION. e. Install exterior fuselage cradles or bucks at

the following locations:
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
maintenance instructions for LH or RH main (1) Exterior cabin, STA 265.
transmission beam replacement, main transmission
beam cold-working requirements for designated (2) Exterior transition section, STA 379 or
fastener holes, as well as restoration of the upper 425.
cabin skin associated with a main transmission
beam replacement. The dimensions of the skin
removals and repairs are the minimum requirements f. Prior to installation of the main transmission
to ensure nominal fastener holes are established for beam alignment fixture, 86825 (89771), perform the
the areas of the LH and RH main transmission following inspections:
beams affected by cold-working requirements. This
WP also provides dimensions for installation of (1) Alignment fixture pins for cleanliness,
stainless steel chafe guards to be installed where scratches or any other flaw that may restrict
the LH and RH engine intake fairings have caused installation.
excessive skin chafe damage.
(2) Alignment fixture plate surface for
3. PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL. cleanliness, or any other flaw that may restrict from
laying flush with the main transmission beam pad
a. Prepare the aircraft for safe ground surface.
maintenance (A1-H60CA-GAI-000).
(3) Main transmission beam mount pad
b. If replacing the RH main transmission beam, surfaces for corrosion and to ensure a flush
remove the rescue hoist arm (A1-H60CA-490-300). installation of the main transmission alignment
fixture. If necessary, remove paint and primer.
c. Remove the LH and/or RH engine assembly
(A1-H60CA-220-300), as applicable.
(4) Main transmission beam pad bushings
d. Remove the main rotor head and main for debris, concentricity and for proper tolerance
transmission assembly (A1-H60CA-260-300). dimensions in accordance with WP 006 00.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 4

To prevent misalignment conditions, do

not replace a transmission beam if a main
landing gear airframe fuselage fitting is
To prevent damage to the alignment being replaced.
fixture or misalignment, do not stand on
the main transmission beam alignment a. Rescue hoist fitting lower web and
fixture unless all pins are installed. associated straps.

To prevent structural misalignment, do b. Previous doubler repairs installed on upper

not remove and replace, or fold the tail cabins skin (STA 327 – 360).
pylon during a main transmission beam
removal and replacement. c. Upper door track channel (BL 40.0).

d. Upper door track step fairing (STA 290.0 –

To prevent structural misalignment,
335.0).
ensure the aircraft fuselage is maintained
in the same supported condition during
e. Upper cabin skin strap (STA 379.0, BL
the removal and replacement of the
16.5).
transmission beam.
f. Upper cabin skin strap (STA 360.0, BL
g. Install main transmission alignment fixture, 16.5).
86825 (89771).
g. Upper cabin skin strap (STA 327.0, BL
h. Disconnect wiring harnesses installed 16.5).
through the upper cabin skin (A1-H60BB-WDM-000,
A1-H60FB-WDM-000 and A1-H60HA-WDM-000). h. Upper cabin skin gusset (STA 343.6, BL
22.3).
i. If replacing the RH main transmission beam,
disconnect wiring associated with the rescue hoist i. Upper cabin skin load demand spindle
(A1-H60BB-WDM-000, A1-H60FB-WDM-000 and fairing.
A1-H60HA-WDM-000).
j. Upper cabin skin load demand spindle
j. Remove hydraulic fittings from the RH upper doubler.
cabin skin associated with the rescue hoist system.
k. Upper cabin skin electrical connector
support bracket.
k. Disconnect and install protective caps on
hydraulic lines between STA 308 and 398.
l. Upper cabin skin wire harness doubler.
l. Disconnect Load Demand Spindle (LDS) m. Upper cabin skin rescue hoist hydraulic
cables and remove from the fairings on the upper fitting doubler.
cabin skin (A1-H60CA-220-300).
n. Lower forward engine firewall angle
4. REMOVAL. (Figures 1 and 2) fasteners (STA 349 – 379).

o. Upper cabin skin stringers and associated

shims, straps and angles (STA 308 – 379, BL 22.3
and 28.8).
To prevent misalignment conditions,
remove and replace only one p. All upper skin fasteners securing the rescue
transmission beam at a time. hoist fitting.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 5

Figure 1. Rescue Hoist Fitting Web

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 6

Figure 2. LH and RH Main Transmission Beam

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 7

q. All fasteners securing the rescue hoist fitting relocated to the first fastener hole
to the RH main transmission beam web. outboard of the LH or RH main
transmission beam assembly flange.
r. Frames 327, 343, 353, 360, between BL
16.5 – 34.5, and associated shims, straps and b. Drill pilot holes in the main transmission
angles. beam using the existing skin and structure as a
guide. Drill pilot holes in new main transmission
s. All remaining skin fasteners (STA 327 – 360, beam upper cap and vertical web where the STA
BL 16.5 – 34.5). 343.6 outboard frame is installed. Ensure there is a
minimum edge distance of 2.0 for all fasteners.
t. Vertical angles, 70212-02113-159, 70212-
02113-160 and 70212-02113-161, installed on the c. Remove the main transmission beam.
inboard and outboard sides of the main transmission Deburr all drilled holes.
beam web securing the main transmission beam to
the supporting structure (STA 308 – 379, BL 16.5). NOTE

u. LH or RH main transmission beam. The dimensions of the forward skin and

aft plating cuts that are depicted are the
5. INSPECTION. minimum dimensions to ensure nominal
fastener hole diameters for required cold-
a. Inspect the rescue hoist fitting web and working and structural integrity. Additional
associated straps for oversized fastener holes, material can be cut and removed as
cracks and suitability for re-use. Replace if damage required to repair worn or damaged skin
exceeds general limits of A1-H60BB-SRM-000, in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000,
A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000, WP A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-
008 00. SRM-000, WP 008 00.

d. Cut and remove the upper cabin forward

b. Inspect the rescue hoist fitting for oversized
skin.
fastener holes in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-
000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000, e. Cut and remove the upper aft cabin plating.
and excessive wear to the rescue hoist arm adapter
bore in accordance with WP 006 00. f. Manufacture filler for upper aft cabin plating
from 0.025 inch, 301, 1/4 or 1/2 hard, stainless steel.
c. Inspect associated supporting frames, Break all sharp edges.
angles, straps, structure, skin and the forward
firewall, for excessive damage, wear and fastener g. Manufacture filler for upper cabin forward
hole elongation, in accordance with A1-H60BB- skin and aft cabin plating from 0.050 inch, 7075-T6
SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA- aluminum alloy. Break all sharp edges.
SRM-000, WP 008 00. Remove and
replace/manufacture as required. h. Manufacture doubler for upper cabin skin
and aft cabin plating from 0.063 or 0.071 inch, 7075-
6. UPPER CABIN SKIN FILLERS AND T6 aluminum alloy. Break all sharp edges.
DOUBLERS. (Figures 3 through 7)
NOTE
a. Temporarily install the new LH or RH main
transmission beam. Ensure the dimensions of the gusset
include the aft fastener hole of the upper
NOTE cap outboard flange.

Do not drill holes in the new LH or RH i. Manufacture gusset for installation over the
main transmission beam flange at STA STA 343.6 frame and LH or RH main transmission
347.5 previously used to attach the beam upper outboard cap flange, from 0.032 or
hydraulic fluid line standoff nutplate. 0.041 inch, 7075-T6 aluminum alloy. Break all sharp
During new LH or RH main transmission edges.
beam installations, the nutplate shall be
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 8

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 1 of 7)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 9

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 10

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 11

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 12

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 5)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 13

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 6)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 14

Figure 3. Upper Cabin Skin (Sheet 7)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 15

Figure 4. LH Upper Cabin Skin Filler

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 16

Figure 5. LH Upper Cabin Skin

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 17

Figure 6. RH Upper Cabin Skin Filler

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 18

Figure 7. RH Upper Cabin Skin

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 19

j. Manufacture chafe strips to be installed on d. Deburr all drilled holes. (QA)

the upper aft cabin plating outboard from the forward
firewall and on the upper forward cabin skin at STA 8. INSTALLATION.
343.6, BL 34.5, from 0.063 inch, 301, 1/4 or 1/2
hard, stainless steel. Break all sharp edges. 9. PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION.
k. Temporarily install the LH or RH main
transmission beam.

l. Temporarily install all fillers, doublers and

chafe strips. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

m. Inspect installation of fillers, doublers and

chafe strips for fastener edge distance of 2.0 (or
greater) with existing structure and skin.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
n. Inspect installation for pre-load conditions
greater than 0.002 inch. Manufacture and
a. Prepare surfaces of the LH or RH main
temporarily install shims as required, from 7075-T6
transmission beam, aircraft structure/skin, repair
aluminum alloy to prevent skin, plating or structural
fillers, doublers, straps, skin sections, webs,
preloads.
intercostals, stringers, attach angles, gusset and
o. Drill holes as required in the new fillers, LDS cable fairing, by solvent wiping with acetone or
doublers, chafe strips, straps, gusset and shims. isopropyl alcohol.
Edge distance, rivet spacing and rivet pitch shall be
in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-
SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000.

7. COLD-WORKING. (Figures 8, 9 and 10) Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7
NOTE

If it is necessary to enlarge a hole above a b. Apply chemical conversion coating MIL-

nominal 1/4 inch for proper concentricity, DTL-81706, to all untreated aluminum surfaces of
do not cold-work. the rework area, the main transmission beam, and
all repair doublers, fillers, angles, stringers, webs,
Cold-working documentation should be gusset and LDS cable fairing.
retained in the aircraft logbook.

a. Perform cold-working of all accessible

fastener holes on the upper cap and STA 343.6
outboard vertical web. Refer to figure 8 for the LH
main transmission beam upper cap, figure 9 for the
RH main transmission beam upper cap and figure
10 for the STA 343.6 vertical web of the LH and RH Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
main transmission beam. (QA)
c. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to
b. Document cold-working. Refer to table 1 for
unprotected bare aluminum exterior surface areas in
hole sizes, reams, mandrels and corresponding
accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-
fasteners and figure 11 for cold-working
SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000, WP 012 00 and
documentation form.
let dry.
c. Remove the main transmission beam and all
repair fillers, doublers and shims.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 20

Figure 8. Cold-Working Requirements LH Main Transmission Beam Upper Cap

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 21

Figure 9. Cold-Working Requirements RH Main Transmission Beam Upper Cap

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 22

Figure 10. Cold-Working Requirements LH and RH Main Transmission Beam

Table 1. Cold-Work Dimensions, Mandrels, Fasteners and Collars

HOLE START FINAL PROTRUDING TENSION

MANDREL COLLAR
SIZE REAM REAM FASTENER (PIN)

0.171 – 0.180 0.177 – 0.180 CX6-0-N 0.187 – 0.188 HL20PB-6-X HL86-6

0.180 – 0.195 0.192 – 0.195 CX6-1-N 0.199 – 0.201 HL64PB-6-X HL1087ATW-6
0.195 – 0.212 0.209 – 0.212 CX6-2-N 0.215 – 0.217 HL220PB-6-X HL93-6 or
HL375-6
0.212 – 0.228 0.225 – 0.228 CX6-3-N 0.231 – 0.232 HL204PB-6-X HL287-6
0.228 – 0.238 0.235 – 0.238 CS8-0-N 0.247 – 0.248 HL20PB-8-X HL1087ATW-8

NOTES

X = grip length as necessary.

HL75-6 (self-aligning) or HL87-6 collars may be substituted for HL1087ATW-6 or HL287-6.
Requires steel washer, NAS1149-6.
HL204-6-X fastener may be substituted for HL204PB-6-X.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 23

Figure 11. Sample Cold-Work Documentation Worksheet

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 24

10. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. (Figures 1 HL79, HL82, HL94, HL97, HL175, or Monel blind
through 7) fasteners, CR3552-5-X (countersunk) in area that
will be contacted by the lower edge of the engine
inlet assembly. Wet-install field fasteners not in
direct contact with the lower edge of the engine inlet
assembly using Monel blind fastener, CR3553-5-X,
or Hi-Lok fasteners, HL20PB-6, with collar, HL75,
HL86 or HL87. Refer to figures 7 and 8 for location
of chafe strips.
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

a. Apply sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733,

type II, class B-2, between mating/faying surfaces of
webs, stringers, skin sections, fillers, doublers,
straps, attach angles, gusset, LDS cable fairing,
lower forward firewall and electrical connector Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
bracket and wet-install to aircraft structure in
accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB- e. For the RH main transmission beam, wet-
SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000, WP 013 00. install all fasteners for the rescue hoist web and
associated straps with epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-
23377.

f. Remove the main transmission beam

alignment fixture, 86825 (89771).

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

b. Wet-install all fasteners with epoxy primer,

MIL-PRF-23377, during final installation of webs,
fillers, doublers, attach angles, gusset, LDS cable
fairing, lower forward firewall, electrical connector Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
bracket and engine inlet chafe strip. Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

c. Install Hi-Loks shown in table 1 cold-work g. Seal perimeter surfaces of interior and
chart and figures 8, 9 and 10 in the main exterior upper cabin reworked and repaired areas for
transmission beam. water tightness in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-
000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000,
WP 011 00.

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

NOTE Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

X = grip length as necessary. h. Apply final coat of epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-

23377, to the interior and exterior upper cabin
d. Wet-install all fasteners for the engine inlet reworked and repaired surface areas in accordance
chafe strips with epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377. with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000 and
Install Hi-Lok fasteners, HL-19PB, with collar, HL70, A1-H60HA-SRM-000, WP 012 00 and let dry.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 016 00
Page 25/(26 Blank)

l. Install hydraulic fittings on the RH upper

cabin skin associated with the rescue hoist system.

High Solids Polyurethane Coating, m. Reconnect LDS cables on the upper cabin
MIL-PRF-85285 18 skin (A1-H60CA-220-300).

i. Apply high solids polyurethane coating, MIL- n. Reinstall the main transmission (A1-H60CA-
PRF-85285, to the primed surfaces of interior and 260-300).
exterior upper cabin skin and structure reworked
area in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1- o. Reinstall the LH and/or RH engine assembly
H60FB-SRM-000 and A1-H60HA-SRM-000, WP 012 (A1-H60CA-220-300).
00 and let dry.
p. Reinstall the rescue hoist arm.
j. Connect wiring harnesses installed through
the upper cabin skin (A1-H60BB-WDM-000, A1- q. Inspect security of disturbed components
H60FB-WDM-000 and A1-H60HA-WDM-000). and ensure area is clean and free of foreign objects.
(QA)
k. If the RH main transmission beam was
replaced, reconnect wiring associated with the
rescue hoist (A1-H60BB-WDM-000, A1-H60FB-
WDM-000 and A1-H60HA-WDM-000).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 48

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA AFT TRANSITION SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H AND HH-60J

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection .................................................................................................................................. 5
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection .............................................................................................................. 5
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. Table 1. Fitting Identification (Cont)

2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe Figure 1

structural forging, inspection and damage criteria for Part No. Index No.
depot maintenance of the aft transition section. The
maximum reparable limits specified in the inspection 70209-23008-106 11
table, is given with the understanding that all 70209-23008-108 11
engineering specifications as to fit, material and 70209-23008-109 11
positional tolerances are to be maintained. Table 1 is 70209-23008-110 11
a listing, by part number, of all fittings covered in the 70209-23008-113 11
inspection table. 70209-23008-114 11
70209-23008-115 11
Table 1. Fitting Identification 70209-23008-116 11
70209-23008-117 11
Figure 1 70209-23008-118 11
Part No. Index No. 70209-23008-119 11
70209-23008-120 11
70209-03007-101 11 70209-23009-101 7
70209-03007-102 11 70209-23009-102 3
70209-03007-107 11 70209-23009-103 5
70209-03007-108 11 70209-23009-104 3
70209-03007-109 11 70209-23009-105 3
70209-03007-110 11 70209-23009-106 5
70209-03007-111 11 70209-23009-107 7
70209-03007-112 11 70209-23009-108 3
70209-03007-123 11 70209-03004-041 12
70209-03007-124 11 70209-03004-042 12
70209-03007-125 11
70209-03007-126 11 3. DISASSEMBLY.
70209-03007-127 11
70209-03007-128 11 4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly
70209-23001-101 1 procedures to gain access for inspection of the
70209-23001-102 1 identified forgings. If in the event it is determined that
70209-23001-103 1 a forging must be replaced, notify engineering and
70209-23001-104 1 refer to the applicable engineering specifications for
70209-23002-101 2 installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for fastener
70209-23002-102 2 removal.
70209-23002-103 2
70209-23003-101 4 5. CLEANING.
70209-23003-102 4
70209-23003-104 4
70209-23004-101 6
70209-23004-102 6
70209-23004-103 6
Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
70209-23005-041 8
70209-23006-041 9
70209-23007-101 10 a. Clean all metal parts as required to assist
70209-23008-101 11 inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel,
70209-23008-102 11 UU-T-595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent,
70209-23008-103 11 MIL-PRF-680, type III. If required remove paint from
70209-23008-104 11 parts in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
70209-23008-105 11
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Aft Transition Section Forging Identification (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Aft Transition Section Forging Identification (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 5

10. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall conform

to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The penetrant
inspection materials shall meet group V sensitivity on
Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21 all parts, except those made from titanium, which
shall require group VI sensitivity.

11. Preparation of Parts. Surfaces to be inspected

shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily
Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22 film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold
penetrant and cause nonrelevant indications. Critical
6. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion openings and passageways shall be plugged, but the
protection of machined surfaces, after removing paint edges of such openings shall not be hidden. Parts
and cleaning, use corrosion preventive and fingerprint must be dry before applying penetrant. Parts will be
remover, MIL-C-15074. After cleaning of machined 35° to 150°F (2° to 66°C) when penetrant is applied.
surfaces, apply a light coating of lubricating oil,
DOD-PRF-85734.

7. INSPECTION.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1
for any damage that might affect their safe re-use. 12. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in
Detail-inspect parts showing signs of wear in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts Inspection includes not only detection of the presence
that are worn, beyond allowable limits or that cannot of penetrant indications, but an accurate interpretation
be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in and identification of discontinuities. Those which are
table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted. caused by mechanical entrapment in grooves or
corners must be recognized by the inspector as being
relevant only to the extent that their presence may be
indicative of harmful discontinuities.

Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22 13. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of inspection

is to detect cracking that may have occurred since
b. During and after inspection, if protective oil last inspection. Cracks are not acceptable. Primary
coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of inspection shall be for detection of service-incurred
lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for damage. However, such original manufacturing
protection against rust and corrosion. damage such as laps, cracks, seams, cold shunts or
laminations are not acceptable.
8. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.
14. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection
9. Required Inspection. Inspect all nonferrous equipment, material, personnel and methods shall be
parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in done to ensure inspections are effective and
accordance with the following instructions. These consistent.
instructions conform to the requirements of NAVAIR
01-1A-16 (series), and ASTM E 1417, except as
noted.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 6

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23001-101, -102 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 gouges, inner flange and 3)
(1, figure 1) (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon web and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon web and 4)
with holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 7

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23001-101, -102 0.0050 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 inch diameter circle
(1, figure 1) (Cont) (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, top cap and 3)
pylon (Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, lower cap and 3)
pylon (Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon web and 4)
(Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Barrel nut bore (H) 0.875 1.000 (Bushing of Repair

ID suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Nicks, dents, 0.541 0.625 Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion, 0.541
inch diameter bore
region (Area I)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 8

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, 0.765 0.875 (Sleeve or Repair (NAVAIR

23001-101, -102 scratches, gouges bushing of suitable 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 or corrosion, 0.765 material is required
(1, figure 1) (Cont) inch diameter to restore hole to
counterbore region original size and
(Area I) location)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.080 over a 0.125 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, 1.5 inch by inch diameter circle
1.5 inch pad (Area I) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
pad surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area J) and 3)

Corrosion (Area J) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area K) and 3)

Corrosion (Area K) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23001-101, -102
and -103) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23001-103 and -104 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(1, figure 1) gouges, inner flange and 3)
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon web and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon webs, and 4)
with holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23001-103 and -104 0.002 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
(Cont) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, top cap and 3)
pylon (Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, lower cap and 3)
pylon (Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, pylon web and 4)
(Area G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Barrel nut bore (H) 0.875 1.000 (Bushing of Repair

ID suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Nicks, dents, 0.541 0.625 Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion, 0.541
inch diameter bore
region (Area I)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, 0.765 0.875 (Sleeve or Repair (NAVAIR

23001-103 and -104 scratches, gouges bushing of suitable 01-1A-509 (series))
(1, figure 1) (Cont) or corrosion, 0.765 material is required
inch diameter to restore hole to
counterbore region original size and
(Area I) location)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.080 over a 0.125 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, 1.5 inch by inch diameter circle
1.5 inch pad (Area I) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
pad surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area J) and 3)

Corrosion (Area J) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area K) and 3)

Corrosion (Area K) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23001-103 and
-104) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23002-101 and -102 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(2, figure 1) gouges, inner flange and 3)
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, with and 4)
holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23002-101 and -102 0.005 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
(2, figure 1) (Cont) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, inner flange and 3)
(Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, and 3)
intermediate flange
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23002-101 and
-102) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23002-102 and -103 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(2, figure 1) gouges, inner flange and 3)
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, with and 4)
holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23002-102 and -103 0.002 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
(2, figure 1) (Cont) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, inner flange and 3)
(Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, and 3)
intermediate flange
(Area F)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23002-102 and
-103) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23009-102, -104 scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -105 (Area A) and 3)
(3, figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over a 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, 0.397 0.500 Repair

scratches or
gouges, or
corrosion, Hole ID
(Area B)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23009-102, -104
and -105) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23003-101, -102 scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -104 gouges, inner flange and 3)
(4, figure 1) (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, with and 4)
holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23003-101, -102 0.020 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
and -104 inch diameter circle
(4, figure 1) (Cont) (Notes 1 and 5)

Barrel nut bore (E) 0.882 1.000 (Bushing of Repair

ID suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Nicks, dents, — Ream bore to not Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges more than 0.6250 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion inch diameter to
(Area F) remove damage

Nicks, dents, — Ream counter bore Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges to not more than 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion 0.8750 inch
(Area G) diameter to remove
damage (Sleeve or
bushing of suitable
material will be
required to restore
hole to original size
and location)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.080 over a 0.125 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area H) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, flanges and 3)
(Area I)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area J) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area J) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23003-101, -102 0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
and -104 flange cross
(4, figure 1) (Cont) sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges 0.001 anywhere in 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion web
(Area K)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area L) and 3)

Corrosion (Area L) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over entire 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, flange and 3)
(Area M)

Corrosion (Area M) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23003-101, -102
and -104) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners, lugs and webs, the blended area, will NOT
exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs and pads, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in
diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23009-103 and -106 scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(5, figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, 0.397 0.500 Repair

scratches or
gouges, Hole ID
(Area B)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23009-103 and
-106) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 27

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 28

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23004-101, -102 scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 gouges, inner flange and 3)
(6, figure 1) (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, and 4)
without holes
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs, with and 4)
holes (Area D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 29

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23004-101, -102 0.020 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 inch diameter circle
(6, figure 1) (Cont) (Notes 1 and 5)

Barrel nut bore (E) 0.882 1.000 (Bushing of Repair

ID suitable material will
be required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Nicks, dents, — Ream bore to not Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges more than 0.6250 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion inch diameter to
(Area F) remove damage

Nicks, dents, — Ream counter bore Repair (NAVAIR

scratches, gouges to not more than 01-1A-509 (series))
or corrosion 0.8750 inch
(Area G) diameter to remove
damage (Sleeve or
bushing of suitable
material will be
required to restore
hole to original size
and location)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.080 over a 0.125 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area H) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, flange and 3)
(Area I)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 30

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23004-101, -102 scratches, gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 or flange (Area J) and 3)
(6, figure 1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area J) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, web (Area and 3)
K)

Corrosion (Area K) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area L) and 3)

Corrosion (Area L) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.005 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
surface cross
section
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, flange and 3)
(Area M)

Corrosion (Area M) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area N) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 31

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area N) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23004-101, -102 0.005 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
and -103 surface cross
(6, figure 1) (Cont) section
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23004-101, -102
and -103) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 32

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 33

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23009-101 and -107 scratches or gouges 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(7, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over a 0.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23009-101 and
-107) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 34

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 35

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-23005-041 scratches or gouges 0.100 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(8, figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Threaded insert (C) No damage allowed Not reparable Replace (MS51995)

(MS51993M808L)
for damage and
security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23005-101) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 36

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 37

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-23006-041 scratches, gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(9, figure 1) or flanges (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs and 4)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.030 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nutplates (C) — Not reparable Replace

(MS21060-6) for
damage and
security

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23006-101) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 38

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 39

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

23007-101 (10, scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
figure 1) gouges, flanges and 3)
(Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 0.750 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs and 4)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over a 1.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
23007-101) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.750 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 40

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 41

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

03007-XXX and scratches or gouges 0.030 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
70209-23008-XXX (Area A) inch diameter circle
(11, figure 1) (Notes 1, 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional widths
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) inch diameter circle
(Notes 1, 2 and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
03007-XXX and
70209-23008-XXX)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 42

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

SH-60B STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-23008-105 204.5 5.5 L/H 161169 – 162137

70209-23008-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 162138 and Subsequent
70209-23008-115 205.5 9 L/H 161169 – 164855
70209-23008-119 205.5 9 L/H 164856 and Subsequent
70209-03007-107 208 11.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-109 210.75 14 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-111 214 15.25 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-101 226 17.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-103 244 17 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-123 249.5 15.75 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-113 252 14.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-125 254.5 13.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-114 256.5 11 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-127 257.5 8.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-101 258.75 3 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-102 258.75 3 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-128 257.5 8.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-110 256.5 11 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-126 254.5 13.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-109 252 14.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-124 249.5 15.75 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-104 244 17 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 238.5 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-108 232 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 226 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-112 214 15.25 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-110 210.75 14 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-03007-108 208 11.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-23008-116 205.5 9 R/H 161169 – 164855
70209-23008-120 205.5 9 R/H 164856 and Subsequent
70209-23008-106 204.5 5.5 R/H 161169 – 162137
70209-23008-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 162138 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 43

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

SH-60F STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-23008-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 162382 and Subsequent

70209-23008-115 205.5 9 L/H 163282 – 164800
70209-23008-119 205.5 9 L/H 164801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-107 208 11.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-109 210.75 14 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-111 214 15.25 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-101 226 17.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-103 244 17 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-123 249.5 15.75 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-113 252 14.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-125 254.5 13.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-114 256.5 11 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-127 257.5 8.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-101 258.75 3 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-102 258.75 3 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-128 257.5 8.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-110 256.5 11 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-126 254.5 13.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-109 252 14.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-124 249.5 15.75 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-104 244 17 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 238.5 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-108 232 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 226 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-112 214 15.25 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-110 210.75 14 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-03007-108 208 11.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-23008-116 205.5 9 R/H 163282 – 164800
70209-23008-120 205.5 9 R/H 164801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 164801 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 44

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

HH-60H STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-23008-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent

70209-23008-115 205.5 9 L/H 163783 – 164823
70209-23008-119 205.5 9 L/H 164840 and Subsequent
70209-03007-107 208 11.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-109 210.75 14 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-111 214 15.25 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-101 226 17.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-103 244 17 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-123 249.5 15.75 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-113 252 14.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-125 254.5 13.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-114 256.5 11 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-127 257.5 8.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-101 258.75 3 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-102 258.75 3 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-128 257.5 8.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-110 256.5 11 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-126 254.5 13.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-109 252 14.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-124 249.5 15.75 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-104 244 17 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 238.5 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-108 232 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 226 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-112 214 15.25 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-110 210.75 14 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-03007-108 208 11.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-23008-116 205.5 9 R/H 163783 – 164823
70209-23008-120 205.5 9 R/H 164840 and Subsequent
70209-23008-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 45

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

HH-60J STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-23008-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 162801 and Subsequent

70209-23008-115 205.5 9 L/H 163801 – 164823
70209-23008-119 205.5 9 L/H 164824 and Subsequent
70209-03007-107 208 11.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-109 210.75 14 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-111 214 15.25 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-101 226 17.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-103 244 17 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-123 249.5 15.75 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-113 252 14.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-125 254.5 13.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-114 256.5 11 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-127 257.5 8.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-101 258.75 3 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-102 258.75 3 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-128 257.5 8.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-110 256.5 11 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-126 254.5 13.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-109 252 14.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-124 249.5 15.75 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-104 244 17 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 238.5 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-108 232 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-102 226 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-112 214 15.25 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-110 210.75 14 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-03007-108 208 11.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-23008-116 205.5 9 R/H 163801 – 164823
70209-23008-120 205.5 9 R/H 164824 and Subsequent
70209-23008-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 46

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-03004-041 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -042 (12, gouges, lug (Area A) and 3)
figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.010 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, outer flange and 3)
(Area B)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 47

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70219-03004-041 0.010 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
and -042 (12, inch diameter circle
figure 1) (Cont) (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (C) 0.5015 0.5015 Replace

(NAS77-8-36 or (WP 010 00)
(96916) 22D2608)
ID

Bushing bore (C) ID 0.6255 0.838 Repair

(bushing removed) (WP 010 00)

Corrosion on lug — Not deeper than Repair

surface around 0.030 each side or (WP 010 00)
bushing flange (A) 0.060 cumulative

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70219-
03004-101 and
-102) for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed
0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 00
Page 48

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 14

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

AFT TRANSITION SECTION

REPAIR OF LH AND RH AFT FUSELAGE UPPER SKIN

(NAVY MODEL MH-60S)

PART NUMBERS
70213-03001-107 & 70213-85301-101 (LH) &
70213-03001-108 (RH)

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual .............................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-509 Series

DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program ................................................................... DoD 6050.05
Navy Occupational Safety and Health (SOH) Program Manual .................................. OPNAVINST 5100.23
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Volume II ........................................................................... NA 01-1A-509-2
Nondestructive Inspection Methods ............................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-16-2
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-000
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S....................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300

Alphabetical Index
Subject Page No.

Description ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Inspection ......................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Preparation ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ............................................................................................................................................... 7

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No. /Type Designation Nomenclature

— Scraper, Plastic
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

P-C-451, 180-220 Grit Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth (AR)

MIL-R-81294 Epoxy Paint Remover (AR)
MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical Conversion Coating (AR)
MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer (AR)
MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
Compound (AR)

1. INTRODUCTION. c. If paint cannot be completely removed

using chemical stripper and a nonmetallic
2. This work package provides Depot repair scraper, recommend mechanical
instructions for the Transition Section Aft removal/abrading of isolated spots where paint
Fuselage Upper Skin, P/Ns 70213-03001-107 remains adhered, using aluminum oxide cloth,
and 70213-85301-101 (LH), and 70213-03001- not to exceed 220-grit.
108 (RH).
d. Perform NDI, Eddy Current Method or
3. DESCRIPTION. Dye Penetrant Method in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-16-2, to determine crack
4. Skin cracks occasionally occur in the aft length.
fuselage skin at the forward lower corner (FS
398, WL 245) or aft upper corner (FS 415, WL e. Mark the end of crack in the skin.
250) of the access step. Instructions of this Crack must not extend to within less than two
work package provide repair for cracks in fastener rows from the forward or lower
these two areas. edge of the repair strap, as shown in figures
2. andIf crack does extend into this area or
1
5. PREPARATION. additional cracks/discrepancies are
discovered, stop work and contact Engineering
a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground for evaluation and/or additional repair
maintenance. Turn off all electrical and instructions.
hydraulic power.
8. AFT UPPER CORNER
6. INSPECTION.
a. Remove and retain 70217-03003-114
7. FORWARD LOWER CORNER Strap from the aft edge of the access
step (figures 3 and 4).
a. Remove and discard 70217-03003-135
Strap from the forward edge of the access
step (figure 1).
MIL-R-81294 Epoxy Paint Remover 34

b. Strip paint from crack area (figures 3

MIL-R-81294 Epoxy Paint Remover 34 and 4), in preparation for NDI, using epoxy
paint remover (MIL-R-81294), in accordance
b. Strip paint from crack area (figure 1), in with NA 01-1A-509-2.
preparation for Non-Destructive Inspection
(NDI), using epoxy paint remover (MIL-R-
81294) in accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 3

Figure 1. Forward Lower Corner - Strap Removal and Typical Crack Location
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 4

Figure 2. Forward Lower Corner Repair Lay-out

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 5

Figure 3. Aft Upper Corner Crack Location (Typical Small Crack)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 6

Figure 4. Aft Upper Corner Crack Location (Typical Large Crack)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 7

c. If paint cannot be completely removed

using chemical stripper and a nonmetallic
scraper, recommend mechanical MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical Conversion
removal/abrading of isolated spots where paint Coating 7
remains adhered, using aluminum oxide cloth
not to exceed 220-grit. d. Apply MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical
Conversion Coating to repair strap, doubler,
d. Perform NDI, Eddy Current Method or and all reworked areas in accordance with NA
Dye Penetrant Method in accordance with 01-1A-509-2.
NAVAIR 01-1A-16-2, to determine crack
length.

e. Mark the end of crack in the skin. For a

MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer 16
small repair, crack must not extend
past fastener closest to corner (figures 3 e. Apply MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer to
and 5). For a large repair, crack must not repair strap, doubler, and all reworked areas in
extend to within less than two fastener rows
accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2.
from the aft or upper edge of the repair
strap (figures 4 and 6). If crack does
extend into this area or additional
cracks/discrepancies are
discovered, stop work and contact MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive
Engineering for evaluation and/or Sealing and Coating Compound 24
additional repair instructions.
9. REPAIR. f. Fay seal repair strap and doubler with
MIL-PRF-81733, Class 1 sealant in
10. FORWARD LOWER CORNER accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2.

a. Stop drill end of crack (if necessary)

with a No 40 drill bit, and rout crack to a width
of approximately 0.063 inch. MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive
Sealing and Coating Compound 24
NOTE
NOTE
Dimensions shown in repair figures are
approximate. Adjust for additional grip length as necessary.

b. Locally fabricate a repair strap and g. Fasten repair strap and doubler with
doubler as shown in figures 2 and 7, from MS20470AD rivets, installed wet with MIL-
0.040 inch thick 7075-T6 aluminum PRF-81733, Class 1 sealant in accordance
alloy sheet. Maintain minimum 2D edge with NA 01-1A-509-2.
distance on all fastener locations. Break all
sharp edges of repair strap and doubler. h. Apply protective finish to installed repair
Repair parts are to be installed in lieu of strap and doubler in accordance with A1-
70217-03003-135 Strap. H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.

11. AFT UPPER CORNER

c. Match drill strap and repair doubler.
Use existing size MS20470AD rivets or a. Small Repair:
NAS1738B blind rivets, with additional rivets in
accordance with typical repair procedures in (1) Stop drill end of crack (if necessary)
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000, with a No 40 drill bit, and rout crack to a width
WP 008 00, and figure 2. of approximately 0.063 inch.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 8

Figure 5. Aft Upper Corner Small Crack Repair Lay-out

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 9

Figure 6. Aft Upper Corner Large Crack Repair Lay-out

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 10

Figure 7. Forward Lower Corner Repair Doubler and Strap

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 11

NOTE (8) Apply protective finish to installed

repair strap and doubler in accordance with
Dimensions shown in repair figures are A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
approximate.
b. Large Repair:
(2) Locally fabricate repair doubler and
shims as shown in Figures 5 and 8, from 0.050 (1) Stop drill end of crack (if necessary)
inch thick (doubler) or 0.040 inch thick (shims) with a No 40 drill bit, and rout crack to a width
7075-T6 aluminum alloy sheet. Maintain of approximately 0.063 inch.
minimum 2D edge distance on all fastener
locations. Break all sharp edges of doubler NOTE
and shims.
Dimensions shown in repair figures are
(3) Match drill repair doubler and shims. approximate.
Existing size MS20470AD rivets or NAS1738B
blind rivets shall be used for repair installation. (2) Locally fabricate repair doubler and
strap as shown in figures 6 and 8, from 0.050
inch thick 7075-T6 aluminum alloy sheet.
Maintain minimum 2D edge distance on all
MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical Conversion fastener locations. Break all sharp edges
Coating 7 of doubler and strap. Discard
70217-03003-114 strap, as it shall be replaced
(4) Apply MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical by repair strap.
Conversion Coating to repair doubler, shims, (3) Match drill strap and repair doubler.
and all reworked areas in accordance with NA Use existing size MS20470AD rivets or
01-1A-509-2. NAS1738B blind rivets, with additional rivets in
accordance with typical repair procedures
per A1-H60SA-SRM-000, WP 008 00, and
figure 6.
MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer 16

(5) Apply MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer

to repair doubler, shims, and all reworked MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical Conversion
areas in accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2. Coating 7

(4) Apply MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical

Conversion Coating to repair doubler, strap,
MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive and all reworked areas in accordance with NA
Sealing and Coating Compound 24 01-1A-509-2.

(6) Fay seal repair doubler and shims

with MIL-PRF-81733, Class 1 Sealant in
accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2. MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer 16

(5) Apply MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Primer

to repair doubler, strap, and all reworked areas
MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive in accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2.
Sealing and Coating Compound 24

(7) Fasten repair doubler and shims

with MS20470AD rivets or NAS1738B blind MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive
rivets, installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733, Sealing and Coating Compound 24
Class 1 sealant in accordance with NA 01-1A-
509-2.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 12

Figure 8. Aft Upper Corner Repair Doubler and Strap

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 01
Page 13/(14 Blank)

(6) Fay seal repair strap and doubler with

MIL-PRF-81733, Class 1 Sealant in accordance
with NA 01-1A-509-2.

MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive

Sealing and Coating Compound 24

NOTE

Adjust for additional grip length as necessary

(7) Fasten repair strap and doubler with

MS20470AD rivets or NAS1738B blind rivets,
installed wet with MIL-PRF-81733, Class 1
sealant in accordance with NA 01-1A-509-2.

(8) Apply protective finish to installed

repair strap and doubler in accordance with
A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 6

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

FUEL CELL LINERS

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES

PART NUMBERS 70207-23008-101, 70207-23008-102, 70207-23008-103 AND 70207-23008-104

(SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H) AND 70207-23008-103 AND 70207-23008-104 (MH-60R)

Reference Material

Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H .................................. A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ............................................................................................. A1-H60HA-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ............................................................................................ A1-H60RA-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model SH-60B ............................................................................................. A1-H60BB-460-300
Fuel Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ............................................................................................. A1-H60FB-460-300
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................................ A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Removal ........................................................................................................................................................ 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

AMS-S-4383 Compound, Sealing

AMS-S-8802 Compound, Sealing
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

CHR-G-565, 2 inch Tape, Insulation
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
SS9538-002/3M 8671/3M 8671P/3M 8671HS Tape, Polyurethane
3M 86A Promoter, Adhesion
969 Transfer Tape, Pressure Sensitive

1. INTRODUCTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot

removal and installation instructions for the fuel cell Acetone, ASTM D329 9
liners, part numbers (78286) 70207-23008-101,
70207-23008-102, 70207-23008-103 and 70207-
23008-104. Refer to figures 1 and 2.

3. The main fuel cell liners are installed under the Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
main fuel cells, Sta 379.25 – 425.75, WL 201.50 –
254.00, RBL 38.00 – LBL 38.00. Liners provide f. Perform solvent wipe of surfaces to be
support for the flexible fuel cell and as a fuel inspected/reworked with acetone, ASTM D329, or
containment system in case of leaks in the fuel cells. isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and a clean cloth to
The liners require removal during the Integrated remove residue from adhesive residue or sealant.
Maintenance Program (IMP) to gain access for
inspection of the underlying structure. 5. INSPECTION.

4. REMOVAL. a. Visually inspect the underlying aluminum

structure for damage and corrosion. Damage and
a. If installed, remove main fuel cells in corrosion shall be repaired in accordance with A1-
accordance with A1-H60BB-460-300, A1-H60FB- H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HH-
460-300, A1-H60HA-460-300 and A1-H60RA-460- SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM-000, A1-H60CA-SRM-
300. 300 and A1-H60RA-SRM-300.

b. Using non-metalic scraper, remove tape b. Visually inspect liners for tears and
from seams and around perimeter of fuel cell liners. delaminations. Tears and delaminations shall be
repaired in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000,
c. Separate fuel cell liners, 70207-23008-101, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000 and A1-
70207-23008-102, 70207-23008-103 and 70207- H60RA-SRM-000.
23008-104, from the underlying structure. Using a
non-metalic scraper starting from the upper edge 6. INSTALLATION.
and working down, peel the liner from the structure
taking care not to rip the liner. a. Installation of RH fuel cell liner, 70207-
23008-102 or 70207-23008-104 and LH fuel cell
d. Remove shim, 70207-23008-105, from RH liner, 70207-23008-101 and 70207-23008-103 using
aft bulkhead at STA 426, WL 210, RBL 0.0 – 27.0. transfer tape.

e. Using non-metalic scraper, remove sealant (1) Apply transfer tape, 969, to all mating
or tape residue from underlying structure and from surfaces of underlying structure.
liners.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
Page 3

Figure 1. Fuel Cell Liner Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
Page 4

Figure 2. Fuel Cell Liner Shim Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
Page 5

(1) If liners were previously installed with

sealant, the liners and underlying structure will have
#40 (0.098 diameter) holes in them. If installing new
Sealing Compound, AMS-S-8802 36 liners, transfer the #40 holes to the liners prior to
installation.
(2) RH liner install only. Install shim, 70207-
23008-105, to RH aft bulkhead at STA 426, WL 206 (2) If liners were previously installed with
with transfer tape, 969. Additional shims, 70207- adhesive tape, liners and underlying structure will
23008-105, may be installed to ensure smooth require drilling with #40 drill to facilitate final
transition between Sta 426 bulkhead and liner. installation. Temporarily install liners in aircraft and
Shims, 70207-23008-105, will be bonded together drill #40 holes at upper and lower ends of liners and
with sealant, AMS-S-8802. approximately in the middle of the two ends. Holes
will be centered in underlying flanges and spaced
(3) Install fuel cell liners, LH, 70207-23008- approximately every 12 – 18 inches apart. Cleco in
101 and 70207-23008-103 or RH, 70207-23008-102 place as holes are drilled.
and 70207-23008-104, on top of underlying
structure.
(3) Remove Clecos and liners. Deburr all
holes and remove all FOD from area.

Adhesion Promoter, 3M 86A 37

(4) Apply polyurethane tape, SS9538- Sealing Compound, AMS-S-8802 36

002/3M 8671, to all edges of fuel cell liner. Adhesion
promoter, 3M 86A, shall be used under polyurethane (4) Coat tops of fuel cell liner underlying
tape, SS9538-002/3M 8671. Ensure an even overlap structure with a thin continuous layer of sealant,
of liner edges and adjacent structure. AMS-S-8802.
(5) Alternate taping procedures. Apply (5) Before sealant hardens, install fuel cell
insulation tape, CHR-G-565, to all edges of fuel cell liners, LH, 70207-23008-101 and 70207-23008-103
liner. Adhesion promoter, 3M 86A, may be used or RH, 70207-23008-102 and 70207-23008-104, on
under insulation tape. Ensure an even overlap of top of underlying structure. Cleco liners in place and
liner edges and adjacent structure. allow liners to remain in place for 24 hours before
continuing with installation.

(6) Remove Clecos. Holes may remain in

structure. Fill holes in liner with sealant, AMS-S-
Sealing Compound, AMS-S-4383 38
8802.
(6) If using polyurethane tape, CHR-G-565,
evenly coat entire surface and edges of insulation (7) RH liner install only. Install shim, 70207-
tape with sealing compound, AMS-S-4383, and 23008-105, to RH aft bulkhead at STA 426, WL 206
allow to dry. with a thin continuous layer of sealant, AMS-S-8802.
Additional shims, 70207-23008-105, may be
b. Installation of RH fuel cell liner, 70207- installed to ensure smooth transition between Sta
23008-102 or 70207-23008-104 and LH fuel cell 426 bulkhead and liner. Shims, 70207-23008-105,
liner, 70207-23008-101 and 70207-23008-103 using will be bonded together with sealant, AMS-S-8802.
sealant.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 017 02
Page 6

Adhesion Promoter, 3M 86A 37 Adhesion Promoter, 3M 86A 37

(8) Apply insulation tape, CHR-G-565, to all (10) Alternate taping procedures if materials
edges of fuel cell liner. Adhesion promoter, 3M 86A, in sub-step (8) are not available. Apply polyurethane
may be used under insulation tape. Ensure an even tape, SS9538-002/3M 8671, to all edges of fuel cell
overlap of liner edges and adjacent structure. liner. Adhesion promoter, 3M 86A, shall be used
under polyurethane tape, SS9538-002/3M 8671.
Ensure an even overlap of liner edges and adjacent
structure.
Sealing Compound, AMS-S-4383 38
c. Install main fuel cells in accordance with A1-
(9) Evenly coat entire surface and edges of H60BB-460-300, A1-H60FB-460-300, A1-H60HA-
insulation tape with sealing compound, AMS-S- 460-300 and A1-H60RA-460-300.
4383, and allow to dry.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 32

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA TAIL CONE SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H AND HH-60J

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection.................................................................................................................................. 2
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection ............................................................................................................. 5
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. 3. DISASSEMBLY.

2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe 4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly
structural forging, inspection and damage criteria for procedures to gain access for inspection of the
depot maintenance of the tailcone section. The identified forging. If in the event it is determined that a
maximum reparable limits specified in the inspection forging must be replaced, notify engineering and refer
table, is given with the understanding that all to the applicable engineering specifications for
engineering specifications as to fit, material and installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for fastener
positional tolerances are to be maintained. Table 1 is removal.
a listing, by part number, of all fittings covered in the
inspection table. 5. CLEANING.

Table 1. Fitting Identification

Figure 1
Part No. Index No. Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1

70209-05003-102 1 6. Clean all metal parts as required to assist

70209-05003-103 1 inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel,
70209-05003-104 1 UU-T-595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent,
70209-05003-105 1 MIL-PRF-680, type III. If required remove paint from
70209-05003-107 1 parts in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
70209-05003-108 1
70209-05003-109 1
70209-05003-111 1
70209-05003-112 1
70209-05003-113 1 Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21
70209-05003-114 1
70209-05003-115 1
70209-05003-116 1
70209-05003-117 1
70209-05003-118 1 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
70209-25001-041 11
70209-25001-042 11 7. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion
70209-25001-099 11 protection of machined surfaces, after removing paint
70209-25002-101 10 and cleaning, use corrosion preventive and fingerprint
70209-25003-101 1 remover, MIL-C-15074. After cleaning of machined
70209-25003-103 1 surfaces, apply a light coating of lubricating oil,
70209-25003-105 1 DOD-PRF-85734.
70209-25003-106 1
70209-25006-101 5 8. INSPECTION.
70209-25006-102 8
70209-25007-041 2 a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1
70209-25008-041 4 for any damage that might affect their safe reuse.
70209-25008-108 1 Detail-inspect parts showing signs of wear in
70209-25009-041 3 accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts
70209-25011-041 7 that are worn beyond allowable limits or that cannot
70209-25011-045 7 be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in
70209-25014-041 6 table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted.
70209-25014-042 9
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tailcone Section Forging Identification (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Tailcone Section Forging Identification (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 5

Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22 Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

b. During and after inspection, if protective oil 13. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in
coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for Inspection includes not only detection of the presence
protection against rust and corrosion. of penetrant indications, but an accurate interpretation
and identification of discontinuities. Those which are
9. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION. caused by mechanical entrapment in grooves or
comers must be recognized by the inspector as being
10. Required Inspection. Inspect all nonferrous relevant only to the extent that their presence may be
parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in indicative of harmful discontinuities.
accordance with the following instructions. These
instructions conform to the requirements of NAVAIR 14. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of inspection
01-1A-16 (series), and ASTM E 1417, except as is to detect cracking that may have occurred since
noted. last inspection. Cracks are not acceptable. Primary
inspection shall be for detection of service-incurred
11. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall conform damage. However, such original manufacturing
to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The penetrant damage such as laps, cracks, seams, cold shunts or
inspection materials shall meet group V sensitivity on laminations are not acceptable.
all parts, except those made from titanium, which
shall require group VI sensitivity. 15. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection
equipment, material, personnel and methods shall be
12. Preparation of Parts. Surfaces to be inspected done to ensure inspections are effective and
shall be free or rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily consistent.
film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold
penetrant and cause non-relevant indications. Critical
openings and passageways shall be plugged, but the
edges of such openings shall not be hidden. Parts
must be dry before applying penetrant. Parts will be
35° to 150°F (2° to 66°C) when penetrant is applied.

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

05003-XXX and scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
70209-25003-XXX (Area A) and 3)
(1, figure 1)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 50% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 6

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

05003-XXX and scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
70209-25003-XXX (Area B) and 3)
(1, figure 1) (Cont)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
05003-XXX and
70209-25003-XXX)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.1875
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 7

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

SH-60B STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-05003-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent

70209-05003-117 205.5 9 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 208 11.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 210.75 14 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-105 214 15.25 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-115 220 16.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-113 226 17.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-111 232 17 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-109 239 17 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-107 244 17 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-105 249.5 15.75 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 252 14.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-103 254.5 13.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-101 256.5 11 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 257.5 8.5 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 258.75 3 L/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 258.75 3 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 257.5 8.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 256 11 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-104 254.5 13.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-104 252 14.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-107 249.5 15.75 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-108 244 17 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-108 238.5 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-112 232 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-114 226 17.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-116 220 15.6 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-25003-106 214 15.25 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 210.75 14 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 208 11.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 205.5 9 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 161169 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 8

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

SH-60F STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-05003-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent

70209-05003-117 205.5 9 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 208 11.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 210.75 14 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-105 214 15.25 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-115 220 16.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-113 226 17.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-111 232 17 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-109 239 17 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-107 244 17 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-105 249.5 15.75 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 252 14.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-103 254.5 13.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-101 256.5 11 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 257.5 8.5 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 258.75 3 L/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 258.75 3 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 257.5 8.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 256 11 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-104 254.5 13.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-104 252 14.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-107 249.5 15.75 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-108 244 17 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-108 238.5 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-112 232 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-114 226 17.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-116 220 15.6 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-25003-106 214 15.25 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 210.75 14 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 208 11.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 205.5 9 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 163282 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

HH-60H STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-05003-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent

70209-05003-117 205.5 9 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 208 11.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 210.75 14 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-105 214 15.25 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-115 220 16.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-113 226 17.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-111 232 17 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-109 239 17 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-107 244 17 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-105 249.5 15.75 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 252 14.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-103 254.5 13.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-101 256.5 11 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 257.5 8.5 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 258.75 3 L/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 258.75 3 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 257.5 8.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 256 11 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-104 254.5 13.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-104 252 14.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-107 249.5 15.75 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-108 244 17 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-108 238.5 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-112 232 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-114 226 17.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-116 220 15.6 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-25003-106 214 15.25 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 210.75 14 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 208 11.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 205.5 9 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 163783 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

HH-60J STA 485 FITTING LOCATION AND EFFECTIVITY

Part No. W/L (Approx) B/L (Approx) Effectivity

70209-05003-117 204.5 5.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent

70209-05003-117 205.5 9 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 208 11.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-117 210.75 14 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-105 214 15.25 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-115 220 16.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-113 226 17.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-111 232 17 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-109 239 17 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-107 244 17 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-105 249.5 15.75 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 252 14.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-103 254.5 13.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-101 256.5 11 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 257.5 8.5 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-101 258.75 3 L/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 258.75 3 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-102 257.5 8.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-103 256 11 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-104 254.5 13.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-104 252 14.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-107 249.5 15.75 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-108 244 17 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-108 238.5 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-112 232 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-114 226 17.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-116 220 15.6 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-25003-106 214 15.25 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 210.75 14 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 208 11.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 205.5 9 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
70209-05003-118 204.5 5.5 R/H 163801 and Subsequent
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25007-041 scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(2, figure 1) gouges, upper and 3)
flange (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, lower and 3)
flange (Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 3)
(Area C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 a 0.750 inch 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs (Area diameter circle
D) (Notes 1, 2 and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings 0.3262 0.3262 Replace

(NAS537-5P25) (E)
ID

Bushing bore (E) 0.4376 0.5630 Repair

(bushing removed)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Barrel nut bore (F) 0.5990 0.6600 (Sleeve or Repair
70209-25007-041 ID bushing of suitable
(2, figure 1) (Cont) material will be
required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25007-101)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.1875
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25009-041 scratches or 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(3, figure 1) gouges, lug (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25009-041 0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
(3, figure 1) (Cont) surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (NAS75-4- 0.2515 0.2515 Replace

005) (C) ID

Bushing bore (C) 0.3755 0.5000 Repair

(bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25009-101)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25008-041 scratches or 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(4, figure 1) gouges, lug (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.020 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Bushings 0.2515 0.2515 Replace

70209-25008-041 (NAS75-4-005) (C)
(4, figure 1) (Cont) ID

Bushing bore (C) 0.3755 0.5000 Repair

(bushing removed)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25008-101)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25006-101 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(5, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25006-101)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25014-041 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(6, figure 1) and 4)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25014-101)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25011-041 scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
and -045 and 3)
(7, figure 1)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25006-102 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(8, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25006-102)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25014-042 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(9, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

70209-25014-042 penetrant inspect
(9, figure 1) (Cont) aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25014-102)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 27

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25002-101 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(10, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting
(70209-25002-102)
for cracks and
fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 28

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 29

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25001-041, scratches or 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
-042 and -099 gouges, outer flange and 4)
(11, figure 1) (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, stiffeners and 4)
(Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% 01-1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, webs (Area and 5)
C)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over a 2.500 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 6)

Nicks, dents, — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or 01-1A-509 (series))
gouges, lugs
(Area D)

Corrosion (Area D) — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series))

Upper pin puller — 0.555 (ABSOLUTE Repair (NAVAIR

housing/lug MINIMUM) 01-1A-509 (series))
interface corrosion thickness (Note 7)
(E)

Lower pin puller — 0.687 (ABSOLUTE Repair (NAVAIR

housing/lug MINIMUM) 01-1A-509 (series))
interface thickness (Note 7)
corrosion (F)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 30

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

70209-25001-041, scratches or 0.030 inch 01-1A-509 (series))
-042 and -099 gouges, longeron (Notes 2, 3 and 4)
(11, figure 1) (Cont) splice angle (Area
G)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100 of 01-1A-509 (series))
flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 6)

Bushings (FMB-891- 1.0010 1.0010 Replace

45XX0-C) (H) ID (WP 019 00)

Bushing bore 1.2185 1.2185 Repair (WP 019 00)

(bushing removed)
(H)

Bushings (FMB-889- 0.8125 0.8125 Replace

45XX0-C) (I) ID (WP 019 00)

Bushing bore 0.9672 0.9672 Repair (WP 019 00)

(bushing removed)
(I)

Bushings (70209- 0.5015 0.5015 Replace

26007-126) (J) ID

Bushing bore 0.6255 0.0750 Repair

(bushing removed)
(J)

Bushings (NAS538- 0.629 0.629 Replace

10P069 and 70209-
26007-118) (K) ID

Bushing bore 0.8122 0.8594 Repair

(bushing removed)
(K)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 31

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assembly, Bushings (NAS538- 0.629 0.629 Replace

70209-25001-041, 10P024 and 70209-
-042 and -099 26007-119) (L) ID
(11, figure 1) (Cont)

Bushing bore 0.8122 0.875 Repair

(bushing removed)
(L)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-
25001-101, -102,
-103 and -104) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made bock to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any
one cross section.

3. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 1.500 inch in diameter,
and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

6. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular
item.

7. Reference Sikorsky Drawing 70209-25001.

8. Reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and Repair Instruction 70200-033.

9. Reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and Repair Instruction 70200-040.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 018 00
Page 32

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 68

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL FOLD: TAIL CONE CANTED BULKHEAD HINGE FITTING ASSEMBLY

AND
TAIL ROTOR PYLON BULKHEAD HINGE FITTING ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LUGS

TAIL CONE CANTED BULKHEAD HINGE FITTING ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBERS
70209-25001-041, -042, -044 (HH-60H, MH-60R)
96209-05001-041, -042, -043 (MH-60S Only)

TAIL ROTOR PYLON BULKHEAD HINGE FITTING ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBERS
70209-26001-041, -042, -044

Reference Material

Aircraft Weapons Systems Cleaning and Corrosion Control ...........................................NAVAIR 01-1A-509

DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program .................................................................. DOD 6050.05
Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual .................................. OPNAVINST 5100.23
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures .................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Airframe and Landing Gear Systems
Navy Model HH-60H ..................................................................................................... A1-H60HA-110-300
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Airframe and Landing Gear Systems
Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................................... A1-H60RA-110-300
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Airframe and Landing Gear Systems
Navy Model MH-60S..................................................................................................... A1-H60SA-110-300
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Hydraulic Power Systems
Navy Model HH-60H ..................................................................................................... A1-H60CA-450-300
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Hydraulic Power Systems
Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................................... A1-H60RA-450-300
Organizational Maintenance Procedures, Hydraulic Power Systems
Navy Model MH-60S..................................................................................................... A1-H60SA-450-300
Organizational and Intermediate Structural Repair, Navy Model HH-60H ................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Organizational and Intermediate Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60R ................... A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Organizational and Intermediate Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60S ................... A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 5
Description ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Repair ............................................................................................................................................... 5
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No. /Type Designation Nomenclature

FDB-889-85010-A (51439) Seating Disk

FDB-889-85050-A (51439) Seating Disk
FDB-891-85010-A (51439) Seating Disk
FDB-892-85010-A (51439) Seating Disk
FMC-M (51439) ForceMate Cap
FMG-889-30010-B (51439) Mandrel Gage
FMG-891-30010-A (51439) Mandrel Gage
FMG-892-30010-A (51439) Mandrel Gage
FMJ-889-55030-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-889-55040-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-889-55050-B (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55010-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55020-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-891-55030-A (51439) Jaw
FMJ-892-55010-A (51439) Jaw
FMM-889-25010-C (51439) Mandrel
FMM-889-25050-C (51439) Mandrel
FMM-891-25010-A (51439) Mandrel
FMM-891-25020-A (51439) Mandrel
FMM-892-25010-A (51439) Mandrel
FRR-889-90010-B (51439) Seating Rod
FRR-889-90050-B (51439) Seating Rod
FRR-891-90010-A (51439) Seating Rod
FRR-891-90020-A (51439) Seating Rod
FRR-892-90010-A (51439) Seating Rod
FT-200 (51439) Power Pak
LTV48 R200-L13 (4G0R1) 1/2, or 3/4 Inch Drive, Low-Speed Drill or Aircraft
or equivalent Ratchet Motor
MB-CA-11 (51439) Chuck Assembly
MBHO-20–737 (51439) Puller Unit
MB-30 (51439) Puller Unit
MST-017-028-35 45° Countersink
(Available in Tail Pylon Stabilator Repair Kit,
70700-77358-042)
P-9284-B (96547) Spot-Facers and Chamfer Tooling Set
Work-Aid Countersink Guide (Used With MST-017
-028-35) Manufactured from 6061-T6
Aluminum Alloy Round Bar Stock
Work Aid Spot-Facing Mandrel/Rod, Manufactured
From 1.00 Inch Diameter x 25 Inch Long, 4340
Alloy Steel (or Equivalent) Round Bar Stock
6655K39 (OKVE6) Bearing, Thrust Washer (Used With Spot-Facing
Mandrel/Rod Work Aid)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 3

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No. /Type Designation Nomenclature

87332 (89711) Fixture, Reaming, Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge

Fitting Assembly
87564 (89711) Fixture, Reaming, Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead
Hinge Fitting Assembly
0 - 1 Inch Micrometer
981 (45225) Blind Hole Puller, SPX Corp

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-58054 Abrasive Mat, Scotch-Brite (AR)

ANSI B74.18 Abrasive Cloth, 240-grit (AR)
ANSI B74.18 Abrasive Cloth, 320-grit (AR)
ASTM D329 Acetone (AR)
ASTM E1417 Fluorescent Penetrant (AR)
EA9394 Adhesive (AR)
MIL-DTL-81706 Chemical Conversion Coating (AR)
MIL-PRF-23377 Epoxy Polyamide Primer (AR)
MIL-PRF-85285, Color No 550GY-008 High Solids Polyurethane Coating (AR)
MIL-PRF-81733 Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing Compound (AR)
MIL-R-81294 Epoxy Paint Remover (AR)
MS-122 Release Agent (AR)
FMB-889-45030-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45130-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45230-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45330-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45040-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45140-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45240-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45340-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45070-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45170-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45270-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45370-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45470-C (51439) Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-889-45570-C (51439) Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMW-889-45070-C (51439) Washer, Nominal
FMW-889-45170-C (51439) Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-889-45270-C (51439) Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-889-45370-C (51439) Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-889-45470-C (51439) Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-889-45570-C (51439) Washer, 5th Oversize
FMB-889-45080-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-889-45180-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-889-45280-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-889-45380-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-889-45480-C (51439) Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-889-45580-C (51439) Bushing, 5th Oversize
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 4

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

FMW-889-45080-C (51439) Washer, Nominal

FMW-889-45180-C (51439) Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-889-45280-C (51439) Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-889-45380-C (51439) Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-889-45480-C (51439) Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-889-45580-C (51439) Washer, 5th Oversize
FMB-891-45010-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45110-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45210-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45310-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMW-891-45010-C (51439) Washer, Nominal
FMW-891-45110-C (51439) Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-891-45210-C (51439) Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-891-45310-C (51439) Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMB-891-45020-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45120-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45220-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45320-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-891-45030-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-891-45130-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-891-45230-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-891-45330-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45010-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-892-45110-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-892-45210-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-892-45310-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45410-C (51439) Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-892-45510-C (51439) Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMW-892-45010-C (51439) Washer, Nominal
FMW-892-45110-C (51439) Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-892-45210-C (51439) Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-892-45310-C (51439) Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-892-45410-C (51439) Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-892-45510-C (51439) Washer, 5th Oversize
FMB-892-45020-C (51439) Bushing, Nominal
FMB-892-45120-C (51439) Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMB-892-45220-C (51439) Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMB-892-45320-C (51439) Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMB-892-45420-C (51439) Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMB-892-45520-C (51439) Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMW-892-45020-C (51439) Washer, Nominal
FMW-892-45120-C (51439) Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-892-45220-C (51439) Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-892-45320-C (51439) Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-892-45420-C (51439) Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-892-45520-C (51439) Washer, 5th Oversize
M81934/1-16C036 Bearing/Liner (1 Ea)
M81934/1-16C040 Bearing/Liner (1 Ea)
Rapid Tap (14332) (Or Equivalent) Cutting Fluid (AR)
SS4401-7 (78286) Mylar Washer (1 Ea)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 5

1. INTRODUCTION. NOTE

2. This work package provides depot Reference to tail cone bulkhead hinge
maintenance instructions for inspection and fitting lug location is based on a
repair of the lug bores for the Tail Cone centerline view looking forward.
Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (figure 1), and Tail Rotor Abbreviations used for lug locations are
Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly (figure as follows: Upper Left Looking Forward
2). (ULLF), Lower Left Looking Forward
(LLLF), Upper Right Looking Forward
3. DESCRIPTION. (URLF), and Lower Right Looking
Forward (LRLF). Therefore, the
4. The Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting 1.1865/1.1880 inch diameter lug bores
Assembly and Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge are labeled as ULLF and LLLF, and the
Fitting Assemblies provide the structural 0.9353/0.9365 inch diameter lug bores
attachment and hinge point of the tail cone to are labeled as URLF and LRLF (figure
the tail rotor pylon. Both fittings are considered 1).
critical primary structure, and have areas of
critical characteristics requiring special attention Reference to tail rotor pylon bulkhead
(Refer to figures 1 and 2). This work package hinge fitting lug location is based on a
provides procedures for removal of beryllium- centerline view looking aft.
copper bushings (if installed), and installation Abbreviations used for lug locations are
and inspection of Fatigue Technologies as follows: Upper Left Looking Aft
Incorporated (FTI) ForceMate bushings. (ULLA), Lower Left Looking Aft (LLLA),
ForceMate bushings are manufactured from 17- Upper Right Looking Aft (URLA), and
4PH stainless steel with a patented blue-coat Lower Right Looking Aft (LRLA).
finish on the outer diameter (OD) to prevent Therefore, the 0.9353/0.9365 inch
corrosion. ForceMate bushings provide diameter lug bores are labeled as ULLA
improved reliability, improved corrosion and LLLA and the 1.3738/1.3749 inch
resistance, and more repair opportunities before diameter lug bores are labeled as URLA
the fitting assembly has to be replaced. and LRLA (figure 2).

5. REPAIR. a. Inspection of Lug Surfaces and Bushings

- Tail Cone and Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge
Fittings.

(1) Remove the tail cone bulkhead hinge

If any of the four lugs of the tail cone fitting Lock-pin Puller Assembly and
bulkhead or tail rotor pylon bulkhead Upper/Lower Hydraulic System Swivel
hinge fittings have beryllium-copper Assemblies in accordance with A1-
bushings installed, all four lugs of that H60HA/RA/SA-110-300 and A1-H60HA/RA/SA-
fitting should be changed to incorporate 450-300 (as applicable).
FTI ForceMate bushings.
(2) Remove Bearing/Liners, M81934/1-
NOTE 16C036 from tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge
fitting Upper Right Looking Aft (URLA), and
The tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge M81934/1-16C040 from Lower Right Looking Aft
fitting shall be removed from the tail (LRLA) lugs in accordance with
cone bulkhead hinge fitting, and secured A1-H60HA/RA/SA-SRM-000 (as applicable).
in a maintenance stand prior to
performing inspection and repairs.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 6

Figure 1. Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 7

Figure 2. Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 8

(3) If installed, remove and discard

beryllium-copper bushings from tail cone
bulkhead and/or tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge
fitting lugs. Remove bushings using blind hole Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
puller, 981, and socket/bolt/socket combination.
Inspect as follows: (d) Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant
(Type I, Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR
01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200.
Inspect lug bores and surfaces for damage
(corrosion, cracks, gouges, nicks). If corrosion
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 is isolated to the lug faces and/or radii where lug
transitions to the fitting web, treat in accordance
(a) Wipe lug faces and bores with with paragraph 5.e.
acetone, ASTM D329.
(e) Proceed to paragraph 5.b. (tail cone
(b) Inspect for surface and subsurface bulkhead hinge fitting) or paragraph 5.c. (tail
cracks by performing NDI Eddy Current Method rotor pylon bulkhead hinge fitting) for installation
of lug bores, faces, critical break-out areas, and of the alignment fixture and alignment pins to
radii where lug transitions to web, in accordance verify each lug is aligned prior to installation of
with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB- ForceMate bushings and washers.
SRM-200. Refer to figures 1 and 2. If cracks
are detected, contact NAVAIR ISSC Cherry Pt (4) If FTI ForceMate bushings and
H-60 FST Structures Engineer. washers are installed, inspect as follows:

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Do not use stiff wire brush during
stripping procedures. Stiff wire brush
(a) Wipe lug faces and bushing bores
may damage fitting.
with acetone, ASTM D329.
NOTE
(b) Inspect bushing bores, faces, critical
break-out areas, and radii where lug transitions
It is not necessary to remove topcoat
to web for surface and subsurface cracks, by
finish from areas that are not corroded
performing NDI Eddy Current Method in
or suspected of being corroded.
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and
A1-H60BB-SRM-200. Refer to figures 1 and 2.
If cracks are detected, contact NAVAIR ISSC
Cherry Pt H-60 FST Structures Engineer.
Epoxy Paint Remover,
MIL-R-81294 34 (c) Measure inside diameter (ID) of
ForceMate bushings. Refer to tables 1 and 2,
(c) If corrosion is present, mask-off lug under Final Bushing Installation, for ID
surfaces and surrounding areas before tolerances. Using a 10x magnifying glass,
application of stripper. Remove topcoat and inspect for corrosion, excessive galling, gouges,
primer from lug bores and surfaces surrounding and scratches in ID and on flange surfaces.
corrosion damage using epoxy paint remover, Minor galling, gouges, and scratches (no greater
MIL-R-81294 (or equivalent), and a plastic than 0.003 inch in depth) can be honed in bore.
scraper.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 9

Table 1. Reaming Chart - Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

NOTE
MAX dimensions apply to lugs where ForceMate bushing is removed due to damage, and same size
bushing will be installed with no work done to lug. During FTI ForceMate bushing installation, bushing
and lug will expand. Upon bushing removal lug will contract a small amount, but not all the way back to
original ream dimensions. It is possible to install the same size FTI ForceMate bushing up to two times, if
MAX dimension is not exceeded.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 10

Table 2. Reaming Chart - Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 11
Gouges in bore (no greater than 0.020 inch in (c) The lug has been cold expanded
depth) can be locally blended using 240-320 grit twice prior, by same OD ForceMate bushing.
abrasive cloth, followed by Scotch-Brite. Blend
gouges and scratches on bushing flange and
washer faces using 240-320 grit abrasive cloth,
followed by Scotch-Brite. Maintain surface
finish/Roughness Average (Ra) of 63 micro- To prevent/minimize alignment
inches (or smoother) on all surfaces. If damage discrepancies, remove and replace
exceeds blend limits, remove defective bushing bushings in one corner of affected fitting
using blind hole puller, 981, and at a time, while maintaining alignment
socket/bolt/socket combination, and continue to with remaining three corners.
paragraph 5.b. (tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting)
or 5.c. (tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge fitting) for
replacement of the bushing.

(d) Using a 10x magnifying glass, To prevent misalignment between the

visually inspect ForceMate bushing flanges and
fixtures and/or between the tail cone
washers for integrity of fillet seal around bulkhead and tail rotor pylon bulkhead
perimeter, and flush-fit with lug face. If sealant hinge fittings, ensure 100 percent
integrity is disrupted, remove sealant in
surface contact has been achieved
disrupted area only, and visually inspect for between the reamer and ID of the lug.
corrosion. If corrosion is present and not
propagating between ForceMate bushing or
NOTE
washer, and lug, remove corrosion and treat
suspected area in accordance with NAVAIR 01- Only hand force is allowed when
1A-509-2 and paragraph 5.e. If corrosion is attempting to insert alignment pins
suspected of propagating between ForceMate through lugs. Any excessive force may
bushing and lug, remove bushing using blind cause damage to fitting lugs and/or
hole puller, 981, and socket/bolt/socket fixture.
combination, and continue with repair in
accordance with 5.b. (tail cone bulkhead hinge NOTE
fitting) or 5.c. (tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge
fitting) for removal and replacement of the Prior to installation of Tail Cone
bushing. If bushing is not flush proceed to Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Reaming Fixture,
ForceMate Bushing Seating procedure the following parts will need to be
paragraph 5.i. If necessary, replace sealant in removed from the tail cone bulkhead
accordance with paragraph 5.n. hinge assembly: upper and lower pair
of Hydraulic Disconnect Couplings, P/Ns
(e) Proceed to paragraph 5.d. for AP2853J04, AP2854J04, (2 each);
installation of the alignment fixture and Pylon Arm Assembly, P/N 70400-25110-
alignment pins to verify each lug and bushing is 042; and the Lock-pin Bracket, P/N
still in correct alignment. 70207-25006 011/-012.
b. Reaming Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge
NOTE
Fitting Lugs (Refer to table 1).
The following instructions apply to any
(1) Reaming of a lug is required for any
combination of damaged lug bores.
one of the following reasons:
These combinations may range from
one damaged lug bore at any one of the
(a) Corrosion is beyond limits of
four possible locations, to the possible
localized blending repairs.
combination of all four lug bores
damaged.
(b) Alignment pin will not fully penetrate
through the alignment fixture, slip renewable
bushings, and fitting lugs, and rotate by hand
once installed.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 12

NOTE In order to proceed with repair procedures, two

of the three remaining alignment pins must be
If a ForceMate bushing requires completely inserted through all four lug flanges.
replacement, a same OD bushing can The third alignment pin must be inserted entirely
be installed in lug if it has only been through the first fixture lug flange, both tail cone
previously expanded once at the same fitting lugs, and approximately through one half
size bushing. If lug has been previously of the thickness of the second fixture lug flange.
expanded twice with the same size
bushing, the lug will require reaming to (b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment
install next oversize diameter ForceMate requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
bushing. alignment requirements cannot be satisfied,
proceed to paragraph 5.d.
NOTE
(c) If necessary, oversize the ULLF
Tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting lug bore to the required dimension necessary to
bushings must be replaced in pairs correct the discrepancy. Refer to table 1 to
(upper and lower) in each of the four determine the necessary reamer and
installation points. corresponding slip renewable bushings.

NOTE (d) Remove ULLF slip renewable

bushings.
Use of drill or ratchet motor, and
application of cutting fluid during (e) Chamfer inside hole edges
reaming, will reduce possibility of 0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
damaging lug bores. Do not force
reamers to cut. To prevent excessive NOTE
scratching in lug bore, remove reamer
frequently during process to clean flutes To achieve the most accurate
and re-apply cutting fluid. Maintain Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
surface finish/Roughness Average (Ra) etching should be performed after any
of 63 micro-inches (or smoother). mechanical grinding of the surface to be
inspected. If acid etchant is not
NOTE available due to geographic location
and/or restrictions, authorization is
The following paragraphs may be granted to waive requirement to etch
accomplished in variable order as mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
needed for the repair of damaged lug fluorescent penetrant NDI.
bores, as long as three points are
pinned with the alignment fixture. (f) Prior to performing Fluorescent
Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
(2) Ream Upper Left Looking Forward apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs
(ULLF). using swab method in accordance with
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material
(a) Install Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge lab/geographic specifications, to remove any
Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N (89711) flowed metal from the grinding process. After
87332, utilizing the three remaining lugs and swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
their required alignment pins and corresponding thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
slip renewable bushings, as called out in table 1. embrittlement of the fitting.

NOTE

Possible pin-up misalignments may be

encountered upon installation of reaming fixture.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 13

87332, utilizing the three remaining lugs and

their required alignment pins and corresponding
slip renewable bushings, as called out in table 1.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
NOTE
(g) If corrosion was present, perform
NDI Fluorescent Penetrant (Type I, Method C) in Possible pin-up misalignments may be
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and encountered upon installation of
A1-H60BB-SRM-200. Inspect lugs to confirm reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
complete removal of corrosion deposits in lug repair procedures, two of the three
bore. If corrosion is present on lug faces, remaining alignment pins must be
proceed to paragraph 5.e. completely inserted through all four lug
flanges. The third alignment pin must
(h) If discrepancy is still present after be inserted entirely through the first
oversizing to the largest diameter shown on fixture lug flange, both tail cone fitting
table 1, the tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting will lugs, and approximately through one
require removal and replacement. half of the thickness of the second
fixture lug flange.

(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment

requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied
proceed to paragraph 5.d.
(i) After final NDI, remove all
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
(c) Oversize the LLLF bore to the
D329.
required dimension necessary to correct the
discrepancy. Refer to table 1 to determine the
necessary reamer and corresponding slip
renewable bushings.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7 (d) Remove LLLF slip renewable
bushings.
(j) Treat machined lug bores with
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or (e) Chamfer inside hole edges
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR 0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
01-1A-509-2.
NOTE
(k) Install alignment pin and
corresponding slip renewable bushings in To achieve the most accurate
accordance with table 1. Pin should insert Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
entirely through all four flanges and rotate freely. etching should be performed after any
mechanical grinding of the surface to be
(l) If no other tail cone bulkhead hinge inspected. If acid etchant is not
fitting lug bores require oversizing, proceed to available due to geographic location
paragraph 5.f. for lug face surface finish and/or restrictions, authorization is
application prior to installation of ForceMate granted to waive requirement to etch
bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
proceed to the following paragraphs as required. fluorescent penetrant NDI.

(3) Ream Lower Left Looking Forward (f) Prior to performing Fluorescent
(LLLF). Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs
(a) Install Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge using swab method in accordance with
Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N (89711)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 14

A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material (4) Ream Upper Right Looking Forward

lab/geographic specifications, to remove any (URLF).
flowed metal from the grinding process. After
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is (a) Install Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N (89711)
embrittlement of the fitting. 87332, utilizing the three remaining lugs and
their required alignment pins and corresponding
slip renewable bushings, as called out in table 1.

NOTE
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
Possible pin-up misalignments may be
(g) If corrosion was present in lug bore, encountered upon installation of
perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant (Type I, reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR repair procedures, two of the three
01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200. remaining alignment pins must be
Inspect lugs to confirm complete removal of completely inserted through all four lug
corrosion deposits. If corrosion is present on lug flanges. The third alignment pin must
faces, proceed to paragraph 5.e. be inserted entirely through the first
fixture lug flange, both tail cone fitting
(h) If discrepancy is still present after lugs, and approximately through one
oversizing to the largest diameter shown on half of the thickness of the second
table 1, tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting will need fixture lug flange.
to be removed and replaced.
(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied
proceed to paragraph 5.d.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
(c) Oversize the URLF bore to the
(i) After final NDI, remove all
required dimension necessary to correct the
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone.
discrepancy. Refer to table 1 to determine the
necessary reamer and corresponding slip
renewable bushings.

Chemical Conversion Coating, (d) Remove URLF slip renewable

MIL-DTL-81706 7 bushings.

(j) Treat machined lug bores with (e) Chamfer inside hole edges
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or 0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-
1A-509-2. NOTE

(k) Install alignment pin and To achieve the most accurate

corresponding slip renewable bushings in Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
accordance with table 1. Pin should insert etching should be performed after any
entirely through all four flanges and rotate freely. mechanical grinding of the surface to be
inspected. If acid etchant is not
(l) If no other tail cone bulkhead hinge available due to geographic location
fitting lug bores require oversizing, proceed to and/or restrictions, authorization is
paragraph 5.f. for lug face surface finish granted to waive requirement to etch
application prior to installation of ForceMate mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing fluorescent penetrant NDI.
proceed to the necessary paragraph.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 15

(f) Prior to performing Fluorescent (l) If no other tail cone bulkhead hinge
Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal, fitting lug bores require oversizing, proceed to
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs paragraph 5.f. for lug face surface finish
using swab method in accordance with application prior to installation of ForceMate
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing
lab/geographic specifications, to remove any proceed to the necessary paragraph.
flowed metal from the grinding process. After
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is (5) Ream Lower Right Looking Forward
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent (LRLF).
embrittlement of the fitting.
(a) Install Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge
Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N (89711)
87332, utilizing the three remaining lugs and
their required alignment pins and corresponding
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 slip renewable bushings, as called out in table 1.

(g) If corrosion was present, perform NOTE

NDI Fluorescent Penetrant (Type I, Method C) in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and Possible pin-up misalignments may be
A1-60BB-SRM-200. Inspect lugs to confirm encountered upon installation of
complete removal of corrosion deposits from lug reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
bore. If corrosion is present on lug faces, repair procedures, two of the three
proceed to paragraph 5.e. remaining alignment pins must be
completely inserted through all four lug
(h) If discrepancy is still present after flanges. The third alignment pin must
oversizing to the largest diameter shown on be inserted entirely through the first
table 1, the tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting will fixture lug flange, both tail cone fitting
need to be removed and replaced. lugs, and approximately through one
half of the thickness of the second
fixture lug flange.

(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment

Acetone, ASTM D329 9
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied
(i) After final NDI, remove all
proceed to paragraph 5.d.
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
D329.
(c) Oversize the LRLF bore to the
required dimension necessary to correct the
discrepancy. Refer to table 1 to determine the
necessary reamer and corresponding slip
Chemical Conversion Coating, renewable bushings.
MIL-DTL-81706 7
(d) Remove LRLF slip renewable
(j) Treat machined lug bores with bushings.
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR (e) Chamfer inside hole edges
01-1A-509-2. 0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.

(k) Install alignment pin and

corresponding slip renewable bushings in
accordance with table 1. Pin should insert
entirely through all four flanges and rotate freely.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 16

NOTE

To achieve the most accurate

Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid Chemical Conversion Coating,
etching should be performed after any MIL-DTL-81706 7
mechanical grinding of the surface to be
inspected. If acid etchant is not (j) Treat machined lug bores with
available due to geographic location chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
and/or restrictions, authorization is Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR
granted to waive requirement to etch 01-1A-509-2.
mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
fluorescent penetrant NDI. (k) Install alignment pin and
corresponding slip renewable bushings in
(f) Prior to performing Fluorescent accordance with table 1. Alignment pin should
Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal, insert entirely through all four flanges and rotate
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs freely.
using swab method in accordance with
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material (l) If no other tail cone bulkhead hinge
lab/geographic specifications, to remove any fitting lug bores require oversizing, proceed to
flowed metal from the grinding process. After paragraph 5.f. for lug surface finish application
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is prior to installation of ForceMate bushings. If
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent other lug bores require oversizing proceed to the
embrittlement of the fitting. necessary paragraph.

c. Reaming Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead

Hinge Fitting Lugs (Refer to table 2).

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 (1) Reaming of a lug is required for any
one of the following reasons:
(g) If corrosion was present, perform
NDI Fluorescent Penetrant (Type I, Method C) in (a) Corrosion is beyond limits of
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and localized blending repairs.
A1-H60BB-SRM-200. Inspect lugs to confirm
complete removal of corrosion deposits from lug (b) Alignment pin will not fully penetrate
bore. If corrosion is present on lug faces, through the alignment fixture, slip renewable
proceed to paragraph 5.e. bushings, and fitting lugs, and rotate by hand
once installed.
(h) If discrepancy is still present after
oversizing to the largest diameter shown on (c) The lug has been cold expanded
table 1, the tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting will twice prior, by same OD ForceMate bushing.
need to be removed and replaced.

To prevent/minimize alignment
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
discrepancies, remove and replace
bushings in one corner of affected fitting
(i) After final NDI, remove all
at a time, while maintaining alignment
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
with remaining three corners.
D329.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 17

and lower pair of Hydraulic Disconnect

Couplings, P/Ns AP2853J04, (4 total);
Pylon Fold Link Assembly, P/N 70400-
Before reaming, the Tail Pylon Bulkhead 25120-041; and some fasteners located
Hinge Fixture shall be securely fixed along the upper flange of the fitting.
with respect to the tail rotor pylon
bulkhead hinge fitting. This can be NOTE
accomplished by the use of either the
LLLA lug or the LRLA lug. However, The following instructions apply to any
once the fixture is securely located in combination of damaged lug bores.
place, its position shall remain intact These combinations may range from
until all lug bore reaming has been one damaged lug bore at any one of the
accomplished for the entire tail rotor four possible locations to the possible
pylon bulkhead hinge fitting. combination of all four lug bores
damaged.

NOTE

To prevent misalignment between the If a ForceMate bushing requires

fixtures and/or between the tail cone replacement, a same OD bushing can
bulkhead and tail rotor pylon bulkhead be installed in lug if it has only been
hinge fittings, ensure 100 percent previously expanded once at the same
surface contact has been achieved size bushing. If lug has been previously
between the reamer and ID of the lug. expanded twice with the same size
bushing, the lug will require reaming to
NOTE install next oversize diameter ForceMate
bushing.
Only hand force is allowed when
attempting to insert alignment pins NOTE
through lugs. Any excessive force may
cause damage to fitting lugs and/or The following paragraphs may be
fixture. accomplished in variable order as
needed for the repair of damaged lug
bores, as long as three points are
NOTE
pinned with the alignment fixture.
Use of drill or ratchet motor, and
application of cutting fluid during (2) Ream Upper Left Looking Aft (ULLA).
reaming, will reduce possibility of
damaging lug bores. Do not force (a) Install Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead
reamers to cut. To prevent excessive Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N
scratching in lug bore, remove reamer (89711) 87564, utilizing the three remaining lugs
frequently during process to clean flutes and their required alignment pins and
and re-apply cutting fluid. Maintain corresponding slip renewable bushings, as
surface finish/Roughness Average (Ra) called out in table 2. Either the LLLA position or
of 63 micro-inches (or smoother). LRLA position must be securely located in place
using the knurled nut as specified in table 2.
NOTE

Before installation of tail rotor pylon

bulkhead hinge fitting reaming fixture
the following parts will need to be
removed from the tail rotor pylon
bulkhead hinge fitting assembly: upper
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 18

NOTE flowed metal from the grinding process. After

swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
Possible pin-up misalignments may be thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
encountered upon installation of embrittlement of the fitting.
reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
repair procedures, fixture must be
securely located in place using one
lower locking alignment pin assembly.
One of the two remaining alignment pins Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
must be completely inserted through all
three lug flanges. The third alignment (g) If corrosion was present, perform
pin must be inserted entirely through the NDI Fluorescent Penetrant inspection (Type I,
first fixture lug flange, tail rotor pylon Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-
bulkhead hinge fitting lug, and 16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200. Inspect
approximately through one half of the lugs to confirm complete removal of corrosion
thickness of the second fixture lug deposits from lug bore. If corrosion is present
flange. on lug faces, proceed to paragraph 5.e.

(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment (h) If discrepancy is still present after
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up oversizing to the largest diameter shown on
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied table 2, the tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge fitting
proceed to paragraph 5.d. will need to be removed and replaced.

(c) Oversize the ULLA bore to the

required dimension necessary to correct the
discrepancy. Refer to table 2 to determine the
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
necessary reamer and corresponding slip
renewable bushings.
(i) After final NDI, remove all
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
(d) Remove ULLA slip renewable
D329.
bushings.

(e) Chamfer hole edges, both sides,

0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
NOTE MIL-DTL-81706 7
To achieve the most accurate (j) Treat machined lug bores with
Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
etching should be performed after any Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-
mechanical grinding of the surface to be 1A-509-2.
inspected. If acid etchant is not
available due to geographic location (k) Install alignment pin and
and/or restrictions, authorization is corresponding slip renewable bushings in
granted to waive requirement to etch accordance with table 2. Pin should insert
mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to entirely through all three flanges and rotate
fluorescent penetrant NDI. freely.

(f) Prior to performing Fluorescent (l) If no other tail rotor pylon bulkhead
Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal, hinge fitting lug bores require oversizing,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs proceed to paragraph 5.f. for lug surface finish
using swab method in accordance with application prior to installation of ForceMate
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing
lab/geographic specifications, to remove any proceed to the necessary paragraph.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 19

(3) Ream Lower Left Looking Aft (LLLA). (b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
(a) Install Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead alignment requirements cannot be satisfied
Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N proceed to paragraph 5.d.
(89711) 87564, utilizing the three remaining lugs
and their required alignment pins and (c) Oversize the LLLA bore to the
corresponding slip renewable bushings, as required dimension necessary to correct the
called out in table 2. The LRLA position must be discrepancy. Refer to table 2 to determine the
securely located in place using the necessary reamer and corresponding slip
corresponding locking alignment pin, slip renewable bushings.
renewable bushing, and knurled nut as specified
in table 2. If the fixture has been previously (d) Remove LLLA slip renewable
installed using the LLLA lug as the locking bushings.
alignment pin assembly, proceed to paragraph
5.c.(3)(a)1. If fixture has been previously (e) Chamfer holes edges, both sides,
installed using the LRLA lug as the locking 0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
alignment pin assembly, proceed to paragraph
5.c.(3)(b). NOTE

1 Install ULLA and URLA To achieve the most accurate

alignment pins and corresponding slip Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
renewable bushings in accordance with table 2, etching should be performed after any
if not previously performed. mechanical grinding of the surface to be
inspected. If acid etchant is not
2 Remove LRLA alignment pin. available due to geographic location
and/or restrictions, authorization is
3 Install LRLA locking alignment granted to waive requirement to etch
pin in conjunction with associated knurled nut in mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
accordance with table 2. fluorescent penetrant NDI.

4 Remove LLLA locking alignment (f) Prior to performing Fluorescent

pin and slip renewable bushings. Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs
NOTE using swab method in accordance with
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material
Possible pin-up misalignments may be lab/geographic specifications, to remove any
encountered upon installation of flowed metal from the grinding process. After
reaming fixture. In order to proceed with swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
repair procedures, fixture must be thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
securely located in place using one embrittlement of the fitting.
lower locking alignment pin assembly.
One of the two remaining alignment pins
must be completely inserted through all
three lug flanges. The third alignment
pin must be inserted entirely through the
first fixture lug flange, tail rotor pylon Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
bulkhead hinge fitting lug, and
approximately through one half of the (g) Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant
thickness of the second fixture lug method (Type I, Method C) in accordance with
flange. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-
200. Inspect lugs to confirm complete removal
of corrosion deposits from lug bore. If corrosion
is present on lug faces, proceed to paragraph
5.e.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 20

(h) If discrepancy is still present after NOTE

oversizing to the largest diameter shown on
table 2, the tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge fitting Possible pin-up misalignments may be
will need to be removed and replaced. encountered upon installation of
reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
repair procedures, fixture must be
securely located in place using one
lower locking alignment pin assembly.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 One of the two remaining alignment pins
must be completely inserted through all
(i) After final NDI, remove all three lug flanges. The third alignment
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM pin must be inserted entirely through the
D329. first fixture lug flange, tail rotor pylon
bulkhead hinge fitting lug, and
approximately through one half of the
thickness of the second fixture lug
flange.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7
(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up
(j) Treat machined lug bores with
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
proceed to paragraph 5.d.
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR
01-1A-509-2.
(c) Oversize the URLA bore to the
required dimension necessary to correct the
(k) Install alignment pin and
discrepancy. Refer to table 2 to determine the
corresponding slip renewable bushings in
necessary reamer and corresponding slip
accordance with table 2. Pin should insert
renewable bushings.
entirely through all three flanges and rotate
freely.
(d) Remove URLA slip renewable
bushings.
(l) If no other tail rotor pylon bulkhead
hinge fitting lug bores require oversizing,
(e) Chamfer holes edges, both sides,
proceed to paragraph 5.f. for lug surface finish
0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
application prior to installation of ForceMate
bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing
NOTE
proceed to the necessary paragraph.
To achieve the most accurate
(4) Ream Upper Right Looking Aft
Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
(URLA).
etching should be performed after any
mechanical grinding of the surface to be
(a) Install Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead
inspected. If acid etchant is not
Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N
available due to geographic location
(89711) 87564, utilizing the three remaining lugs
and/or restrictions, authorization is
and their required alignment pins and
granted to waive requirement to etch
corresponding slip renewable bushings, as
mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
called out in table 2. Either the LLLA position or
fluorescent penetrant NDI.
LRLA position must be securely located in place
using corresponding locking alignment pin, slip
renewable bushing, and knurled nut as specified (f) Prior to performing Fluorescent
in table 2. Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs
using swab method in accordance with
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 21

A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing

lab/geographic specifications, to remove any proceed to the necessary paragraph.
flowed metal from the grinding process. After
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is (5) Ream Lower Right Looking Aft
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent (LRLA).
embrittlement of the fitting.
(a) Install Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead
Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, P/N
(89711) 87564, utilizing the three remaining lugs
and their required alignment pins and
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 corresponding slip renewable bushings, as
called out in table 2. The LLLA position must be
(g) Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant securely located in place using the
(Type I, Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR corresponding locking alignment pin, slip
01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200. renewable bushing, and knurled nut as specified
Inspect lugs to confirm complete removal of in table 2. If the fixture has been previously
corrosion deposits from lug bore. If corrosion is installed using the LRLA lug as the locking
present on lug faces, proceed to paragraph 5.e. alignment pin assembly, proceed to paragraph
5.c.(5)(a)1. If the fixture has been previously
(h) If discrepancy is still present after installed using the LLLA lug as the locking
oversizing to the largest diameter shown on alignment pin assembly proceed to paragraph
table 2, fitting will need to be removed and 5.c.(5)(b).
replaced.
1 Install ULLA and URLA
alignment pins and corresponding slip
renewable bushings in accordance with table 2,
if not previously performed.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
2 Remove LLLA alignment pin.
(i) After final NDI, remove all
Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
3 Install LLLA locking alignment
D329.
pin in conjunction with associated knurled nut in
accordance with table 2.

4 Remove LRLA locking

Chemical Conversion Coating, alignment pin and slip renewable bushings.
MIL-DTL-81706 7
NOTE
(j) Treat machined lug bores with
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or Possible pin-up misalignments may be
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR encountered upon installation of
01-1A-509-2. reaming fixture. In order to proceed with
repair procedures, fixture must be
(k) Install alignment pin and securely located in place using one
corresponding slip renewable bushings in lower locking alignment pin assembly.
accordance with table 2. Pin should insert One of the two remaining alignment pins
entirely through all three flanges and rotate must be completely inserted through all
freely. three lug flanges. The third alignment
pin must be inserted entirely through the
(l) If no other tail rotor pylon bulkhead first fixture lug flange, tail rotor pylon
hinge fitting lug bores require oversizing, bulkhead hinge fitting lug, and
proceed to paragraph 5.f. for lug surface finish approximately through one half of the
application prior to installation of ForceMate thickness of the second fixture lug
flange.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 22

(b) Ensure proper pin-up alignment (h) If discrepancy is still present after
requirements have been fulfilled. If pin-up oversizing to the largest diameter shown on
alignment requirements cannot be satisfied table 2, the tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge fitting
proceed to paragraph 5.d. will need to be removed and replaced.

(c) Oversize the LRLA bore to the

required dimension necessary to correct the
discrepancy. Refer to table 2 to determine the
necessary reamer and corresponding slip Acetone, ASTM D329 9
renewable bushings.
(i) After final NDI, remove all
(d) Remove LRLA slip renewable Fluorescent Penetrant with acetone, ASTM
bushings. D329.

(e) Chamfer holes edges, both sides,

0.020/0.030 inch X 45°.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
NOTE
MIL-DTL-81706 7
To achieve the most accurate
(j) Treat machined lug bores with
Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
etching should be performed after any
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR
mechanical grinding of the surface to be
01-1A-509-2.
inspected. If acid etchant is not
available due to geographic location
(k) Install alignment pin and
and/or restrictions, authorization is
corresponding slip renewable bushings in
granted to waive requirement to etch
accordance with table 2. Pin should insert
mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
entirely through all three flanges and rotate
fluorescent penetrant NDI.
freely.
(f) Prior to performing Fluorescent
(l) If no other tail rotor pylon bulkhead
Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
hinge fitting lug bores require oversizing,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reamed lugs
proceed to paragraph 5.f for lug surface finish
using swab method in accordance with
application prior to installation of ForceMate
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material
bushings. If other lug bores require oversizing
lab/geographic specifications, to remove any
proceed to the necessary paragraph.
flowed metal from the grinding process. After
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
d. Repair of Lug Misalignment
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
embrittlement of the fitting.

Only hand force is allowed when

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 attempting to insert alignment pins
through lugs. Any excessive force may
(g) Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant cause damage to fitting lugs and/or
(Type I, Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR fixture.
01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200.
NOTE
Inspect lugs to confirm complete removal of
corrosion deposits from lug bore. If corrosion is Care should be taken when attempting
present on lug faces, proceed to paragraph 5.e. pin-up of lugs using alignment pins. If
full pin insertion is not possible, insert
pin using hand force only until a snug fit
is obtained.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 23

NOTE NOTE

Alignment verification is performed on Use of drill or ratchet motor, and

fittings with or without ForceMate application of cutting fluid during
bushings installed. If ForceMate reaming, will reduce possibility of
bushings are installed and alignment pin damaging lug bores. Do not force
cannot be fully installed by hand and reamers to cut. To prevent excessive
rotated, ream bushing and evaluate scratching in lug bore, remove reamer
amount of material removed to frequently during process to clean flutes
determine if bushing requires removal and re-apply cutting fluid. Maintain
and increasing lug to next oversize. surface finish/Roughness Average (Ra)
Ensure ForceMate bushing bore is clean of 63 micro-inches (or smoother).
and smooth. Hone bore if necessary.
(2) If two of the three remaining lug
NOTE positions can be completely pinned-up:

Tail cone hinge fitting lug bushings must (a) Remove alignment pin and slip
be replaced in pairs (upper and lower) in renewable bushings from the position with the
each of the four installation points. worst alignment. This position is determined by
examining the distance that the alignment pin
(1) Install (89711) 87332 and 87564 inserts into the lug flanges. The pin that is
Reaming Fixtures as follows: inserted the least is considered the worst
aligned.
(a) For the (89711) 87332 Tail Cone
Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture, utilize (b) Remove bushing using blind hole
the LLLF position as the hard-point location. puller, 981, and socket/bolt/socket combination.
Alignment pin shall fully insert through all four
flanges and rotate freely. Pin three remaining (c) Proceed to paragraph 5.d.(5).
positions utilizing corresponding alignment pins
and slip renewable bushings in accordance with (3) If only one of the three remaining lug
table 1 as complete as possible. positions will completely pinned-up:

(b) For the (89711) 87564 Tail Rotor (a) Remove alignment pin and slip
Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly renewable bushings from the position with the
Reaming Fixture, utilize the LRLA position as worst alignment. This position is determined by
the hard-point location. LRLA position must be examining the distance that the alignment pin
securely located in place using the inserts into the lug flanges. The pin that is
corresponding locking alignment pin, slip inserted the least is considered the worst
renewable bushing, knurled nut as shown in aligned.
accordance with table 2. Pin three remaining
positions utilizing corresponding alignment pins (b) Remove bushing using blind hole
and slip renewable bushings in accordance with puller, 981, and socket/bolt/socket combination.
table 2 as complete as possible.
(c) Perform steps as laid-out in
paragraphs 5.d.(5) through 5.d.(9).

(d) Repeat above steps for remaining

To prevent misalignment between the misaligned pin, as required.
fixtures and/or between the tail cone
bulkhead and tail rotor pylon bulkhead (4) If none of the three remaining lug
hinge fittings, ensure 100 percent positions can be completely pinned-up, contact
surface contact has been achieved NAVAIR ISSC Cherry Point, H-60 FST
between the reamer and ID of the Structures Engineer for fitting disposition.
ForceMate bushing.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 24

(9) Confirm alignment by install

corresponding alignment pin and slip renewable
bushings in accordance with tables 1 or 2.
To prevent misalignment between the Alignment pin shall completely insert through all
fixtures and/or between the tail cone lug flanges and rotate freely. If alignment pin
bulkhead and tail rotor pylon bulkhead does not meet above requirement, repeat steps
hinge fittings, ensure 100 percent (5) through (8).
surface contact has been achieved
between the reamer and ID of the (10) Upon successful realignment of lug
ForceMate bushing. bores, if necessary, refer back to paragraph 5.b.
or 5.c. in order to correct any further
NOTE discrepancies of lug bores, and proceed with
installation of ForceMate bushings.
Use of drill or ratchet motor, and
application of cutting fluid during e. Repair of Corroded or Damaged Lug
reaming, will reduce possibility of Surfaces
damaging lug bores. Do not force
reamers to cut. To prevent excessive (1) Remove corrosion or damage on tail
scratching in lug bore, remove reamer cone bulkhead hinge lugs URLF (lower lug lower
frequently during process to clean flutes surface) and LRLF (upper lug upper surface) by
and re-apply cutting fluid. Maintain spot-facing the affected lug to 1.900 inch max
surface finish/Roughness Average (Ra) outside diameter. Inner radius of spot-face to be
of 63 micro-inches (or smoother). 0.060 inch. Maximum amount of material
removal allowed is 0.065 inch per lug. Remove
(5) Using the required reamer and the minimum amount of material necessary to
corresponding slip renewable bushings in remove corrosion or damage. Contact NAVAIR
accordance with table 1 or 2, oversize the lug ISSC Cherry Pt H-60 FST Structures
bore in accordance with paragraph 5.b. or 5.c. Engineering for blending limits on other lug
as necessary to correct the misalignment. surfaces.
Ensure 100% clean-up has been accomplished.
(2) Remove corrosion or damage on tail
(6) Remove slip renewable bushings from pylon lugs by blending or spot-facing the
oversized bore. affected lug. Spot-face URLA and LRLA lugs to
2.250 inch max outside diameter. Spot-face
ULLA and LLLA lugs to 1.900 inch max outside
diameter. Inner radius of spot-face shall be
0.060 inch. Maximum depth of material removal
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 allowed is 0.020 inch per lug (both sides
combined). Remove the minimum amount of
(7) After reaming, wipe ForceMate material necessary to remove corrosion or
bushing bore with acetone, ASTM D329, to damage.
remove cutting debris.
NOTE

To achieve the most accurate

Fluorescent Penetrant NDI results, acid
Chemical Conversion Coating, etching should be performed after any
MIL-DTL-81706 7 mechanical grinding of the surface to be
inspected. If acid etchant is not
(8) Treat machined lug bores with available due to geographic location
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or and/or restrictions, authorization is
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR granted to waive requirement to etch
01-1A-509-2. mechanically-abraded surfaces prior to
fluorescent penetrant NDI.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 25

(3) Prior to performing Fluorescent

Penetrant inspection to verify corrosion removal,
apply aluminum acid etchant to reworked areas
using swab method in accordance with Acetone, ASTM D329 9
A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local material
lab/geographic specifications, to remove any (a) Clean spot-faced surface using
flowed metal from the grinding process. After acetone, ASTM D329.
swab-etchant application, ensure etchant is
thoroughly rinsed with distilled water to prevent
embrittlement of the fitting.
Release Agent, MS-122 33

(b) Manufacture a flat plate at least 3

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 inches in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply
a heavy plastic type tape and/or release agent,
(4) Perform NDI Fluorescent Penetrant MS-122, to one side of the plate.
(Type I, Method C) in accordance with NAVAIR
01-1A-16 Series and A1-H60BB-SRM-200 to (c) Apply a heavy plastic tape and/or
verify all corrosion has been removed. release agent, MS-122, to the lug bore and on
the lug face around the outside of the spot-face.
(a) If minor corrosion is still present,
and spot-face is not at maximum depth, repeat
paragraphs 5.e.(2) through 5.e.(4), or perform
localized blending not to exceed maximum
Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13
depth.
(d) Apply a coating of adhesive,
(b) If corrosion is still present, and spot-
EA9394, to the machined spot-face.
face is at maximum depth, contact NAVAIR
ISSC Cherry Pt H-60 FST Structures Engineer.
(e) Place the flat plate over the spot-
face and clamp plate to lug. Cure one hour at
150 °F using heat lamps, or 24 hours at room
temperature.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
(f) After adhesive has cured, remove
(5) After NDI, remove all Fluorescent plate and tape, and clean off excess adhesive
Penetrant with acetone, ASTM D329. that squeezed out.

f. Surface Finish of Fitting Lug Faces

(Prime and Paint)

Chemical Conversion Coating, (1) If not previously accomplished, ensure

MIL-DTL-81706 7 each lug ID has been recorded to ensure correct
ForceMate bushing will be installed after primer
(6) Treat machined lug bores with and topcoat paint have cured.
chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR
01-1A-509-2.

(7) Restore spot-faced area of the lug Chemical Conversion Coating,

surface to original dimensions prior to MIL-DTL-81706 7
installation of the ForceMate bushings as
follows: (2) If not previously accomplished, ensure
all unprotected aluminum has been coated with
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 26

chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706 or • Wear safety glasses at all times during
Alodine 1132, in accordance with NAVAIR 01- the cold expansion process.
1A-509-2.
• Disconnect the air supply from Power
Pak when it is not in use, when
hydraulic hose is disconnected from
pump, or when maintenance is being
performed.

• Before operation of puller unit, check

Epoxy Polyamide Primer,
that all screws, fittings, and caps are
MIL-PRF-23377 16
properly tight.
(3) Mask lug ID and apply epoxy
• In the event of a ruptured or leaking
polyamide primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to all
hydraulic hose, immediately release
exposed bare aluminum on lug surface. Allow to
trigger and disconnect air supply line
fully cure in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-
from Power Pak. Never use your hands
509-2.
to grasp a leaking hose under pressure.
The force of escaping hydraulic fluid can
cause serious injury.

High Solids Polyurethane Coating, • Periodically inspect hose for wear or

MIL-PRF-85285 18 damage that could cause failure of hose
and possibly result in injury.
(4) Mask lug ID and apply topcoat finish
using high solids polyurethane paint, MIL-PRF- • In the event of a leaking hydraulic
85285, light gray, color No. 550GY-008, to all fitting or puller unit, IMMEDIATELY
areas previously primed. Allow to fully cure in RELEASE THE TRIGGER AND
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2. DISCONNECT THE AIR SUPPLY LINE
from the Power Pak before investigating
g. ForceMate Bushing Installation - Tail or attempting repair.
Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (Refer to table 3).
• DO NOT attempt to disconnect the
hydraulic hose while the Power Pak is
running.

• DO NOT expose hoses to potential

ForceMate and Cold Expansion tooling
hazards such as extreme heat or cold,
and processes are based on
sharp surfaces, heavy impact, vehicular
specifications and tests, and in-service
traffic, toxic materials or paints.
data generated using FTI system of
tooling. It is imperative that tooling used
• DO NOT allow hoses to kink, twist,
in this critical process not be mixed with
curl, or bend so tightly that the oil flow
tooling from any other supplier. Use of
within the hose is blocked or reduced.
incompatible tooling and non-specified
tooling could seriously jeopardize the
• DO NOT mix this tooling with tooling
structural integrity and airworthiness of
from other manufacturers. Always use
aircraft. This tooling requires use of
the complete set of compatible FTI
very high hydraulic and air pressure.
tooling, including mandrel check fixtures
Improper use of ForceMate or Cold
and verification pins.
Expansion tooling can damage
structure, injure the operator and/or
• DO NOT exceed 10,000 psi hydraulic
provide insufficient fatigue protection. In
pressure generated by the Power Pak.
order to ensure effectiveness of the
Pressure beyond the rated capacities
process and ensure operator safety, the
may result in personal injury.
following precautions must be followed:
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 27

• DO NOT use mandrels that have been stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to
worn beyond their minimum allowable build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
diameter. can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
• DO NOT use tools that have become set to produce a maximum pressure between
worn. Replace them with new parts 5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
having the same FTI model number. regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic
hose connection on pump. Pressure may be
NOTE adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure
regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning
ForceMate bushings MUST be installed thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease
and reamed in one tail cone location at pressure. Once pressure has been set,
a time to ensure proper alignment. retighten lock ring on external pressure
regulator.
NOTE
(d) Thread ForceMate Mandrel, FMM-
MAX dimensions apply to lugs where 889-25010-C, without a bushing, into slide of
ForceMate bushing is removed due to puller unit (figure 4). Activate puller unit.
damage, and same size bushing will be Verify that mandrel fully retracts into jaw
installed, with no work done to lug. attached to puller unit. If mandrel does not fully
During ForceMate bushing installation, retract into the nose cap of unit, verify tooling
bushing and lug will expand. Upon setup.
bushing removal lug will contract a small
amount, but not all the way back to (e) Remove only mandrel nose from
original ream dimensions. It is possible mandrel assembly, leaving mandrel shank
to install same size ForceMate bushing threaded in puller unit.
up to two times, if MAX dimension is not
exceeded.

NOTE
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
Mandrel check fixture is used in the
same manner should a one or two-piece (f) Prior to installation of FTI ForceMate
mandrel be required for the application. bushing, wipe surfaces of bushing and each
fitting lug ID with a low-lint cloth and acetone,
(1) Upper Right Looking Forward (URLF) ASTM D329.
-Upper and Lower Lugs. Install ForceMate
bushings as follows:

(a) Check FMM-889-25010-C Mandrel

major diameter for wear by inserting it into the DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug
FMG-889-30010-B Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
excessively worn (goes through the gage), contact with lug bore, as this will affect
discard it (figure 3). designed fit of bushing, and could result
in unseating of bushing while in service.
(b) Referring to table 3 for URLF To prevent uneven seating of
location, thread appropriate ForceMate Jaw, ForceMate bushing against lug face, do
FMJ-889-55040-B, into faceplate attached to not apply excessive sealant under
MBHO-20-737 Puller unit. When properly bushing flange during installation.
installed, jaw has a small amount of float, but
remains captured by threads (figure 4).

(c) Check pump pressure setting on

Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 28

Table 3. ForceMate Tooling - Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 29

Figure 3. FTI ForceMate Mandrel Check Fixture

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 30

Figure 4. FTI ForceMate MBHO-20737 Puller Unit With Tools

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 31

Figure 5. FTI ForceMate FT-200 Power Pak Fittings and Gage

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 32

Once cold expansion operation starts,

DO NOT release trigger on puller unit
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating until mandrel has fully retracted into
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
retraction could result in a stuck mandrel
(g) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead and eventual damage to structure.
of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter (l) Ensure the jaw is flush, then
of mating surface of bushing flange. Then, activate puller unit to retract mandrel and
knock-down bead toward outboard edge to form expand bushing into lug bore. Installation is
a thin coating prior to bushing installation into complete when mandrel fully retracts into jaw.
lug. Refer to figure 8.

(h) In preparation for bushing (m) Withdraw puller unit and release
installation, insert ForceMate bushing for trigger. This will return the mandrel to its
location and lug bore size into lug, with flange to starting position.
inside of clevis, as shown in figure 6. Refer to
table 3 for bushing size and part number. (n) Remove mandrel nose from puller
unit and repeat necessary steps for other URLF
(i) While holding bushing in place, lug location.
carefully position puller unit to insert mandrel
shank into bushing until ForceMate jaw is (o) Check bushing under-flange
against face of lug, as shown in figure 7. A flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight
piece of tape may be used to temporarily hold edge on top of bushing flanges and visually
bushing in place. check for contact with bushing surface. If gap
exists, seat bushing using bushing seating
(j) Insert mandrel nose into bushing procedure in paragraph 5.i.
and thread onto mandrel shank. For
convenience, a slot is provided in end of (p) Ream bushing ID in accordance
mandrel nose for use with a large screwdriver, if with paragraph 5.j.
desired.
(2) Lower Right Looking Forward (LRLF) -
NOTE Upper and Lower Lugs. Install ForceMate
bushings as follows:
The MBHO Puller Unit may need to be
oriented to a position to avoid NOTE
interference with adjacent structure.
Mandrel check fixture is used in the
(k) Place ForceMate jaw firmly against same manner should a one or two-piece
face of lug. Verify that bushing flange is flush mandrel be required for the application.
against the side of lug.
(a) Check FMM-889-25010-C Mandrel
major diameter for wear by inserting it into FMG-
889-30010-B Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is
excessively worn (goes through the gage),
Ensure that fingers are away from front discard it (figure 3).
face and all moving parts of puller unit.
Puller unit is capable of generating (b) Referring to table 3 for LRLF
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep location, thread appropriate ForceMate Jaw,
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing, and FMJ-889-55040-B, into faceplate attached to
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do MBHO-20-737 Puller unit. When properly
so could result in serious injury. installed, jaw has a small amount of float, but
remains captured by threads (figure 4).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 33

Figure 6. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone URLF and LRLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 34

Figure 7. FTI ForceMate Mandrel Installation

(Tail Cone URLF and LRLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 35

Figure 8. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone URLF and LRLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 36

(c) Check pump pressure setting on

Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full
stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to
build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
set to produce a maximum pressure between Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic (g) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead
hose connection on pump. Pressure may be of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating
adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter
regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning of mating surface of bushing flange. Then,
thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease knock-down bead toward outboard edge to form
pressure. Once pressure has been set, a thin coating prior to bushing installation into
retighten lock ring on external pressure lug.
regulator.
(h) In preparation for bushing
(d) Thread ForceMate Mandrel, FMM- installation, insert ForceMate bushing for
889-25010-C, without a bushing, into slide of location and lug bore size into lug with flange to
puller unit (figure 4). Activate puller unit. Verify inside of clevis, as shown in figure 6. Refer to
that mandrel fully retracts into jaw attached to table 3 for bushing size and part number.
puller unit. If mandrel does not fully retract into
nose cap of unit, verify tooling setup. (i) While holding bushing in place,
carefully position puller unit to insert mandrel
(e) Remove only mandrel nose from shank into bushing, until ForceMate jaw is
mandrel assembly, leaving mandrel shank against face of lug, as shown in figure 7. A
threaded in puller unit. piece of tape may be used to temporarily hold
bushing in place.

(j) Insert mandrel nose into bushing

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 and thread onto mandrel shank. For
convenience, a slot is provided in end of
(f) Prior to installation of FTI ForceMate mandrel nose for use with a large screwdriver, if
bushing, wipe surfaces of bushing and each desired.
fitting lug ID with a low-lint cloth and acetone,
ASTM D329. NOTE

The MBHO Puller Unit may need to be

oriented to a position to avoid
interference with adjacent structure.
DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug
(k) Place ForceMate jaw firmly against
bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
face of lug. Verify that bushing flange is flush
contact with lug bore, as this will affect
against the side of lug.
designed fit of bushing, and could result
in unseating of bushing while in service.
To prevent uneven seating of
ForceMate bushing against lug face, do
not apply excessive sealant under
bushing flange during installation.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 37

(a) Check FMM-891-25020-A Mandrel

major diameter for wear by inserting it into FMG-
891-30010-A Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is
Ensure that fingers are away from front excessively worn (goes through gage), discard it
face and all moving parts of puller unit. (figure 3).
Puller unit is capable of generating NOTE
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and Mandrel check fixture is used in the
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do same manner should a one or two-piece
so could result in serious injury. mandrel be required for the application.

(b) Referring to table 3 for ULLF

location, thread appropriate ForceMate Jaw,
FMJ-891-55030-A, into faceplate attached to
MBHO-20-737 Puller unit (figure 4). When
Once cold expansion operation starts,
properly installed the jaw has a small amount of
do not release trigger on the puller unit
float, but remains captured by threads.
until mandrel has fully retracted into
nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
(c) Check pump pressure setting on
retraction could result in a stuck mandrel
Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full
and eventual damage to structure.
stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to
build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
(l) Ensure jaw is flush, then activate
can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
puller unit to retract mandrel and expand
connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
bushing into the lug bore. Installation is
set to produce a maximum pressure between
complete when mandrel fully retracts into jaw.
5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
Refer to figure 8.
regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic
hose connection on pump. Pressure may be
(m) Withdraw puller unit and release
adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure
trigger. This will return mandrel to its starting
regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning
position.
thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease
pressure. Once pressure has been set,
(n) Remove mandrel nose from puller
retighten lock ring on external pressure
unit and repeat necessary steps for other lug
regulator.
location LRLF.
(d) Thread ForceMate Mandrel, FMM-
(o) Check bushing under-flange
891-25020-A, without a bushing, into slide of
flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight
puller unit (figure 4). Activate puller unit. Verify
edge on top of bushing flanges and visually
that mandrel fully retracts into jaw attached to
check for contact with bushing surface. If gap
puller unit. If mandrel does not fully retract into
exists, seat bushing using bushing
nose cap of unit, verify tooling setup.
seating procedure in paragraph 5.i.
(e) Remove only mandrel nose from
(p) Ream bushing ID in accordance
mandrel assembly leaving mandrel shank
with paragraph 5.j.
threaded in puller unit.
(q) Spot-face LRLF (Upper and Lower) bushings
in accordance with paragraph 5.l.

(3) Upper Left Looking Forward (ULLF) - Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Upper and Lower Lugs. Install ForceMate
bushings as follows:
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 38

(f) Prior to installation of FTI ForceMate NOTE

bushing, wipe surfaces of bushing and each
fitting lug ID with a low-lint cloth and acetone, The MBHO Puller Unit may need to be
ASTM D329. oriented to a position to avoid
interference with adjacent structure.

(k) Place ForceMate jaw firmly against

face of lug. Verify that bushing flange is flush
Do not apply any sealant to fitting lug against the side of the lug.
bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
contact with lug bore, as this will affect
designed fit of bushing, and could result
in unseating of bushing while in service.
To prevent uneven seating of Ensure that fingers are away from front
ForceMate bushing against lug face, do face and all moving parts of puller unit.
not apply excessive sealant under Puller unit is capable of generating
bushing flange during installation. 24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do
so could result in serious injury.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 Once cold expansion operation starts,
DO NOT release trigger on puller unit
(g) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead until mandrel has fully retracted into
of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter retraction could result in a stuck mandrel
of mating surface of bushing flange. Then, and eventual damage to structure.
knock-down bead toward outboard edge to form
a thin coating prior to bushing installation into (l) Ensure jaw is flush, then activate
lug. puller unit to retract mandrel and expand
bushing into lug bore. Installation is complete
(h) In preparation for bushing when mandrel fully retracts into jaw (figure 11).
installation, insert ForceMate bushing for
location and lug bore size into lug with flange to (m) Withdraw puller unit and release the
inside of clevis, as shown in figure 9. Refer to trigger. This will return the mandrel to its
table 3 for bushing size and part number. starting position.

(i) While holding bushing in place, (n) Remove mandrel nose from puller
carefully position puller unit to insert mandrel unit and repeat necessary steps for second lug
shank into bushing, until ForceMate jaw is in location ULLF.
against face of lug, as shown in figure 10. A
piece of tape may be used to temporarily hold (o) Check bushing under-flange
bushing in place. flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight
edge on top of bushing flanges and visually
(j) Insert mandrel nose into bushing check for contact with bushing surface. If gap
and thread onto mandrel shank. For exists, seat the bushing using bushing seating
convenience, a slot is provided in end of procedure in paragraph 5.i.
mandrel nose for use with a large screwdriver, if
desired.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 39

Figure 9. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone LLLF Shown, ULLF Same)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 40

Figure 10. FTI ForceMate Mandrel Installation

(Tail Cone LLLF Shown, ULLF Same)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 41

Figure 11. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone LLLF Shown, ULLF Same)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 42
(p) Ream bushing ID in accordance
with paragraph 5.j.

(4) Lower Left Looking Forward (LLLF) - Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Lower Lug. Install ForceMate bushing as
follows: (e) Prior to installation of FTI ForceMate
bushing, wipe surfaces of bushing and each
(a) Check FMM-891-25010-A (lower fitting lug ID with a low-lint cloth and acetone,
lug) Mandrel major diameter for wear by ASTM D329.
inserting it into FMG-891-30010-A Mandrel
Gage. If mandrel is excessively worn (goes
through gage), discard it (figure 3).

NOTE DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug

bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
Mandrel check fixture is used in the contact with lug bore, as this will affect
same manner should a one or two-piece designed fit of bushing, and could
mandrel be required for the application. result in unseating of bushing while in
service. To prevent uneven seating of
(b) Thread MB-CA-11 Chuck Assembly ForceMate bushing against lug face, do
onto pull rod of MB-30 Puller Unit. If necessary, not apply excessive sealant under
remove threaded mandrel adapter. Thread long bushing flange during installation.
threaded end of FMC-M Nose Cap completely
onto end of puller unit. Then thread FMJ-891- NOTE
55010-A ForceMate Jaw into short-threaded end
of nose cap (figure 12). The small chamfer on washer is to be
positioned away from lug face. Bushing
(c) Check pump pressure setting on and corresponding washer must be
Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full oriented so washer is to outside face of
stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to lug.
build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
set to produce a maximum pressure between
5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic
hose connection on pump. Pressure may be Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning
thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease (f) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead
pressure. Once pressure has been set, of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating
retighten lock ring on external pressure compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter
regulator. of mating surface of bushing flange. Then,
knock-down bead toward outboard edge to form
(d) Insert Mandrel, FMM-891-25010-A, a thin coating prior to bushing installation into
without a bushing, into puller unit. Activate lug.
puller unit. Verify that mandrel fully retracts into
jaw/nose cap attached to puller unit. If mandrel (g) Install (78286) SS4401-7 Mylar
does not fully retract in to jaw/nose cap of unit, Washer between ForceMate washer and lower
verify tooling setup. surface of LLLF bottom lug.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 43

Figure 12. FTI ForceMate Puller Assembly

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 44

(h) In preparation for bushing for contact with bushing surface. If gap exists,
installation, insert ForceMate bushing and seat bushing using bushing seating procedure in
ForceMate washer for location and lug bore size paragraph 5.i.
into lug bore with flange on top and washer
against bottom face of lug, as shown in figure (n) Ream bushing ID in accordance
13. Refer to table 3 for bushing size and part with paragraph 5.j.
number.
(5) Lower Left Looking Forward (LLLF)
(i) Remove mandrel nose from - Upper Lug. Install ForceMate bushing as
mandrel assembly and carefully insert mandrel follows:
shank through bushing. Thread mandrel nose
and shank together (figure 14). (a) Check FMM-891-25020-A Mandrel
major diameter for wear by inserting it into FMG-
891-30010-A Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is
excessively worn (goes through gage), discard it
(figure 3).
Ensure that fingers are away from front
face and all moving parts of puller unit. NOTE
Puller unit is capable of generating
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep Mandrel check fixture is used in the
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and same manner should a one or two-piece
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do mandrel be required for the application.
so could result in serious injury.
(b) Referring to table 3 for LLLF Upper
Lug location, thread appropriate ForceMate Jaw,
FMJ-891-55020-A, into faceplate attached to
MBHO-20-737 Puller unit (figure 4). When
properly installed jaw has a small amount of
Once cold expansion operation starts, float, but remains captured by threads.
DO NOT release trigger on puller unit
until mandrel has fully retracted into (c) Check pump pressure setting on
nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full
retraction could result in a stuck mandrel stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to
and eventual damage to structure. build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
(j) Place FMJ-891-55010-A ForceMate connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
Jaw firmly and flat against ForceMate washer. set to produce a maximum pressure between
Verify that bushing flange is flush on side away 5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
from jaw. Activate puller unit to retract mandrel regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic
and expand bushing into lug hole. Installation is hose connection on pump. Pressure may be
complete when mandrel fully retracts into adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure
jaw/nose cap (figure 15). regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning
thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease
(k) Withdraw puller unit and release pressure. Once pressure has been set,
trigger. This will return mandrel to its starting retighten lock ring on external pressure
position. regulator.
(l) Remove mandrel nose from puller (d) Thread ForceMate Mandrel, FMM-
unit. 891-25020-A, without a bushing, into slide of
puller unit (figure 4). Activate puller unit. Verify
(m) Check bushing under-flange that mandrel fully retracts into jaw attached to
flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight puller unit. If mandrel does not fully retract into
edge on top of bushing flange and visually check nose cap of unit, verify tooling setup.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 45

Figure 13. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone LLLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 46

Figure 14. FTI ForceMate Mandrel in Bushing

(Tail Cone LLLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 47

Figure 15. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Cone LLLF)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 48

(e) Remove only mandrel nose from against the face of lug, as shown in figure 10. A
mandrel assembly, leaving mandrel shank piece of tape may be used to temporarily hold
threaded in puller unit. bushing in place.

(j) Insert mandrel nose into bushing

and thread onto mandrel shank. For
convenience, a slot is provided in end of the
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 mandrel nose for use with a large screwdriver, if
desired.
(f) Prior to installation of FTI ForceMate
bushing, wipe surfaces of bushing and each NOTE
fitting lug ID with a low-lint cloth and acetone,
ASTM D329. The MBHO Puller Unit may need to be
oriented to a position to avoid
interference with adjacent structure.

(k) Place ForceMate jaw firmly against

DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug face of lug. Verify that bushing flange is flush
bore or ForceMate bushing OD in against side of lug.
contact with lug bore, as this will affect
designed fit of bushing, and could result
in unseating of bushing while in service.
To prevent uneven seating of
ForceMate bushing against lug face, do Ensure that fingers are away from front
not apply excessive sealant under face and all moving parts of puller unit.
bushing flange during installation. Puller unit is capable of generating
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do
so could result in serious injury.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Once cold expansion operation starts,
(g) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead DO NOT release trigger on puller unit
of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating until the mandrel has fully retracted into
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
of the mating surface of bushing flange. Then, retraction could result in a stuck mandrel
knock-down bead toward outboard edge to form and eventual damage to structure.
a thin coating prior to bushing installation into
lug. (l) Ensure jaw is flush, then activate
puller unit to retract mandrel and expand
(h) In preparation for bushing bushing into lug bore. Installation is complete
installation, insert ForceMate bushing for when mandrel fully retracts into jaw (figure 11).
location and lug bore size into lug with flange to
inside of the clevis, as shown in figure 15 (9). (m) Withdraw puller unit and release
Refer to table 3 for bushing size and part trigger. This will return mandrel to its starting
number. position.

(i) While holding bushing in place, (n) Remove mandrel nose from puller
carefully position puller unit to insert mandrel unit.
shank into bushing, until the ForceMate jaw is
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 49

(o) Check bushing under-flange • In the event of a ruptured or leaking

flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight hydraulic hose, immediately release
edge on top of bushing flanges and visually trigger and disconnect air supply line
check for contact with bushing surface. If gap from Power Pak. Never use your hands
exists, seat bushing using bushing seating to grasp a leaking hose under pressure.
procedure in paragraph 5.i. The force of escaping hydraulic fluid can
cause serious injury.
(p) Ream bushing ID in accordance
with paragraph 5.j. • Periodically inspect hose for wear or
damage that could cause failure of hose
(q) Spot-face LLLF (Upper and Lower) and possibly result in injury.
bushings in accordance with paragraph 5.l.
• In the event of a leaking hydraulic
h. Forcemate Bushing Installation - Tail fitting or puller unit, IMMEDIATELY
Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (Refer to RELEASE THE TRIGGER AND
table 4). DISCONNECT THE AIR SUPPLY LINE
from the Power Pak before investigating
or attempting repair.

• DO NOT attempt to disconnect the

ForceMate and Cold Expansion tooling hydraulic hose while the Power Pak is
and processes are based on running.
specifications and tests, and in-service
data generated using FTI system of • DO NOT expose hoses to potential
tooling. It is imperative that tooling used hazards such as extreme heat or cold,
in this critical process not be mixed with sharp surfaces, heavy impact, vehicular
tooling from any other supplier. Use of traffic, toxic materials or paints.
incompatible tooling and non-specified
tooling could seriously jeopardize the • DO NOT allow hoses to kink, twist,
structural integrity and airworthiness of curl, or bend so tightly that the oil flow
aircraft. This tooling requires use of within the hose is blocked or reduced.
very high hydraulic and air pressure.
Improper use of ForceMate or Cold • DO NOT mix this tooling with tooling
Expansion tooling can damage from other manufacturers. Always use
structure, injure the operator and/or the complete set of compatible FTI
provide insufficient fatigue protection. In tooling, including mandrel check fixtures
order to ensure effectiveness of the and verification pins.
process and ensure operator safety, the
following precautions must be followed: • DO NOT exceed 10,000 psi hydraulic
pressure generated by the Power Pak.
• Wear safety glasses at all times during Pressure beyond the rated capacities
the cold expansion process. may result in personal injury.

• Disconnect the air supply from Power • DO NOT use mandrels that have been
Pak when it is not in use, when worn beyond their minimum allowable
hydraulic hose is disconnected from diameter.
pump, or when maintenance is being
performed. • DO NOT use tools that have become
worn. Replace them with new parts
• Before operation of puller unit, check having the same FTI model number.
that all screws, fittings, and caps are
properly tight.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 50

Table 4. ForceMate Tooling - Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 51

NOTE Thread long threaded end of FMC-M Nose Cap

completely onto end of puller unit. Then thread
ForceMate bushings MUST be installed FMJ-889-55050-B ForceMate Jaw into short
and reamed in one tail rotor pylon threaded end of nose cap (figure 12).
location at a time to ensure proper
alignment. (c) Check pump pressure setting on
Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full
NOTE stroke without mandrel, then allowing pump to
build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
MAX dimensions apply to lugs where can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose
ForceMate bushing is removed due to connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
damage, and same size bushing will be set to produce a maximum pressure between
installed, with no work done to lug. 5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure
During ForceMate bushing installation, regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic
bushing and lug will expand. Upon hose connection on pump. Pressure may be
bushing removal lug will contract a small adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure
amount, but not all the way back to regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning
original ream dimensions. It is possible thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease
to install same size ForceMate bushing pressure. Once pressure has been set, tighten
up to two times, if MAX dimension is not lock ring on external pressure regulator.
exceeded.
(d) Insert Mandrel, FMM-889-25050-C,
NOTE without a bushing, into puller unit. Activate the
puller unit. Verify that mandrel fully retracts into
Mandrel check fixture is used in the jaw/nose cap attached to puller unit. If mandrel
same manner should a one or two-piece does not fully retract into jaw/nose cap of unit,
mandrel be required for the application. verify tooling setup. Remove mandrel from the
puller unit.
(1) Upper Left Looking Aft (ULLA) and
Lower Left Looking Aft (LLLA). Install
ForceMate bushings as follows:

DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug

bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
contact with lug bore, as this will affect
Procedures for installation and reaming designed fit of bushing, and could result
tail rotor pylon ForceMate bushings in in unseating of bushing while in service.
tail rotor pylon hinge fitting lug locations To prevent uneven seating of
ULLA and LLLA are the same. ForceMate bushing against lug face, do
However, ForceMate bushings MUST not apply excessive sealant under
be installed and reamed in one location bushing flange during installation.
at a time to ensure proper alignment.

(a) Check FMM-889-25050-C Mandrel

major diameter for wear by inserting it into FMG-
889-30010-B Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is
excessively worn (goes through the gage),
discard it (figure 3). Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
(b) Thread MB-CA-11 Chuck Assembly
onto pull rod of the MB-30 Puller unit. If
necessary, remove threaded mandrel adapter.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 52

(e) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead (j) Withdraw puller unit and release
of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating trigger. Mandrel will return to its starting
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter position.
of mating surface of bushing and washer
flanges. Then, knock-down bead toward (k) Remove mandrel from puller unit
outboard edge to form a thin coating prior to and repeat necessary steps for other lug.
bushing installation into lug.
(l) Check bushing under-flange
(f) In preparation for bushing flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight
installation, slide ForceMate bushing for ULLA or edge on top of bushing flange and visually check
LLLA lug location onto mandrel, as shown in for contact with bushing surface. If gap exists,
figure 16. Refer to table 4 for bushing size and seat bushing using bushing seating procedure in
part number. paragraph 5.i.

(g) Insert mandrel and ForceMate (m) Ream bushing ID in accordance

bushing into lug bore, then slide ForceMate with paragraph 5.k.
washer over mandrel and bushing (extending
through lug bore) until against lug. Bushing and (n) Repeat above procedures for LLLA
corresponding washer must be oriented so ForceMate bushing installation and reaming.
washer is to top of upper lug or bottom of lower
lug (figure 3). (o) Spot-face LLLA bushing in
accordance with paragraph 5.m. and figure 18.
(h) Carefully position puller unit to insert
tang end of mandrel through ForceMate jaw and (2) Upper Right Looking Aft (URLA) and
into puller. Lower Right Looking Aft (LRLA). Install
ForceMate bushings as follows:

Ensure that fingers are away from front

face and all moving parts of puller unit. Procedures for installation and reaming
Puller unit is capable of generating tail rotor pylon ForceMate bushings in
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep tail rotor pylon hinge fitting lug locations
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and URLA and LRLA are the same.
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do However, ForceMate bushings MUST
so could result in serious injury. be installed and reamed in one location
at a time to ensure proper alignment.

(a) Check FMM-892-25010-A Mandrel

major diameter for wear by inserting it into FMG-
Once cold expansion operation starts, 892 30010-A Mandrel Gage. If mandrel is
DO NOT release trigger on puller unit excessively worn (goes through gage), discard it
until mandrel has fully retracted into (figure 3).
nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
retraction could result in a stuck mandrel (b) Thread MB-CA-11 Chuck Assembly
and eventual damage to structure. onto pull rod of MB-30 Puller unit. If necessary,
remove threaded mandrel adapter. Thread long
(i) Place FMJ-889-55050-B ForceMate threaded end of FMC-M Nose Cap completely
Jaw firmly and flat against ForceMate washer. onto end of puller unit. Then thread FMJ-892-
Verify that bushing flange is flush on side away 55010-A ForceMate Jaw into short threaded end
from jaw. Activate puller unit to retract mandrel of nose cap (figure 12).
and expand bushing into lug hole. Installation is
complete when mandrel fully retracts into
jaw/nose cap (figure 17).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 53

Figure 16. FTI ForceMate Bushing on Mandrel

(Tail Pylon ULLA and LLLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 54

Figure 17. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Pylon LLLA Shown, Reverse Bushing for ULLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 55

Figure 18. Tail Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

Lug ID and Thickness Dimensions
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 56

(c) Check pump pressure setting on (f) In preparation for bushing

Power Pak FT-200 by cycling gun through its full installation, slide ForceMate bushing for URLA
stroke (without mandrel), then allowing pump to and LRLA location onto mandrel, as shown in
build maximum pressure. Maximum pressure figure 19. Refer to table 4 for bushing size and
can then be read off gage above hydraulic hose part number.
connection (figure 5). Pump pressure must be
set to produce a maximum pressure between (g) Insert mandrel and ForceMate
5,000 and 6,000 psi. External pressure bushing into lug bore, then slide ForceMate
regulator is located to right and behind hydraulic washer over mandrel and bushing (extending
hose connection on pump. Pressure may be through lug bore) until against lug. Bushing and
adjusted by loosening lock ring on pressure corresponding washer must be oriented so
regulator, then turning thumbscrew. Turning washer is to top of upper lug or bottom of lower
thumbscrew counterclockwise will decrease lug (figure 20).
pressure. Once pressure has been set, tighten
lock ring on external pressure regulator. (h) Carefully position puller unit to insert
tang end of mandrel through ForceMate jaw into
(d) Insert Mandrel, FMM-892-25010-A, puller.
without a bushing, into puller unit. Activate
puller unit. Verify that mandrel fully retracts into
jaw/nose cap attached to puller unit. If mandrel
does not fully retract into jaw/nose cap of unit,
verify tooling setup. Remove mandrel from Ensure that fingers are away from front
puller unit. face and all moving parts of puller unit.
Puller unit is capable of generating
24,000 pounds of pull force. Keep
fingers clear of jaw, cup, bushing and
mandrel reaction surfaces. Failure to do
DO NOT apply any sealant to fitting lug so could result in serious injury.
bore or ForceMate bushing OD in
contact with lug bore, as this will affect
designed fit of bushing, and could result
in unseating of bushing while in service.
To prevent uneven seating of Once cold expansion operation starts,
ForceMate bushing against lug face, do DO NOT release trigger on puller unit
not apply excessive sealant under until mandrel has fully retracted into
bushing flange during installation. nose cap. Any interruption of mandrel
retraction could result in a stuck mandrel
and eventual damage to structure.

(i) Place FMJ-892-55010-A ForceMate

Jaw firmly and flat against ForceMate washer.
Verify that bushing flange is flush on side away
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating from jaw. Activate puller unit to retract mandrel
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 and expand bushing into lug hole. Installation is
complete when mandrel fully retracts into
(e) Apply no more than a 1/8 inch bead jaw/nose cap (figure 21).
of corrosion inhibitive sealing and coating
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to outer perimeter (j) Withdraw puller unit and release
of mating surface of bushing and washer trigger. This will return the mandrel to its
flanges. Then, knock-down bead toward starting position.
outboard edge to form a thin coating prior to
bushing installation into lug. (k) Remove mandrel from puller unit.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 57

Figure 19. FTI ForceMate Bushing on Mandrel

(Tail Pylon URLA and LRLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 58

Figure 20. FTI ForceMate Bushing on Mandrel into Lug

(Tail Pylon LRLA Shown, Reverse Bushing for URLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 59

Figure 21. FTI ForceMate Bushing Installation

(Tail Pylon LRLA Shown, Reverse Bushing for URLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 60

(l) Check bushing under-flange damaging ForceMate bushing bore. Do

flushness (gap). Place a machinist’s straight not force reamer to cut. To prevent
edge on top of bushing flange and visually check excessive scratching/scoring of
for contact with bushing surface. If gap exists, ForceMate bushing bore, remove
seat bushing using bushing seating procedure in reamer frequently during process to
paragraph 5.i. clean flutes and reapply cutting fluid.
Maintain surface finish/Roughness
(m) Ream bushing ID in accordance Average (Ra) of 63 micro-inches (or
with paragraph 5.k. smoother).

(n) Repeat above procedures for LRLA (1) Install (89711) 87332 Tail Cone Hinge
ForceMate bushing installation and reaming. Fitting Assembly Reaming Fixture using the
LRLF, URLF and LLLF positions utilizing
(o) Spot-face LRLA bushing in corresponding alignment pins and slip
accordance with paragraph 5.m. and figure 18. renewable bushings in accordance with table 1.

i. ForceMate Bushing Seating – All Lugs (2) Machine ULLF bushing bore to
1.0017/1.0022 inch diameter. Refer to table 1 to
(1) Select the proper seating tooling for determine necessary reamer and corresponding
the lug location from table 3 or table 4. The slip renewable bushings.
same ForceMate jaw for installing the bushing is
also used for seating the bushing. (3) Install reaming fixture using the LRLF,
URLF and ULLF positions utilizing
(2) Assemble the tooling to seat the corresponding alignment pins and slip
bushing. Refer to figure 22 for typical tooling renewable bushings in accordance with table 1.
assembly view.
(4) Machine LLLF bushing bore to
(3) The Power Pak FT-200 should be set 1.0017/1.0022 inch diameter. Refer to table 1 to
to 8000 psi (minimum) gage pressure. External determine necessary reamer and corresponding
pressure regulator is located to the right and slip renewable bushings.
behind hydraulic hose connection on pump.
Pressure may be adjusted by loosening lock ring (5) Install reaming fixture using the LLLF,
on pressure regulator then turning thumbscrew. ULLF and LRLF positions utilizing corresponding
Turning thumbscrew clockwise will increase alignment pins and slip renewable bushings
pressure. Once pressure has been set, in accordance with table 1.
retighten lock ring on external pressure
regulator. NOTE

(4) Insert the seating rod through the Refer to figure 23 for locally
bushing, and then thread the seating disk onto manufactured Chamfer Guide Work-aid
the rod. Assure the jaw is placed flat and firmly dimensions. Chamfer Guide is for use
against the bushing. Activate the puller unit and with 45° Countersink Chamfer bit, MST-
hold for one to two seconds after the Power Pak 017-028-35 (available in Tail Rotor
attains peak pressure, then release the trigger. Pylon Stabilator Repair Kit, 70700-
77358-042).
(5) Disassemble and remove the tooling.
(6) Machine URLF bushing bore to
j. Final Ream of ForceMate Bushings - Tail 0.8145/0.8150 inch diameter. Refer to table 1 to
Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (Refer to table 1). determine necessary reamer and corresponding
slip renewable bushings. After reaming,
NOTE incorporate 45° x 0.020-0.030 inch chamfer in
end of URLF (Lower Lug) bushing, where tail
Use of drill or ratchet motor and cone lock-pin enters. Refer to figure 24.
application of cutting fluid during
reaming will reduce possibility of
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 61

Figure 22. FTI ForceMate Bushing Seating Tools

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 62

NOTES

1. FOR USE ON ALL H-60 AIRCRAFT WITH FATIGUE TECHNOLOGIES INC (FTI)
FORCEMATE BUSHINGS INSTALLED IN THE TAIL CONE BULKHEAD HINGE
FITTING URLF (LOWER) AND LRLF (UPPER) LUGS.
2. CHAMFER PERPENDICULAR SURFACES 30 DEGREES.
3. MANUFACTURE FROM 6061-T6 ALUMINUM ALLOY BAR STOCK.
4. USE WITH CHAMFER BIT, P/N MST-017-028-35 LOCATED IN H-60 TAIL ROTOR
PYLON STABILATOR REPAIR KIT 70700-77358-042.

Figure 23. Tail Cone URLF (Lower Lug) and LRLF (Upper Lug) Work-Aid
FTI ForceMate Bushing Chamfer Guide
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 63

Figure 24. Tail Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting

Lug ID, Lower Lug Gap, and Chamfer Dimensions
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 64

(7) Install reaming fixture using the LLLF, (2) Machine ULLA bushing bore to
ULLF and URLF positions utilizing 0.8145/0.8150 inch diameter. Refer to table 2 to
corresponding alignment pins and slip determine the necessary reamer and
renewable bushings in accordance with table 1. corresponding slip renewable bushings.

NOTE (3) Install reaming fixture using the LRLA

as the hard point location. LRLA position must
Refer to figure 23 for locally be securely located in place using the
manufactured Chamfer Guide Work Aid corresponding locking alignment pin, slip
dimensions. Chamfer Guide is for use renewable bushing, and knurled nut, as shown
with 45° Countersink Chamfer bit, MST- in accordance with table 2. Pin URLA and ULLA
017-028-35 (available in Tail Pylon positions utilizing corresponding alignment pins
Stabilator Repair Kit, 70700-77358-042). and slip renewable bushings in accordance with
table 2.
(8) Machine LRLF bushing bore to
0.8145/0.8150 inch diameter. Refer to table 1 (4) Machine LLLA bushing bore to
to determine the necessary reamer and 0.8145/0.8150 inch diameter. Refer to table 2 to
corresponding slip renewable bushings. After determine necessary reamer and corresponding
reaming, incorporate 45° x 0.020-0.030 inch slip renewable bushings.
chamfer in the end of the LRLF (Upper Lug)
bushing, where the tail cone bulkhead hinge (5) Install reaming fixture using the LLLA
fitting lock-pin enters. Refer to figure 24. as the hard point location. LLLA position must
be securely located in place using the
(9) Remove reaming fixture. corresponding locking alignment pin, slip
renewable bushing, and knurled nut, as shown
k. Final Ream of ForceMate Bushings - Tail in accordance with table 2. Pin ULLA and LRLA
Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (Refer to positions utilizing corresponding alignment pins
table 2) and slip renewable bushings in accordance with
table 2.
NOTE
(6) Machine URLA bushing bore to
Use of drill or ratchet motor and 1.1883/1.1890 inch diameter. Refer to table 2 to
application of cutting fluid during determine the necessary reamer and
reaming will reduce possibility of corresponding slip renewable bushings.
damaging ForceMate bushing bore. Do
not force reamer to cut. To prevent (7) Install reaming fixture using the LLLA
excessive scratching/scoring of as the hard point location. LLLA position must
ForceMate bushing bore, remove be securely located in place using the
reamer frequently during process to corresponding locking alignment pin, slip
clean flutes and reapply cutting fluid. renewable bushing, and knurled nut, as shown
Maintain surface finish/Roughness in accordance with table 2. Pin ULLA and URLA
Average (Ra) of 63 micro-inches (or positions utilizing corresponding alignment pins
smoother). and slip renewable bushings in accordance with
table 2.
(1) Install (89711) 87564 Tail Rotor Pylon
Bulkhead Hinge Fitting Assembly Reaming (8) Machine LRLA bushing bore to
Fixture using the LRLA as the hard point 1.1883/1.1890 inch diameter. Refer to table 2 to
location. LRLA position must be securely determine the necessary reamer and
located in place using the corresponding locking corresponding slip renewable bushings.
alignment pin, slip renewable bushing, and
knurled nut, as shown in accordance with table (9) Remove reaming fixture.
2. Pin URLA and LLLA positions utilizing
corresponding alignment pins and
slip renewable bushings in accordance with
table 2.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 65

l. Spot-Facing ForceMate Bushings - Tail NOTE

Cone Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (LLLF and LRLF
Lugs) Refer to figure 25 for locally
manufactured Spot-face Mandrel/Rod
NOTE Work-Aid dimensions. Work-aid for use
with Thrust Bearing, P/N 6655K39
Refer to figure 25 for locally (OKVE6), and -5 Spot-facer (Six flute,
manufactured Spot-face Mandrel/Rod. 2.00 inch diameter), Guide Bushings, -
54 Hex Nut (¾ x 16 UNF), and -52
NOTE Dowel Pin (0.250 inch diameter) from P-
9284-B (96547) Spot-Facers and
Work-aid dimensions: Work-aid for use Chamfer Tooling Set.
with Thrust Bearing, P/N 6655K39
(OKVE6), and -5 Spot-facer (Six flute, NOTE
2.00 inch diameter), Guide Bushings,
-54 Hex Nut (¾ x 16 UNF), and -52 Use of drill or ratchet motor and
Dowel Pin (0.250 inch diameter) from application of cutting fluid during spot
P-9284-B (96547) Spot-facers and facing will reduce possibility of
Chamfer Tooling Set. damaging ForceMate bushing flange.
Remove spot-facer frequently during
NOTE process to clean flutes and reapply
cutting fluid. If needed, contact NAVAIR
Use of drill or ratchet motor and ISSC Cherry Pt H-60 FST Structures
application of cutting fluid during spot Engineering for spot-facing setup
facing will reduce possibility of recommendations. Maintain surface
damaging ForceMate bushing flange. finish/Roughness Average (Ra) of 63
Remove spot-facer frequently during micro-inches (or smoother).
process to clean flutes and reapply
cutting fluid. If needed, contact NAVAIR (1) After tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge
ISSC Cherry Pt H-60 FST Structures bushings are installed and reamed, measure
Engineering for spot-facing setup thickness of bushing flanges. In
recommendations. Maintain surface accordance with figure 18, the lower
finish/Roughness Average (Ra) of 63 lug overall thickness measured from the
micro-inches (or smoother). surfaces of the installed bushing and flanges,
shall be 1.3105/1.3115 inches.
(1) After tail cone bulkhead hinge fitting
bushings are installed and reamed, (2) Spot-face lower bushing flange to
measure gap between bushing flanges. In obtain a thickness of 0.154/0.155 inch in
accordance with figure 24, the lower lug gap accordance with figure 18.
dimension measured from the surfaces of the
installed bushings and flanges shall be n. Final Sealing of Installed ForceMate
1.3145/1.3155 inches. Bushings

(2) Spot-face lower bushing flange to

obtain a thickness of 0.152/0.157 inch
in accordance with figure 24.

(3) Spot-face upper bushing flange as

required to obtain the 1.3145/1.3155 inches
gap in accordance with figure 24.

m. Spot-Facing ForceMate Bushings - Tail

Rotor Pylon Bulkhead Hinge Fitting (LLLA and
LRLA Lugs)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 66

NOTE

MANUFACTURED FROM 4340 STEEL (OR EQUIVALENT) ROD

BAR STOCK, 1.00 INCH DIAMETER X 25.00 INCH LONG

Figure 25. Tail Cone and Tail Pylon Lower Lug

FTI ForceMate Bushing and Washer Spot-face Work-Aid
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 67

(2) Install Bearing/Liners, M81934/1-

16C036, from tail rotor pylon bulkhead hinge
fitting Upper Right Looking Aft (URLA) lug, and
M81934/1-16C040, from Lower Right Looking
Aft (LRLA) lug, in accordance with
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating A1-H60HA/RA/SA-SRM-000 (as applicable).
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
(3) Install Upper and Lower Hydraulic
(1) Inspect to see that a continuous bead System Swivel Assemblies, Disconnect
of sealing compound is present around the Couplings, P/Ns AP2853J04 (4 total), in
perimeter of all bushings and washers. If accordance with A1-H60HA/RA/SA-450-300 (as
necessary, apply filet seal around the outer edge applicable).
of the ForceMate bushing flanges and
ForceMate washers with corrosion inhibitive (4) Install new fasteners, at any
sealing and coating compound, MIL-PRF-81733, locations where fasteners were removed to gain
to prevent water intrusion between the lug access for installation of the reaming/alignment
surface and installed ForceMate bushings and fixtures, in accordance with A1-H60HA/RA/SA-
washers. SRM-000 (as applicable).

o. Final Assembly

(1) Install Lock-pin Puller Assembly on tail

cone bulkhead hinge fitting in accordance with
A1-H60HA/RA/SA-110-300 (as applicable).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 019 00
Page 68

Figure 26. FTI ForceMate Bushing on Mandrel into Lug

(Tail Pylon LLLA Shown, Reverse Bushing for ULLA)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 12

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL CONE CANTED HINGE FITTING

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

PART NUMBERS 70209-25001-041, 70209-25001-042, 70209-25001-044, 96209-05001-041 AND

96209-05001-042

Reference Material

Major Structural Airframe Forging – Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin Section ................................ WP 006 00
Tail Fold: Tail Cone Canted Hinge Bulkhead Fitting Assembly and Tail Rotor
Pylon Hinge Bulkhead Fitting Assembly – Repair of Lugs ...................................................................... WP 019 00
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-400
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-400
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Communication Systems, Navy Model MH-60R .......................................................................... A1-H60RA-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Model MH-60S .......................................................................... A1-H60SA-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Model SH-60B ........................................................................... A1-H60BB-690-400
Communication Systems, Navy Models SH-60F and HH-60H .................................................... A1-H60CA-690-400
Corrosion Control, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H ............................................... A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60R .............................................................................. A1-H60RA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Model MH-60S .............................................................................. A1-H60SA-140-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H ......................................... A1-H60CA-140-300
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model HH-60H........................... A1-H60HA-560-300
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model SH-60B ........................... A1-H60BB-560-300
Flight Reference and Automatic Flight Control Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ........................... A1-H60FB-560-300
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ......................................................................... A1-H60RA-450-300
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ......................................................................... A1-H60SA-450-300
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H .......................................... A1-H60CA-450-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60R........................................................................................... A1-H60RA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................................... A1-H60SA-150-300
Rotor Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J........................................ A1-H60CA-150-300
Structural Repair, Navy Model HH-60H...................................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60R ..................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60S ..................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model SH-60B ...................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model SH-60F ...................................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-400
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 2

Reference Material (Cont)

Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000

Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................................ A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60R .............................................................................. A1-H60RA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60S .............................................................................. A1-H60SA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H and HH-60J ........................... A1-H60CA-260-300

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Aircraft Preparation ....................................................................................................................................... 3

Canted Hinge Fitting Installation................................................................................................................... 10
Canted Hinge Fitting Removal...................................................................................................................... 9
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Locator Assembly Installation ....................................................................................................................... 4

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

P-10106-D Fixture, FRCSE Tail Cone Canted Hinge Installation

P-9319-C Bar, Spreader
94SDSCC-D-0012 Fixture, Tail Cone Canted Hinge Installation

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

GMM549001 (or equivalent) Scraper, Non-Metallic

MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 3

1. INTRODUCTION. 5. AIRCRAFT PREPARATION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot a. Remove the tail rotor pylon in accordance
replacement procedures for the tail cone canted with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-
hinge fitting assembly. H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1-
H60SA-110-300.
3. The tail cone canted hinge fitting assembly
provides the structural attachment and a hinge point b. Move the tail rotor pylon electrical harness
for the tail cone to the tail rotor pylon. Due to service away from the work area, back through the
wear, corrosion and other damage it becomes lightening hole in the canted bulkhead.
necessary to replace the tail cone canted hinge
fitting assembly. This procedure will provide c. Remove the 1st and 2nd stage tail rotor
instructions for removal and installation of the tail pressure and return hydraulic fittings, the tail rotor
cone canted hinge fitting assembly using the tail upper and lower swivels and the tubing between
cone canted hinge installation fixture, 94SDSCC-D- them, from the canted bulkhead in accordance with
0012 or P-10106-D. The tail cone canted hinge A1-H60CA-450-300. The hydraulic tubing leading to
fitting assembly is commonly referred to as the the backside of the canted bulkhead from the tail
canted bulkhead. cone section should now be free, to allow the
bulkhead to be removed.
4. INSPECTION.
d. Remove tail cone swivel adapter assembly
a. Inspect tail cone canted hinge fitting in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
assembly in accordance with WPs 006 00 and 019 110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
00. If tail cone canted hinge fitting assembly fails and A1-H60SA-110-300.
inspection or is beyond limits, replace the tail cone
canted hinge fitting assembly using this WP. e. Remove tail cone flight control access cover
in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
b. The following preparation, removal and 110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
installation procedures reference numerous and A1-H60SA-110-300.
organizational level manuals that are found in model
specific IETMS. Due to the numerous models and f. Remove the tail cone lock pin puller
differences between the same models, SH-60B part assembly in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300,
numbers have been used for structural components A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-
unless noted. These references are used as a guide H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.
for removal and installation of numerous
components. Slight differences may exist between g. Remove the tail pylon lock pin switch and
models but the work content is the same. Exact part pylon lock pin switch bracket in accordance with A1-
numbers may be determined by accessing model H60CA-150-300. Save any shims for reinstallation
specific IETMS and drawings if necessary. on the new canted bulkhead.

c. The following is a list of the Sikorsky Tail h. Remove the tail cone fold arm from the flight
Cone Structure Assembly drawings by model. These control cable assembly in accordance with A1-
drawings identify all the drawings required to install H60CA-140-300.
the canted hinge fitting, the skins and associated
structure. i. If installed, remove the aft tail cone drive
shaft cover in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300,
 SH-60B: 70000-25001 A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-
 SH-60F: 70000-85001 H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.
 HH-60H: 70000-85003
 MH-60R: 71000-25001 j. Remove the disconnect coupling from the
 MH-60S: 96200-05001 tail cone in accordance with A1-H60CA-260-300.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 4

NOTE (1) MH-60S will require locally

manufactured adapter plates (refer to figure 2) due
If present, do not remove epoxy shim to differences in rib/fastener spacing on structure.
material from disconnect coupling support Attach LH and RH fittings (13 and 14) to adapter
fittings. plates with #8 screws. Attach adapter plate fitting
assembly to the aircraft with #8 screws, washers and
k. Remove the disconnect coupling support nuts.
angles in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-
H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000, A1-H60RA-
c. Apply torque marks on all #8 screws after
SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000. Annotate
installation to ensure no movement occurs.
support angle orientation on angle for reinstallation.

l. Disconnect aft HF antenna stanchion and d. Attach the lower plate assembly (2) onto the
long wire antenna in accordance with A1-H60CA- compass flux valve mount using three screws and
690-400 and A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110- washers (9 and 11).
300 and A1-H60HA-110-300. Not applicable to MH-
60R and MH-60S. (1) MH-60R and MH-60S do not have a
flux valve and will require locally manufactured
m. Remove aft HF support in accordance with adapter plates (refer to figure 2). Attach lower plate
A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300 and A1- assembly (2) to adapter plate using three screws
H60HA-110-300. Not applicable to MH-60R and MH- and washers (9 and 11). Attach adapter plate fitting
60S. assembly to the aircraft with #8 screws, washers and
nuts. Plate can either be mounted on the center line
n. Remove aft flux valve fairing or lower tail
in the area of the flux valve on legacy aircraft or to
cone aft fairing (MH-60R and MH-60S) in
the starboard side more in line with the lower locator
accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
rod.
110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
and A1-H60SA-110-300.
e. Attach upper locator rods (4) to the locator
o. If using canted bulkhead installation fixture, (1) and the LH/RH fittings (13 and 14). Adjust until
94SDSCC-D-0012, remove aft flux valve and wiring proper fit is attained. Secure rod with nuts and
harness in accordance with A1-H60BB-560-300, A1- washers (9 and 10).
H60FB-560-300 and A1-H60HA-560-300. Not
applicable to MH-60R and MH-60S. f. Attach lower locator rod (3) to the locator (1)
and to the lower plate clevis assembly (5). Adjust
6. LOCATOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION. until proper fit is attained. Secure the aft end
attached to locator (1) with bolt, nut and washer (8, 9
NOTE
and 10). Secure the forward end attached to lower
Steps a. thru h. will be used with table 1, plate clevis assembly (5) with washer, nut and bolt
figure 1 and canted bulkhead installation (9, 10 and 12).
fixture (12757) 94SDSCC-D-0012.
NOTE
a. Install locator assembly (1) on existing
canted bulkhead. Pin the locator in place using four Ensure the locator pins (6 and 7) move
locator pins. Two pins (7, RH side) and two pins (6, freely and are not in a bind. If interference
LH side). or binding occurs, readjust the upper
and/or lower locator rod lengths until the
b. Remove four existing rivets from the LH and pins move freely.
RH side of tail cone assembly (figure 1). Attach the
LH fitting (13) and RH fitting (14) to the aircraft with
#8 screws, washers and nuts. At least three of the g. Apply torque stripe to all jam nuts and rod
four screws must be used to secure the fittings. ends on all three locator rods.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 5

Table 1. Canted Bulkhead Installation Fixture (12757) 94SDSCC-D-0012

ITEM NO. NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER

1 Locator Assembly 94SDSCC-D-0012-3
2 Lower Plate Assembly 94SDSCC-D-0012-5
3 Lower Rod Assembly 94SDSCC-D-0012-7
4 Upper Rod Assembly 94SDSCC-D-0012-8
5 Clevis Assembly 94SDSCC-D-0012-9
6 Pin, Locator 94SDSCC-D-0012-18
7 Pin, Locator 94SDSCC-D-0012-19
8 Bolt AN5H20A
9 Washer AN960-516L
10 Nut AN315-5
11 Cap Screw 16997-12
12 Bolt 94SDSCC-D-0012-36 (AN5-13A)
13 Fitting, LH 94SDSCC-D-0012-41
14 Fitting, RH 94SDSCC-D-0012-46

k. Apply torque marks on all #8 screws after

installation to ensure no movement occurs.

At this point, canted bulkhead is ready for NOTE

removal. Do not remove 2, 5, 13 and 14,
or the reference points for installation of Steps l. thru o. will be used with table 2,
the new canted bulkhead will be lost. figure 3 and canted bulkhead installation
Store locator rods (3 and 4) in a safe fixture (96547) P-10106-D.
place to avoid damage.
l. Attach upper locator rods (6) to the locator
h. Remove canted bulkhead fixture.
(1) and to the LH/RH upper fittings (4 and 5). Adjust
until proper fit is attained. Secure rods with nuts (8)
i. Install locator assembly (1) on existing
and washers (9).
canted bulkhead. Pin the locator in place using four
locator pins. Two pins (2, LH side) and two pins (3,
RH side). m. Repeat the process for lower locator rods
(7).
j. Remove eight existing rivets from the LH
and RH side of tail cone assembly (figure 3). Attach NOTE
the LH fittings (4) and RH fittings (5) to the aircraft
with #8 screws, washers and nuts. At least three of Ensure the locator pins (2 and 3) move
the four screws must be secure to the fittings. freely and are not in a bind. If interference
or binding occurs, readjust the upper
(1) MH-60S will require locally and/or lower locator rod lengths until the
manufactured adapter plates (figure 2) due to pins move freely.
differences in rib/fastener spacing on structure.
Attach LH and RH fittings (4 and 5) to adapter plates n. Apply torque stripe to all jam nuts and rod
with #8 screws. Attach adapter plate fitting assembly ends on all four locator rods.
to the aircraft with #8 screws, washers and nuts.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 6

Figure 1. Installation of Canted Bulkhead Fixture (12757) 94SDSCC-D-0012

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 7

Figure 2. Local Manufacture Adapter Plates for MH-60R and MH-60S

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 8

Figure 3. Canted Bulkhead Installation Fixture (96547) P-10106-D

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 9

Table 2. Canted Bulkhead Installation Fixture (96547) P-10106-D

ITEM NO. NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER

1 Locator Assembly P-10106-D-1
2 Pin, Locator LH P-10106-D-9
3 Pin, Locator RH P-10106-D-10
4 Fitting, LH P-10106-D-15
5 Fitting, RH P-10106-D-16
6 Rod, Upper P-10106-D-13
7 Rod, Lower P-10106-D-14
8 Nut, Hex AN315-5
9 Washer, Flat AN960-516L

e. Remove all remaining fasteners of the skin

to the canted bulkhead. Check all around the
bulkhead and its ears.
At this point canted bulkhead is ready for
removal. Leave LH/RH upper fittings (4 f. Remove the eight rivets that attach web,
and 5) attached to side of aircraft. Store 70202-25002-110, to left and right angles, 70202-
locator rods (6 and 7) in a safe place to 25002-103 and -104.
avoid damage.
g. Remove all the rivets between stations 625
o. Remove canted bulkhead fixture. and 640 along the bottom of each angle, left and
right, 70202-25002-103 and -104, there are two
7. CANTED HINGE FITTING REMOVAL. rows of rivets along the bottom side of these two
angles.
NOTE
h. The canted bulkhead attaches to two webs,
70202-25004-101 and -102. Immediately below
The following procedures use SH-60B where the top skin was removed, remove these
references. Procedures are valid for all rivets. The webs are attached to two angles, 70202-
T/M/S. Part numbers are for reference 25004-103 and -104, that also secure the canted
only. bulkhead by one rivet to each angle, remove these
rivets.
a. Remove the angle assembly, 70202-25013-
043, between stations 595 and 643. Refer to A1- i. Remove the aft HF antenna support, 70202-
H60BB-110-400, A1-H60FB-110-400, A1-H60HA- 25008-105.
110-400, A1-H60RA-110-400 and A1-H60SA-110-
400. j. Remove two clips, 70202-25008-108,
beneath the antenna support.
b. Remove the top skin, 70203-25001-111.
k. Separate the skin from the canted bulkhead
c. Remove the LH and RH side skins, 96200- fitting; break it loose from any potting.
05001-101 and -102. Will require removal and
storage of locator rod side fitting assemblies. MH- l. Install spreader bar, P-9319-C, or suitable
60S ONLY. turnbuckle, that will hold the two bottom angles out
enough to allow the canted bulkhead to be removed.
d. Remove one rivet from each stringer, Spreader bar will form an “X” between the upper and
70203-25001-169 and -170, left and right side, in the lower outboard longerons which attach to the canted
corner at station 625. bulkhead.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 10

m. Remove the existing canted bulkhead from d. Install the two upper locator rods to the
the tail cone. locator plate in accordance with figures 1 and 3. Be
careful not to adjust their length.
n. Inspect the area for corrosion, cracks or
other damage. Repair corrosion, cracks or damage e. Install the lower locator rods to the locator
in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB- plate in accordance with figures 1 and 3. Be careful
SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM- not to adjust their length. The new canted bulkhead
000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000. is now located in the same position as the original.

o. Remove the two tail cone pulley brackets f. Release pressure on spreader bars.
from the canted bulkhead. Save any shims. (The
brackets may be called the forward pulley tail cone g. Transfer holes from existing structure to
brackets, depending on the aircraft). These and the canted bulkhead. Use Clecos to temporarily hold
lock pin switch bracket will need to be installed on bulkhead in place while drilling.
the new bulkhead before it is installed on the aircraft
in accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300. h. Remove the upper and lower locator rods
from the locator plate (in reverse of how they were
p. Remove spreader bars. attached). Detach the lower locator rods from the
locator plate. Remove the upper and lower locator
q. Remove any residual sealant from mating pins.
surfaces using a non-metallic scraper.
i. Adjust spreader bars to slightly spread
r. Clean area to remove metal shavings and structure for ease of removal and installation of the
FOD. canted bulkhead.

8. CANTED HINGE FITTING INSTALLATION. j. Remove the new canted bulkhead fitting.
Clean the area of installation thoroughly, be sure to
NOTE clean up all loose metal shavings.

The placement of the new canted k. Deburr all holes in the skin and canted
bulkhead is likely to be a tight fit, be sure bulkhead.
to use the spreader bar to help ease the
new bulkhead into place.

a. Install spreader bars to hold the two bottom

angles out enough to allow the canted bulkhead to Chemical Conversion Coating,
be installed. MIL-DTL-81706 7

b. Place the new bulkhead into the tailcone. By l. Treat all bare metal with chemical
sight, check the pilot hole alignment with the skins, conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, in accordance
for approximate placement. with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).

Before the locator plate is attached to the

new bulkhead, check the torque stripe
marks to ensure the rod ends or length
has not changed. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

c. Install locator assembly on new canted m. Prime treated metal with epoxy primer, MIL-
bulkhead and pin using two upper and lower pins, PRF-23377, in accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-
respectively, in accordance with figures 1 and 3. 300.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 11

n. Install the lock pin switch bracket and the v. Remove the canted bulkhead locator plate,
two tail cone pulley brackets onto the new canted LH and RH locator rods, LH and RH fittings, lower
bulkhead. Before final installation of the two tail cone plate assembly and adapter plates if applicable.
pulleys, ensure the self retaining bolt aligns to the
two pulleys so that no binding of the bolt occurs. w. Attach the antenna support, 70202-25008-
105. Not applicable to MH-60R and MH-60S.

x. Attach two clips, 70202-25008-108, beneath

the antenna support. Not applicable to MH-60R and
MH-60S.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and y. The canted bulkhead attaches to two webs,
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 70202-25004-101 and -102. Immediately below
where the top skin was removed, ensure these rivets
o. Brush apply a thin coat of sealant, MIL-PRF- are installed. The webs are attached to two angles,
81733, to the inside of the tail cone on every faying 70202-25004-103 and -104, that also secure the
surface between the tail cone and the new canted canted bulkhead by one rivet each angle, install
bulkhead fitting. these rivets.

p. Install the new canted bulkhead into the tail z. Install all the rivets between stations 625
cone. The spreader bar may be needed to open the and 640 along the bottom of each angle, left and
tail cone angles for ease of installation. right, 70202-25002-103 and -104. There are two
rows of rivets along the bottom side of these two
q. Attach the locator plate to the new canted angles.
bulkhead and position the bulkhead the same way
as in steps c., d. and e. above. Remove the aa. Install one rivet from each stringer, 70203-
spreader bar if installed. 25001-169 and -170, left and right side (in the corner
at station 625).
NOTE
ab. Install the eight rivets that attach web,
Do not deviate from existing fastener 70202-25002-110, to left and right angles, 70202-
types without engineering authorization, 25002-103 and -104.
particularly in the area of the flux valve,
as non-magnetic fasteners are typically
ac. If removed, install flux valve and wiring
installed in the area which must remain
harness in accordance with A1-H60BB-560-300, A1-
non-magnetic.
H60FB-560-300 and A1-H60HA-560-300. Not
applicable to MH-60R and MH-60S.
r. Temporarily attach canted bulkhead with
draw Clecos.
ad. Attach the flux valve fairing or lower tail
cone aft fairing (MH-60R and MH-60S) in
s. Several fasteners are installed vertically in
accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
the upper outboard LH and RH longerons on MH-
110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
60S only. Install these prior to installing skins.
and A1-H60SA-110-300.
t. Install LH and RH side skins. Refer to A1-
ae. Install top skin, 70203-25001-111.
H60SA-SRM-400. MH-60S ONLY.
af. Install the angle assembly, 70202-25013-
u. Fasten the canted bulkhead into place with
043, between stations 594 and 643 in accordance
required fasteners. Refer to A1-H60BB-SRM-400,
with A1-H60BB-110-400, A1-H60FB-110-400, A1-
A1-H60FB-SRM-400, A1-H60HA-SRM-400, A1-
H60HA-110-400, A1-H60RA-110-400 and A1-
H60RA-SRM-400 and A1-H60SA-SRM-400 and
H60SA-110-400.
Sikorsky installation drawings.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 020 00
Page 12

ag. Install the antenna, 30ARM300-76A, and am. Install the pylon lock pin switch in
stanchion. Refer to A1-H60CA-690-400, A1-H60FB- accordance with A1-H60CA-150-300, A1-H60RA-
690-400, A1-H60HA-690-400, A1-H60BB-110-300 150-300 and A1-H60SA-150-300.
and A1-H60FB-110-300. Not applicable to MH-60R
and MH-60S. an. Install the tail cone lock pin assembly in
accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
ah. Install the disconnect coupling support 110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
fittings, 70202-25004-105. and A1-H60SA-110-300.

ao. Install the tail cone swivel adapter

assembly in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300,
A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-
H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and ap. Install the 1st and 2nd stage tail rotor
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 pressure and return hydraulic fittings, the tail rotor
upper and lower swivels and the tubing between
ai. Brush apply a thin coat of sealant, MIL- them in accordance with A1-H60CA-450-300, A1-
PRF-81733, over all exterior steel fastener heads H60RA-450-300 and A1-H60SA-450-300.
(HiLoks, lockbolts and blind bolts).
aq. Move the tail rotor pylon electrical harness
back through the rectangular lightening hole in
preparation for attachment to the tail rotor pylon.

ar. Attach the tail rotor pylon in accordance

with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-
H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1-
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 H60SA-110-300.

as. Perform disconnect coupling alignment

check in accordance with A1-H60CA-260-300, A1-
H60RA-260-300 and A1-H60SA-260-300. If the
High Solids Polyurethane Coating, check fails, then a more in depth alignment shall be
MIL-PRF-85285 18 performed. Align the tail rotor drive shaft in
accordance with the procedures in A1-H60BB-SRM-
aj. Apply epoxy primer to all fasteners 000, A1-H60FB-SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000,
(heads/bucktails/collars). Apply polyurethane A1-H60RA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
topcoat to all external surfaces of fasteners.
at. Install the tail rotor drive shaft fairing in
ak. Install the disconnect coupling on to the tail accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-
cone in accordance with A1-H60CA-260-300, A1- 110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300
H60RA-260-300 and A1-H60SA-260-300. and A1-H60SA-110-300.
al. Install the tail cone fold arm of the flight
control cable assembly in accordance with A1- au. Install the tail cone flight control access
H60CA-140-300, A1-H60RA-140-300 and A1- cover in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-
H60SA-140-300. H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-
110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 20

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL CONE ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LH AND RH AFT EXTERNAL SKIN

PART NUMBERS 96200-05001-101 (LH), 96200-05001-123 (LH) AND 96200-05001-102 (RH)

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Electrical Power and Lighting, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................... A1-H60SA-420-300
Flight Control Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F and HH-60H ......................................... A1-H60CA-140-300
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60S ...................................................................... A1-H60SA-GAI-000
Hydraulic Power Systems, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H .......................................... A1-H60CA-450-300
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................... 19
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 2
Installation of LH Repair Doubler .............................................................................................................. 2
Installation of RH Repair Doubler .............................................................................................................. 9

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

Type/No. Date Title and ECP No. Date Inc. Remarks

AFB 245 31 Mar 2011 Inspection of MH-60S Tailcone Fitting for 31 Dec 2011 —
Cracks

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Scraper, Plastic
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-16173, Grade IV Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MMM-A-121 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
7075-T6 Aluminum Sheet, 0.063 Inch thick

1. INTRODUCTION. g. Remove/disconnect electrical cables from

work area in accordance with A1-H60SA-420-300.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot repair
instructions for the tail cone external aft skin, 96200- h. Remove LH and RH access panel, 96200-
05001-101/-123 (LH) and 96200-05001-102 (RH). 05001-119/-120. Retain for reinstallation.

3. Skin cracks occasionally occur in the upper 5. REPAIR.

forward corner of the aft access cut-out in the aft
tailcone skin in the area of FS 635, WL 30, BL8.5R 6. INSTALLATION OF LH REPAIR DOUBLER.
and/or BL8.5L. A crack in this area typically starts at
the radius and extends diagonally up and forward. a. Perform a stop-drill of crack end using the
Instructions in this WP provide repair for cracks in following instructions, if applicable.
this area.

4. DISASSEMBLY.

a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground Acetone, ASTM D329 9

maintenance. Turn off all electrical power and
hydraulic power. (1) Clean external and accessible internal
skin surfaces to remove debris using acetone, ASTM
b. Install aircraft jacks in accordance with A1- D329.
H60SA-GAI-000.

c. Install jack stand under the tail pylon for

added support in accordance with A1-H60SA-GAI-
000.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
d. Remove tail landing gear strut and yoke in
accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300. (2) Perform NDI of crack using Eddy
current or fluorescent penetrant methods to
e. Loosen tail cone flight control cable in determine crack length and termination point.
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300. Compare crack geometry to figure 1, detail A. If
crack is not within limits shown in figure 1, detail A,
f. Remove tail cone hydraulic lines in stop work and contact local engineering point of
accordance with A1-H60CA-450-300. contact for further instructions.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Installation of LH Repair Doubler (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Installation of LH Repair Doubler (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 5

e. Manufacture doubler, from 0.063 inch, 7075-

T6 aluminum alloy in accordance with typical repair
procedures of A1-H60SA-SRM-000. Break all sharp
To prevent damage to substructure when edges. Refer to figure 2.
stop-drilling and routing the skin crack
insert a thin piece of stainless steel sheet f. If pre-load conditions were noted or
along length of crack as a barrier between suspected between tail cone skin and substructure,
the skin and substructure. manufacture shims and/or fillers from 7075-T6
aluminum alloy. Trim as necessary to prevent pre-
(3) Stop-drill the end of the crack with a loads. Break all sharp edges.
No. 30 drill bit, then route out the crack to a width of
0.063 inch from the radius to the stop-drill. Break g. At 21 existing countersunk fastener
sharp edges. locations shown in figure 1 (▲ rework symbol), fill
countersinks in skin as shown in accordance with
(4) Remove the stainless steel shim. instructions for ▲ rework symbol.

h. Position new repair doubler, 96072-20014-

105, as shown in figure 1. Trim doubler as required
to clear adjacent fastener heads, maintaining 2D
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 edge distance and proper spacing between all
fastener locations. Break all sharp edges. Refer to
(5) Clean external and accessible internal figures 1 – 3 with notes for installation of repair
skin surfaces to remove debris using acetone, ASTM parts.
D329.
i. Using existing hole centers at holes L1 and
L9 in figure 2, transfer drill #40 holes (□ 0.098)
through repair doubler, 96072-20014-105. Use drill
bushing with outer diameter to match existing hole
Chemical Conversion Coating, size in structure and inner diameter of 0.098 (“OD
MIL-DTL-81706 7 bushing”).

j. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-105.

k. Open holes L1 and L9 to 0.193 – 0.197

through repair doubler, 96072-20014-105, only.

l. Off of aircraft, position existing LH access

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 panel, 96200-05001-119, on repair doubler, 96072-
20014-105. Attach parts at holes L1 and L9 using
(6) Apply chemical conversion coating, draw clecos.
MIL-DTL-81706, and epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377,
along length of slot and in bore of stop drill hole on m. At existing hole centers in LH access panel,
the aluminum alloy skin rework areas in accordance 96200-05001-119, transfer drill #40 holes at holes
with A1-H60SA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300. L2 – L8 and holes L10 – L20 in figure 2 through
repair doubler, 96072-20014-105 (use OD
b. Remove and discard grommet, MS21266- bushings).
1N, on aft edge of LH tail cone skin. Refer to figure
1. n. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-105,
from LH access panel, 96200-05001-119.
c. At holes L1 through L20 in figure 2, remove
and discard existing nut-plates. o. Open holes L2 – L8 and holes L10 – L20 to
0.193 – 0.197 through repair doubler, 96072-20014-
d. Remove additional fasteners in region of 105.
repair doubler as shown in figure 1.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 6

Figure 2. Fabrication Information LH Repair Doubler, 96072-20014-105

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 7

Figure 3. New Fastener Locations LH Repair Doubler

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 8

p. Fabricate mylar template with trim to roughly ae. Perform solvent wipe of repair area on the
match trim of repair doubler, 96072-20014-105. aircraft and the repair parts using acetone to remove
any dirt, oil residue and FOD.
q. Position mylar template on aircraft.

r. Using existing hole centers at holes L1 and

L9, transfer drill #40 holes (□ 0.098) through mylar
template (use OD bushings). Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7
s. Remove mylar template.
af. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-
t. Open holes L1 and L9 in mylar template DTL-81706, to aluminum alloy rework areas in
only to 0.193 – 0.197. accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

u. Reposition mylar template. Attach to aircraft

using draw clecos in holes L1 and L9.

v. At centers of all fastener holes common to

mylar template other than access panel attachment
holes L1 through L20, drill #40 holes through mylar
template. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

w. Remove mylar template. ag. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to the

rework area on the aircraft and the repair parts in
x. Off of aircraft, position mylar template on accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-300. Allow primer
repair doubler, 96072-20014-105. Attach parts at to thoroughly dry.
holes L1 and L9 using draw clecos.

y. Transfer drill all #40 holes in mylar template

through repair doubler, 96072-20014-105.

z. Remove and discard mylar template.

aa. Attach repair doubler, 96072-20014-105, to Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

aircraft using draw clecos in holes L1 and L9. Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

NOTE ah. Seal the repair doubler and tapered shims

to the aircraft structure with sealing compound, MIL-
If there was a pre-existing repair doubler, PRF-81733, between faying surfaces in accordance
do not locate/drill holes that are within with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
0.50 of existing holes.

ab. Locate new fastener holes as shown in

figure 3. Transfer drill #40 pilot holes through repair
doubler, 96072-20014-105, and tail cone skin.

ac. Rework all holes as shown in figure 1.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
ad. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-105. Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Deburr all holes.
ai. Wet-install all fasteners common to repair
doubler, 96072-20014-105, during final installation
with sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000 as shown in
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 9

figure 1. Overcoat fasteners as shown in figure 1. If am. Apply two coats of high solids polyurethane
fasteners are not available, contact H-60 ISSC-CP coating, MIL-PRF-85285, over the repair area in
Structures Engineering POC for fastener accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-300. Allow paint to
substitutions. thoroughly dry between each coat.

an. Apply primer, paint and sealant as follows:

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
aj. At holes L1 – L20, install nut-plates as
shown in figure 2. Wet-install rivets for nut-plates
with sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
MIL-PRF-85285 18

(1) Apply epoxy primer and high solids

polyurethane coating to any exposed aluminum or
metal surfaces during and after installation. Allow to
fully cure.
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

ak. Fillet seal edges of repair doubler, 96072- Fluorocarbon Release Agent,
20014-105, with sealing compound, MIL-PRF- MS-122 33
81733, in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Adhesive, MMM-A-121 29 Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

al. Install grommet, MS21266-3N, along aft (2) Create form-in-place gasket (if pre-
edges of skin and doubler as shown in figure 1. existing gasket was removed) between access panel
Bond in place using adhesive, Pliobond #20 or and tail cone skin using fluorocarbon release
MMM-A-121. agent,MS-122, and sealing compound, MIL-PRF-
81733, in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

7. INSTALLATION OF RH REPAIR DOUBLER.

a. Perform a stop-drill of crack end using the

High Solids Polyurethane Coating, following instructions, if applicable.
MIL-PRF-85285 18
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 10

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

(1) Clean external and accessible internal

skin surfaces to remove debris using acetone, ASTM
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
D329.
(6) Apply chemical conversion coating,
MIL-DTL-81706, and epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377,
along length of slot and in bore of stop drill hole on
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 the aluminum alloy skin rework areas in accordance
with A1-H60SA-SRM-000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300.
(2) Perform NDI of crack using Eddy
current or fluorescent penetrant methods to b. At holes R1 – R20 in figure 4, remove and
determine crack length and termination point. discard existing nut-plates.
Compare crack geometry to figure 1, detail A. If
crack is not within limits shown in figure 1, detail A, c. Remove additional fasteners in region of
stop work and contact local engineering point of repair doubler as shown in figure 5.
contact for further instructions.
d. Manufacture doubler, from 0.063 inch, 7075-
T6 aluminum alloy in accordance with typical repair
procedures of A1-H60SA-SRM-000. Break all sharp
edges. Refer to figure 4.
To prevent damage to substructure when
e. If pre-load conditions were noted or
stop-drilling and routing the skin crack
suspected between tail cone skin and substructure,
insert a thin piece of stainless steel sheet
manufacture shims and/or fillers from 7075-T6
along length of crack as a barrier between
aluminum alloy. Trim as necessary to prevent pre-
the skin and substructure.
loads. Break all sharp edges.
(3) Stop-drill the end of the crack with a
f. At 21 existing countersunk fastener
No. 30 drill bit, then route out the crack to a width of
locations shown in figure 5 (▲ rework symbol), fill
0.063 inch from the radius to the stop-drill. Break
countersinks in skin as shown in accordance with
sharp edges.
instructions for ▲ rework symbol.
(4) Remove the stainless steel shim.
g. Position new repair doubler, 96072-20014-
106, as shown in figure 5. Trim doubler as required
to clear adjacent fastener heads, maintaining 2D
edge distance and proper spacing between all
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 fastener locations. Break all sharp edges. Refer to
figures 4 – 6 with notes for installation of repair
(5) Clean external and accessible internal parts.
skin surfaces to remove debris using acetone, ASTM
D329. h. Using existing hole centers at holes R1 and
R9 in figure 4, transfer drill #40 holes (□ 0.098)
through repair doubler, 96072-20014-106. Use drill
bushing with outer diameter to match existing hole
size in structure and inner diameter of 0.098 (“OD
Chemical Conversion Coating, bushing”).
MIL-DTL-81706 7
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 11

Figure 4. Fabrication Information RH Repair Doubler, 96072-20014-106

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 12

Figure 5. Installation of RH Repair Doubler

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 13

Figure 6. New Fastener Location RH Repair Doubler (Sheet 1 of 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 14

Figure 6. New Fastener Location RH Repair Doubler (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 15

Figure 6. New Fastener Location RH Repair Doubler (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 16

Figure 6. New Fastener Location RH Repair Doubler (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 17

i. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-106. y. Remove and discard mylar template.

j. Open holes R1 and R9 to 0.193 – 0.197 z. Position repair doubler, 96072-20014-106,

through repair doubler, 96072-20014-106, only. on aircraft using draw clecos in holes R1 and R9.

k. Off of aircraft, position existing RH access NOTE

panel, 96200-05001-120, on repair doubler, 96072-
20014-106. Attach parts at holes R1 and R9 using If there was a pre-existing repair doubler,
draw clecos. do not locate/drill holes that are within
0.50 of existing holes.
l. At existing hole centers in RH access panel,
96200-05001-120, transfer drill #40 holes at holes aa. Locate new fastener holes as shown in
R2 – R8 and holes R10 – R20 as shown in figure 5 figure 6. Transfer drill #40 pilot holes through repair
through repair doubler, 96072-20014-106 (use OD doubler, 96072-20014-106, and tail cone skin.
bushings).
ab. Rework all holes as shown in figure 5.
m. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-106,
from RH access panel, 96200-05001-120. ac. Remove repair doubler, 96072-20014-106.
Deburr all holes.
n. Open holes R2 – R8 and holes R10 – R20
to 0.193 – 0.197 through repair doubler, 96072-
20014-106.

o. Fabricate mylar template with trim to roughly Acetone, ASTM D329 9

match trim of repair doubler, 96072-20014-106.
ad. Perform solvent wipe of repair area on the
p. Position mylar template on aircraft. aircraft and the repair parts using acetone to remove
any dirt, oil residue and FOD.
q. Using existing hole centers at holes R1 and
R9, transfer drill #40 holes (□ 0.098) through mylar
template (use OD bushings).

r. Remove mylar template.

Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7
s. Open holes R1 and R9 in mylar template
only to 0.193 – 0.197.
ae. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-
t. Reposition mylar template. Attach to aircraft DTL-81706, to aluminum alloy rework areas in
using draw clecos in holes R1 and R9. accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

u. Drill #40 holes through mylar template at

centers of all fastener holes common to mylar
template except access panel attachment holes R1
– R20.

v. Remove mylar template.

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
w. Off of aircraft, position mylar template on
repair doubler, 96072-20014-106. Attach parts at
af. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to the
holes R1 and R9 using draw clecos.
rework area on the aircraft and the repair parts in
x. Transfer drill all #40 holes in mylar template accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-300. Allow primer
through repair doubler, 96072-20014-106. to thoroughly dry.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 18

aj. Fillet seal edges of repair doubler, 96072-

20014-106, with sealant, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
MIL-PRF-85285 18
ag. Seal the repair doubler and tapered shims
to the aircraft structure with sealing compound, MIL- ak. Apply two coats of high solids polyurethane
PRF-81733, between faying surfaces in accordance coating, MIL-PRF-85285, over the repair area in
with A1-H60SA-SRM-000. accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-300. Allow paint to
thoroughly dry between each coat.

al. Apply primer, paint and sealant as follows:

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

ah. Wet-install all fasteners common to repair Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

doubler, 96072-20014-106, during final installation
using sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000 as shown in
figure 5. Overcoat fasteners as shown. If fasteners
are not available, contact H-60 ISSC-CP Structures High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
Engineering POC for fastener substitutions. MIL-PRF-85285 18

(1) Apply epoxy primer and high solids

polyurethane coating to any exposed aluminum or
metal surfaces during and after installation. Allow to
fully cure.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Fluorocarbon Release Agent,
ai. At holes R1 – R20, install nut-plates as MS-122 33
shown in figure 4. Wet-install rivets for nut-plates
with sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and (2) Create form-in-place gasket (if pre-
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 existing gasket was removed) between access panel
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 021 00
Page 19/(20 Blank)

and tail cone skin using fluorocarbon release agent,

MS-122, and sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, in
accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
8. ASSEMBLY. MIL-PRF-16173 20

e. Wet-install access panel hardware with

a. Install tail cone hydraulic lines in accordance corrosion preventive compound, MIL-PRF-16173,
with A1-H60CA-450-300. grade 4, in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
Install new or old LH and/or RH aft tail cone skin
b. Install electrical cables in accordance with structural access panels, 96200-05001-119/-120. To
A1-H60SA-420-300. provide for adequate grip length (20 places), install
pan head machine screws, NASM27039C1-13.
c. Install tail land gear strut and yoke in
accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300. f. Remove aircraft jacks in accordance with
A1-H60SA-GAI-000.
d. Tighten tail cone flight control cables in g. Remove jack stand from the tail pylon in
accordance with A1-H60CA-140-300. accordance with A1-H60SA-GAI-000.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 30

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA PYLON SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H AND HH-60J

Reference Material

Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting Assembly – Repair of Right Hand
Lugs ......................................................................................................................................................... WP 023 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting Assembly – Repair of Left Hand Lugs ....................................... WP 024 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Bumper Attach Fitting – Repair of LH and RH Lugs ........................................................ WP 025 00
Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Actuator Attach Fitting – Bushings and Bearing
Replacement ........................................................................................................................................... WP 027 00
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware ......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection .................................................................................................................................. 2
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection .............................................................................................................. 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating

MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. 6. Clean all metal parts as required to assist

inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel, UU-T-
2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe 595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent, MIL-PRF-
structural forging, inspection and damage criteria for 680, Type III. If required, remove paint from parts in
depot maintenance of the pylon section. The accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
maximum reparable limits specified in the inspection
table, is given with the understanding that all
engineering specifications as to fit, material and
positional tolerances are to be maintained. Table 1
is a listing, by part number, of all fittings covered in Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21
the inspection table.

Table 1. Fitting Identification

Figure 1 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22

Part Number
Index No.
7. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion
70209-06053-041 4 protection of machined surfaces, after removing
70209-06055-041 3 paint and cleaning, use corrosion preventive and
70209-06056-041 12 fingerprint remover, MIL-C-15074. After cleaning of
70209-06057-101 6 machined surfaces, apply a light coating of
70209-06057-102 6 lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734.
70209-06057-103 9
70209-06057-104 9 8. INSPECTION.
70209-25011-042 5
70209-25011-044 5 a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1
70209-25011-046 5 for any damage that might affect their safe reuse.
70209-26001-041 1 Detail-inspect parts showing signs of wear in
70209-26001-042 1 accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts
70209-26002-041 8 that are worn beyond allowable limits, or that cannot
70209-26006-101 2 be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in
70209-26008-101 7 table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted.
70209-26008-102 7
70209-26008-103 7
70209-26008-104 7
70209-26012-041 11
70209-26012-046 11 Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
70209-26015-042 10
70209-26015-043 10 b. During and after inspection, if protective oil
coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of
3. DISASSEMBLY. lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for
protection against rust and corrosion.
4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly
procedures to gain access for inspection of the 9. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.
identified forgings. If in the event it is determined
that a forging must be replaced, notify engineering 10. Required Inspection. Inspect all nonferrous
and refer to the applicable engineering specifications parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in
for installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for accordance with the following instructions. These
fastener removal. instructions conform to the requirements of NAVAIR
01-1A-16 (series) and ASTM E 1417, except as
5. CLEANING. noted.

Dry Cleaning Solvent

MIL-PRF-680 1
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Pylon Section Forging Identification

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 4

11. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall Inspection includes not only detection of the
conform to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The presence of penetrant indications, but an accurate
penetrant inspection materials shall meet group V interpretation and identification of discontinuities.
sensitivity on all parts, except those made from Those which are caused by mechanical entrapment
titanium, which shall require group VI sensitivity. in grooves or corners must be recognized by the
inspector as being relevant only to the extent that
12. Preparation of Parts. Surfaces to be inspected their presence may be indicative of harmful
shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily discontinuities.
film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold
penetrant and cause nonrelevant indications. Critical 14. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of
openings and passageways shall be plugged, but inspection is to detect cracking that may have
the edges of such openings shall not be hidden. occurred since last inspection. Cracks are not
Parts must be dry before applying penetrant. Parts acceptable. Primary inspection shall be for detection
will be 35° to 150ºF (2° to 66ºC) when penetrant is of service-incurred damage. However, such original
applied. manufacturing damage such as laps, cracks, seams,
cold shunts or laminations are not acceptable.

15. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection

equipment, material, personnel and methods shall
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
be done to ensure inspections are effective and
13. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in consistent.
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26001-041 and -042 scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
(1, figure 1) outer flange (Area A) 4)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area B) 4)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 5

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26001-041 and -042 scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
(1, figure 1) (Cont) webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — (Notes 1 and 2) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 1A-509 (series))
lugs (Area E)

Corrosion (Area E) — (Notes 1 and 2) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

1A-509 (series))

Bushings (70209- 0.8125 0.8125 Replace

26007-110, -112,
-160 and -161) (F) ID

Bushing bore 0.9365 (Notes 1 and 2) Repair

(bushing removed)
(F)

Bushings (70209- 1.1890 1.1890 Replace

26007-109 and -111)
(G) ID

Bushing bore 1.3749 (Notes 1 and 2) Repair

(bushing removed)
(G)

Bushings (70209- 0.629 0.629 Replace

26007-113 and
NAS538-10P075) (H)
ID

Bushing bore 0.8122 0.937 Repair

(bushing removed)
(H)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-26001-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 6

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, the blend area will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO closer
than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 4.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 7

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26006-101 (2, figure scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
1) (Area A) 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 4)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-26006-101 for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 1.00 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 8

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
06055-041 (3, figure 1) scratches or gouges, 0.075 over a 0.375 01-1A-509 (series))
mounting pad (Area inch diameter circle
A) (Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0030 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
06055-041 (3, figure scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) upper flange (Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area E) 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (F) 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

(NAS75-6-012) ID

Bushing bore 0.5001 0.625 Repair

(bushing removed)
(F)

Barrel nut bore (G) ID 0.693 0.750 (Sleeve or Repair

bushing of suitable
material will be
required to seat
barrel nut properly)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace
06055-041 (3, figure penetrant inspect
1) (Cont) aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-06055-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
06053-041 (4, figure scratches or gouges, 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
1) mounting pad (Area 3)
A)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0030 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
upper flange (Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
lower flange (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
webs (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over a 0.500 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
flanges (Area E) 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0150 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (F) 0.3765 0.3765 Replace

(NAS75-6-014) ID

Bushing bore 0.5001 0.6250 Repair

(bushing removed)
(F)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Barrel nut bore (G) ID 0.693 0.7500 (Sleeve or Repair
06053-041 (4, figure bushing of suitable
1) (Cont) material will be
required to seat
barrel nut properly)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-06053-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
25011-042, -044 and - scratches or gouges 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
046 (5, figure 1) and 3)

Corrosion — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
06057-101 and -102 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(6, figure 1) (Area A) 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-06057-101
and -102) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.1875 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting, 70209-26008- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

101, -102, -103 and - scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
104 (7, figure 1) (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0150 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes
1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26008-101, -102, - 0.0150 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
103 and -104 (7, surface area (Notes 1
figure 1) (Cont) and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-26008-101,
-102, -103 and -104
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
26002-041 (8, figure 1) scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
lug (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26002-041 (8, figure scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
1) (Cont) stiffeners (Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
webs (Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area D) 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.070 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area E) 3)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Bearings (M81934/2- 0.6265 0.6265 Replace

10C016) (F) ID

Bearings bore 0.8127 0.9396 Repair (WP 025 00)

(bearing removed)
(F)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-26002-101)
for cracks and
fractures (paragraph
9)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs and pads, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in
diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
06057-103 and -104 scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(9, figure 1) (Area A) 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
surface area (Notes 1
and 5)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-06057-103
and -104) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.1875 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR

26015-042 and -043 scratches or gouges, 01-1A-509 (series))
(10, figure 1) lug (Area A)

Corrosion (Area A) — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR

01-1A-509 (series))

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
lug (Area B) and 4)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 2 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
26015-042 and -043 scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
(10, figure 1) (Cont) lug (Area C) 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area E) 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area F) 4)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area G) 4)

Corrosion (Area G) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffener (Area H) 4)

Corrosion (Area H) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 2 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
26015-042 and -043 scratches or gouges, 0.060 (Notes 2, 3 01-1A-509 (series))
(10, figure 1) (Cont) web (Area I) and 4)

Corrosion (Area I) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.010 over a 2.00 01-1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Bearings (KMD814- 0.8750 0.8750 Replace (WP 023

13) (J) ID 00)

Bushing (FTI FMI- 1.3125 1.3125 Replace (WP 023

555-45010-D) (J) ID 00)

Bushing bore (liner 1.3778 1.4594 Repair (WP 023

removed) (J) 00)

Bushings (70209- 0.6265 0.6265 Replace (WP 024

26007-147 and -148) 00)
(K) ID

Bushing bore 0.8130 1.125 Repair (WP 024

(bushing removed) 00)
(K)

Liner (70209-26007- 0.5625 0.5625 Replace

102 and -134) (L) ID

Liner bore (liner 0.6877 0.8077 Repair

removed) (L)

Fluorescent None allowed Not reparable Replace

penetrant inspect
aluminum alloy fitting
(70209-26015-102
and -103) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO
closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in Note 4.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR
26012-041 and -046 scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
(11, figure 1) lug (Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

0.0050 over 100% of 01-1A-509 (series))
all three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 01-1A-509 (series))
below lug (Area B) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-26012-041 0.0100 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
and -046 (11, figure all three faces of the
1) (Cont) lug (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
other areas (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 0.500 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bearing 0.5000 0.5000 Replace (WP 027

(SBS16ATC32ZM or 00)
MS14101-8) (D) ID

Liner (70209-26007- 0.9994 0.9994 (Note 6) Replace Fitting

105) (D) ID Assembly

Liner bore (liner 1.0645 1.1045 Repair Fitting

removed) (D) Assembly

Bushings (70209- 0.7033 0.7033 Replace (WP 027

26007-131) (E) ID 00)

Bushing bore (bushing 1.0645 1.1045 Repair

removed) (E)

Magnetic particle None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aircraft quality
steel (70209-26012-
101 and -103) for
cracks and fractures
(NAVAIR 01-1A-16
(series))

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits. It is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 27

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 0.090 Repair (NAVAIR
06056-041 (12, figure scratches or gouges, over a 0.250 inch 01-1A-509 (series))
1) mounting pad (Area diameter (Notes 2 and
A) 6)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than 0.003 Repair (NAVAIR

over 100% of surface 01-1A-509 (series))
area (Note 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than 0.060 Repair (NAVAIR

scratches or gouges, (Notes 1, 2 and 3) 01-1A-509 (series))
outer flange (Area B)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than 0.020 Repair (NAVAIR

over 100% of flange 01-1A-509 (series))
cross sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 28

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
70209-06056-041 scratches or gouges, 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
(12, figure 1) (Cont) webs (Area C) 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

scratches or gouges, 0.060 (Notes 1, 2 and 1A-509 (series))
stiffeners (Area D) 3)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.040 over 100% of 1A-509 (series))
flange cross sectional
width (Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, — Not reparable Replace

scratches, gouges or
corrosion (Area E)

Bushings (F) (NAS75- 0.4390 0.4390 Replace

7-018) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.5626 0.5939 Repair

removed) (F) ID

Barrel nut bore (G) ID 0.788 0.791 Repair

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum
alloy fitting (70209-
06056-101) for cracks
and fractures
(paragraph 9)

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges and stiffeners, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch
in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and
be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. Rework area for nicks, dents, scratches or gouges must be greater than 0.250 inches from the edge of the
0.5621/0.5626 inch bore diameter.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 022 00
Page 29/(30 Blank)

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
 A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 12

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL ROTOR PYLON STABILATOR ATTACH FITTING ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF RIGHT HAND LUGS

PART NUMBERS 70209-26015-042, 70209-26015-043 AND 70209-26015-044

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Installation of FTI ForceMate Bushings ........................................................................................................ 7
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 4

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
FDW-555-57010-B (51439) Cup
FMC-M (51439) Cap, ForceMate
FMG-555-30010-B (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMJ-555-55010-B (51439) Jaw
 A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

FMM-555-25010-B (51439) Mandrel

FT-200 (51439) Power Pak
MB-CA-11 (51439) Chuck Assembly
MB-30 (51439) Puller Unit
5390-001 (51439) Mandrel, Nose-Piece
70700-77340-042 (78286) Bushing/Bearing Remover/Installer Set, Tail Rotor
Pylon Stabilator Actuator Fitting
70700-77358-041T098 (78286) Stabilator/Pylon, Attachment Fitting Repair Set

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
FM1-555-45010-D Bushing, Nominal
FM1-555-45110-D Bushing, 1st Oversize
FM1-555-45210-D Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FM1-555-45310-D Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FM1-555-45410-D Bushing, 4th Oversize
KMDB14-13 Bearing
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint

1. INTRODUCTION. improved corrosion resistance and will offer more

repair opportunities before the fitting has to be
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot replaced.
inspection and repair instructions for the Tail Rotor
Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting, 70209-26015-042/ 4. INSPECTION.
-043/-044, Right Hand (RH) lugs. Refer to figure 1. a. If installed, remove bearings, KMDB14-13,
from RH lugs utilizing components of bushing/
3. The tail rotor pylon stabilator attach fitting bearing, remover/installer set, 70700-77340-042.
provides the structural attachment of the stabilator to
the tail rotor pylon. Due to in service wear, corrosion b. If bonded liners, 70209-26010-102 or 42150
and other damage it becomes necessary to oversize (89771), are installed, remove and discard in
the lug bores. Previous design of the RH lug bores accordance with the following:
called for installation of a split-liner bonded with
structural adhesive. The bonded split-liners design
was prone to failure, causing premature corrosion
damage to the lug bores. This WP will provide
installation instructions for the FTI ForceMate Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26
bushings as an in-service depot-level repair.
Installation of the FTI ForceMate bushings require (1) Pack dry ice, around lug bore and allow
less time for installation, provide improved reliability, to cool for approximately 30 minutes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting

(2) Using a plastic scraper and mallet, diameters with micrometer. If lug bores are within
remove liners and adhesive from lug bore. tolerance of any of oversizes listed in table 1 and
there is no damage to bore, proceed to REPAIR,
paragraph 5, step g. If damage is noted, proceed to
REPAIR, paragraph 5.

Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34 NOTE

(3) Remove residual adhesive from lug ForceMate bushings should be inspected
bores with epoxy paint remover, type I, and a plastic while installed and should only be
scraper. Mask off lug surfaces and surrounding removed if wear or damage beyond limits
areas before application of stripper. is discovered.

c. If FTI ForceMate bushings are installed,

inspect as follows:

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

(4) Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with

Acetone, ASTM D329 9
acetone.
(1) Solvent wipe the FTI ForceMate bushing
(5) Visually inspect lug bores for corrosion, bore and lug face surfaces with acetone.
gouges or wear damage. Measure lug bore
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 4

Table 1. Oversize ForceMate Bushing Lug Diameters

HOLE REAM SIZE (IN.) FORCEMATE BUSHING

Nominal N/A FMI-555-45010-D
1st Oversize 1.3968/1.3988 FMI-555-45110-D
2nd Oversize 1.4170/1.4190 FMI-555-45210-D
3rd Oversize 1.4372/1.4392 FMI-555-45310-D
4th Oversize 1.4574/1.4594 FMI-555-45410-D

(2) Visually inspect for obvious defects, NOTE

corrosion, integrity of sealant around interface
between the FTI ForceMate bushings and the lug Remove both ForceMate bushings and
faces. If corrosion is present and not propagating repair both lugs on RH side if inboard
between the FTI ForceMate bushing and lug, treat in bushing is damaged or worn. If the
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). If outboard bushing is damaged or worn
corrosion is suspected of propagating between the remove just the outboard bushing.
FTI ForceMate bushing and lug, remove the bushing
and refer to REPAIR, paragraph 5. b. If ForceMate bushings require replacement
in accordance with INSPECTION, paragraph 4,
(3) Perform Non-Destructive Inspection remove ForceMate bushings using locally
(NDI) for cracks in the lug faces, breakouts and manufactured tools (cup, bolt, washers, nut and
radius where the lug transitions to the fitting web bushing). Refer to figure 2.
using Eddy Current method in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and A1-H60BB-SRM-
200.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
(4) Visually inspect FTI ForceMate bushing
bores for damage (corrosion, gouges and nicks). If c. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone.
removal of damage is greater than 25% of the
maximum ID (1.3125 inches), replace the ForceMate
bushings in accordance with REPAIR, paragraph 5.

(5) Measure the ID of the FTI ForceMate Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
bushing bores to determine wear. If the FTI
ForceMate bushing ID is worn beyond 1.3125 inches NOTE
in 25% of the bearing contact area, replace the
Scratches and corrosion 0.0005 inch
ForceMate bushings in accordance with REPAIR,
depth or less are considered negligible
paragraph 5.
damage and can be removed by localized
blending.
(6) If sealant integrity is disrupted, remove
the sealant and visually inspect for corrosion. If no d. Perform NDI of lug faces and bores using
corrosion is present, replace sealant in accordance fluorescent penetrant method. Inspect lug bores for
with INSTALLATION OF FTI FORCEMATE corrosion, gouges or wear damage.
BUSHINGS, paragraph 6.

5. REPAIR.

a. If installed, remove bearings, KMDB14-13, Acetone, ASTM D329 9

from the RH lugs utilizing components of
bushing/bearing, remover/installer set, 70700- e. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone
77340-042. to remove residue from fluorescent penetrant
inspection.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 5

Figure 2. ForceMate Bushing Removal

f. Measure lug bores with micrometer. If lug

bores are within tolerance of any of over sizes listed
in table 1, and there is no damage to bore, proceed
To prevent damage to the tail pylon to step g. If lug bores are out of tolerance, or if
stabilator attach fitting, ensure lug damage is present above allowable 0.0005 inch
reaming fixture, 70209-26015-044T011, is depth for scratches or corrosion pits, refer to table 1
securely seated and properly aligned on to determine next oversize to which the lug can be
the fitting prior to reaming lug bores. reamed to remove the damage. Ream lug bores
utilizing the components of reaming locating fixture
NOTE kit, 70700-77358-041T098.
When installing the reaming fixture,
connect the lower center lug, then the LH g. Chamfer lug bushing bore edges (four
lug, then verify that all alignment pins spin places) 0.040/0.030 inch x 45 degrees.
freely. Refer to figure 3.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 6

Figure 3. Stabilator Attach Fitting Lug Rework Fixture, 70209-26015-042T011

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 7

In the event of a ruptured or leaking

hydraulic hose, IMMEDIATELY
RELEASE THE TRIGGER AND
Chemical Conversion Coating, DISCONNECT THE AIR SUPPLY LINE
MIL-DTL-81706 7 from the PowerPak. Never use your
hands to grasp a leaking hose under
h. Treat machined lug bores with chemical pressure. The force of escaping hydraulic
conversion coating in accordance with NAVAIR 01- fluid can cause serious injury.
1A-509 (series).
Periodically inspect the hose for wear or
i. Install ForceMate bushings in accordance
damage that could cause failure of the
with paragraph 6.
hose and possibly result in injury.
6. INSTALLATION OF FTI FORCEMATE
BUSHINGS. In the event of a leaking hydraulic fitting
or puller unit, IMMEDIATELY RELEASE
THE TRIGGER AND DISCONNECT THE
WARNING AIR SUPPLY LINE from the PowerPak,
before investigating or attempting repair.
ForceMate and Cold Expansion tooling
and processes are based on DO NOT attempt to disconnect the
specifications and tests and in-service hydraulic hose while the PowerPak is
data generated using the FTI system of running.
tooling. It is imperative that tooling used in
this critical process not be mixed with DO NOT expose hoses to potential
tooling from any other supplier. Use of hazards such as extreme heat or cold,
incompatible tooling and non-specified sharp surfaces, heavy impact, vehicular
tooling could seriously jeopardize the traffic, toxic materials or paints.
structural integrity and airworthiness of
aircraft. DO NOT allow hoses to kink, twist, curl or
bend so tightly that the oil flow within the
This tooling requires use of very high hose is blocked or reduced.
hydraulic and air pressure. Improper use
of ForceMate or Cold Expansion tooling DO NOT mix this tooling with tooling from
can damage the structure, injure the other manufacturers. Always use the
operator and/or provide insufficient complete set of compatible FTI tooling
fatigue protection. In order to ensure the including mandrel check fixtures and
effectiveness of the process and ensure verification pins.
operator safety, the following precautions
must be followed:
DO NOT exceed 10,000 psi hydraulic
Wear safety glasses at all times during pressure generated by the PowerPak.
the cold expansion process. Pressure beyond the rated capacities
may result in personal injury.
Disconnect the air supply from the
PowerPak when it is not in use, when the DO NOT use mandrels that have been
hydraulic hose is disconnected from the worn beyond their minimum allowable
pump or when maintenance is being diameter.
performed.
DO NOT use tools that have become
Before operation of the puller unit, check
worn. Replace them with new parts
that all screws, fittings and caps are
having the same FTI model number.
properly tight.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 8

NOTE c. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone.

The lug bores must be free of metal chips, cutting
Install ForceMate bushings in both lugs lubricant and other contaminates.
on RH side.

Do not install bonded liners, 70209- d. Check nose-piece on mandrel, FMM-555-

26010-102 or 42150 (89771). 25010-B, for wear by inserting it into mandrel gage,
FMG-555-30010-B. If mandrel nose-piece is
The FTI ForceMate bushing for the excessively worn (goes through gage), discard it and
inboard lug must be installed first. obtain a new nose-piece.

a. Set up puller unit, MB-30, as follows (refer to

figure 4):

(1) Thread the chuck assembly, MB-CA-

11, on puller unit piston rod.

(2) Thread ForceMate cap, FMC-M, to

front of puller unit (longer threads attach to puller Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
unit).
e. Apply epoxy primer, class C, to machined
(3) Thread jaw, FDW-555-55010-B, into areas of lugs.
ForceMate cap.

b. Set up pump as follows (refer to figure 5): f. Install a ForceMate bushing in the inboard
lug flush with the outboard face (refer to table 1 for
(1) Check the pump pressure setting by corresponding FTI ForceMate bushing part number).
cycling gun through the full stroke without the
mandrel. Allow pump to build maximum pressure. g. Slide cup, FDW-555-57010, between lug
Maximum pressure can then be read on the gage ears so that the cup detent (small raised ridge on
above the hydraulic hose connection. front of cup) is against FTI ForceMate bushing end
and contained in starting hole.
(2) Pump pressure must be set to produce
a maximum pressure between 5,000 and 6,000 psi. h. Install jaw, FMJ-555-55010-B, through the
The external pressure regulator is located to the outboard lug so that the jaw pilot is contained in the
right and behind the hydraulic hose connection on smaller opening in the cup. Refer to figure 6.
the pump. Pressure may be adjusted by loosening
the lock-ring on the pressure regulator, then turning
the thumbscrew. i. Insert mandrel assembly through the FTI
ForceMate bushing, cup and jaw, so that nose-piece
(3) Turning the thumbscrew counter- of mandrel is snuggly contained inside the FTI
clockwise will decrease pressure. Once the pressure ForceMate bushing. Refer to figure 7.
has been set, tighten the lock-ring on the external
pressure regulator.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 9

Figure 4. Puller Unit Assembly

Figure 5. FT-200 Power Pak Fittings and Gage

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 10

Figure 6. Inboard Lug Tooling Placement Section View

Figure 7. Inboard Lug Mandrel Placement Section View

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 11

n. Line ream inner diameter of installed FTI

WARNING
ForceMate bushings to 1.3125/1.3120 inch.

Puller unit, MB-30, is capable of o. Chamfer FTI ForceMate bushing edges (four
generating 24,000 pounds of pull force. places) 0.025/0.030 inch x 45 degrees.
Keep fingers clear of jaw, cup, FTI
ForceMate bushing and mandrel reaction
surfaces. Failure to do so could result in
serious injury.

Once cold expansion operation starts, DO Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

NOT release trigger on puller unit until
mandrel has fully retracted into cap. Any p. Apply epoxy primer to the ID of the installed
interruption of mandrel retraction could FTI ForceMate bushings and OD of the bearings,
result in a stuck mandrel. KMDB14-13. Wet-install the bearings in the FTI
ForceMate bushings. After bearings are installed,
j. Verify correct installation, then activate apply anvil point stake to the bearings in accordance
puller unit by pulling trigger. The mandrel will retract with A1-H60BB-110-300 (WP 025 00), A1-H60FB-
and expand the FTI ForceMate bushing into lug. 110-300 (WP 025 00), A1-H60HA-110-300 (WP 023
Installation is complete when the mandrel passes 00), A1-H60RA-110-300 (WP 025 00) and A1-
completely through the FTI ForceMate bushing and H60SA-110-300 (WP 024 00) REPLACE TAIL
into the cup. PYLON/STABILATOR ATTACHMENT BEARINGS.

k. Release trigger and puller unit will push itself q. Ensure rotational movement of bearings
away from stabilator attach fitting. When the puller occurs when finger pressure is applied.
unit stops, remove puller unit while holding cup and
mandrel to prevent it from contacting the structure.
r. Check bearings for alignment by inserting a
l. Set the puller unit aside and reach through bolt, 70209-27007-104, through both bearings.
the outboard lug with a straight slot screwdriver to
hold the mandrel nose-piece. Unthread the mandrel
nose-piece from mandrel. The mandrel, mandrel
nose-piece and cup may now be removed.

m. Reassemble mandrel nose-piece and tang.

Repeat installation process for the outboard lug
using the same tooling setup. Align the FTI Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
ForceMate bushing flush with the inboard face of the Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
outboard lug. Refer to figure 8.
s. Apply sealant to grooves on lug faces
between the lugs and FTI ForceMate bushings, and
between the FTI ForceMate bushings and the
Damage will occur to installed bushing if installed bearings.
reamer is not sharp prior to final ream.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 023 00
Page 12

Figure 8. Outboard Lug Tooling Placement Section View

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 18

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL ROTOR PYLON STABILATOR ATTACH FITTING ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF LEFT HAND LUGS

PART NUMBERS
70209-26015-042 AND 70209-26015-043

Reference Material

Inspection and Damage Criteria Pylon Section – Major Structural Airframe Forging ................................ WP 022 00
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B SH-60F, HH-60H ........................................ A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Installation of Inboard Lug FTI ForceMate Bushing ..................................................................................... 12
Installation of Outboard Lug Bushing ........................................................................................................... 16
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Line Ream and Topcoat ............................................................................................................................... 16
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 6

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Caliper, Dial or Vernier, 1 - 6 Inch

— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
FDW-555-57021-C (51439) Cup Assembly
FMC-M (51439) Cap, FTI ForceMate
FMG-555-30020-A (51439) Gage, Mandrel
FMJ-555-55020-A (51439) Jaw
FMM-555-25020-A (51439) Mandrel
FT-200 (51439) Power Pak
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required (Cont)

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

GGG-C-391 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying 10x

H60RMBSFKT (IVTH2) Reaming Kit, Stabilator Attach Fitting LH Lug Bushings
(X and D Supply)
MB-CA-8 (51439) Chuck Assembly
MB-30 (51439) Puller Unit
216 (or equivalent) (57163) Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
229 (57163) Set, Telescoping Gauge
34-351 (08292) Wrench, Spanner (3/4 – 2 inch)
449 (57163) Gauge, Depth
5821-001 (51439) Mandrel, Nose-Piece
70700-77340-042 (78286) Bushing/Bearing Remover/Installer Set, Tail Rotor
Pylon Stabilator Actuator Fitting

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Glycol, Acetic
A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid
ANSI-B74.18, 220, 320 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
ASTM D 1193 Water, Distilled-Deionized
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
EA 9394 Adhesive
FMI-555-45021-C Bushing, Nominal
FMI-555-45121-C Bushing, 1st Oversize
FMI-555-45221-C Bushing, 2nd Oversize
FMI-555-45321-C Bushing, 3rd Oversize
FMI-555-45421-C Bushing, 4th Oversize
FMI-555-45521-C Bushing, 5th Oversize
FMI-555-45621-C Bushing, 6th Oversize
FMW-555-45021-C Washer, Nominal
FMW-555-45121-C Washer, 1st Oversize
FMW-555-45221-C Washer, 2nd Oversize
FMW-555-45321-C Washer, 3rd Oversize
FMW-555-45421-C Washer, 4th Oversize
FMW-555-45521-C Washer, 5th Oversize
FMW-555-45621-C Washer, 6th Oversize
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-32295, Type I and II Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low VOC, Hap-Free
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MIL-T-21595, Type I Tape, Masking
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
 A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 3

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

22C2524-1 Bushing, 1st Oversize

22C2524-2 Bushing, 2nd Oversize
22C2524-3 Bushing, 3rd Oversize
22C2524-4 Bushing, 4th Oversize
22C2524-5 Bushing, 5th Oversize
22C2524-6 Bushing, 6th Oversize
70209-26007-148 Bushing, Nominal

1. INTRODUCTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot

inspection and repair instructions for the Tail Rotor Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting, 70209-26015-042
and -043, Left Hand (LH) lugs. Refer to figure 1 for
location.

3. The tail rotor pylon stabilator attach fitting

provides the structural attachment of the stabilator to Non-Aqueous Cleaner, MIL-PRF-32295 39
the tail rotor pylon. Due to in-service wear, corrosion
and other damage, it may become necessary to b. Remove all dirt and debris from the fitting
oversize the lug bores. The original dual flanged lugs with a clean cloth moistened with dry cleaning
bushing installation in the LH inboard lug has a solvent, MIL-PRF-680, or non-aqueous, low VOC,
tendency to crack at the flange due to clamp-up hap-free cleaner, MIL-PRF-32295.
loads. This type of failure allows corrosion to initiate
in the gap between the installed bushings. c. Remove outboard lug bushing (one each),
70209-26007-148 (nominal) or 22C2524 (1 through
4. This WP will provide inspection of the LH
6 oversize), using components of bushing/bearing,
inboard and outboard lugs, repair of corrosion
remover/installer set, 70700-77340-042.
damage and FTI ForceMate bushing and washer
installation instructions in the LH inboard lug as an
in-service depot-level repair. Installation of the FTI d. If LH inboard lugs have bushings (two each),
ForceMate bushing and washer with the patented 70209-26007-147, installed, proceed to REPAIR,
blue coat liner applied to the outside diameter of the paragraph 7.
mating surface has proven to significantly reduce
dissimilar metal corrosion between the installed NOTE
bushing and lug. FTI ForceMate bushings require
less time for installation, provide improved reliability, Inboard lug FTI ForceMate bushing and
improved corrosion resistance and offer more repair washer should be inspected while
opportunities before the fitting has to be replaced. installed and should only be removed if
wear or damage beyond limits is
5. This WP will also provide depot-level repair discovered.
procedures for the LH outboard lug and bushing.
e. If LH inboard lug has FTI ForceMate
6. INSPECTION. bushing and washer installed, inspect as follows:
a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground
maintenance. Turn off all electrical power and
hydraulic power.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Tail Rotor Pylon Stabilator Attach Fitting

damage using abrasive cloth (320-grit). Minimum

material thickness between blended surface and
opposite lug face is not less than 0.460 inch on left
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 lug. Refer to WP 022 00, table 2, and figure 2, this
WP.

(b) If corrosion is suspected of

propagating between the FTI ForceMate bushing
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 and/or washer, and lug, remove and replace the
bushing and washer (refer to REPAIR, paragraph 7).
(1) Wipe lug faces and FTI ForceMate
bushing bore surfaces clean with acetone, ASTM (3) Measure the Inner Diameter (ID) of the
D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735. FTI ForceMate bushing bore to determine wear. If
the FTI ForceMate bushing ID is worn beyond
(2) Visually inspect FTI ForceMate bushing 0.6265 inch in 25% of the bearing contact area,
and washer and lug for corrosion, nicks and/or replace the FTI ForceMate bushings in accordance
excessive damage/wear, integrity of sealant around with REPAIR, paragraph 7. If sealant integrity is
interface between the FTI ForceMate bushing and disrupted, remove the sealant and visually inspect
lug face using a 10x (or greater) magnifying glass. for corrosion. If no corrosion is present, replace
Refer to WP 022 00, table 2, and figure 2, this WP. sealant in accordance with INSTALLATION OF FTI
FORCEMATE BUSHINGS, paragraph 9.
(a) If corrosion is present and not
propagating between the FTI ForceMate bushing (4) Perform Non-Destructive Inspection
and/or washer, and lug, treat in accordance with (NDI) Eddy Current Method for surface and
NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). Blend out minor surface subsurface cracks on the inboard and outboard lug
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Stabilator Attachment Fitting and Bushings

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 6

break-out areas, and radius where the lug transitions d. Perform visual inspection of both LH lugs
to the fitting web in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A- and radii where lugs transition to fitting web using a
16 (series), WP 402 00 and A1-H60BB-SRM-200. If 10x magnifying glass (or stronger). Inspect for
cracks are detected, contact H-60 Fleet Support corrosion, surface cracks, nicks and gouges in
Team (FST) Cherry Point Structures Engineering for accordance with WP 022 00, table 2 and figure 2,
further disposition. this WP.

(5) If installed FTI ForceMate bushings and (1) Measure lug bores with micrometer. If
washers are within limits and no defects were lug bores are within tolerance of any of oversizes
identified during visual inspection and Eddy Current listed in table 1, and there is no damage to lug face
NDI, no further action to LH inboard lug required. or bore, proceed to INSTALLATION OF INBOARD
FTI ForceMate bushing and washer may remain in LUG FTI FORCEMATE BUSHING, paragraph 9.
service. Proceed to INSTALLATION OF
OUTBOARD LUG BUSHING, paragraph 7.

7. REPAIR.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
a. If installed, remove and discard bushing
(one each), 70209-26007-148, from the LH outboard
lug, and bushing (two each), 70209-26007-147, from (2) If corrosion pits exist on the lug face(s)
the LH inboard lug, utilizing components of up to 0.005 inch deep, perform isolated blending.
bushing/bearing, remover/installer set, 70700- Refer to figure 3 for blending. Verify removal of
77340-042. corrosion using fluorescent penetrant method in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16-2 (series), WP
b. If the LH inboard lug FTI ForceMate bushing 402 00 and A1-H60BB-SRM-200. Proceed to step e.
and washer requires replacement in accordance
with INSPECTION, paragraph 6, remove the FTI (3) If corrosion or other damage on the lug
ForceMate bushing and washer using locally face(s) exceeds 0.005 inch, spot-face the lug to a
manufactured tools (cup, bolt, washers, nut and maximum depth of 0.020 inch on each side (or 0.040
bushing). inch on one side, if required) utilizing the
components of the stabilator attach fitting LH lug
bore reaming kit, H60RMBSFKT.

(4) If lug bores are out of tolerance, or if

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 damage is present beyond allowable localized blend
limits, refer to table 1 to determine next oversize to
which the lug can be reamed and/or spot-faced to
remove the damage. Ream and/or spot-face lug
bores utilizing the components of the stabilator
attach fitting LH lug bore reaming kit,
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
H60RMBSFKT.
c. Wipe both lug bore and face surfaces with (5) Perform NDI Eddy Current Method for
acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735. surface and subsurface cracks on the inboard and
outboard lug breakout areas, and radius where the
NOTE lug transitions to the fitting web in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-16-2 (series), WP 402 00 and A1-
Scratches and corrosion 0.005 inch depth H60BB-SRM-200. If cracks are detected, contact H-
or less are considered negligible damage 60 Fleet Support Team (FST) Cherry Point
and can be removed by localized Structures Engineering for further disposition.
blending.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 7

Table 1. Nominal and Oversize ForceMate Bushing Lug Diameters

INBOARD LUG OUTBOARD LUG

FTI FORCEMATE BUSHING (LOCAL
HOLE REAM SIZE BUSHING/WASHER MANUFACTURE)
Nominal 0.8120/0.8140 FMI-555-45021-C 70209-26007-148
FMW-555-45021-C
1st Oversize 0.8432/0.8452 FMI-555-45121-C 22C2524-1
FMW-555-45121-C
2nd Oversize 0.8745/0.8765 FMI-555-45221-C 22C2524-2
FMW-555-45221-C
3rd Oversize 0.9057/0.9077 FMI-555-45321-C 22C2524-3
FMW-555-45321-C
4th Oversize 0.9370/0.9390 FMI-555-45421-C 22C2524-4
FMW-555-45421-C
5th Oversize 0.9682/0.9702 FMI-555-45521-C 22C2524-5
FMW-555-45521-C
6th Oversize 0.9995/1.0015 FMI-555-45621-C 22C2524-6
FMW-555-45621-C
NOTE

During FTI ForceMate bushing installation, the bushing and lug will expand. When a FTI ForceMate bushing is
removed, the lug will contract, but not to original ream dimensions. If the maximum dimension is not exceeded,
the same size FTI ForceMate bushing can be installed up to three times.

lugs. Topcoat removal for NDI is required

in areas with corrosion, or suspected with
corrosion.
Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34
e. If corrosion was detected or suspected
during visual inspection, remove paint from affected
areas using epoxy paint remover, MIL-R-81294, or
equivalent, in preparation for fluorescent penetrant
To ensure accurate NDI results and to NDI, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
avoid creating stress risers, avoid and A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and
mechanically abrading the surface while A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
removing paint.
f. If coatings cannot be completely removed
using chemical stripper and a non-metallic scraper,
NOTE
recommend mechanical removal/abrading of
isolated spots where coatings remain adhered using
It is not necessary to perform 100% aluminum oxide cloth not to exceed 220-grit.
removal of topcoat finishes from the fitting
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 8

Figure 3. Damage and Blending

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 9

Acetic Glycol 40 Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

i. Wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone, ASTM

D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to remove
residue from fluorescent penetrant inspection.
Base material will become embrittled if
etchant is not thoroughly rinsed with
j. Remove corrosion damage identified by
distilled-deionized water.
fluorescent penetrant method NDI. For isolated
pitting or gouge damage 0.005 – 0.015 inch and
NOTE
less, perform spot-blending. Refer to figure 3. For all
other damage, refer to table 1 for reaming and/or
To ensure accuracy of NDI, application of
spot-facing.
caustic etch is authorized using a swab
method in accordance with local
specifications to remove any flowed metal
after grinding.
Acetic Glycol 40
If caustic etchant is not available due to
geographic location and/or restrictions,
authorization is granted to waive
requirement to etch mechanically
abraded surfaces prior to penetrant NDI. Base material will become embrittled if
etchant is not thoroughly rinsed with
g. Prior to NDI fluorescent penetrant method to distilled-deionized water.
verify corrosion after removal of topcoats, perform
aluminum etch of reworked areas using swab NOTE
method, in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or
local specifications, to remove any flowed metal To ensure accuracy of NDI, application of
from the grinding process. After swab-etchant caustic etch is authorized using a swab
application, ensure etchant is thoroughly rinsed with method in accordance with local
distilled-deionized water to prevent embrittlement of specifications to remove any flowed metal
the fitting. after grinding.

If caustic etchant is not available due to

geographic location and/or restrictions,
authorization is granted to waive
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 requirement to etch mechanically
abraded surfaces prior to penetrant NDI.
h. Perform NDI of lug faces and bores using k. Prior to NDI fluorescent penetrant method to
fluorescent penetrant method in accordance with verify corrosion removal, apply aluminum acid etch
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 00 for surface of reworked areas using swab method, in
cracks and corrosion. accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local
specifications, to remove any flowed metal from the
grinding process. After swab-etchant application,
ensure etchant is thoroughly rinsed with distilled-
deionized water to prevent embrittlement of the
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 fitting.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 10

n. If not present, chamfer the inboard lug hole

edges (two places) 0.020/0.030 inch x 45 degrees.

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7
If corrosion pits remain on the lug surface
with maximum material removed, and/or NOTE
the inner bore is reamed to the maximum
oversize, the fitting shall be replaced. Use of Touch-N-Prep pen or equivalent
applicator reduces HAZWASTE and
l. Perform NDI of lug faces and bores using
expedites application.
fluorescent penetrant method for surface cracks and
corrosion. Mark all discrepancies for blending out
damage. If corrosion was still present, repeat o. Treat machined lug bores with chemical
blending and/or reaming/spot-facing procedures as conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, in accordance
required until all corrosion has been removed and with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and
verified by NDI fluorescent penetrant method in A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP
201 00. p. If lug faces required spot-face, restore spot-
faced area of the lug(s) to original dimensions as
follows:

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(1) Manufacture a flat plate at least 2 inches

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply a heavy
plastic type tape and/or release agent, MS-122, to
m. Wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone, ASTM one side of the plate.
D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to remove
residue from fluorescent penetrant inspection.

NOTE
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
During FTI ForceMate bushing
installation, the bushing and lug will
expand. When a FTI ForceMate bushing
is removed, the lug will contract, but not
to original ream dimensions. If the Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
maximum dimension is not exceeded, the
same size FTI ForceMate bushing can be (2) Clean spot-faced surface using acetone,
installed up to three times. ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to
remove metal chips, cutting lubricant and other
Do not chamfer inboard lug if spot-face is contaminates prior to application of structural
required. adhesive.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 11

q. Wipe lug bore and face surfaces with

acetone, ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-
735.
Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(3) Apply a heavy plastic type tape and/or

release agent, MS-122, to the lug bore and on the
lug face around the outside of the spot-face. Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7

NOTE

Adhesive, EA 9394 35 Use of Touch-N-Prep pen or equivalent

applicator reduces HAZWASTE and
(4) Apply a coating of adhesive, EA 9394, to expedites application.
fill the machined spot-face(s).
r. Treat the entire machined area with
(5) Place the flat plate over the spot-face(s) chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, in
and clamp plate to the lug. accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-
SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.
(6) Allow adhesive, EA 9394, to cure 1 hour
at 150°F using heat lamps or 24 hours at room
temperature. After adhesive has cured, remove
plate and tape and clean off excess adhesive that
squeezed out.

(7) For inboard lug spot-face, allow

adhesive, EA 9394, to fully cure before removing
plate and tape. Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

NOTE

Use of SEMPEN or equivalent applicator

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
application.

s. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to

machined areas of lugs in accordance with NAVAIR
01-1A-509 (series). Allow to cure.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 12

8. INSTALLATION OF INBOARD LUG FTI Periodically inspect the hose for wear or
FORCEMATE BUSHING. damage that could cause failure of the
hose and possibly result in injury. In the
event of a leaking hydraulic fitting or
WARNING
puller unit, IMMEDIATELY RELEASE
THE TRIGGER AND DISCONNECT THE
AIR SUPPLY LINE from the PowerPak,
FTI ForceMate and Cold Expansion
before investigating or attempting repair.
tooling and processes are based on
specifications and tests and in-service
DO NOT attempt to disconnect the
data generated using the FTI system of
hydraulic hose while the PowerPak is
tooling. It is imperative that tooling used
running.
in this critical process not be mixed with
tooling from any other supplier. Use of
DO NOT expose hoses to potential
incompatible tooling and non-specified
hazards such as extreme heat or cold,
tooling could seriously jeopardize the
sharp surfaces, heavy impact, vehicular
structural integrity and airworthiness of
traffic, toxic materials or paints.
aircraft.
DO NOT allow hoses to kink, twist, curl or
This tooling requires use of very high
bend so tightly that the oil flow within the
hydraulic and air pressure. Improper use
hose is blocked or reduced.
of FTI ForceMate or Cold Expansion
tooling can damage the structure, injure
DO NOT mix this tooling with tooling from
the operator and/or provide insufficient
other manufacturers. Always use the
fatigue protection. In order to ensure the
complete set of compatible FTI tooling
effectiveness of the process and ensure
including mandrel check fixtures and
operator safety, the following precautions
verification pins.
must be followed:
DO NOT exceed 10,000 psi hydraulic
Wear safety glasses at all times during
pressure generated by the PowerPak.
the cold expansion process.
Pressure beyond the rated capacities
may result in personal injury.
Disconnect the air supply from the
PowerPak when it is not in use, when the DO NOT use mandrels that have been
hydraulic hose is disconnected from the worn beyond their minimum allowable
pump or when maintenance is being diameter. DO NOT use tools that have
performed. become worn. Replace them with new
parts having the same FTI model
Before operation of the puller unit, ensure number.
all screws, fittings and caps are properly
tight. NOTE

In the event of a ruptured or leaking During FTI ForceMate bushing

hydraulic hose, IMMEDIATELY installation, the bushing and lug will
RELEASE THE TRIGGER AND expand. When a FTI ForceMate bushing
DISCONNECT THE AIR SUPPLY LINE is removed, the lug will contract, but not
from the PowerPak. Never use your to original ream dimensions. If the
hands to grasp a leaking hose under maximum dimension is not exceeded, the
pressure. The force of escaping hydraulic same size FTI ForceMate bushing can be
fluid can cause serious injury. installed up to three times.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 13

NOTE

The FTI ForceMate bushing for the

inboard lug must be installed prior to the
bushing in the outboard lug.

Due to expansion of the FTI ForceMate Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

bushing and lug bore, if the lug was spot- Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
faced, adhesive, EA 9394, may crack
when installing the FTI ForceMate
d. Apply 1/8 inch bead of sealing compound,
bushing.
MIL-PRF-81733, under the FTI ForceMate bushing
flange and washer surface that will contact the lug
a. Set-up puller unit, MB-30, as follows (refer
faces. (Refer to table 1 for FTI ForceMate bushing
to figure 4):
and washer part numbers.)
(1) Thread chuck assembly, MB-CA-8, on
puller unit piston rod. e. Install FTI ForceMate bushing flush to the
inboard lug face, with the flange oriented on the RH
(2) Thread cap, FMC-M, to front of puller side of the inboard lug. Slide the washer over the
unit (longer threads attach to puller unit). exposed bushing protruding from the LH side of the
inboard lug. Refer to figure 6.
(3) Thread jaw, FMJ-555-55020-A, into FTI
ForceMate cap. f. Slide cup/washer retainer assembly, FDW-
555-57021-C, between lug ears so that the cup
b. Set-up pump as follows (refer to figure 5):
detent (small raised ridge on front of cup) is against
(1) Check the pump pressure setting by FTI ForceMate bushing flange and contained in
cycling gun through the full stroke without the starting hole. Thread the clamp down on the flange
mandrel. Allow pump to build maximum pressure. side of the bushing until the counter bore edge is
Maximum pressure can then be read on the gage over the flange (lateral movement will become
above the hydraulic hose connection. restricted at this point). The washer retainer
assembly on the LH (inboard) should still be slightly
(2) Pump pressure must be set to produce a loose at this point.
maximum pressure between 4,000 and 5,000 psi.
The external pressure regulator is located to the g. Remove jaw, FMJ-555-55020-A, from puller
right and behind the hydraulic hose connection on unit and insert through the outboard lug until jaw
the pump. Pressure may be adjusted by loosening pilot is contained in the cup opening. Refer to figure
the lock-ring on the pressure regulator, then turning 6.
the thumbscrew.
h. Insert mandrel, FMM-555-25020-A, from RH
(3) Turning the thumbscrew counter-
side through the clamp, bushing, cup and jaw until
clockwise will decrease pressure. Once the pressure
the mandrel nose-piece is engaged in the bushing.
has been set, tighten the lock-ring on the external
Refer to figure 5.
pressure regulator.

c. Check nose-piece on mandrel, FMM-555- i. Visually verify that all components are
25020-A, for wear by inserting it into mandrel gage, correctly aligned, then tighten the cup/washer
FMG-555-30020-A. If mandrel nose-piece is retainer assembly caps using the spanner wrench,
excessively worn (goes through gage), discard it 34-351. There should be no play in the cup/washer
and obtain new nose-piece. retainer assembly after tightening the caps.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 14

Figure 4. Puller Unit Assembly

Figure 5. FT-200 Power Pak Fittings and Gage

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 15

Figure 6. Left-Hand Side Inboard Lug Tooling Placement (Section View)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 16

j. Remove the jaw, visually inspect to ensure

the cup is properly seated on washer and the clamp
is properly seated on bushing flange, but is not in
contact with the lug. Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 27

WARNING

Puller unit, MB-30, is capable of Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26

generating 24,000 pounds of pull force.
Keep fingers clear of jaw, cup, FTI b. Oversized bushing may have between 0.000
ForceMate bushing and mandrel reaction – 0.003 inch press-fit into the lug. If bushing has
surfaces. Failure to do so could result in more than a 0.001 inch press-fit, freeze the bushing
serious injury. in liquid nitrogen, A-A-59503, or dry ice, CGA G-6.2,
or equivalent.

c. Install oversized bushing in the outboard lug.

Once cold expansion operation starts, DO Bushing length should extend an equal distance
NOT release trigger on puller unit until beyond each side of the lug.
mandrel has fully retracted into cap. Any
interruption of mandrel retraction could 10. LINE REAM AND TOPCOAT.
result in a stuck mandrel.

k. Verify correct/align installation if necessary,

then activate puller unit by pulling trigger. The
mandrel will retract and expand the FTI ForceMate Damage will occur to installed bushing if
bushing into lug. Installation is complete when the reamer is not sharp prior to final ream.
mandrel passes completely through the FTI
ForceMate bushing and washer, and into the cup.
a. Line ream inner diameter of installed FTI
l. Release trigger. Puller unit will push itself ForceMate bushing and outboard bushing to 0.6265
away from stabilator attach fitting. When the puller – 0.6250 inch using the stabilator attach fitting LH
unit stops, remove puller unit while holding cup and lug bushings reaming kit, H60RMBSFKT. These
mandrel to prevent it from contacting the structure. holes are to be in true position to each other within
0.0005 inch diameter.
m. Set the puller unit aside, and reach through
the outboard lug with a straight slot screwdriver to
hold the mandrel nose-piece. Unthread the mandrel
nose-piece from mandrel and remove. Use the
spanner wrench to remove the cup/washer retainer
assembly.

n. Chamfer installed FTI ForceMate bushing

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
and washer edges (two places) 0.025/0.030 inch x
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
45 degrees. Refer to figure 2, view C.

9. INSTALLATION OF OUTBOARD LUG b. Apply fillet seal of corrosion inhibiting

BUSHING. sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733, between LH
inboard lug and installed FTI ForceMate bushing.
a. Obtain oversize bushing, 22C2524, which
corresponds to the lug ream size used. Refer to
table 1 for bushing dash number.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 024 00
Page 17/(18 Blank)

NOTE

Use of SEMPEN or equivalent applicator

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
application.

f. Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to all

unprotected surfaces of fitting lugs in accordance
with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). Ensure both lug
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 bushing bores are clean and free of epoxy primer.
Allow to fully cure.
c. Wipe bushing bores with acetone, ASTM
D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to remove any
residual sealant and wipe lug surfaces.

d. Mask-off lug bushing bores to prevent High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

primer and topcoat from contacting inner diameter of MIL-PRF-85285 18
both lug bushing bores.
NOTE

Use of SEMPEN or equivalent applicator

reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
application.
Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7 g. Apply high solids polyurethane coating, MIL-
PRF-85285, to both lugs in accordance with
e. Treat all unprimed surfaces with chemical NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). Ensure bushing bores
conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, in accordance are clean and free of polyurethane topcoat. Allow to
with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-H60RA-SRM-300 and fully cure.
A1-H60SA-SRM-300, WP 005 00.

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 10

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL ROTOR BUMPER ATTACH FITTING

REPAIR OF LH AND RH LUGS

PART NUMBER
70209-26002-041

MODEL NUMBERS
SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J AND MH-60R

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 6
Bushing Installation ................................................................................................................................... 9
Lug Bore Repair ........................................................................................................................................ 7
Lug Face Repair ........................................................................................................................................ 6

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic
70700-77340-042 (78286) Bushing/Bearing Remover/Installer Set, Tail Rotor
Pylon Stabilator Actuator Fitting
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-59503 Nitrogen, Liquid

AMS 5643 Rod Bar, 17-4 PH Stainless Steel Stock Condition A,
1.00 inch Diameter
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
EA 9394 Adhesive
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-DTL-85054 Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285, Light Gray, Color No. 550GY-008 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MIL-T-21595, Type I Tape, Masking
MMM-A-132 (EA 9394) Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Release
M81934/2-10C016 Bushing, Nominal
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
22A0061-1 Bushing/Sleeve, 1st Oversize
22A0061-2 Bushing/Sleeve, 2nd Oversize
22A0061-3 Bushing/Sleeve, 3rd Oversize

1. INTRODUCTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot

inspection and repair instructions for the Tail Rotor To ensure accurate NDI results, and to
Pylon Bumper Attach Fitting, 70209-26002-041. avoid creating stress risers, do not
Refer to figure 1. mechanically abrade the lug surfaces while
removing paint.
3. The tail rotor pylon bumper attach fitting
provides the structural attachment of the bumper to b. Mask off lug surfaces and surrounding
the tail rotor pylon. Due to in service wear, it may be areas. If present, remove residual adhesive from lug
necessary to oversize the lug bores due to corrosion bores with epoxy paint remover, MIL-R-81294, type
and other damage. This WP will provide for I, and a plastic scraper.
installation of a repair sleeve along with local
blending limits for the lug bores and faces.

4. INSPECTION.

a. If installed, remove bushings (four each), Acetone, ASTM D329 9

M81934/2-10C016, from the LH and RH lugs
utilizing components of bushing/bearing,
remover/installer set, 70700-77340-042. Refer to
figure 1 for location. Refer to figures 2 and 3.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

c. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone,

Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34 ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tail Rotor Pylon Bumper Attachment Fitting

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 4

Figure 2. Fitting Lug Nominal Dimensions

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 5

Figure 3. Fitting Lug Bushing Installation

d. Visually inspect lug bores for corrosion,

gouges or wear damage. Measure lug bore inner
diameters with micrometer. If any lug bore exceeds
0.8127 inch diameter, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 5. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

e. Visually inspect lug bores for a repair

sleeve. If installed inspect for evidence of corrosion,
wear on lug faces or slippage within the lug. If any of
these conditions exist, remove sleeve and proceed Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
to REPAIR, paragraph 5.
g. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone,
ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to
remove residue from fluorescent penetrant
inspection.
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

f. Perform fluorescent penetrant inspection

(type I, method C) in accordance with A1-H60BB-
SRM-200 and NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 Chemical Conversion Coating,
00. Inspect lug bores for corrosion, gouges or wear MIL-DTL-81706 7
damage to ensure complete corrosion removal and
no evidence of crack indications. If cracks or h. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-
corrosion are detected, refer to REPAIR, paragraph DTL-81706, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
5. (series) to bare metal surfaces.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 6

i. If no discrepancies were noted, proceed to d. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone,
REPAIR, paragraph 8. ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to
remove residue from fluorescent penetrant
5. REPAIR. inspection.

6. LUG FACE REPAIR (Figure 2).

NOTE

If corrosion pitting on lug inner or outer Chemical Conversion Coating,

face is isolated to 25% or less surface MIL-DTL-81706 7
area and is less than 0.010 inch depth,
perform isolated spot-blending. Maintain a e. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-
minimum surface finish of the blended DTL-81706, to unprotected aluminum alloy surfaces
area of 125 RMS. Ensure all blended radii in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
are 0.100 inch or greater.

Corrosion that is outside of the spot-face

area may be removed by isolated spot-
blending to a depth not to exceed 5% of Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13
the lug cross sectional area.

a. If necessary, remove corrosion by spot- f. Spot-face areas and chamfers shall be filled
facing lug surface. Spot-face diameter will be up to with epoxy adhesive, MMM-A-132. Ensure area is
0.50 inch diameter larger than existing bore inner smooth with surrounding surface after curing.
diameter. Spot-face to a maximum of 0.40 inch Proceed as follows:
depth. Corrosion that is concentrated on the lug bore
edge may be removed by chamfering the edge of
the bore. Maximum chamfer depth shall be 0.063
inch using a 90 to 100 degree chamfering tool.
Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33
b. To ensure accuracy of NDI, caustic etch in
accordance with WP 003 00, paragraph 22, to (1) Manufacture a flat plate at least 2 inches
remove any flowed metal after grinding. in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply a heavy
plastic type tape and/or release agent, MS-122, to
one side of the plate.

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

c. Fluorescent penetrant inspect (type I,

method C) in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-200 Acetone, ASTM D329 9
and NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 00, to
ensure complete corrosion removal and no evidence
of crack indications.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Adhesive, EA 9394 35

(2) Clean spot-faced surface using acetone,

ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, prior to
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 application of structural adhesive, EA 9394.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 7

7. LUG BORE REPAIR. (Figure 2)

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(3) Apply a heavy plastic type tape and/or To prevent misalignment of the tail pylon
release agent, MS-122, to the lug bore and on the bumper assembly, ensure all lugs are
lug face around the outside of the spot-face. aligned during reaming.

NOTE

If corrosion pitting in lug bore is isolated

Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13 to 25% or less surface area and is less
than 0.010 inch depth, perform isolated
(4) Apply a coating of adhesive, MMM-A- spot-blending. Maintain a minimum
132, to the machined spot-face. surface finish of the blended area of 125
RMS. Ensure all blended radii are 0.100
(5) Place the flat plate over the spot-face inch or greater.
and clamp plate to the lug.
Scratches and corrosion 0.0005 inch
(6) Allow adhesive to cure 1 hour at 150°F depth or less are considered negligible
using heat lamps or 24 hours at room temperature. damage and can be removed by localized
spot-blending.
(7) After adhesive has cured, remove plate
and tape, and clean off excess adhesive that a. If corrosion exceeds amount that can be
squeezed out. removed by isolated spot-blending, remove
corrosion pitting in bushing bore by reaming to a
(8) Inspect surface of adhesive. If minimum inner diameter specified in table 1. If one
necessary, blend surface to same contour as set of lugs requires reaming to the next oversize,
surrounding lug face. ensure the reamer is aligned with the opposite set of
lugs.
(9) Mask ID of lug bores.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
(10) Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, to
spot-faced lug surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR b. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone,
01-1A-509 (series). ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735.

(11) Remove masking from lug ID prior to

installation of bushings.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 8

Table 1. Oversize Lug Bore ID and Corresponding Sleeve Sizes

22A0061 SLEEVE SIZE 70209-26002 LUG ID (IN.)

1st Oversize 0.8745/0.8750
2nd Oversize 0.9057/0.9062
3rd Oversize 0.9370/0.9375

NOTE

To achieve the most accurate fluorescent

penetrant NDI results, acid etching should Chemical Conversion Coating,
be performed after mechanical grinding of MIL-DTL-81706 7
the surface to be inspected. If acid
etchant is not available due to geographic f. Apply chemical conversion coating, MIL-
location and/or restrictions, authorization DTL-81706, to unprotected aluminum alloy surfaces
is granted to waive requirement to etch in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
mechanically abraded surfaces prior to
fluorescent penetrant NDI. g. Manufacture repair sleeve in accordance
with drawing (96916) 22A0061.
c. Prior to NDI fluorescent penetrant method,
to verify corrosion removal, apply aluminum acid
etchant to remove any flowed metal from mechanical
removal of corrosion using swab method in
accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-200, or local Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26
specifications.

Liquid Nitrogen, A-A-59503 27

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
h. Apply dry ice or liquid nitrogen to the 17-
d. Fluorescent penetrant inspect (type I, 4PH stainless steel repair sleeve to shrink it prior to
method C) in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-200 press-fit into the lug.
and NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 00, to
ensure complete corrosion removal and no evidence
of crack indications. Repeat previous steps until all
corrosion and/or crack indications have been
removed.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
i. Apply thin coating of corrosion inhibiting
sealing and coating compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to
the exterior of the repair sleeve and install
immediately.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
j. Wipe excess sealing compound to form a
e. Solvent wipe lug bore surfaces with acetone, smooth fillet seal around the perimeter of each side
ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, to of the lug around the installed sleeves. Allow sealant
remove residue from fluorescent penetrant to cure.
inspection.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 025 00
Page 9/(10 Blank)

k. Ream each set of installed sleeves inline to c. Fillet seal the bushing flange outer edge to
0.8122/0.8127 inch. the lug with corrosion inhibitive sealing compound,
MIL-PRF-81733.
l. Chamfer sleeve ID where the flange of the
flange bushing mates to sleeve, 0.020 to 0.030 inch d. Apply masking to ID of installed bushing.
x 45 degrees.

8. BUSHING INSTALLATION. (Figure 3)

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

MIL-PRF-85285 18

e. Apply high solids polyurethane coating, MIL-

PRF-85285, to all areas previously primed and allow
to fully cure in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
(series).
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

a. Prior to installation of the bushings,

M81934/2-10C016, apply corrosion inhibitive sealing
compound, MIL-PRF-81733, to the OD.
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
b. Orient all bushings for installation in MIL-DTL-85054 41
accordance with drawing (78286) 70209-26002, and
install using bushing/bearing, remover/installer set, NOTE
70700-77340-042.
MIL-DTL-85054, Cor-Ban 35 (NSN 6850-
01-492-2932), is the preferred product.

f. Apply corrosion preventive compound, MIL-

DTL-85054, to the painted surfaces of the fitting.
Allow to fully cure.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and g. Remove masking from the lugs.

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 026 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 4

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL ROTOR PYLON STEP ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF TREAD ASSEMBLY END CAP (CASTING)

PART NUMBERS 70207-06051-059, 70207-06051-060

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Corrosion Control Manual, Navy Models SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H ........................................ A1-H60CA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60R .................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-300
Corrosion Control, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-300
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

GGG-W-95 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying (5 Power)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 026 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

1. INTRODUCTION. (2) If corrosion is detected, treat in

accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
maintenance instructions for repair of the tail rotor d. Inspect end cap (casting) for loose/worn
pylon maintenance tread assembly, 70207-06051- rivets on tail rotor pylon tread assemblies, 70207-
059 and 70207-06051-060. Refer to figures 1 and 2. 06051-059 and 70207-06051-060. Pay particular
attention to previous repairs to ensure a minimum of
3. There are four maintenance access steps on RH 2 for Edge Distance (ED) (two times the fastener
side and three on the LH side of the tail rotor pylon. diameter) is maintained in accordance with NAVAIR
The steps are accessed by rotating the casting 01-1A-8.
counterclockwise so that the built-in spring will
extend the step to expose the tread. Due to normal (1) If a previous repair resulted in less than
wear and usage, the castings become loose and 2 ED for the rivet installation, remove and replace
pose a slip hazard to personnel, if they shear from tread assembly.
the tread assembly. The tread assemblies, 70207-
06051-059/-060, consist of a tube, end cap (2) If a repair is necessary and a minimum
(casting), support ring, ring and six blind rivets. This of 2 ED cannot be maintained, remove and replace
WP will provide procedures for repair of the tread tread assembly.
assembly, if loose rivets are identified.
(3) If a minimum of 2 ED can be maintained
4. INSPECTION. after repair, continue to REPAIR, paragraph 5.

a. Remove tail rotor pylon step assemblies, 5. REPAIR.

70207-06051-056/-057/-058/-061/-072/-073/-075/
-76, from the tail rotor pylon assembly in accordance a. Remove worn blind rivet, NAS1739B4-3,
with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1- attaching end cap (casting), 70207-06051-003, from
H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1- the tail rotor pylon tread assemblies, 70207-06051-
H60SA-110-300. 059/-060, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-8.

b. Remove tail rotor pylon tread assemblies, WARNING

70207-06051-059 and 70207-06051-060, from the
step assembly by removing pin in accordance with
A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1- To prevent a possible personnel hazard
H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1- from the end cap (casting) shearing from
H60SA-110-300. the tread assembly do not drill new holes,
or enlarge existing holes greater than a
c. Perform visual inspection of the step
number 27 (0.1440 inch diameter) drill bit.
assembly for cracks and/or corrosion using a 5-
Replace tread assembly, if new fastener
power magnifying glass and amplified lighting. Pay
hole would exceed 0.1440 inch diameter.
particular attention to areas around rivet
installations. b. Ream worn fastener holes to the next
oversize using a number 27 (0.1440 inch diameter)
(1) If a crack is suspected during visual
drill bit in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-8.
inspection, perform a Non-Destructive Inspection
(NDI) using Eddy Current Method in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and A1-H60BB-SRM-
200. If cracks are verified, remove and replace tread
assembly.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 026 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tail Rotor Pylon Step Assemblies

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 026 00
Page 4

Figure 2. Repair of Tail Rotor Pylon Tread Assembly

NOTE
WARNING
“X” Denotes grip length.
To prevent a possible personnel hazard Original fastener, NAS1739B4-3, may be
from the end cap (casting) shearing from substituted for nominal and oversize
the tread assembly do not drill new holes fasteners, CR3212-4-X and CR3242-4-X,
or enlarge existing holes greater than a in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-8.
number 27 (0.1440 inch diameter) drill bit.
Replace tread assembly, if new fastener d. Wet-install all nominal and/or oversize
hole would exceed 0.1440 inch diameter. fasteners with sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733,
in accordance with A1-H60CA-SRM-300, A1-
c. If end cap (casting) has been oversized to a H60RA-SRM-300 and A1-H60SA-SRM-300.
number 27 (0.1440 inch diameter) drill bit, locate
and drill new nominal fastener holes 90 degrees
from the original location through the tread tube and
end cap (casting) using a number 30 (0.1285 inch
diameter) drill bit in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-
8.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating

Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 10

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

TAIL ROTOR PYLON STABILATOR ACTUATOR ATTACH FITTING

BUSHINGS AND BEARING REPLACEMENT

PART NUMBER 70209-26012-046

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model, SH-60B........................................................ A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Structural Repair, Navy Model HH-60H...................................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60R ..................................................................................... A1-H60RA-SRM-400
Structural Repair, Navy Model MH-60S ..................................................................................... A1-H60SA-SRM-400

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

70700-77340-042 (78286) Bushing/Bearing Remover/Installer Set, Tail Rotor

Pylon Stabilator Actuator Fitting
 A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint Cleaning

AN3-5A Screw
AN960KD10 Washer
ASTM D329 Acetone
CGA G-6.2 Dry Ice
HL20PB6-4 Pin, Hi-lok
HL20PB6-5 Pin, Hi-lok
MIL-G-21164 Grease
MIL-PRF-23377, Class C Primer, Epoxy
MS14101-8 Bearing
MS21043-3 Nut
MS21044N3 Nut
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
70209-26007-131 Bushing

1. INTRODUCTION. a. Turn off all electrical power and make

aircraft safe for maintenance.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
replacement procedures for the tail rotor pylon b. Remove stabilator actuator from tail rotor
stabilator actuator attach fitting bearing. pylon in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-
H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-
3. The tail rotor pylon stabilator actuator attach 110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.
fitting assembly is installed on the forward spar of
the tail rotor pylon at Pylon Station 158.88. The c. Through tail rotor pylon aft spar access,
fitting assembly attaches the upper end of the remove tail rotor pylon stabilator attach fitting from
stabilator actuator to the tail rotor pylon. tail rotor pylon forward spar by removing Hi-loks and
Occasionally replacement of the bearing in the fitting screws. Refer to figure 1.
center lug is required due to normal wear. To access
the bearing for replacement, removal of bushings
installed in two outer lugs is required. d. Clamp actuator attach fitting to suitable
support. Replace bushings and bearing in
4. INSPECTION. accordance with step e.

5. Fitting material is 4340 steel. During bearing e. Replace bushings and bearing as follows:
replacement procedure stabilator fitting lug bores
are inspected for cracks using magnetic particle
method in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16
(series).
Grease, MIL-G-21164 42
6. REPAIR.
(1) Apply grease, MIL-G-21164, to
NOTE threaded areas on tool.
When replacement of actuator attachment
fitting bushings or bearing is required, it is (2) Using components of bushing/bearing
recommended that both bushings and removal/installation set, remove both bushings.
bearing be replaced. Refer to figure 2, step 1.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Tail Rotor Pylon Actuator Attach Fitting Removal/Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 4

Figure 2. Actuator Attach Fitting Bushing/Bearing Replacement (Sheet 1 of 5)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Actuator Attach Fitting Bushing/Bearing Replacement (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 6

Figure 2. Actuator Attach Fitting Bushing/Bearing Replacement (Sheet 3)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 7

Figure 2. Actuator Attach Fitting Bushing/Bearing Replacement (Sheet 4)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 8

Figure 2. Actuator Attach Fitting Bushing/Bearing Replacement (Sheet 5)

Use caution when removing staked lip of Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

bearing, not to cut into bearing liner.
(5) Thoroughly clean bushing and bearing
(3) Remove staked lip from bearing. Refer liner bore by wiping with a clean, low-lint cloth
to figure 2, step 2. moistened with degreaser, or cleaning solvent. Allow
to dry for 10 – 15 minutes before applying sealant or
paint.

When removing bearing, ensure pressure (6) Prior to installing new bearing and
from pusher is applied to side of bearing bushings, inspect tail rotor pylon stabilator actuator
with staked lip removed, or damage to attach fitting as follows:
fitting or bearing liner will result.
(a) Inside diameter of liner bore with
(4) Remove bearing from stabilator fitting. bearing removed shall not exceed 0.9994 inch.
Refer to figure 2, step 3.
(b) Inside diameter of bushing bores with
bushings removed shall not exceed 1.0645 inch.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 9

(c) Bearing liner shall be secure and (b) There shall be no cracks in staked lip.
undamaged. No looseness allowed. Replace the
fitting if this condition is not satisfied. (c) There shall be no scratches, gouges
or scoring caused by staking tool on unstaked
(d) Inspect stabilator fitting bores for portion of bearing staking groove.
cracks using magnetic particle method (NAVAIR 01-
1A-16 (series)). No cracks allowed. (d) Staked lip shall not be overstaked,
forming a feathered or knife edge beyond face of
fitting assembly.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 (e) Impression scratches or scoring in

staked retention groove of bearing caused by
staking operation is acceptable.

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

(7) Clean new bearing outer race by wiping Dry Ice, CGA G-6.2 26
with a clean, low-lint cloth moistened with acetone or
isopropyl alcohol. Allow to dry for 10 – 15 minutes (11) Chill replacement bushings in dry ice.
before applying sealant or paint.

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

(8) Coat bearing outer race with epoxy (12) Coat bushing bores with epoxy primer
primer and install into fitting while epoxy primer is and install bushing in fitting while epoxy primer is still
still wet. Refer to figure 2, step 4. wet, using components in figure 2, steps 6 and 7.

(13) Inspect installed bushing for proper

shoulder seating using 0.002 inch feeler gage.
Replace bushing if seating dimension is greater than
When staking bearing, do not allow staker
0.002 inch.
to contact side of bearing staking groove.
Deformation of ball side of staking groove
may cause binding of spherical bearing. f. Reinstall tail rotor pylon stabilator actuator
attach fitting to tail rotor pylon forward spar. Refer to
(9) Stake bearing in place using figure 1 and A1-H60RA-SRM-400, A1-H60SA-SRM-
components shown in figure 2, step 5. Position 400 and A1-H60HA-SRM-400.
staking impressions as shown in figure 3, for both
sides of bearing. g. Reinstall stabilator actuator to tail rotor pylon
fitting in accordance with A1-H60BB-110-300, A1-
(10) Inspect staking impressions in H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300, A1-H60RA-
accordance with figure 3 and as follows: 110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.
(a) Any gap between bearing staked lip h. Inspect component security and ensure area
and fitting assembly chamfer shall not be more than is clean and free of foreign objects.
0.005 inch.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 027 00
Page 10

Figure 3. Staking of Bearing

 A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 28

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

INSPECTION AND DAMAGE CRITERIA STABILATOR SECTION

MAJOR STRUCTURAL AIRFRAME FORGING

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B, SH-60F, HH-60H, HH-60J

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Testing..................................................................................... ASTM E 1417
Structural Hardware .......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection .................................................................................................................................. 2
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection .............................................................................................................. 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent

DOD-PRF-85734 Oil, Lubricating
MIL-C-15074 Remover, Fingerprint
MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. 6. CORROSION PROTECTION.

2. This Work Package (WP) contains airframe

structural forging, inspection and damage criteria for
depot maintenance of the stabilator section. The
maximum reparable limits specified in the inspection Fingerprint Remover, MIL-C-15074 21
table, is given with the understanding that all
engineering specifications as to fit, material and
positional tolerances are to be maintained. Table 1
is a listing, by part number, of all fittings covered in Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22
the inspection table.
a. For corrosion protection of machined
3. DISASSEMBLY. surfaces, after removing paint and cleaning, use
corrosion preventive and fingerprint remover, MIL-C-
4. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly 15074. After cleaning of machined surfaces, apply a
procedures to gain access for inspection of the light coating of lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734.
identified forgings. If in the event it is determined
that a forging must be replaced, notify engineering 7. INSPECTION.
and refer to the applicable engineering specifications
for installation. Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-8 for a. Visually inspect all parts identified in figure 1
fastener removal. for any damage that might affect their safe reuse.
Detail-inspect parts showing signs of wear in
5. CLEANING. accordance with table 2. Remove from service parts
that are worn beyond allowable limits or that cannot
be repaired within the limits of table 2. Dimensions in
table 2 are in inches unless otherwise noted.

Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1

a. Clean all metal parts as required to assist Lubricating Oil, DOD-PRF-85734 22

inspection, with a clean paper wiping towel, UU-T-
595, moistened with dry cleaning solvent, MIL-PRF- b. During and after inspection, if protective oil
680, type III. If required, remove paint from parts in coating is removed from parts, apply a light coat of
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). lubricating oil, DOD-PRF-85734, to parts for
protection against rust and corrosion.

Table 1. Fitting Identification

FIGURE 1,
PART NUMBER INDEX NUMBER
70209-27001-043 1
70209-27001-044 1
70209-27002-041 4
70209-27002-042 4
70209-27003-041 3
70209-27003-044 3
70209-27004-041 2
70209-27004-042 2
70209-27004-043 2
70209-27005-041 5
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 3

8. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION.

9. Required Inspection. Inspect all nonferrous

parts (unless otherwise specified) listed in table 2 in Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
accordance with the following instructions. These 12. Inspection. Inspection procedure shall be in
instructions conform to the requirements of NAVAIR accordance with NAVAR 01-1A-16 (series).
01-1A-16 (series) and ASTM E 1417, except as Inspection includes not only detection of the
noted. presence of penetrant indications, but an accurate
interpretation and identification of discontinuities.
10. Lighting and Material. Placid light shall Those which are caused by mechanical entrapment
conform to requirements of ASTM E 1417. The in grooves or corners must be recognized by the
penetrant inspection materials shall meet Group V inspector as being relevant only to the extent that
sensitivity on all parts, except those made from their presence may be indicative of harmful
titanium, which shall require Group VI sensitivity. discontinuities.

11. Preparation of Parts. Surface to be inspected 13. Acceptance Criteria. The purpose of
shall be free of rust, scale, grease, paint, plating, oily inspection is to detect cracking that may have
film, dirt or other contaminations that might hold occurred since last inspection. Cracks are not
penetrant and cause nonrelevant indications. Critical acceptable. Primary inspection shall be for detection
openings and passageways shall be plugged, but of service-incurred damage. However, such original
the edges of such openings shall not be hidden. manufacturing damage such as laps, cracks, seams,
Parts must be dry before applying penetrant. Parts cold shunts or laminations are not acceptable.
will be 35° to 150°F (2° to 66°C) when penetrant is
applied. 14. Quality Control. Periodic audits of inspection
equipment, material, personnel and methods shall
be done to ensure inspections are effective and
consistent.

Table 2. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27001-043 (1, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 4)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches, — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

gouges or corrosion lug 1A-509 (series))
(Area B)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.015 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 4

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
or gouges, webs (Area 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over a 1A-509 (series))
1.500 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
F) and 4)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 2 and 5)

Bushings (70209- 0.980 0.980 Replace

26007-128) (G) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 1.2533 1.3133 (Note 6) Repair

removed) (G)

Liner (70209-26007- 1.380 1.380 Replace

133) (H) ID

Liner bore (H) (liner 1.5730 1.6230 (Note 6) Repair

removed) ID

Bushings (70209- 0.626 0.626 Replace

26007-144) (I) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (I)

Elastomeric bearing, Not deeper than Not reparable Replace (Note 1)

gaps or separation 0.040
between rubber and
metal (70209-27901-
044) (J)

Elastomeric bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair (Note 1)

(70209-27901-044) (K)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 5

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Bearing bore (bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair
removed) (K)

Elastomeric bearing, Not deeper than Not reparable Replace (Note 1)

gaps or separation 0.040
between rubber and
metal (70209-27901-
043) (L)

Elastomeric bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair (Note 1)

(70209-27901-043) (M)

Bearing bore (bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (M)

Bearing (MS14103-10) 0.625 0.625 Replace (Note 1)

(N) ID

Liner (70209-26007- (Note 1) (Note 1) Replace (Note 1)

129) (N)

Liner bore (liner (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (N)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes. Also reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and
Repair Instruction, 70200-076, 077 and 078 where applicable.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO
closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified for nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. Reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and Repair Instruction, 70200-078.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 6

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 7

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27001-044 (1, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 4)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches, — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

gouges or corrosion lug 1A-509 (series))
(Area B)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.015 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, webs (Area 0.040 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.020 over a 1A-509 (series))
1.500 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.050 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
F) and 4)

Corrosion (Area F) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of surface area
(Notes 2 and 5)

Bushings (70209- 0.980 0.980 Replace

26007-128) (G) ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 8

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Bushing bore (bushing 1.2533 1.3133 (Note 6) Repair
removed) (G)

Liner (70209-26007- 1.380 1.380 Replace

133) (H) ID

Liner bore (H) (liner 1.5730 1.6230 (Note 6) Repair

removed) ID

Bushings (70209- 0.626 0.626 Replace

26007-144) (I) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (I)

Bushings (70209- 0.626 0.626 Replace

26007-149) (J) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (J)

Elastomeric bearing, Not deeper than Not reparable Replace (Note 1)

gaps or separation 0.040
between rubber and
metal (70209-27901-
044) (K)

Elastomeric bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair (Note 1)

(70209-27901-044) (L)

Bearing bore (bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (L)

Elastomeric bearing, Not deeper than Not reparable Replace (Note 1)

gaps or separation 0.040
between rubber and
metal (70209-27901-
043) (M)

Elastomeric bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair (Note 1)

(70209-27901-043) (N)

Bearing bore (bearing (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (N)

Bearing (MS14103-10) 0.625 0.625 Replace (Note 1)

(O) ID

Liner (70209-26007- (Note 1) (Note 1) Replace (Note 1)

129) (O)

Liner bore (liner (Note 1) (Note 1) Repair

removed) (O)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 9

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes. Also reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and
Repair Instruction, 70200-076, 077 and 078 where applicable.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO
closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified for nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. Reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and Repair Instruction, 70200-078.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 10

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27004-041 (2, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lower flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, outer flange 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 11

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
or gouges, web (Area 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.010 over a 1A-509 (series))
E) 0.250 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0020 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of all three
faces of the lug
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (70209- 0.5635 0.5635 Replace

26007-142 and -143)
(F) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.8739 0.8739 Replace

removed) (F)

Bushings (70209- 0.5200 0.5200 Replace

26007-107 (G) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.6247 0.6500 Repair

removed) (G)

Magnetic particle None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aircraft quality
steel fitting (70209-
27004-101) for cracks
and fractures (NAVAIR
01-1A-16 (series))
NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and be
NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 12

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27004-042 or gouges, upper flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lower flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, outer flange 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, web (Area 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.010 over a 1A-509 (series))
E) 0.250 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0030 over all 1A-509 (series))
three faces of the
lug (Notes 1 and
5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 13

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Bushings (70209- 0.6260 0.6260 Replace
26007-145 and -146)
(F) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.7510 0.7817 Repair

removed) (F)

Bushings (70209- 0.5200 0.5200 Replace

26007-107) (G) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.6247 0.6500 Repair

removed) (G)

Magnetic particle None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aircraft quality
steel fitting (70209-
27004-103) for cracks
and fractures (NAVAIR
01-1A-16 (series))

NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and be
NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 14

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27003-041 and -044 (3, or gouges, upper flange 0.020 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
figure 1) (Area A) and 4)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.005 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 15

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
or gouges, lower flange 0.020 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 4)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.005 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.020 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 4)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.005 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 2 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, webs (Area 0.020 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 2
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.030 (Notes 2, 3 1A-509 (series))
E) and 4)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of lug surface
area (Notes 2
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lug (Area F) 1A-509 (series))

Corrosion (Area F) — (Note 1) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

1A-509 (series))

Bushings (70209- 0.7033 0.7033 Replace

26007-103) (G) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 1.0553 1.1453 (Note 6) Repair

removed) (G)

Bearing 0.5000 0.5000 Replace

(SBSH16ATC32Z or
MS14103-8) (H) ID
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 16

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Liner (70209-26007- 0.9994 0.9994 Replace
104) (H) ID

Liner bore (Liner 1.0553 (Note 1) Repair

removed) (H)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-27003-
101 and -102) for
cracks and fractures
(paragraph 8)

NOTE

1. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.

2. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

3. Scratches which fall within the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375 inch in diameter, and be NO
closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified for nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. Reference Sikorsky Aircraft Overhaul and Repair Instruction, 70200-079.

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 17

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27002-041 (4, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 18

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
or gouges, lower flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)

Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, webs (Area 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — (Notes 1 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 1A-509 (series))
E)

Corrosion (Area E) — (Notes 1 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

1A-509 (series))

Bushings (70209- 0.5635 0.5635 Replace

26007-106) (F) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Notes 1 and 6) (Notes 1 and 6) Repair

removed) (F)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-27002-
101) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 19

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and be
NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 20

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27002-042 (4, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 21

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
or gouges, lower flange 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)
Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, stiffeners 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over 100% 1A-509 (series))
of flange cross
sectional width
(Notes 1 and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, webs (Area 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 2.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — (Notes 1 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 1A-509 (series))
E)

Corrosion (Area E) — (Notes 1 and 6) Repair (NAVAIR 01-

1A-509 (series))

Bushings (70209- 0.5635 0.5635 Replace

26007-106) (F) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Notes 1 and 6) (Notes 1 and 6) Repair

removed) (F)

Bushings (70209- 0.5635 0.5635 Replace

26007-150) (G) ID

Bushing bore (bushing (Notes 1 and 6) (Notes 1 and 6) Repair

removed) (G)

Fluorescent penetrant None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aluminum alloy
fitting (70209-27002-
102) for cracks and
fractures (paragraph 8)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 22

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and be
NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.

6. This is a Flight Safety Part, for repair limits it is IMPERATIVE that reference is made back to engineering
specifications for Critical Zones, Critical Characteristics and notes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 23

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION

Fitting Assy, 70209- Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
27005-041 (5, figure 1) or gouges, upper flange 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area A) and 3)

Corrosion (Area A) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lower flange 0.020 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area B) and 3)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 24

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
Corrosion (Area B) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-
0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, outer flange 0.030 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
(Area C) and 3)

Corrosion (Area C) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0050 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of flange
cross sectional
width (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, web (Area 0.040 (Notes 1, 2 1A-509 (series))
D) and 4)

Corrosion (Area D) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.010 over a 1.00 1A-509 (series))
inch diameter
circle (Notes 1
and 5)

Nicks, dents, scratches — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

or gouges, lugs (Area 0.010 over a 1A-509 (series))
E) 0.250 inch
diameter circle
(Notes 1 and 2)

Corrosion (Area E) — Not deeper than Repair (NAVAIR 01-

0.0020 over 1A-509 (series))
100% of all three
faces of the lug
(Notes 1 and 5)

Bushings (70209- 0.5635 0.5635 Replace

26007-140 and -141)
(F) ID

Bushing bore (bushing 0.8739 0.8956 Repair

removed) (F)

Magnetic particle None allowed Not reparable Replace

inspect aircraft quality
steel fitting (70209-
27005-101) for cracks
and fractures (NAVAIR
01-1A-16 (series))
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 25

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
NOTE

1. The maximum reparable limits for nicks, dents, scratches, gouges and corrosion are NOT cumulative at any one
cross section.

2. Scratches which fall in the corrosion reparable limits are acceptable.

3. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for flanges, stiffeners and lugs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.375
inch in diameter, and be NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

4. After removal of nicks, dents or gouges, for webs, the blended area, will NOT exceed 0.500 inch in diameter, and be
NO closer than one hole diameter away from any existing fastener hole.

5. Isolated corrosion pits may be repaired using the limits specified in nicks, dents and gouges for the particular item.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 26

Table 2. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 028 00
Page 27/(28 Blank)

Figure 1. Stabilator Section Forging Identification

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 029 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 4

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE

SDLM SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

MODEL NUMBER SH-60B

Reference Material

Inspection and Damage Criteria Cabin Section ......................................................................................... WP 006 00

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Corrosion Protection ................................................................................................................................. 2
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 1
SDLM Support Equipment ............................................................................................................................ 2
Gearbox and Primary Servo Locating and Installation Tool ..................................................................... 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-PRF-680, Type III Solvent, Dry Cleaning

UU-T-595 Towel, Paper Wiping

1. INTRODUCTION. only. Refer to applicable SDLM disassembly work

procedures to gain access for the use of the
2. This Work Package (WP) contains information identified equipment. If in the event it is determined
specific to SDLM support equipment (tooling), used that the tooling cannot be installed, because of
to perform depot level maintenance of the H-60 interference or misalignment, notify engineering prior
Naval helicopter. This information is to aid in the to continuing the installation procedure.
installation and removal of the tooling equipment
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 029 00
Page 2

3. CLEANING. 10. GEARBOX AND PRIMARY SERVO

LOCATING AND INSTALLATION TOOL. (Figure
1.) The following general notes and cautions shall
apply to the use of this tool:

Dry Cleaning Solvent, a. A suitable hoist and sling combination shall

MIL-PRF-680 1 be used for all the movement of the tool to and from
the aircraft.
4. Clean all metal parts as required, prior to b. Use suitable guide pins during placement of
storage, with a clean paper wiping towel moistened the tool on the aircraft to prevent gouging the
with dry cleaning solvent. surface of any mounting pad. Use caution when
working in the area of the servo beam fitting
5. CORROSION PROTECTION. For corrosion assemblies not to scratch or gouge the portions
protection, after cleaning, refer to applicable SDLM protruding through the top deck skin. Refer to WP
tool storage procedures. 006 00 for more information on the limits in this area.

6. INSPECTION. c. Refer to applicable SDLM work procedures

for attaching hardware.
7. Refer to applicable SDLM tooling inspection and d. No more than two servo beam assemblies
calibration procedures prior to the installation and shall be removed at any one time, and the remaining
use of any identified support equipment. two servo beam assemblies are to be fully secured
to the tool and the aircraft.
8. SDLM SUPPORT EQUIPMENT.
e. No contact is allowed between skin or
9. Table 1 identifies aircraft component part doublers and fillets of servo beam assemblies,
number to support equipment part number where they protrude through the skin cutouts.
relationships. The tool part numbers given are listed
by Sikorsky numbers first, followed by the SDLM tool f. Refer to the applicable SDLM work
number in parentheses. instructions to perform the actual component
replacement.

Table 1. SDLM Support Equipment Part Number Identification

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PART NO. AIRCRAFT COMPONENT PART NO.

70210-02102-041T0046 (D86825) Gear Box and Servo Beam Fitting Assemblies
Primary Servo Locating and Installation Tool
70209-22103-050
70209-22103-052
70209-22103-054
70209-22103-056
Main Gear Box Fitting Assemblies

70209-02131-041
70209-02132-042
70209-02133-043
70209-02133-044
70209-02133-047
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 029 00
Page 3/(4 Blank)

Figure 1. Gear Box and Primary Servo Locating and Installation Tool
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 16

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE WITH ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN

HIRSS MAIN ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBER 70308-03801-114

Reference Material

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................. WP 002 00

Black Oxide Coating for Ferrous Metals ..................................................................................................MIL-C-13924
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Heat Treatment of Steel ............................................................................................................................MIL-H-6875
Passivation of Corrosion Resistant Steels .................................................................AMS 2700 (Formerly QQ-P-35)
Structural Hardware ......................................................................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-8

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Cleaning ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Illustrated Parts Breakdown.......................................................................................................................... 12
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Inspect HIRSS Main Assembly ................................................................................................................. 3
Mechanical Inspection .............................................................................................................................. 3
Visual Inspection ....................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Locally Made Items ....................................................................................................................................... 11
Gap Setting Tool ....................................................................................................................................... 12
Locating Block .......................................................................................................................................... 11
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ............................................................................................................ 12
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 9
Corrosion .................................................................................................................................................. 9
Dents......................................................................................................................................................... 9
Nicks and Scratches ................................................................................................................................. 9
Remove and Replace Finger Seal Assembly ........................................................................................... 10
Remove/Install Cherry Rivets ................................................................................................................... 9
Repair Baffle Guide Bracket Distortion ..................................................................................................... 11
Repair Stage 1 Inner Duct Exit Contour/Size and Baffle Guide Bracket .................................................. 10

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Drill Bit (No. 27) (0.144 inch Diameter)

— Pry Bar
— Puller, Dent
ASME B107.14 Wrench, Torque (10-15 in.-lbs.)
AV29-2213 (Locally Made) Block, Locating
AV29-2214 (Locally Made) Setting Tool, Gap
GGG-W-95 Glass, Magnifying (10 Power)
Model G-700 (11815) Riveter, Cherry Hydro-Shift
Model G55 (11815) Riveter, Cherry Hand
No. H-640 (11815) Head, Cherry Pulling
No. H-681 (11815) Head, Cherry
966A1 (11815) Micrometer, Universal Optical

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Rod, 0.125 (1/8) inch Diameter

A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint Cleaning
AMS-5680 Wire, Filler
ANSI-B74.18, 320 Grit Cloth, Aluminum Oxide Abrasive
ASME B107.14 Wrench, Torque, 10-50 in-lbs
L-P-378 Sheet, Plastic
MIL-B-23958, Type I Brush
MIL-F-83671, Class 3 Material, Foam-in-Place Packaging
MIL-PRF-87937 Compound, Aerospace Cleaning
MIL-S-18729, 4140 Plate or Sheet, Steel
PPP-B-640, Class 2 Box, Fiberboard Corrugated Triple-Wall
PPP-C-1752 Material, Polyethylene Foam Cushioning
QQ-A-225/8, 6061 Bar, Aluminum
SAE-AMS-AA-S-763, Class 304 Bar, Corrosion Resistant Steel
SAE AMS-T-22085 Tape, Pressure Sensitive
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl

1. INTRODUCTION. assembly reduces infrared signature by diluting the

engine exhaust gas plume with ambient and engine
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot compartment cooling air and dissipating it to the
maintenance instructions with Illustrated Parts atmosphere.
Breakdown (IPB) for the Hover Infrared Suppression
System (HIRSS) main assembly, 70308-03801-114. 4. CLEANING.
The HIRSS main assembly is manufactured by GE
Aircraft Engines, Division of General Electric
Company, for Sikorsky Aircraft, Division of United
Technologies Corporation, Stratford, Connecticut
06601-1381. Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

3. The HIRSS main assembly (figure 1) reduces a. Clean part using clean, low-lint cleaning
engine infrared emissions. The HIRSS main cloth moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 3

Figure 1. HIRSS Main Assembly

damaged beyond allowable limits or that cannot be

repaired within limits. Refer to table 1. Dimensions in
table 1 are in inches, unless otherwise noted.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

b. Remove caked on dirt or grease using 7. VISUAL INSPECTION. A 10-power magnifying

isopropyl alcohol and brush. glass and amplified lighting shall be used, as
necessary, during visual inspection to determine
cracks. Damage indicated by visual inspection shall
be verified by measurement or gage before
removing part from service.
Compressed Air 2
8. MECHANICAL INSPECTION. Mechanical
c. Remove excess solvent from hard-to-get at inspection shall be done using standard micrometers
areas using dry, low pressure compressed air of not and gages. Use universal optical micrometer to
more than 15 psig. measure depth of nicks, scratches, dents or
5. INSPECTION. corrosion. A surface table or flat surface shall be
used to check for distortion.
6. Inspect HIRSS main assembly for damage that
might affect its safe reuse. Detail-inspect part for 9. INSPECT HIRSS MAIN ASSEMBLY. Visually
signs of wear or damage. Refer to table 1. Remove inspect HIRSS main assembly for cracks as follows:
from service HIRSS main assembly that is worn or
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 4

Table 1. Inspection Criteria

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
HIRSS Main View HIRSS main Stage 1 inner duct Not reparable Replace HIRSS
Assembly, 70308- assembly from rear must not be visible main assembly
03801-114 (figure 1) around the line-of-
sight shields

Place high intensity Direct light must not Not reparable Replace HIRSS
light in stage 1 duct be visible from stage main assembly
cavity and view 1 inner duct
HIRSS main
assembly from rear

Nicks, scratches or Not more than 0.010 Any amount that can Repair (paragraph
gouges deep with no high be repaired to 12)
metal serviceable limits

Corrosion Not more than 0.010 Any amount that can Repair (paragraph
deep over 10% of be repaired to 13)
total surface serviceable limits

Dents in stage 1 duct Any number not Any amount that is Repair (paragraph
and stage 3 duct greater than 2.0 accessible for repair 14)
diameter or 0.25
deep

Dents in stage 2 duct Up to six dents not Any amount that can Repair (paragraph
more than 1.0 be repaired to 14)
diameter or 0.10 serviceable limits
deep

Discoloration Any amount — No repair required

Cracks within 2.0 of None allowed Not reparable Replace HIRSS

mounts or stage-to- main assembly
stage attachment
locations except on
stage 2 duct

Cracks within 2.0 of Up to eight cracked Not reparable Replace HIRSS

mounts or stage-to- locations with a main assembly
stage attachment maximum length of
locations on stage 2 2.0 each. No cracks
duct allowed within 1.25 of
each other. Individual
cracks may have one
connecting
perpendicular
segment up to 1.25
long.

Missing protective 6.0 sq-in. Not reparable Replace HIRSS

coating on stage 2 main assembly
duct
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 5

Table 1. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
HIRSS Main Loose rivets (11, 16 No loose rivets — Repair (paragraph
Assembly, 70308- or 17) securing allowed 15)
03801-114 (figure 1) nutplates (10 or 18)
(Cont)

Loose rivets at all Not more than 10% Any number of blind Repair (paragraph
other areas of rivets loose in any rivets loose if 15)
one joint accessible for repair

Not more than 10% Any number of solid Restrike loose rivet
of rivets loose in any rivets loose (NAVAIR 01-1A-8)
one joint

Missing blind rivets None allowed Any number provided Repair (paragraph
rivets are accessible 15)
for repair

Missing solid rivets None allowed Any number provided Repair (NAVAIR 01-
rivets are accessible 1A-8)
for repair

Inlet seal area for No more than 10 Not reparable Replace finger seal
cracks running into cracks 1.0 long assembly
rivet holes provided there are no (paragraph 16)
cracks in two
adjacent holes

Inlet seal area for Any number 0.25 Not reparable Replace finger seal
cracks in finger seals long provided no assembly
piece is in danger of (paragraph 16)
falling out

Inlet seal area for Any number 0.50 Not reparable Replace finger seal
cracks in all other long provided no assembly
areas piece is in danger of (paragraph 16)
falling out

Inlet seal area for Up to three fingers Not reparable Rotate finger seal to
missing fingers from may be missing avoid leak at 12
inner set (actual seal) provided spacing is o’clock or replace
120 degrees apart, finger seal
and adjacent fingers (paragraph 16)
of outer set are not
missing or sprung,
and no burns inside
engine compartment
are found
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 6

Table 1. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
HIRSS Main All finger tips may be Not reparable If seal is missing
Assembly, 70308- missing provided seal fingertips and is
03801-114 (figure 1) still functions as detached from
(Cont) designed and no deswirl duct, replace
burns inside engine finger seal
are found. Function (paragraph 16)
of flared finger tips is
for inserting deswirl
duct for installation.

Inlet seal area for All fingers and finger Not reparable Replace finger seal
missing fingers from tips may be missing (paragraph 16)
outer set (overlapping provided maximum
fingers) serviceable limits of
inner set is met and
no burns inside
engine compartment
are found

Inlet seal area for No more than 0.062 Any amount that can Bend to serviceable
distortion of fingers displacement from be bent to limits. Inspect for
from inner set (actual adjacent fingers serviceable limits cracks (paragraphs
seal) 7 and 8)

Inlet seal area for All fingers and finger Not reparable for Bend fingers back
distortion of fingers tips may be bent or fingers adjacent to a into shape. Inspect
from outer set sprung provided missing finger from for cracks
(overlapping fingers) maximum serviceable the inner set (paragraphs 7 and
limits for missing 8). Replace finger
fingers of inner set is seal (paragraph 16)
met and no burns
inside engine
compartment are
found

Inlet seal area for Seal assembly shall Not reparable Replace finger seal
binding between seal move freely between assembly
brace and seal holder holder and holder (paragraph 16)
and holder bracket bracket

Second and third Two cracks per leg Not reparable Replace HIRSS
stage wiggle strips for not more than 0.25 main assembly
cracks long provided cracks
are not connected

Stage 1 inner duct for Three cracks per Not reparable Replace HIRSS
cracks in turning vane not more than main assembly
vanes 0.50 long provided
cracks are not in line
and no piece is in
danger of falling out
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 7

Table 1. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
HIRSS Main Stage 1 inner duct for Any number of cracks Not reparable Replace HIRSS
Assembly, 70308- cracks at all other not more than 0.50 main assembly
03801-114 (figure 1) locations long provided no
(Cont) piece is in danger of
falling out

Stage 1 inner duct for No visible distortion Not reparable Replace HIRSS
turning vane allowed main assembly
distortion

Stage 1 inner duct 25.02 – 24.90 Any amount Repair dimension

exit dimension for back to usable limits
distortion (A) (paragraph 17)

Stage 1 inner duct for Straight contour Any amount Repair to usable
straightness of within 0.030 limits (paragraph
contour adjacent to 17)
baffle guide bracket
(B)

Stage 1 inner duct for 0.180 – 0.150 Any amount Repair to usable
gap of baffle guide limits (paragraph
bracket (C) 17)

Stage 1 inner duct for 0.36 – 0.32 Any amount Repair to usable
baffle guide bracket limits (paragraph
distortion (dented 18)
inward) (D)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 8

Table 1. Inspection Criteria (Cont)

NOMENCLATURE MAXIMUM MAXIMUM

AND SERVICEABLE REPARABLE CORRECTIVE
PART NUMBER INSPECTION LIMITS LIMITS ACTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 9

a. Inspect for cracks in area around bolt holes

which attach HIRSS main assembly to bulkhead.
Cracks in this area are not reparable.
Aerospace Cleaning Compound,
b. Inspect for cracks within 2.0 inches of MIL-PRF-87937 43
mounts or stage-to-stage attachment locations.
Cracks in these areas are not reparable except b. Remove corrosion not deeper than limits
stage 2 duct. given in table 1 (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)). Use
cleaning compound to clean up repair areas.
c. Up to eight cracks in stage 2 duct that are
not more than 2.0 inches long are reparable 14. DENTS. Any number of smooth dents that are
provided none of the surrounding material is in free from nicks, scratches, holes or abrasions in the
danger of falling out. Refer to REPAIR STAGE 2 sheet metal ducts can be removed provided both
DUCT CRACKS IN AREA OF MOUNTS AND/OR sides of dents are accessible.
STAGE-TO-STAGE ATTACHMENTS, located in
table 1. a. Use wooden, phenolic or other suitable
10. REPAIR. blocks to support reverse side of dent.

11. Parts that do not meet inspection requirements b. Cold work the dent to obtain smooth contour
shall be repaired or replaced. Repair of parts is using 1 pound ball peen hammer.
limited to the repair instruction given for that part. No
other repairs are allowed. If no repair instructions c. Inspect repair area for cracks that might
are given for a part, it is classified as nonreparable have developed during cold working of sheet metal.
and it shall be replaced. Refer to VISUAL INSPECTION, paragraph 7 and
MECHANICAL INSPECTION, paragraph 8.
12. NICKS AND SCRATCHES. Repair nicks, 15. REMOVE/INSTALL CHERRY RIVETS. Loose,
scratches or gouges with no high metal ridges as missing or new cherry rivets are installed as follows:
follows:
NOTE
a. Before starting repair, measure depth of
nicks, scratches or gouges using universal optical Check backside of rivet, if possible, at
micrometer. location where rivet is being
removed/installed. If a support or wiggle-
strip segment is being secured by the
rivet, try to wedge a piece of wood
between the item and adjacent
component. This will prevent the leg of
Remove only enough material to remove the item from bending away from duct to
damage. which it is secured. Remove wood after
the rivet is secured.
b. Blend out nicks, scratches or gouges not
deeper than limits given in table 1 using 320-grit a. Remove loose Cherry rivet as follows:
aluminum oxide abrasive cloth.
(1) Using a pin punch, drive out center
c. Passivate repair area (AMS 2700 (Formerly stem of loose rivet.
QQ-P-35)), if required.
(2) Drill out remainder of rivet using No. 27
13. CORROSION. (0.144 inch diameter) drill bit.

a. Before starting repair, measure depth of (3) Run drill bit back and forth in rivet hole
corrosion using universal optical micrometer. to remove burrs.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 10

(4) Vacuum or tip HIRSS main assembly

to remove metal chips.

b. Install Cherry rivet as follows: Use care not to enlarge or elongate rivet
holes in stage 1 inner duct when drilling
holes in finger seal assembly.

c. Using No. 27 (0.144 inch diameter) drill bit

Compressed Air 2 and existing rivet holes in stage 1 inner duct (8,
figure 5) as a template, drill rivet holes through
NOTE replacement finger seal assembly (1) from the
outside diameter of stage 1 inner duct adjacent to
A Cherry hydro-shift riveter with a Cherry one of the locating blocks. Install rivet (2) in drilled
head will install Cherry rivets. hole. Refer to REMOVE/INSTALL CHERRY
Compressed air of 90 – 120 psig is RIVETS, paragraph 15, NAVAIR 01-1A-8 and figure
required to actuate riveter. Cherry hand 2.
riveter with Cherry pulling head can be
used if compressed air is not available. d. Repeat step c. adjacent to the two remaining
locating blocks.
(1) Insert rivet into rivet holes of
components being fastened. If rivet has to be forced, e. Remove locating blocks, drill and install
the holes are undersize or misaligned. If undersize, remaining 21 rivets (2, figure 5) to secure finger seal
run No. 27 (0.144 inch diameter) drill bit through assembly (1) to flange of stage 1 inner duct (8).
rivet holes.
17. REPAIR STAGE 1 INNER DUCT EXIT
(2) Slip Cherry head over rivet stem. CONTOUR/SIZE AND BAFFLE GUIDE BRACKET.

(3) Hold riveter in a light and flexible a. If required, locally make gap setting tool.
manner and in line with axis of rivet. Apply light Refer to LOCATING BLOCK, paragraph 20.
pressure against part to actuate riveter. Do not force
riveter against part to draw components together. b. Check gap of baffle guide bracket using gap
The rivet actuation will pull components together. setting tool. Tool should enter gap with some
Excessive force will hinder clamping action of rivet. resistance (not just fall in).

(4) Inspect rivet for proper installation. The c. If baffle guide bracket gap is distorted and
stem shall be no more than 0.020 inch above rivet gap setting tool cannot enter gap, repair gap. Refer
head not more than 0.010 inch below top of rivet to REPAIR BAFFLE GUIDE BRACKET
head. DISTORTION, paragraph 18.

16. REMOVE AND REPLACE FINGER SEAL d. If baffle guide bracket gap is too wide, use
ASSEMBLY. pry bar and gently bend baffle guide bracket toward
closed position across its full length.
a. Remove rivets (2, figure 5) securing finger
seal assembly (1) to stage 1 inner duct (8). Refer to e. Reinstall gap setting tool in baffle guide
REMOVE/INSTALL CHERRY RIVETS, paragraph bracket to establish correct gap, tap inward with
15 and NAVAIR 01-1A-8. mallet for full engagement, if required.

b. Position replacement finger seal f. Visually inspect stage 1 inner duct for
assembly to stage 1 inner duct (8) and locate using straightness of contour adjacent to baffle guide
three locally made locating blocks clamped to bracket. Contour must be straight within 0.030 inch.
forward flange of stage 1 inner duct (figure 2) using If required, use ball peen hammer and tap into
suitable C-clamps. Refer to LOCATING BLOCK, correct contour against gap setting tool.
paragraph 20.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 11

Figure 2. Replace Finger Seal Assembly

g. Check stage 1 inner duct exit dimension as b. Push stage 2 duct away from baffle guide
follows: bracket using pry bar and hold in place.

(1) Install baffle assembly to obtain correct c. Hook dent puller under edge of baffle guide
contour. bracket and pull toward correct location across full
(2) Measure stage 1 inner duct exit length until close to correct contour (dimension D,
dimension (dimension A, table 1). Dimension shall table 1).
be 25.02 – 24.90 inches.
d. Install gap setting tool in baffle guide bracket
(3) Remove baffle assembly. to establish correct gap (dimension C, table 1), tap
inward with mallet for full engagement.
(4) If required, install gap setting tool and
adjust exit dimension using pry bar. Repeat steps (1) 19. LOCALLY MADE ITEMS.
through (4) until correct exit dimension is obtained.

h. Install baffle assembly and check stage 1 20. LOCATING BLOCK.

inner duct to stage 2 duct gap (dimension E, table
1). This gap shall be 0.646 – 0.486 inch. a. Make locating block in accordance with
dimensions in figure 3 using aluminum bar or steel
18. REPAIR BAFFLE GUIDE BRACKET plate.
DISTORTION.

a. Bend a 0.125 (1/8) inch diameter rod at a b. Impression stamp AV29-2213 on locating
right angle at one end leaving about 1.0 inch long block to identify for future use.
after bend. Mount bent rod to dent puller.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 12

Figure 3. Locally Made Locating Block

21. GAP SETTING TOOL. b. Place polyethylene foam cushioning material

in bottom of suitable sized, corrugated, triple-wall
a. Make gap setting tool in accordance with fiberboard box and then place wrapped HIRSS main
dimensions in figure 4 using materials shown. assembly in box.

b. Impression stamp AV29-2214 on gap setting c. Fill voids in box with semi rigid, foam-in-
tool to identify for future use. place packaging material. Secure box with tape.

22. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR 23. ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN.

SHIPMENT.
24. Figure 5 contains the IPB. Refer to WP 002 00
a. Wrap HIRSS main assembly in plastic sheet for the INTRODUCTION TO THE ILLUSTRATED
and secure sheet with tape. PARTS BREAKDOWN.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 13

Figure 4. Locally Made Gap Setting Tool

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 14

Figure 5. HIRSS Main Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 030 00
Page 15/(16 Blank)

UNITS USABLE
INDEX PART DESCRIPTION
NO. NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PER ON SM&R
ASSY CODE CODE

70308-03801-114 HIRSS MAIN ASSY /SIKORSKY SCD/ /99207 ......... 1 PAOOD

PART NO. 6061T56/
1 6061T80G01 . SEAL ASSEMBLY, FINGER /99207/..................... 1 PADZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
2 4088T62P02 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 24 PADZZ
CR3853-4-1 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 24 * PADZZ
---*---
3 AN123319 . RIVET, SOLID ........................................................ 30 XAGZZ
4 4088T62P01 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 48 PAGZZ
CR3853-4-1 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 48 * PAGZZ
5 4088T62P02 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 8 PAGZZ
CR3853-4-1 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 8 * PAGZZ
6 4088T62P02 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 8 PAGZZ
CR3853-4-2 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 8 * PAGZZ
7 4088T62P02 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 20 PAGZZ
CR3853-4-2 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 20 * PAGZZ
8 6061T40G01 . DUCT, STAGE 1 INNER /99207/ .......................... 1 PADZZ
9 6061T23G01 . DUCT, STAGE 1 EXHAUST /99207/..................... 1 PADZZ
10 MS21060-4 . NUTPLATE ............................................................ 4 PAGZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
11 4052T00P03 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 2 PAGZZ
CCR264CS-3-2 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 2 * PAGZZ
---*---
12 MS21060-4 . NUTPLATE ............................................................ 4 PAGZZ
/ATTACHING PARTS/
13 4052T00P04 . RIVET, BLIND /99207/ ........................................... 2 PADZZ
CCR264CS-3-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 2 * PADZZ
---*---
14 6061T68G01 . DUCT, STAGE 2 /99207/ ....................................... 1 PADZZ
---*---
15 4088T62P01 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 8 PAGZZ
CR3853-4-1 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 8 * PAGZZ
16 4052T00P04 . RIVET, BLIND /99207/ ........................................... 2 PAGZZ
CCR264CS-3-3 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 2 * PAGZZ
17 4088T62P02 . RIVET /99207/ ....................................................... 4 PADZZ
CR3853-4-2 . RIVET /11815/ ....................................................... 4 * PADZZ
18 3032T67P01 . NUT, ANCHOR /99207/ ......................................... 2 PAGZZ
19 6061T17G01 . DUCT, STAGE 3 .................................................... 1 PADZZ

Figure 5. HIRSS Main Assembly (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 12

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

STA 605 AIRFRAME FITTING ASSEMBLY

REPAIR OF TAIL LANDING GEAR YOKE ATTACHMENT LUGS

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

PART NUMBERS 70219-05002-042, 70219-05002-043, 70219-05002-045

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

Nondestructive Inspection Methods .................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Nondestructive Inspection Procedures ....................................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-200

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 7

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

— Scraper, Plastic or Phenolic

E97229A (91145) Repair Kit, MH-60S Tail Landing Gear Yoke
Attachment Fitting (Local Manufacture)
GGG-C-391 (or equivalent) Glass, Magnifying 10x
216 (or equivalent) (57163) Micrometer, 1 – 2 inch
229A (57163) Gauge, Telescoping
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
KJBA62100V Bushing, Nominal KAron
KJBA62100V-11 Bushing, 1st Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-12 Bushing, 2nd Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-13 Bushing, 3rd Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-14 Bushing, 4th Oversize, KAron
KJBA62100V-15 Bushing, 5th Oversize, KAron
KPD4768 Washer, KAron
MIL-DTL-81706, Class 1A or 3 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-DTL-85054, Type I or II Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Type I or II, Class C1, C2 or N Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-680, Type II or III Solvent, Dry Cleaning
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285, Type I, Color No. 550GY-008 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-PRF-85570, Type II Compound, Exterior Aircraft Cleaning
MIL-R-81294, Type I Remover, Epoxy Paint
MMM-A-132 Adhesive
MS-122 Agent, Fluorocarbon Release
M81934/2-10A011 (Alternate) Bushing
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl

1. INTRODUCTION. protection to reduce in-service wear and corrosion

damage. Therefore, the Kamatics bushings and
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot washers are the primary choice for installation in the
maintenance instructions for the four lugs on the MH-60S STA 605 tail landing gear yoke airframe
STA 605 tail landing gear yoke airframe fitting, fitting lugs. Bushings, M81934/2-10A011, have a high
(78286) 70219-50002-042, -043 and -045, where the failure rate due to disbonding of the liners and do not
tail landing gear yoke is connected. Refer to figure 1 provide protection for both lug surfaces. Because the
for location. design allows corrosive deposits to penetrate the
outer lug face surfaces, bushings, M81934/2-10A011,
NOTE have been identified as the root cause of corrosion
damage to the lug faces and bores.
Kamatics bushings, KJBA62100V, and
washer, KPD4768, are preferred for 4. INSPECTION.
installation in the lugs.

3. The STA 605 tail landing gear yoke airframe

fitting provides the structural attachment of the tail
landing gear yoke assembly to the airframe. The STA Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 1
605 tail landing gear yoke airframe fitting also
provides lugs for the LH and RH aft fuselage tie down
rings. The nominal thickness of each of the tail
landing gear yoke attachment lugs is 0.372 – 0.378
inch. The nominal lug ID is 0.8122 – 0.8132 inch. Due Aircraft Cleaning Compound, MIL-PRF-85570 6
to in-service wear and corrosion, it may become
necessary to oversize the lug bores and/or spot-face a. Remove all heavy deposits of grease, oil and
the lug surfaces. Installation of the Kamatics bushing, dirt and residual sealing compound from the STA 605
KJBA62100V, and washer, KPD4768, in the four lugs tail landing gear yoke attach fitting using dry cleaning
has been tested and proven to provide superior
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 3

Figure 1. STA 605 Tail Cone Structure (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 4

Figure 1. STA 605 Tail Cone Structure (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 5

solvent, followed with aircraft cleaning compound. (3) Visually inspect lug bores for gouges or
Dilute to one part cleaning compound to four parts wear damage. Measure lug bore diameter and
water (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)). Use a plastic thickness around breakout area with micrometer and
scraper to assist in removal of residual sealing caliper. If lug bores are within tolerance of any of
compound. oversizes listed in table 1, proceed to REPAIR,
paragraph 5.
b. If Kamatics bushing, KJBA62100V, and
washer, KPD4768, are installed, proceed to step d. NOTE
NOTE Kamatics bushings and washers should be
Some MH-60S aircraft were delivered with inspected while installed and should only
left-hand and right-hand outboard lugs that be removed if wear or damage beyond
are 0.325 – 0.336 inch thick. Bushing, limits is discovered.
M81934/2-10A011, shall be installed in any
lugs that are measured less than 0.350 d. Inspect installed Kamatics bushing,
inch thick. Contact H-60 FST Structures KJBA62100V, and washer, KPD4768, as follows:
Engineering for any lugs that are less than
0.320 inch thick.

c. If bushings, M81934/2-10A011, are installed,

remove bushings using components of repair kit, Acetone, ASTM D329 9
E97229A (91145). Refer to figure 2.

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

Acetone, ASTM D329 9
(1) Solvent wipe the installed Kamatics
bushing bore and lug face surfaces with acetone or
isopropyl alcohol, and wipe dry with a clean cloth.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
(2) Visually inspect the installed Kamatics
(1) Solvent wipe lug bore and face surfaces bushing and washer with a 10x magnifying glass.
with acetone or isopropyl alcohol and a clean cloth. Inspect the lug surfaces for obvious defects such as
chipping and/or disbonding of the liner, corrosion and
integrity of sealant around OD of the bushing flange
and the OD of the washer and the lug faces. If
corrosion is present and not suspected of propagating
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3 between the installed Kamatics bushing and/or
washer and lug, treat in accordance with NAVAIR
(2) Perform fluorescent penetrant Non-
01-1A-509 (series). If corrosion is suspected of
Destructive Inspection (NDI) (type I, method C)
propagating between the installed Kamatics bushing
(A1-H60BB-SRM-200 and NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series),
and washer, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 5 for
WP 201 00). Inspect lugs and body of fitting for
removal of the bushing and washer, and corrosion
corrosion and cracks. Pay particular attention to the
treatment of the affected lug.
lug radii when looking for cracks. If cracks are not
detected, continue to REPAIR, paragraph 5. If cracks
are detected, contact engineering, H-60 FST, for
further disposition.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 6

Figure 2. Installation of Repair Kit, E97229A

Table 1. Repair Kit, (91145) E97229A, Lug (4) Measure the ID of the installed Kamatics
Reamers bushings in the STA 605 fitting lug bores for wear.
Maximum allowable ID is 0.626. If maximum ID is
REAMER OVERSIZE DIMENSION exceeded, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 5 for
Nominal N/A 0.812 – 0.813 replacement of the Kamatics bushing and washer.
-11 1st 0.819 – 0.820 (5) Blend out minor surface damage nicks
-12 2nd 0.829 – 0.830 and/or scratches on the fitting lugs that are no deeper
-13 3rd 0.839 – 0.840 than 0.005 inch using abrasive cloth (320-grit). Treat
-14 4th 0.849 – 0.850 in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
-15 5th 0.859 – 0.860
(6) If sealant integrity is disrupted around OD
(3) Perform NDI for cracks using Eddy of the bushing flange and/or the OD of the washer,
Current method (NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series) and remove the sealant and visually inspect for corrosion.
A1-H60BB-SRM-200). Inspect the lug faces and If no corrosion is present, replace sealant in
breakout surfaces around the installed Kamatics accordance with REPAIR, paragraph 5.
bushing and washer, and on all radii transitions
between the lugs where it transitions to the fitting (7) If no other defects are noted, no further
web. If a crack is detected, contact H-60 FST action is required for installed Kamatics bushings and
engineering for further disposition. washers.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 7

5. REPAIR. (Figure 1.)

NOTE
Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
Kamatics bushings, KJBA62100V, and
washers, KPD4768, are preferred. d. Perform fluorescent penetrant NDI (type I,
However, if they are not available, bushing, method C) (A1-H60BB-SRM-200 and NAVAIR
M81934/2-10A011, can be installed. 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 00). Inspect lugs and body
When replacing bushings in the STA 605 of fitting for corrosion and cracks. Pay particular
tail landing yoke fitting lugs, do not mix attention to the lug radii where it transitions to the
Kamatics bushings, KJBA62100V, and fitting web when inspecting for cracks. If a crack is
washers, KPD4768, with bushings, detected, perform surface eddy current inspection
M81934/2-10A011. (NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series), WP 402 00). If crack is
still present, contact H-60 FST engineering, for further
Use of SEMPENs and Touch-N-Prep Pens disposition.
for application of hazardous material
coatings will reduce waste generation.

a. If not previously accomplished, remove

bushings (four each), M81934/2-10A011, or bushings, Acetone, ASTM D329 9
KJBA62100V, and washers, KPD4768, from lugs of
the tail landing gear yoke airframe fitting, using repair
kit, E97229A. Refer to figure 2.

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

e. After fluorescent penetrant NDI is complete,

Epoxy Paint Remover, MIL-R-81294 34 perform solvent wipe of surfaces with acetone or
isopropyl alcohol and a clean cloth.

NOTE
To ensure accurate NDI results, minimize
Some MH-60S aircraft were delivered with
use of mechanical abrasion to the lug left-hand and right-hand outboard lugs that
surfaces while removing paint. are 0.325 – 0.336 inch thick. Bushing,
M81934/2-10A011, shall be installed in any
b. Strip paint from lug areas and 1/2 inch lugs that are measured less than 0.350
inboard of each lug in preparation for NDI using epoxy inch thick. Contact H-60 FST Structures
paint remover (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)).
Engineering for any lugs that are less than
0.320 inch thick.

f. Measure lug bore inner diameters, lug

thickness and spot-face depths (if present), using a
Acetone, ASTM D329 9
caliper, inside micrometer, depth gauge and
telescoping gauge set. If there is no corrosion, wear
or damage detected, proceed to step h. for installation
of replacement bushings.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
g. If corrosion, wear or damage was detected
during visual and/or fluorescent penetrant inspection,
c. Perform solvent wipe of surfaces with acetone
treat as follows:
or isopropyl alcohol and a clean cloth.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 8

(1) If pitting in lug bore is isolated to 25% or repair kit, E97229A, to support the guide rod, and
less surface area, and less than 0.010 inch in depth, insert into lug bores on the LH and RH side. Insert the
perform isolated spot-blending. Depth of isolated guide rod through the spot-face cutter and lug
spot-blending should not go beyond the maximum sleeves. If necessary, remove corrosion from face of
oversize inside diameter measurement listed in lug(s) using spot-facer, E97229-2. Spot-face affected
table 1. Maintain a surface finish in the blended areas lug to 1.280 ±0.001 inch outside diameter, and a
of 125 micro-inches or smoother. Ensure all blend maximum depth of 0.060 inch. Remove the minimum
radii are 0.100 inch or greater. amount of material necessary to remove corrosion.
Break all sharp edges. Refer to figure 3 for spot-
(2) If isolated corrosion pitting is present in facing repair.
the face of a lug, perform isolated spot-blending.

(3) If corrosion, wear or damage was (c) After reaming and/or spot-facing, if
detected in lug bores or faces that cannot be removed corrosion pitting is still present and isolated to 25% or
by isolated spotblending, remove as follows using less surface area and less than 0.010 inch in depth,
repair kit, E97229A. Refer to figure 2 for installation of perform isolated spot-blending. Maintain a surface
repair kit, E97229A: finish in the blended areas of 125 micro-inches or
smoother. Ensure all radii are 0.100 inch or greater.
NOTE
NOTE
Lugs may be reamed beyond largest
reamer OD available in tool set, E97229A. If etchant is not available due to
Maximum allowable. ID of each yoke lug is geographic location and/or restrictions,
0.9890 – 0.9900 inch. Ream each authorization is granted to waive
corroded/damaged lug to smallest oversize requirement to etch mechanically abraded
reamer possible, within +0.005/−0.005. surfaces before penetrant NDI.
Refer to table 1 for oversize reamers
available in repair kit, E97229A.
(d) Before penetrant NDI verification of
(a) To ream the ID of any lug, select the corrosion removal, aluminum etch re-worked areas
appropriate diameter guide sleeves from the repair kit, using swab method to remove any flowed material
E97229A, and insert into lug bores on the LH and RH from the grinding process (A1-H60BB-SRM-200 or
side. Insert the guide rod through the reamer and the approved local procedures). After swab-etchant
lug sleeves. Remove corrosion from inside of affected application, ensure etchant is thoroughly rinsed with
lug(s) using reamer, E97229-11, -12, -13, -14 or -15. distilled water to prevent embrittlement of the fitting.
Break all sharp edges.

Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3

Some MH-60S aircraft were delivered with
left-hand and right-hand outboard lugs that
are 0.325 – 0.336 inch thick. Bushing, (e) Perform fluorescent penetrant NDI
M81934/2-10A011, shall be installed in any (type I, method C) (A1-H60BB-SRM-200 and NAVAIR
lugs that are measured less than 0.350 01-1A-16 (series), WP 201 00) of all machined areas
inch thick. Contact H-60 FST Structures to confirm complete removal of corrosion deposits. If
Engineering for any lugs that are less than NDI confirms presence of corrosion, repeat
0.320 inch thick. procedures in step g. If corrosion is still present in the
lugs or lug faces after machining to maximum
(b) To spot-face a lug, select and insert the dimensions, the fitting shall be replaced.
appropriate diameter guide sleeves from the
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 9

Figure 3. Spot-Facing Repair

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 10

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33

(c) Apply a heavy plastic type tape and/or

release agent to the lug bore, and on the lug face
around the outside of the spot-face.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

(f) After final NDI, remove all fluorescent

penetrant with acetone or isopropyl alcohol and a Adhesive, MMM-A-132 13
clean cloth. Allow surfaces to fully dry.
(d) Apply adhesive, MMM-A-132, to the
machined spot-face. Ensure there is enough applied
to completely fill all voids.

Chemical Conversion Coating, (e) Place the flat plate over the spot-face
MIL-DTL-81706 7 and clamp plate to lug. Cure one hour at 150°F using
heat lamps, or 24 hours at room temperature.
(g) Treat all unprotected aluminum alloy
surfaces in the machined area with chemical (f) After adhesive has cured, remove plate
conversion coating (NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)). and tape and clean off excess adhesive that has
squeezed out.
(4) If lug(s) have been spot-faced, apply filler
to restore spot-faced area of the lug surface to h. Install Kamatics bushings, KJBA62100V-xx
original thickness dimensions before installation of the (xx = applicable dash number for oversize). Measure
bushings and/or repair sleeves as follows: lug bore diameters and select correct size bushing
from table 2.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 Chemical Conversion Coating,

MIL-DTL-81706 7

i. Apply chemical conversion coating to any

exposed bare aluminum not previously treated, before
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 application of epoxy primer and topcoat (NAVAIR
01-1A-509 (series)).
(a) Perform solvent wipe of spot-faced
surface using acetone or isopropyl alcohol and a
clean cloth. Allow to fully dry.

Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33 Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

j. Apply epoxy primer to all exposed bare metal

(b) Manufacture flat plate at least
and the machined areas of the STA 605 tail landing
2.5 inches in diameter to cover the spot-face. Apply a
gear yoke fitting and lugs. Allow to fully cure (NAVAIR
heavy plastic type tape and/or release agent to one
01-1A-509 (series)).
side of the plate.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 031 00
Page 11/(12 Blank)

Table 2. Kamatics Bushing Outside Diameter k. Before installation of Kamatics bushing,

and Corresponding Lug Inside Diameter KJBA62100V, and washer, KPD4768, or bushings,
M81934/2-10A01, apply sealant, MIL-PRF-81733, to
KAMATICS KAMATICS the OD and under flange of the bushings, and to the
BUSHING BUSHING FITTING LUG ID of the STA 605 tail landing gear yoke fitting lugs.
PART OUTSIDE BORE INSIDE
NUMBER DIAMETER DIAMETER NOTE
KJBA62100V 0.8137 – 0.8122 –
(Nominal) 0.8147 0.8132 If bushing, M81934/2-10A011, is installed
-11 0.8205 – 0.8190 – in a thin lug, verify bushing does not
0.8215 0.8200 protrude beyond outer surface of the
-12 0.8305 – 0.8290 – reduced thickness lug. If required, blend
bushing flush to the outer surface of the
0.8315 0.8300
lug, taking care not to damage the lug.
-13 0.8405 – 0.8390 –
Touch-up finish as required.
0.8415 0.8400
-14 0.8505 – 0.8490 – l. Press-fit Kamatics bushing, KJBA62100V,
0.8515 0.8500 and washer, KPD4768, or bushings,
-15 0.8605 – 0.8590 – M81934/2-10A011, into the STA 605 tail landing
0.8615 0.8600 gear fitting lug bore utilizing components of repair
kit, E97229A. Wipe any squeeze-out of sealant to
form a continuous fillet around the interface between
bushing and lug. Ensure there is no sealant residue
in the bore of the installed bushings. Allow sealant to
fully cure before application of polyurethane paint to
the lug.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating m. Before application of polyurethane paint,

mask off lug surfaces to protect the installed bushing
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
ID, flange and washer surfaces.

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

To prevent damage to the KAron liner, do
MIL-PRF-85285 18
not use dry ice or liquid nitrogen to shrink
the Kamatics KAron-lined bushings, n. Apply high solids polyurethane coating to all
KJBA62100V, and washers, KPD4768. areas previously primed and allow to fully cure
(NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)).
NOTE

Some MH-60S aircraft were delivered

with left-hand and right-hand outboard
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
lugs that are 0.325 – 0.336 inch thick.
MIL-DTL-85054 41
Bushing, M81934/2-10A011, shall be
installed in any lugs that are measured NOTE
less than 0.350 inch thick. Contact H-60
FST Structures Engineering for any lugs MIL-DTL-85054, CorBan 35, is the
that are less than 0.320 inch thick. preferred product. However, MIL-DTL-
85054, Amlguard, may be used.
When replacing bushings in the STA 605
tail landing yoke fitting lugs, do not mix o. Apply corrosion preventive compound to the
Kamatics bushings, KJBA62100V, and painted surfaces of the fitting. Allow to fully cure.
washers, KPD4768, with bushings,
p. Remove masking from the lugs.
M81934/2-10A011.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 032 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 6

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

FS 379 AFT ENGINE MOUNT FITTING

INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

PART NUMBERS 70305-02111-101 (-041/-042/-043 ASSY)

Reference Material

Powerplant Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ................................................................................. A1-H60SA-220-300

Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Replacement................................................................................................................................................. 2

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

ASME B107.14 Wrench, Torque (30 – 150 in. lbs.)

Local Manufacture Aid, Fitting Shimming & Alignment

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

MIL-DTL-81706, Class III (IAW MIL-C-1544) Coating, Chemical Conversion

MIL-PRF-23377 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
1132 Touch-N-Prep Chemical Conversion Coating
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 032 00
Page 2

1. INTRODUCTION. e. Remove fitting shimming and alignment aid

from engine mount fittings.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
maintenance instructions for inspection, repair and f. Match drill the two outboard fastener holes
replacement of the MH-60S RH and LH FS 379 (0.250 inch diameter) in the new aft outboard engine
outboard engine mount fittings, (78286) 70305- mount bracket using the engine compartment deck
02111-101 (-041/-042/-043 assemblies), that drain installation, 70302-02159-132/133, or using
connect engine struts to the airframe and cabin door plastic film (mylar) and the old fitting (if available).
track. Refer to figure 1 for location.

3. The FS 379 RH and LH aft outboard engine

mount fittings provide one of several structural
attachment points for the engines at FS 379, BL 40
(RH and LH), WL 262. These fittings also connect Chemical Conversion Coating,
the aft cabin door track assembly and the engine MIL-DTL-81706 7
compartment deck drain installation to the airframe.

4. INSPECTION. (Figure 1.)

a. Open engine cowling hinged doors (6.1.4) or

(6.2.4).

b. Visually inspect to ensure outboard engine Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

mount fitting is properly fastened in six locations: two
to the cabin door track and four to the deck drain NOTE
installation and airframe. The fitting generally comes
from supply without the two outboard holes drilled. If
Use of Touch-N-Prep Pen or equivalent
fastener holes have not been drilled into the
applicator reduces HAZWASTE and
outboard engine mount fitting as shown in figure 1,
expedites application.
or if the fastening hardware is not as is shown in
figure 1, proceed to REMOVAL, A1-H60SA-220-
300, WP 003 00 and then to REPLACEMENT, g. Deburr all drilled holes and treat with
paragraph 5. chemical conversion coating, MIL-DTL-81706, 1132
Touch-N-Prep and epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, in
5. REPLACEMENT (Figures 1 and 2.) accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.

a. Locally manufacture fitting shimming and

alignment aid (figure 2) using rigid material.

b. Temporarily pin the fitting shimming and

alignment aid to the inboard three engine mount
fittings.

c. Temporarily install the new aft outboard Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
engine mount bracket to the airframe. Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

d. Temporarily pin the fitting shimming and

alignment aid to the outboard engine mount fitting to h. Fay seal outboard engine mount fitting
ensure proper shimming. attachment surfaces with MIL-PRF-81733.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 032 00
Page 3

Figure 1. Aft Outboard Engine Mount Fittings

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 032 00
Page 4

Figure 2. Fitting Shimming and Alignment Aid

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 032 00
Page 5/(6 Blank)

j. Install two fasteners and attaching hardware

to secure the outboard engine mount fitting to the
door track assembly and engine compartment drain,
two self-locking nuts, MS21043-4, two washers,
NAS1149D0463K, and two screws, NAS334CPA7,
fwd and aft radius blocks, 70217-02702-119/-120.
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating Wet install screws with sealant, MIL-PRF-81733, in
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000, WP 012 00.
Shim as required. Torque nuts to 105 – 115 in. lbs.
(QA)
i. Install four fasteners and attaching hardware
to secure the outboard engine mount fitting to the
airframe, four bolts, NAS624-10, four recessed
washers under bolt heads, MS20002C4, two flat
washers, NAS1149F0463P, under INBD nuts, two
flat washers, NAS620-416 under OUTBD nuts and
four nuts, SS5081-04. Wet install bolts with sealant,
MIL-PRF-81733, in accordance with A1-H60SA- Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
SRM-000, WP 012 00. Shim as required. Torque
head of bolts to 135 in. lbs. or nuts to 120 in. lbs.
(QA)

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

MIL-PRF-85285 18

k. Apply protective finishes (primer and paint)

in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000, WP 012
00.
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 14

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

ACRYLIC PLASTIC WINDOWS (MIL-P-25690)

REPAIR OF CENTER WINDSHIELD, OVERHEAD WINDOWS, LOWER FORWARD OBSERVATION

WINDOWS, CREW DOOR WINDOWS, CABIN DOOR WINDOWS AND CABIN/GUNNER WINDOWS

PART NUMBERS 70216-01006-041, 70206-21001-101, 70206-21001-102, 70206-01001-110, 70206-01001-111,

70206-21000-041, 70206-21000-042, 70216-01000-041, 70216-01000-042, 70206-21202-041,
70206-21202-042, 70206-21202-046, 70206-21202-047, 70206-21202-048, 70206-21202-049,
70206-21202-050, 70206-21202-051, 70207-22202-043, 70207-22202-047, 70207-22202-048,
70207-22202-049, 70207-82202-041, 70207-82202-042, 70217-02705-042, 70207-82236-041,
70207-82236-042, 70207-82236-043, 70207-82239-041, 70207-82239-042, 70216-02401-049,
70216-02401-050, 70216-02401-051, 70216-02401-052, 96206-02301-041 AND 96206-02301-042

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model HH-60H ........................................................ A1-H60HA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................ A1-H60RA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60B......................................................... A1-H60BB-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................... A1-H60FB-110-300
Medical Management of Non-Ionizing Radiation Casualties .................................................... BUMEDINST 6470.23
Navy Laser Hazards Control Program.................................................................................... OPNAVINST 5100.27B

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Preparation ................................................................................................................................................... 3
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 7
Application of Clarity Restoration Polish (Yellow Package) .................................................................... 7
Application of Optics Restoration Polish (Gray Package) ....................................................................... 9
Application of UV Coating ........................................................................................................................ 12
Care of Polishing Pads and Microfiber Towels ........................................................................................ 14
UV Coating Removal ............................................................................................................................... 13

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 2

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

FLUKE 568 (89536) Thermometer, FLUKE Infrared

HG-201A (83284) Heat Gun Kit, Master Appliance
W-3186-2 Adapter, Air Hose
020800R (or equivalent) Work Station, Stanley Consumer
Storage Fat-Max 4-in-1 Mobile
1/4” NPT/M Coupling Half, Air Hose, Low Pressure, Quick
Disconnect, 1/4 inch (MIL-C-4109)
314A Polisher/Buffer, Ingersoll-Rand,
Heavy Duty Air Angle

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

— Coveralls, Paper
— Pencils, Grease (Black or Red)
— Pillows and/or Foam
CBP3 Backing Plate, Polishing Pad 5/8 3”
CBP6 Backing Plate, Polishing Pad 5/8 6”
CCL Cleaner, Clearfix Spray
CFI Clarity Restoration, Polish 1 – Clearfix
CF2 Optics Restoration, Polish 2 – Clearfix
CG3 Polishing Pad, Gray 3” Small
CG6 Polishing Pad, Gray 6” Large
CMFT Towel, Microfiber 12” x 12”
CUV UV Coating, Clearfix with Applicator
CY3 Polishing Pad, Yellow 3” Small
CY6 Polishing Pad, Yellow 6” Large
GMM549001 (or equivalent) Scraper, Non-Metallic
HR207 (or equivalent) Knife, Razor
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
06728 Sheeting, 3M Plastic 16’ x 350’
2090-1 IN Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure
Sensitive Adhesive (1 in x 60 yds)
2090-1/2 IN Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure
Sensitive Adhesive (1/2 in x 60 yds)
3M STIKIT Soft Hand Pad, 05530, Block, Flexible Sanding
2 3/4 in x 5 1/2 in x 3/8 in (or equivalent)
3336841 (or equivalent) Glasses, Safety
60-0600-0370-8 Sandpaper, 3M 1000-grit Wet and Dry
60-0600-0372-4 Sandpaper, 3M 1500-grit Wet and Dry
6005PF-M (or equivalent) Gloves, Nitrile Rubber
7510-00-NIB-0911 Tape, Blue Masking, 3M Pressure
Sensitive Adhesive (2 in x 60 yds)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 3

1. INTRODUCTION. (Figures 1, 2 and 3.) repaired using Clearfix clarity restoration

and optics restoration polishes (yellow
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot repair and gray packages).
instructions for the following acrylic plastic windows
(MIL-P-25690): center windshield assembly, 70216- NOTE
01006-041 (B,F,H,R); LH and RH overhead
windows, 70206-21001-101/-102 (B,F,H,R) and Jettison windows can be removed and
70206-01001-110/-111 (S); LH and RH lower nose repaired on work tables.
forward observation window assemblies, 70206-
21000-041/-042 (B,F,H,R) and 70216-01000-041/- (3) Cabin door and cabin windows – interior
042 (S); LH and RH crew door window assemblies, and exterior surfaces.
70206-21202-041/-042/-046/-047 (B,F,H,R) and
70206-21202-046/-047/-048/-049/-050/-051 (S); (4) Overhead windows – exterior surface
cabin door window assemblies, 70207-22202-043/- only.
047/-048 (B), 70207-22202-048 (F,R), 70207-82202-
041/-042 (F,R), 70207-22202-049 (H) and 70217- (5) Lower forward observation windows –
02705-042 (S); cabin/gunner window assemblies, exterior surface only.
70207-22202-043/-047/-048 (B), 70207-82202-041/-
042 (F), 70207-22202-048 (F), 70207-82236-041/- b. Remove crew door and cabin jettison
042/-043 (H), 70207-82239-041/-042 (H), 70216- windows from aircraft in accordance with A1-H60BB-
02401-049/-050/-051/-052 (S) and 96206-02301- 110-300, A1-H60FB-110-300, A1-H60HA-110-300,
041/-042 (S). A1-H60RA-110-300 and A1-H60SA-110-300.

3. The Clearfix aerospace aircraft window c. Remove round ventilator from crew door
restoration process restores optical clarity to window by disengaging snap ring.
damaged acrylic windows.
d. Clean interior and exterior window surfaces
4. PREPARATION. (Figures 1, 2 and 3.) as follows:
a. The Clearfix aerospace aircraft window
restoration process can be applied to the following
window surfaces:
Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44
(1) Center windshield – exterior surface
only.

NOTE

Crew door windows can be removed and To prevent softening of windows and
repaired on work tables. crazing of surface, do not apply
unauthorized solvents or cleaners.
(2) Crew door windows – interior and Examples are: alcohol, benzine, xylene,
exterior surfaces. acetone, carbon tetrachloride, deicer fluid,
lacquer thinner, non-Clearfix window
cleaning sprays and aromatic naphtha.

To prevent damage to windows, remove

Tinted cabin window exterior surfaces can rings or any hard objects from hands
only be repaired with Clearfix optics before beginning cleaning process.
restoration polish (gray package). Clearfix
clarity restoration polish (yellow package) (1) Spray surface liberally with Clearfix
can damage the tinted film. However, spray cleaner and let set for 10 seconds before
interior (non-tinted) surfaces can be wiping off.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 4

Figure 1. SH-60B/SH-60F/HH-60H Location of Windshields/Windows

Figure 2. MH-60R Location of Windshields/Windows

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 5

Figure 3. MH-60S Location of Windshields/Windows

NOTE (3) Repeat preceding sub-steps (1) and (2)

as necessary to ensure no film or residue remains
To extend the working life of the on window.
microfiber towels and prevent scratching
the window surface, fold towels in (4) Thoroughly dry window using a clean,
quarters lengthwise. Unfold towel to clean dry, microfiber towel. Wipe window in only one
surface after each wipe. After first four direction as described in sub-step (2).
wipes, flip towel over and repeat using the
opposite side. This will provide for eight (5) Ensure window is thoroughly clean, and
clean wipes of the towel. that no contaminants remain on window or crevices
Maintain a damp surface while cleaning around windows.
window. Re-apply if spray cleaner dries.
e. Mask-off window frames and structure as
(2) Wipe window in one direction with a follows:
clean microfiber towel to remove all contaminants.
Crew door windows, cabin windows, gunner (1) Apply 2 inch masking tape around
windows, overhead windows and lower forward outside edge of window with approximately 1/4 inch
observation windows shall be wiped from front of overlap onto window.
aircraft to back. Center windshield shall be wiped
from top to bottom.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 6

(2) If polishing will be performed on windows i. Inspect window for deep scratches and mark
removed from the aircraft, apply 2 inch masking tape all identified scratches with a black or red grease
around outside edge of window inside surface with pencil on the opposite side of window from scratch.
approximately 1/4 inch overlap onto window.
NOTE
(3) Apply 1/2 inch masking tape over the
horizontal line on the lower forward observation One pass is defined as one full stroke
windows. from end to end of a scratch.

(4) Cover pitot static tubes and OAT with 2 Window surface will appear cloudy during
inch masking tape. material removal from scratch repair area.

A scratch is considered completely

removed, when no clear line is visible in
the crevice of the area identified with the
Polish is corrosive to aircraft structure and scratch.
coatings. Prior to application of polish,
ensure area around window is protected j. Blend each scratch as follows:
with masking tape and plastic sheeting.
(1) Using a sanding block with wet 1000-grit
sandpaper, make four passes the length of the
f. Cover window and area around window to
scratch using the thin edge of the sanding block to
be polished with clear plastic sheeting using 1 inch
restrict initial contact to the scratch only.
masking tape to attach plastic sheeting to aircraft.
Plastic sheeting should cover an area approximately (2) Wipe dry with microfiber towel and
three times the size of the window to be polished for inspect for removal of scratch after the initial four
ease of clean-up from overspray. passes.

(3) If scratch is not removed, repeat sub-

steps (1) and (2). Do not repeat these steps more
than four times. Repeating this process more than
To prevent damage to the window, use four times can distort the window.
care when cutting plastic sheeting with NOTE
razor knife.
One pass is defined as one full complete
g. Using previously installed masking tape circle.
around window perimeter as a guide, cut holes in
plastic sheeting with razor knife to expose window. (4) Using sanding block and wet 1500-grit
sandpaper, feather out blended area by making 10
h. Using 1 inch masking tape, tape plastic additional passes in a 4 inch diameter circular
sheeting around window to seal gaps and shield motion. Ensure sanding block remains flat on the
aircraft skin and structure from polish. window surface.

(5) Wipe repair area dry with microfiber

NOTE towel and inspect for removal of scratch.

Deep scratches can be identified by (6) If scratch is not removed, repeat sub-
gently running a fingernail or non-metallic step (4). Do not repeat this step more than four
scraper over the suspected scratch and times. Repeating this process more than four times
feeling for a defined resistance. can distort the window.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 7

5. REPAIR. compound during the polishing process.

Other solutions can affect quality of
6. APPLICATION OF CLARITY RESTORATION finished windows.
POLISH (YELLOW PACKAGE).
Ensure clean microfiber towels are used
during window restoration. Contaminants
on towel will affect quality of finished
Clearfix polish shall only be applied by window.
trained and certified personnel. Without
proper training damage could occur to To prevent damage to windows, remove
windows. rings or any hard objects from hands
before beginning cleaning process.
Tinted cabin window exterior surfaces can
only be repaired with Clearfix optics b. If window has not already been cleaned,
restoration polish (gray package). Clearfix clean window surface before polishing in
clarity restoration polish (yellow package) accordance with paragraph 4, step d.
can damage the tinted film. However,
interior (non-tinted) surfaces can be
repaired using Clearfix clarity restoration
and optics restoration polishes (yellow
and gray packages). Use of unapproved polishers/buffers can
result in distortion of windows.
To prevent damage to windows, remove
rings or any hard objects from hands
before beginning cleaning process. NOTE

Use of unapproved polishers/buffers can Only use 3 inch backing plate with 3 inch
result in distortion of windows. polishing pad and 6 inch backing plate
with 6 inch polishing pad. The only
NOTE exception is using the 3 inch backing
plate with the 6 inch pad on the interior
Polishing of crew door window interior surface of window.
surface and cabin jettison windows shall
only be accomplished with window c. Attach backing plate to polisher.
removed from the aircraft.

For removed windows polish inside NOTE

surface first, then polish exterior surfaces. Use polishing pad size that allows all
Polish windows on foam pad or pillow to areas of window surface to be reached.
protect window surfaces. Use 3 inch pad for areas that are difficult
a. Ensure area around window to be polished to access, such as window vents.
is masked off in accordance with paragraph 4, steps
e through h. d. Attach yellow polishing pad to backing plate.
Ensure polishing pad is centered on backing plate
using black circle on Velcro as a guide.

e. Massage Clearfix clarity restoration polish

Use only Clearfix spray cleaner for package for 30 seconds before opening to mix
cleaning windows and removing contents.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 8

approximately 2 – 3 pounds of downward

force while maintaining the polishing pad
flat on the surface of the window. Move
Polish 1 – Clearfix Clarity buffer at a steady and slow pace. Correct
Restoration, CFI 45 polishing technique will appear as a trail
of circles in each row. Rows should be a
NOTE consistently even width with slight
overlap, regardless of window contour.
Chemical in package is activated by
oxygen. Do not tear open and remove
entire top of the foil package. Open If polishing pad becomes loaded with
package only as directed. If package is polish, performance will be degraded. To
opened incorrectly and chemical is extend life of polishing pad, wash and dry
overexposed to air a new package will be pad in accordance with paragraph 10,
needed. step a.

f. Open Clearfix clarity restoration polish Replace yellow pad when it becomes
package at a 45 degree angle at corner indicated to frayed, material breaks down or starts to
form a pouring spout. feel soft.

i. With pad still in contact with window, turn

polisher on.
Polish 1 – Clearfix Clarity
Restoration, CFI 45

g. Apply an approximately 2 inch diameter

amount of Clearfix clarity restoration polish onto Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44
center of yellow polishing pad and seal opening of
the polish package to extend working life of polish.

h. With buffer turned off, gently press polishing

pad to window, allowing pad to absorb polish. Polish 1 – Clearfix Clarity
Restoration, CFI 45

NOTE
Buffer motor speed should be maintained
between 1200 – 1500 RPM. Do not One pass is defined as one full stroke
exceed 1800 – 2000 RPM. Excessive from top to bottom and back to top or left
RPMs can overheat and/or burn window, to right and back to left on window.
causing permanent damage to window.
A row is defined as the width of the
To prevent damage due to excessive contact area of each pass of the polishing
heat, do not put pressure on edge of pad pad.
or allow pad to remain in one place when
polishing.
When polish dries, stop immediately.
NOTE Spray surface liberally with Clearfix spray
cleaner and let set for 10 seconds before
Air angle polisher/buffer has maximum continuing polishing process. Add more
2500 RPM. RPMs can be adjusted by polish to pad and continue to polish entire
loosening and tightening screw on side of surface.
air angle polisher/buffer.
j. Beginning at the top left corner of the
For best polishing results, apply window, make 12 vertical polishing passes per row
consistent and even pressure of
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 9

while slightly overlapping the previous row until the NOTE

entire window has been polished to the right edge of
the window. When polishing window, if polish looks To extend the working life of the
dry, spray window with Clearfix spray cleaner and microfiber towels and prevent scratching
add more polish. the polished window surface, fold towels
in quarters lengthwise. Unfold towel to
clean surface after each wipe. After first
four wipes, flip towel over and repeat
using the opposite side. This will provide
Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44 for eight clean wipes of the towel.

m. Wet a clean microfiber towel with clean

water. Twist and squeeze excess water from towel
Polish 1 – Clearfix Clarity onto top of window and wipe window from top to
Restoration, CFI 45 bottom until all polish is removed from window and
masking tape around perimeter of window.
k. Beginning at the top left corner of the
window, make 12 horizontal polishing passes per n. Clean window surface in accordance with
row while slightly overlapping the previous row until paragraph 4, step d.
the entire window has been polished to the lower
edge of the window. When polishing window, if o. Inspect window to ensure all scratches have
polish looks dry, spray window with Clearfix spray been removed. If any scratches remain, repeat steps
cleaner and add more polish. g through n not more than four times.

7. APPLICATION OF OPTICS RESTORATION

POLISH (GRAY PACKAGE).

Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44

Clearfix polish shall only be applied by

trained and certified personnel. Without
Polish 1 – Clearfix Clarity
proper training damage could occur to
Restoration, CFI 45
windows.
l. Beginning at the top left corner of the
window, make 12 vertical polishing passes per row Use only Clearfix spray cleaner for
while slightly overlapping the previous row until the cleaning windows and removing
entire window has been polished to the right edge of compound during the polishing process.
the window. When polishing window, if polish looks Other solutions can affect quality of
dry, spray window with Clearfix spray cleaner and finished windows.
add more polish.
Ensure clean microfiber towels are used
during window restoration. Contaminants
on towel will affect quality of finished
window.

Ensure clean microfiber towel is used to To prevent damage to windows, remove

clean window. Contaminants on rings or any hard objects from hands
microfiber towel will affect quality of before beginning cleaning process.
finished window.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 10

NOTE

To extend the working life of the

microfiber towels and prevent scratching Polish 2 – Clearfix Optics
the polished window surface, fold towels Restoration, CF2 46
in quarters lengthwise. Unfold towel to
clean surface after each wipe. After first NOTE
four wipes, flip towel over and repeat
using the opposite side. This will provide Chemical in package is activated by
for eight clean wipes of the towel. oxygen. Do not tear open and remove
entire top of the foil package. Open
a. If window has not already been cleaned, package only as directed. If package is
clean window surface before polishing in opened incorrectly and chemical is
accordance with paragraph 4, step d. overexposed to air a new package will be
needed.

e. Open Clearfix optics restoration polish at a

45 degree angle at corner indicated on package to
Use of unapproved polishers/buffers can form a pouring spout.
result in distortion of windows.

NOTE
Polish 2 – Clearfix Optics
Only use 3 inch backing plate with 3 inch
Restoration, CF2 46
polishing pad, and 6 inch backing plate
with 6 inch polishing pad. The only
exception is using the 3 inch backing f. Apply an approximately 2 inch diameter
plate with the 6 inch pad on the interior amount of Clearfix optics restoration polish onto
surface of window. center of gray polishing pad and seal opening of the
polish package to extend working life of polish.
b. If not previously accomplished, attach
backing plate to polisher. g. With buffer turned off, gently press polishing
pad to window, allowing pad to absorb polish.
NOTE

Use polishing pad size that allows all

areas of window surface to be reached.
Use 3 inch pad for areas that are difficult Buffer motor speed should be maintained
to access such as window vents. at approximately 1100 RPM. Do not
exceed 1500 RPM. Excessive RPMs can
c. Attach gray polishing pad to backing plate. overheat and/or burn window, causing
Ensure polishing pad is centered on backing plate permanent damage to window.
using black circle on Velcro as a guide.
To prevent damage due to excessive
d. Massage Clearfix optics restoration polish heat, do not put pressure on edge of pad
package for 30 seconds before opening to mix or allow pad to remain in one place when
contents. polishing.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 11

NOTE cleaner and let set for 10 seconds before

continuing polishing process. Add more
Air angle polisher/buffer has maximum polish to pad and continue to polish entire
2500 RPM. RPMs can be adjusted by surface.
loosening and tightening screw on side of
air angle polisher/buffer. i. Beginning at the top left corner of the
window, make four horizontal polishing passes per
For best polishing results, apply row while slightly overlapping the previous row until
consistent and even pressure of the entire window has been polished to the right
approximately 2 – 3 pounds of downward edge of the window. When polishing window, if
force while maintaining the polishing pad polish looks dry, spray window with Clearfix spray
flat on the surface of the window. Move cleaner and add more polish.
buffer at a steady and slow pace. Correct
polishing technique will appear as a trail
of circles in each row. Rows should be a
consistently even width with slight
overlap, regardless of window contour. Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44

If polishing pad becomes loaded with

polish, performance will be degraded. To
extend life of polishing pad, wash and dry
pad in accordance with paragraph 10, Polish 2 – Clearfix Optics
step a. Restoration, CF2 46

Replace gray pad when it becomes frayed, j. Beginning at the top left corner of the
material breaks down or starts to feel soft. window, make four vertical polishing passes per row
while slightly overlapping the previous row until the
h. With pad still in contact with window, turn entire window has been polished to the lower edge
polisher on. of the window. When polishing window, if polish
looks dry, spray window with Clearfix spray cleaner
and add more polish.

Clearfix Spray Cleaner, CCL 44

Ensure clean microfiber towel is used to

clean window. Contaminants on
microfiber towel will affect quality of
Polish 2 – Clearfix Optics finished window.
Restoration, CF2 46
NOTE
NOTE
To extend the working life of the
One pass is defined as one full stroke microfiber towels and prevent scratching
from top to bottom and back to top or left the polished window surface, fold towels
to right and back to left on window. in quarters lengthwise. This will provide
for eight clean wipes of the towel. Unfold
after each wipe. After first four wipes, flip
A row is defined as the width of the
towel over and repeat using the opposite
contact area of each pass of the polishing
side.
pad.
k. Wet a clean microfiber towel with clean
When polish dries, stop immediately. water. Twist and squeeze excess water from towel
Spray surface liberally with Clearfix spray
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 12

onto top of window and wipe window from top to a. If window has not already been cleaned,
bottom until all polish is removed from window and clean window surface before applying UV coating in
masking tape around perimeter of window. accordance with paragraph 4, step d.

l. Clean window surface in accordance with WARNING

paragraph 4, step d.

m. Inspect window to ensure all scratches have All laser operations will be in accordance
been removed. If any scratches remain, repeat steps with OPNAVINST 5100.27B.
f through l.
Avoid direct eye exposure to beam.
n. Remove plastic sheeting in a forward rolling
motion, ensuring that polish on sheeting does not Do not look into the infrared laser beam
come in contact with aircraft. If polish comes in through binoculars or telescopes.
contact with aircraft, rinse off immediately with fresh
water and microfiber towel. Do not point the infrared laser beam at
mirror like surfaces. Do not shine the
o. Remove all tape from around windows and infrared laser beam into other individual’s
any polish or cleaner residue using a clean eyes.
microfiber towel.
Any medical emergency should be
p. Discard all tape, plastic and empty packets administered in accordance with
in accordance with local procedures. BUMEDINST 6470.23.
8. APPLICATION OF UV COATING.

Ensure heat gun is not set over 1/2 of its

Clearfix UV coating shall only be applied maximum setting. Heating window above
by trained and certified personnel. 200°F can damage window. Use infrared
Without proper training damage can occur thermometer to ensure windows are not
to windows. heated above directed temperature.
NOTE
NOTE
When applying UV coating to crew door
and cabin jettison windows, UV coating Heating of window should take
must be applied to inside of window first. approximately 3 minutes.
Apply UV coating to only one side of
window at a time. b. Using low setting on heat gun, heat window
to approximately 130° – 140°F. Keep heat gun
Do not lay newly coated window down on approximately 2 to 4 inches away from window
coated side until window has cooled and surface and move heat gun slowly from side to side
UV coating has fully cured (approximately to evenly warm window. Use infrared thermometer
30 minutes). during heating to monitor temperature of window.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 13

After drying, do not touch window surface

for at least 30 minutes.

Clearfix UV Coating, CUV 47 f. Lines will appear on the window as the UV

coating is applied. After lines have self-
NOTE leveled/disappeared, gently dry surface of window
with heat gun on low setting, keeping heat gun
Chemical in package is activated by approximately 4 inches away from window. Drying
oxygen. Open only after the window is should take approximately 10 to 15 seconds for
heated. Do not tear open and remove every 1 to 2 square foot area.
entire top of the foil package. Open
package only as directed. If package is 9. UV COATING REMOVAL. Remove UV coating
opened incorrectly and chemical is from window surface as follows:
overexposed a new package will be
needed. Lifespan of UV coating once
package has been opened is 8 minutes.

Keep UV coating applicator saturated so Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

that a layer of coating is left on window
without applying pressure.

Use only one applicator per package of

UV coating.
To prevent softening of windows and
c. Open Clearfix UV coating package only after crazing of surface, do not apply
window has been heated. Open package at a 45 unauthorized solvents or cleaners.
degree angle at corner indicated to form a pouring Examples are: alcohol, benzine, xylene,
spout. acetone, carbon tetrachloride, deicer fluid,
lacquer thinner, non-Clearfix window
cleaning sprays and aromatic naphtha.

Ensure clean microfiber towel is used to

Clearfix UV Coating, CUV 47 clean window. Contaminants on towel will
affect quality of finished window.
d. Pour one half of the package contents
slowly along both sides of the lower rounded edge
Ensure window is not touched with bare
surface, parallel to the length of the UV coating
fingers after cleaning.
applicator. Entire bottom surface must be wet with
UV coating on both sides.
To prevent damage to windows, remove
rings or any hard objects from hands
before beginning cleaning process.

Clearfix UV Coating, CUV 47 NOTE

e. Starting at the top of window, apply UV To extend the working life of the
coating to window with applicator using a forward to microfiber towels and prevent scratching
aft or top to bottom motion. Catch any drips as the the polished window surface, fold towels
applicator is worked towards the bottom of the in quarters lengthwise. This will provide
window. Apply more UV coating to applicator as for eight clean wipes of the towel. Unfold
needed. after each wipe. After first four wipes, flip
towel over and repeat using the opposite
NOTE
side.
Do not attempt to dry/cure window with
heat gun until all UV coating lines have a. Spray entire surface of window and
disappeared. microfiber towel liberally with isopropyl alcohol.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 033 00
Page 14

b. Fold the microfiber towel in half and once a. Extend service life of polishing pads by
again along the fold line, so the towel is separated washing and drying pad using the following
into four equal sections. procedures:

(1) Saturate pad with water and apply

pressure from center of pad to the outer edge to
discharge foam-like polish deposits. Continue to
To prevent scratches and other related
squeeze and saturate pad with clean water until no
damage, wipe and clean windows in one
foam-like polish is discharged from pad.
direction only.

c. In one direction only, wipe window with (2) Spin dry pad on polisher by spinning
microfiber towel to remove UV coating. Crew door and touching pad with clean microfiber towel.
windows, cabin windows, gunner windows,
overhead windows and lower forward observation b. Microfiber towels are reusable. To reuse,
windows shall be wiped from front of aircraft to back. perform the following:
Center windshield shall be wiped from top to bottom.
(1) Place dirty microfiber towel in washer.
d. Turn the microfiber towel over and continue
to remove UV coating from the window.
NOTE
e. Unfold the microfiber towel once and refold,
so the clean sections of microfiber towel are facing Do not use bleach, wash booster or liquid
outward. fabric softener.
f. Continue to clean window until the UV
(2) Using mild detergent and detergent
coating is removed and window surface is
manufacturer’s recommendations for size of load,
completely dry and looks clear without any streaks.
add detergent to the washer.
g. Clean window surface in accordance with
paragraph 4, step d. (3) Select warm water wash and cold
rinse.
10. CARE OF POLISHING PADS AND
MICROFIBER TOWELS. (4) After wash cycle is completed, place
the clean microfiber towels in dryer.
NOTE

Replace polishing pad when it becomes NOTE

frayed, material breaks down or pad
becomes soft to the touch. Do not use fabric softener sheets.
Washing of pad can only be (5) Select low drying temperature and dry
accomplished once. Velcro will start to microfiber towels completely.
lose adhesion and separate after
subsequent washes.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 14

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

ADHEELS TEE MOUNT BRACKET

INSPECTION, REPAIR AND INSTALLATION

PART NUMBERS 96500-02101-041 (LH), 96500-02101-044 (LH), 96500-02101-047 (LH),

96500-02101-042 (RH FORWARD), 96500-02101-045 (RH FORWARD),
96500-02101-048 (RH FORWARD), 96500-02101-043 (RH AFT),
96500-02101-046 (RH AFT) AND 96500-02101-049 (RH AFT)

MODEL NUMBER MH-60S

Reference Material

Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-300
Airframe and Landing Gear Systems, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................ A1-H60SA-110-400
Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)
Electrical Power and Lighting Systems, Illustrated Parts Breakdown .......................................... A1-H60SA-420-400
Electrical Power and Lighting, Navy Model MH-60S .................................................................... A1-H60SA-420-300
Sikorsky Drawing ....................................................................................................................... (78286) 96500-02101
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
Installation..................................................................................................................................................... 13
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Removal ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 11
Tee Replacement ......................................................................................................................................... 11

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

None

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

AMS 3819, Class 2, Grade A Cloths, Aircraft Structural Surface Cleaning

ANSI B74.18 Cloth, 240 – 400 Grit Abrasive (Aluminum Oxide)
ASTM D1055 Foam, Rubber, 0.125 inch Thick
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 2

Materials Required (Cont)

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

ASTM D329 Acetone

CCC-C-440 Cloth, Cheesecloth, Cotton
EA 9394 Adhesive
KWP020-096-192 Strip, Kamatics P54 Anti-Chafe
MIL-DTL-81706 Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-16173, Grade IV Compound, Corrosion Preventive
MIL-PRF-23377, Type II, Class C2 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733, Class 1, Grade A Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MIL-STD-670B Foam, Rubber, 0.125 inch Thick
MS21043-3 Nut, Self-Locking
MS21075-08N Nutplate
NAS1097AD3 Rivet, Countersunk
NAS1097AD4 Rivet, Countersunk
NAS1149C0332R Washer, Flat
NAS1739B4-2 Rivet, Blind Countersunk
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
01-2-15-010-0LL Tie, Zip

1. INTRODUCTION. c. Remove ADHEELS cargo door lighting strip

in accordance with A1-H60SA-420-300.
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot
maintenance instructions for inspection, repair and d. Remove upper cargo door track from the
replacement of the MH-60S ADHEELS tee brackets. airframe.

e. Remove the ADHEELS Tee, from the upper

3. The MH-60S RH and LH ADHEELS tee brackets cabin door track by removing countersunk rivets
provide a mounting surface for components of the shown in figures 2 through 4, as required.
Advanced Helicopter Emergency Egress Lighting
System (ADHEELS), and provide structural support 5. INSPECTION. (Figure 8)
to the upper cabin interior panels. They attach to the
RH and LH upper cabin door track assemblies a. Visually inspect upper cargo door flap seal,
between FS 310 and FS 375, WL 262, RBL 40 and 70217-02721-140, for cracking, wear or sharp edges
LBL 40. Mounted components are shown in figures and replace as required in accordance with A1-
1 through 7 and in A1-H60SA-420-400. Application H60SA-110-300. Trim as required.
of Kamatics P54 anti-chafe strip to these parts has
been proven to significantly extend the life of the b. Visually inspect ADHEELS tee for chafing
parts by eliminating the chafe damage caused by on and around the aft-most 20 inch long section of
the upper cargo door flap seal, 70217-02721-140, its outboard cap.
on the upper aft region of the RH and LH cabin
doors (as shown in A1-H60SA-110-400). c. If no damage is found, proceed to
INSTALLATION, paragraph 8.
4. REMOVAL. (Figures 2 through 7) d. If Kamatics P54 anti-chafe strip is present
on this surface, and chafing exists but does not
a. Remove cargo door from aircraft in extend into the ADHEELS tee, remove the damaged
accordance with A1-H60SA-110-300. anti-chafe strip and sealant using a non-metallic
scraper, strip all paint and primer from the aft-most
b. Remove and discard Zip Ties holding the 20 inches of the outboard face of the ADHEELS tee,
lighting to the RH or LH ADHEELS tee and brackets. and proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 7.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 3

Figure 1. ADHEELS Tee Assemblies

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 4

Figure 2. 96500-02101-043 Assembly, 166572 – 166303 with RH Aft ADHEELS Tee (-104)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 5

Figure 3. 96500-02101-046 Assembly, 166304 – 168397 with RH Aft ADHEELS Tee (-110)
and 96500-02101-049 Assembly, 166304 – 168397 with RH Aft ADHEELS Tee (-110)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 6

Figure 4. 96500-02101-042 Assembly, 166572 – 166303 with RH Fwd ADHEELS Tee (-102)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 7

Figure 5. 96500-02101-045 Assembly, 166304 – 168397 with RH Fwd ADHEELS Tee (-111)
and 96500-02101-048 Assembly, 166304 – 168397 with RH Fwd ADHEELS Tee (-111)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 8

Figure 6. 96500-02101-041 Assembly, 166572 – 166303 with LH ADHEELS Tee (-101)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 9

Figure 7. 96500-02101-044 Assembly, 166572 – 166303 with LH ADHEELS Tee (-109)

and 96500-02101-047 Assembly, 166572 – 166303 with LH ADHEELS Tee (-109)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 10

Figure 8. Inspection and Manufacture (RH Shown, LH Similar)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 11

e. If chafing extends into the ADHEELS tee, b. Prepare bare aluminum structure surfaces
remove Kamatics P54 anti-chafe strip (and sealant), for filler by wiping with a clean cloth moistened with
if installed, using a non-metallic scraper. Blend any acetone or isopropyl alcohol in accordance with
sharp edges around the chafe damage area using NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). Wipe dry with
abrasive cloth (320 or 400-grit), and measure cheesecloth or low-lint cloth.
chafing depth.

f. If chafing is greater than or equal to 0.020

inch deep into the ADHEELS tee, proceed to TEE
REPLACEMENT, paragraph 6. Otherwise, proceed Adhesive, EA 9394 35
to REPAIR, paragraph 7.
c. If applicable, fill in chafe damage up to 0.020
6. TEE REPLACEMENT. (Figure 8) inch in depth using adhesive. Allow adhesive to fully
cure, then sand flush with the surrounding structure
a. Manufacture ADHEELS tee using Sikorsky using abrasive cloth (320 or 400 grit).
extrusion 11426 (figure 8), or equivalent.
d. Manufacture anti-chafe strip using scissors
b. Form and machine tee in accordance with
or razor blade and Kamatics P54 anti-chafe strip,
Sikorsky Drawing 96500-02101, and transfer
KWP020-096-192 (NSN 1680-01-556-9141), sizing
fastener pattern from the worn tee using Mylar film.
the strip to match the wear area (approximately 1.00
c. Break all sharp edges, deburr holes, and inch x 20.00 inches) from the aft-most edge of the
scuff all surfaces of tee using ANSI B74.18, 240 – outboard face of the ADHEELS mounting tee
400 grit abrasive cloth (aluminum oxide), to promote extrusion.
surface adhesion.

d. Heat treat new ADHEELS tee to 7075-

T6511 in accordance with Sikorsky Drawing 96500-
02101. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

e. Proceed to REPAIR, paragraph 7.

7. REPAIR. (Figures 2 through 7)

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
NOTE
e. Prepare bare aluminum structure
Ensure that all chafe-damaged areas are faying/mating surfaces for bonding by wiping with a
stripped and chemical conversion coating clean cloth moistened with acetone or isopropyl
is applied in the following steps. alcohol, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
(series). Wipe dry with cheesecloth or low-lint cloth.
Wear to the ADHEELS tees generally
occurs along the 20 inch long aft-most
section of its outboard face.

a. If necessary, blend any sharp edges around Chemical Conversion Coating,

the chafe-damaged area, on the outboard face of MIL-DTL-81706 7
the tee.
NOTE

Use of a Touch-N-Prep pen, or

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 equivalent, applicator reduces hazardous
waste and expedites application.

f. Apply chemical conversion coating (Alodine)

to all bare metal surfaces and holes in accordance
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 12

g. Remove the debris-resistant, woven nylon coat of epoxy primer, type II, class C2, to all
peel-ply cover from the back surface of the Kamatics surfaces in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
P54 anti-chafe strip.

High Solids Polyurethane Coating,

Adhesive, EA 9394 35 MIL-PRF-85285 18
h. Apply adhesive to the chafed bare metal
m. Apply high solids polyurethane coating
surfaces (and adhesive filler, if applicable) of the
topcoat to match existing color of exterior surface
outboard face of the ADHEELS mounting tee
areas in accordance with A1-H60SA-SRM-000.
bracket.
Allow to dry.
i. Place the Kamatics P54 anti-chafe strip onto
the outboard face of the ADHEELS mounting tee
bracket, as shown in figures 2 through 7, and clamp
the two parts together. Excess adhesive squeeze-
Corrosion Preventive Compound,
out should be wiped immediately before curing.
MIL-PRF-16173 20
j. Allow adhesive to cure for 24 hours at room
temperature or using heat lamps for one hour at n. Remove tape from the threads of the
150°F (66°C). studded plates, 03-1-01-014-0LL, and spray the
threads with corrosion preventive compound, grade
IV. Wipe with a clean cloth to remove excess.

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
k. Apply corrosion inhibitive sealing compound, Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24
class 1, grade A, to the faying/mating surfaces of the
studded plates, 03-1-01-014-0LL, and the inboard
o. If nutplate installation is required, apply a
surface of the tee. Within the working life of the
thin layer of corrosion inhibitive sealing compound,
sealant, clamp the studded plates and tee together.
class 1, grade A, to the faying/mating surface of the
Remove excess material squeeze-out, as required.
nutplate and install nutplates using rivets, wet with
Permanently install tee bracket to the upper cabin
sealing compound, as shown in figures 2 through 7
door track using countersunk rivets, NAS1097AD4,
and Sikorsky Drawing 96500-02101. Allow sealing
wet with sealing compound. Allow the sealing
compound to fully cure before proceeding.
compound to fully cure before proceeding.

Corrosion Preventive Compound,

MIL-PRF-16173 20

p. Apply corrosion preventive compound,

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 grade IV, to the nutplates.
l. Using masking tape, tape off the threads of
the studded plates, 03-1-01-014-0LL, and apply one
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 034 00
Page 13/(14 Blank)

Corrosion Preventive Compound,

MIL-PRF-16173 20

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and b. Apply corrosion preventive compound,

Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 grade IV, to the ADHEELS mount bracket, 03-1-15-
240-0FL, nuts and washers. Install these
q. Manufacture and install seals, 96500-02101- components as shown in figures 2 through 7 and
103/-105/-106/-107/-108, as required, using Sikorsky Drawing 96500-02101.
corrosion inhibitive sealing compound, class 1,
grade A, as shown in figures 2 through 7 and
Sikorsky Drawing 96500-02101. Allow sealing
compound to fully cure, and then proceed to
INSTALLATION, paragraph 8.

8. INSTALLATION. (Figures 2 through 7)

Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

c. Reinstall ADHEELS tee to upper cargo door

track using, countersunk rivets, NAS1097AD4 and
blind countersunk rivets, NAS1739B4-2, wet with
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and corrosion inhibitive sealing compound, class 1,
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 grade A.
a. Apply corrosion inhibitive sealing compound,
d. Reinstall upper cargo door track to the
class 1, grade A, to the faying/mating surfaces of
airframe.
both the upper cabin door track and the tee. Within
the working life of the sealant, clamp the track and
tee together, remove excess material squeeze-out e. Reinstall ADHEELS cargo door lighting strip
as required, and permanently install tee bracket to in accordance with A1-H60SA-420-300.
the upper cabin door track airframe using
countersunk rivets, NAS1097AD4 and blind f. Reinstall cargo door in accordance with A1-
countersunk rivets, NAS1739B4-2, wet with sealing H60SA-110-300.
compound. Allow sealing compound to fully cure
before proceeding.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 20

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

STRUCTURAL ALIGNMENT OF TAIL ROTOR DRIVE SHAFT SYSTEM

MODEL NUMBERS SH-60B/F, HH-60H, MH-60R AND MH-60S

Reference Material

Cleaning and Corrosion Control Manual ......................................................................... NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series)

General Aircraft Information, Navy Model HH-60H ...................................................................... A1-H60HA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60R ...................................................................... A1-H60RA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model MH-60S ...................................................................... A1-H60SA-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model SH-60B....................................................................... A1-H60BB-GAI-000
General Aircraft Information, Navy Model SH-60F ....................................................................... A1-H60FB-GAI-000
Nondestructive Inspection Methods ................................................................................. NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series)
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model HH-60H ......................................................................... A1-H60HA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60R ........................................................................ A1-H60RA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model MH-60S ........................................................................ A1-H60SA-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60B ......................................................................... A1-H60BB-SRM-000
Structural Repair Manual, Navy Model SH-60F ......................................................................... A1-H60FB-SRM-000
Transmission Systems, Navy Model HH-60H .............................................................................. A1-H60HA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60R .............................................................................. A1-H60RA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model MH-60S .............................................................................. A1-H60SA-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model SH-60B ............................................................................... A1-H60BB-260-300
Transmission Systems, Navy Model SH-60F ............................................................................... A1-H60FB-260-300

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................... 19
Disassembly ................................................................................................................................................. 3
Inspection ..................................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Repair ........................................................................................................................................................... 6

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

70361-25015-042T046 Alignment Tool, Disconnect Coupling

70700-20480-041 Alignment Fixture, Tail Rotor Drive Shaft
70700-20480-042 Fixture Assembly, Oil Cooler Fitting Alignment Target
70700-20480-046 Fixture, Forward
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 2

Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

A-A-58054 Abrasive Mat, Aluminum Oxide, Non-Woven, Non-

Metallic
A-A-59323, Type II Cloth, Low-Lint
Alodine 1182 Pen, Touch-N-Prep
AMS5643, 1.00 Inch Diameter Bar Stock, 17-4PH
ANSI B74.18 Abrasive Cloth, Aluminum Oxide
AN174H-7A Bolt
AN960PD516L Washer (Use with 1st Oversize Bolt)
AN960XC416L Washer
ASTM D329 Acetone
ASTM E 1417 Penetrant, Fluorescent
CCR264SS-3 Rivet
EA 9394 Adhesive
MIL-DTL-81706, Class III Coating, Chemical Conversion
MIL-PRF-23377 Primer, Epoxy
MIL-PRF-81733 Compound, Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and Coating
MIL-PRF-85285 Coating, High Solids Polyurethane
MS-122DF Agent, Fluorocarbon Release
MS21043-4 Nut
MS21075-4N Nut-plates, (Oil Cooler Bracket)
NAS1149C0432B Washer
NAS1149C0463B Washer
NAS1149D0516J Washer (Use with 2nd Oversize Bolt)
NAS1149D0516K Washer
NAS6204-8 Bolt
NAS6204-8D Bolt
NAS6204-8X Bolt, 1st Oversize
NAS6204-8Y Bolt, 2nd Oversize
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl
70202-25004-105 Support Angles, Tail Disconnect Coupling
70209-26006-101 Support Fitting, Tail Pylon Bearing
70212-05005-135 Coupling Mount Plate, FS 531 TRDS
70212-05005-137 Coupling Mount Plate, FS 591 TRDS
70219-03006-114 Coupling Mount Plate, FS 470 TRDS
70361-03010-115 Mount Vertical Angle, Oil Cooler FWD, LH
70361-03010-116 Mount Vertical Angle, Oil Cooler FWD, RH
70361-03010-119 Mount Horizontal Angle, Oil Cooler FWD, LH
70361-03010-120 Mount Horizontal Angle, Oil Cooler FWD, RH
70361-03010-121 Mount Plates, Oil Cooler FWD
70361-03010-125 Coupling Mount Plate, FS 410 TRDS

1. INTRODUCTION. disconnect support fitting angles, structural

alignment of the tail pylon drive shaft support
2. This Work Package (WP) provides depot level bearing fitting, and structural alignment of the tail
inspection and repair instructions for structural rotor drive shaft coupling mount plates. This WP will
alignment of the tail rotor drive shaft system oil also provide procedures for structural alignment if
cooler mount LH and RH forward mount brackets to drive shaft Total Indicated Readout (TIR) is out of
remove shims, structural alignment of the tail limits.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 3

3. Structural alignment verification and/or repair in (4) Tail drive shaft disconnect coupling.
accordance with this WP is required if the oil cooler
assembly has been shimmed during in-service (5) Tail pylon disconnect shaft and all
operations and is in a scheduled depot inspection attaching hardware.
and repair status, or if tail rotor drive shaft TIR is out
of limits. The following locations are affected (refer to 5. INSPECTION. (Refer to Figure 2)
figure 1):
NOTE
a. Oil cooler support brackets (FS 380).
If available, the H-60 crash damage repair
b. Tail drive shaft coupling mount plates (FS and hard-point locator/laser alignment
410, FS 470, FS 531 and FS 591). fixture can be used to verify alignment of
c. Tail drive shaft disconnect coupling support the oil cooler support brackets (FS 380),
angles (FS 634 – 637). and tail drive shaft coupling mount plates
(FS 410, FS 470, FS 531 and FS 591).
d. Tail pylon drive shaft support bearing fitting
(FS 645). a. Install forward fixture, 70700-20480-046, on
tail rotor drive shaft take-off flange, located on the aft
4. DISASSEMBLY. side of the main transmission.

b. Install aft fixture, 70700-20480-045, on the

input flange of the intermediate gearbox.
To prevent inaccurate alignment
readings, the aircraft must be parked on a
stable hangar floor, with main rotor blades
removed, or spread at 45 degrees relative Alignment of the tail pylon bearing
to the fuselage. In general, the support fitting must be correct prior to
procedures contained in this WP should adjusting support angles, 70202-25004-
not be performed while deployed aboard 105, installed on the tail cone drive shaft
ship. Flexing of the fuselage will provide support airframe fitting, 70209-25002-
inaccurate alignment readings. However, 101.
depending on sea state conditions, the
procedures contained in this WP may be c. Install disconnect coupling alignment tool,
performed while an aircraft is placed 70361-25015-042T046, on the tail pylon bearing
within the hangar of a CVN, or L Class support fitting, 70209-26006-101.
ship. If necessary, contact ISSC Cherry
Pt H-60 Structures Engineering for further
guidance.

a. Prepare aircraft for safe ground

maintenance. Turn off all electrical and hydraulic After tightening wire, do not reach, lean,
power in accordance with A1-H60BB-GAI-000, A1- or place any part of your body over the
H60FB-GAI-000, A1-H60HA-GAI-000, A1-H60RA- wire. If wire breaks, serious injury to
GAI-000 and A1-H60SA-GAI-000. personnel may result.
b. If not previously accomplished, remove the
NOTE
following in accordance with A1-H60BB-260-300,
A1-H60FB-260-300, A1-H60HA-260-300, A1- If 0.029 inch piano wire is not available,
H60RA-260-300 and A1-H60SA-260-300. standard safety-wire can be used.
(1) No. 1 tail rotor drive shaft. d. Install wire, 70700-77333-117, between
(2) Oil cooler fan, duct and shaft assembly. forward and aft fixtures. Tighten palm grip
adjustment knob on the aft fixture, taking up all slack
(3) No. 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 tail rotor drive in wire, making sure not to break wire by over
shafts. tightening.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 4

Figure 1. Tail Drive Shaft System

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 5

Figure 2. Piano Wire Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 6

h. Install oil cooler fitting alignment target

fixture assembly, 70700-20480-042, on the oil cooler
support brackets. Verify piano wire is floating
For correct alignment, the wire must pass through the keyhole. If piano wire is contacting the
through all three target keyways of fixture keyhole, or not in the keyhole, refer to
disconnect coupling alignment tool, REPAIR, paragraph 6. Refer to figure 4.
70361-25015-042T046, without touching
any part of the keyways. 6. REPAIR.
e. Verify alignment of tail pylon bearing support NOTE
fitting, 70209-26006-101. Replace the tail pylon
bearing support fitting if the wire is not correctly If available, the H-60 crash damage repair
located through all three keyholes of the targeting hard-point locator/laser alignment fixture
fixture. Refer to REPAIR, paragraph 6. Refer to can be used to correct alignment of the oil
figure 3. cooler support brackets and tail drive
shaft coupling support brackets (FS 410,
f. Verify disconnect coupling alignment tool,
FS 470, FS 531 and FS 591).
70361-25015-042T046, tool surfaces are flush with
top mounting surfaces of support angles, 70202-
a. Tail pylon drive shaft support bearing fitting,
25004-105. If top mounting surfaces of angles are
70209-26006-101. Refer to figure 5.
mis-located, the angles must be removed and new
angles installed with the upper/horizontal mounting
(1) Remove fitting.
surfaces flush with the lower surface of the tail drive
shaft targeting fixture. For replacement of the
(2) Temporarily clamp new tail drive shaft
support angles, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 6. If any
support bearing fitting into position and install
of the holes in the tail cone drive shaft support
disconnect coupling alignment tool, 70361-25015-
airframe fitting, 70209-25002-101, where the support
042T046. Attain best-fit position with piano wire
angles are installed, are elongated or worn beyond
passing through all three targets.
0.255 inch diameter, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 6.
Refer to figure 3.
(3) Drill new fastener holes through new
fitting.

(4) Remove disconnect coupling alignment

For correct alignment, the wire must pass tool, 70361-25015-042T046, and loosen tension on
through the tail drive shaft support fitting piano wire.
locating fixture, 70700-20480-049, without
touching any part of the keyway. (5) Deburr all new holes in the new fitting
and supporting structure.
g. Install locating fixture, 70700-20480-049, on
tail drive shaft coupling mount plates located at FS
410, FS 470, FS 531 and FS 591. Verify wire is
floating through the keyhole in each location. If piano
wire is contacting the fixture keyhole, or not in the Acetone, ASTM D329 9
keyhole, refer to REPAIR, paragraph 6. Refer to
figure 2, details A and B.

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

For correct alignment, the wire must pass (6) Wipe area clean with acetone, ASTM
through the oil cooler fitting alignment D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and a clean,
target fixture assembly, 70700-20480- low-lint cloth in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
042, without touching any part of the (series).
keyway.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 7

Figure 3. Disconnect Coupling Alignment Tool (70361-25015-042t046) Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 8

Figure 4. Oil Cooler Fitting Alignment Target Fixture Installation

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 9

Figure 5. Tail Pylon Drive Shaft Support Bearing Fitting (70209-26006-101) Replacement
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 10

Chemical Conversion Coating, For correct alignment, the wire must pass
MIL-DTL-81706 7 through all three target keyways of
disconnect coupling alignment tool,
(7) Apply chemical conversion coating 70361-25015-042T046, without touching
(MIL-DTL-81706, class III, or Alodine 1182 Touch-N- any part of the keyways.
Prep Pen) to all unprotected aluminum alloy
surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (10) Reinstall disconnect coupling
(series). alignment tool, 70361-25015-042T046, and apply
tension on wire.

(11) Verify wire is aligned through all three

fixture target keyholes.

b. Tail cone disconnect coupling support fitting

angles, 70202-25004-105. Refer to figure 6.
Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16 (1) Depending on amount of damage,
elongated holes in the tail cone drive shaft support
NOTE airframe fitting may be opened to accommodate a
first or second oversize bolt.
Use of SEMPEN, or equivalent applicator,
reduces HAZWASTE and expedites NOTE
application. SEMPENS are recommended Washers, AN960PD516L or
for ease of application and clean-up. NAS1149D0516J, will be required to
accommodate larger bolt shank.
(8) Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377,
to all bare aluminum. Allow to fully cure in (a) First Oversize: Ream elongated
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series). hole(s) in tail cone drive shaft support airframe fitting
to 0.2671 – 0.2681 inch diameter, to accommodate
first oversize bolt, NAS6204-8X. Chamfer inside and
outside edges 45 degrees x 0.002 inch.

(b) Second Oversize: Ream

elongated hole(s) in tail cone drive shaft support
airframe fitting to 0.2827 – 0.2837 inch diameter, to
Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and accommodate second oversize bolt, NAS6204-8Y.
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24 Chamfer inside and outside edges 45 degrees x
0.002 inch.
(9) Wet-install fasteners with corrosion
inhibitive sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733. Install
new fasteners in accordance with type/model/series
structural repair manual IPB. Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, (c) Wipe surfaces with acetone,
or place any part of your body over the ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and
wire. If wire breaks, serious injury to clean, low-lint cloth in accordance with NAVAIR 01-
personnel may result. 1A-509 (series). Allow to dry.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 11

Figure 6. Tail Cone Disconnect Coupling Support Angles and Airframe Fitting
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 12

(c) Apply chemical conversion

coating (MIL-DTL-81706, class III, or Alodine 1182
Touch-N-Prep Pen) to all untreated aluminum
Chemical Conversion Coating, surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
MIL-DTL-81706 7 (series).

NOTE

Use of Touch-N-Prep Pen, or equivalent

applicator, reduces HAZWASTE and Fluorescent Penetrant, ASTM E 1417 3
expedites application. Alodine 1132 or
Alodine 871 Touch-N-Prep Pens are (d) Manufacture bushing from 17-4
recommended for ease of application and PH stainless steel bar stock. Incorporate a 0.015 x
clean-up. 45 degree chamfer on the outboard edges, and a
0.030 x 45 degree chamfer on the inboard edges.
(d) Apply chemical conversion Heat-treat to H1025 condition per AMS-H-6875
coating, MIL-DTL-81706, class III, to all untreated (160-180 KSI). Passivate in accordance with ASTM
aluminum surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR 01- A967. Prior to installation, perform Non Destructive
1A-509 (series). Inspection (NDI) for cracks or any other flaws, using
fluorescent penetrant inspection method in
(e) Proceed to sub-step (3) for accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-16 (series).
replacement of tail drive shaft disconnect support
angles, 70202-25004-105.

(2) If damage exceeds limits for first or

second oversize bolts, or if oversize bolts are not
available, incorporate bushing repair of elongated
bolt holes in tail cone drive shaft support airframe
fitting, 70209-25002-101, as follows: Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

NOTE
(a) Open damaged tail cone drive
shaft support airframe fitting, 70209-25002-101, Use of SEMPEN, or equivalent applicator,
holes to 0.3125 inch diameter (maximum). Chamfer reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
inside and outside edges 0.015 inch x 45 degrees. application. SEMPENS are recommended
for ease of application and clean-up.

(e) Ensure a 0.001 – 0.002 inch

interference fit is maintained during installation.
Acetone, ASTM D329 9 Bushing should be installed flush to 0.005 inches
below surface of fitting. Wet-install bushing with
epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377, in accordance with
NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 (f) Drill inside diameter to 0.2515 –
0.2525 inch, and deburr as required.
(b) Wipe surfaces with acetone,
ASTM D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and (3) Install replacement tail drive shaft
clean, low-lint cloth in accordance with NAVAIR 01- disconnect support angles, 70202-25004-105, on tail
1A-509 (series). Allow to dry. cone drive shaft support airframe fitting, 70209-
25002-101, as follows:

(a) Position support angles with the

horizontal surface flush and aligned to the lower
Chemical Conversion Coating, surface of the alignment fixture, and clamp in place
MIL-DTL-81706 7 for drilling.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 13

(b) Install drill guide/bushing in holes

on top of alignment fixture, and transfer drill pilot
holes in the horizontal leg of the new support angles.
Fluorocarbon Release Agent, MS-122 33
(c) Install drill guide/bushing in
existing holes of the tail cone drive shaft support 4. Apply release agent, MS-122,
airframe fitting, and transfer drill pilot holes in the to the bolt shanks, to prevent permanent bonding in
vertical leg of the new support angles. the support angles and tail cone drive shaft support
airframe fitting.
(d) Remove support angles and drill
pilot holes up to 0.2515 – 0.2525 inch diameter. 5. Temporarily install bolts, with
washers under head and nut, to ensure proper fit
(e) Reposition support angles with the and alignment of support angles with tail cone
horizontal surface flush and aligned to the lower driveshaft support airframe fitting. Do not torque at
surface of the alignment fixture, and clamp in place. this time.
Check for gaps between the support angle and tail
cone drive shaft support airframe fitting. If gap is 6. Allow adhesive to fully cure.
0.003 or less, install permanent fasteners. Gaps of
0.003 to 0.008 inch, between the support angles and
NOTE
tail cone drive shaft support airframe fitting may be
shimmed as follows: If tail cone drive shaft support airframe
fitting holes were reamed in sub-step (1),
install oversize bolts, washers and nuts.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 7. Remove temporarily installed

bolts, clean holes, and permanently install new bolts
(nominal AN174H-7A or NAS6204-8D), washers
(AN960XC416 or NAS1149C0463B, one each under
nut) and (AN960XC416L or NAS1149C0432B, one
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 each under head and nut) and locknut (MS21043-4).

1. Remove affected support

angle and prepare mating surfaces of the support
angle and the tail cone drive shaft support airframe
fitting by wiping with acetone, ASTM D329, or
isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and abrading lightly with After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, or
fine grit aluminum oxide abrasive mat or cloth, as place any part of your body over the wire.
necessary, in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 If wire breaks, serious injury to personnel
(series). Perform final wipe with clean, low-lint cloth. may result.

Adhesive, EA 9394 35 For correct alignment, the wire must pass

through all three target keyways of
2. Apply adhesive, EA 9394, to disconnect coupling alignment tool,
mating surfaces of the support angle and the tail 70361-25015-042T046, without touching
cone drive shaft support airframe fitting in any part of the keyways.
accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-000, A1-H60FB-
SRM-000, A1-H60HA-SRM-000, A1-H60RA-SRM- (4) Reinstall disconnect coupling alignment
000 and A1-H60SA-SRM-000. tool, 70361-25015-042T046, and apply tension on
wire.
3. Reposition support angles
with the horizontal surface flush and aligned to the
(5) Verify wire is aligned through all three
lower surface of the alignment fixture, and clamp in
fixture target keyways.
place.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 14

c. Tail drive shaft coupling support mount (7) Apply chemical conversion coating
plates (FS 410, 470, 531 and 591). Refer to figure 7. (MIL-DTL-81706, class III, or Alodine 1182 Touch-N-
Prep Pen) to all unprotected aluminum alloy
(1) Remove affected tail drive shaft fitting surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
mount plate(s). (series).

After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, or

place any part of your body over the wire.
If wire breaks, serious injury to personnel Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16
may result.
NOTE

Use of SEMPEN, or equivalent applicator,

reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
For correct alignment, the wire must pass application. SEMPENS are recommended
through the tail drive shaft support mount for ease of application and clean-up.
plate locating fixture, 70700-20480-049,
without touching any part of the keyway. (8) Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377,
to all bare aluminum. Allow to fully cure in
(2) Temporarily install tail drive shaft accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
support mount plate locating fixture, 70700-20480-
049, at affected location. Obtain best-fit position with
wire passing through center of the keyhole, and
clamp into position.

(3) Match-drill new fastener holes.

(4) Loosen tension on wire and remove tail

drive shaft support fitting locating fixture, 70700- Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
20480-049. Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(5) Deburr all new holes on new mount (9) Wet-install fasteners for tail drive shaft
plates and supporting structure. coupling mount plates with corrosion inhibitive
sealing compound, MIL-PRF-81733. Install new
fasteners in accordance with type/model/series
structural repair manual IPB.

Acetone, ASTM D329 9

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23 After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, or

place any part of your body over the wire.
(6) Wipe area clean with acetone, ASTM If wire breaks, serious injury to personnel
D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and a clean, may result.
low-lint cloth in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
(series).

For correct alignment, the wire must pass

through the tail drive shaft support fitting
Chemical Conversion Coating, locating fixture, 70700-20480-049, without
MIL-DTL-81706 7 touching any part of the keyway.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 15

Figure 7. Tail Drive Shaft Coupling Mount Plates

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 16

(10) Reinstall tail drive shaft support fitting (6) Wipe area clean with acetone, ASTM
locating fixture, 70700-20480-049, on each affected D329, or isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, and a clean,
location, and apply tension on piano wire. low-lint cloth in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
(series).
(11) Verify wire is aligned through fixture
target keyhole.

d. Oil cooler mount brackets, 70202-25004-

105. Refer to figure 8. Chemical Conversion Coating,
MIL-DTL-81706 7
(1) Remove affected bracket(s).
(7) Apply chemical conversion coating
(MIL-DTL-81706, class III, or Alodine 1182 Touch-N-
Prep Pen) to all unprotected aluminum alloy
surfaces in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509
(series).
After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, or
place any part of your body over the wire.
If wire breaks, serious injury to personnel
may result.

Epoxy Primer, MIL-PRF-23377 16

For correct alignment, the wire must pass
through the oil cooler fitting alignment
target fixture assembly, 70700-20480-042, NOTE
without touching any part of the keyway.
Use of SEMPEN, or equivalent applicator,
(2) Clamp new brackets, as needed, into reduces HAZWASTE and expedites
position and temporarily install oil cooler fitting application. SEMPENS are recommended
alignment target fixture assembly, 70700-20480- for ease of application and clean-up.
042. Verify wire is floating through the keyhole.
(8) Apply epoxy primer, MIL-PRF-23377,
(3) Match-drill new fastener holes for to all bare aluminum. Allow to fully cure in
horizontal and vertical brackets (as needed), and accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series).
nut-plates.

(4) Remove oil cooler fitting alignment

target fixture assembly, 70700-20480-042, and
loosen tension on wire.

(5) Deburr all new holes on mount plates

and supporting structure. Corrosion Inhibitive Sealing and
Coating Compound, MIL-PRF-81733 24

(9) Wet-install fasteners and nut-plates

Acetone, ASTM D329 9 with corrosion inhibitive sealing compound, MIL-
PRF-81733. Install new fasteners and nut-plates in
accordance with type/model/series structural repair
manual IPB.

Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 17

Figure 8. Oil Cooler Blower Supports (Sheet 1 of 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 18

Figure 8. Oil Cooler Blower Supports (Sheet 2)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 035 00
Page 19/(20 Blank)

7. ASSEMBLY.

a. Reinstall oil cooler assembly in accordance

with A1-H60BB-260-300, A1-H60FB-260-300, A1-
After tightening wire, do not reach, lean, or H60HA-260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300 and A1-
place any part of your body over the wire. H60SA-260-300.
If wire breaks, serious injury to personnel
may result. b. Reinstall all tail rotor drive shafts in
accordance with A1-H60BB-260-300, A1-H60FB-
260-300, A1-H60HA-260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300
and A1-H60SA-260-300.
For correct alignment, the wire must pass
through the oil cooler fitting alignment c. Perform Total Indicator Readout (TIR) in
target fixture assembly, 70700-20480-042, accordance with A1-H60BB-260-300, A1-H60FB-
without touching any part of the keyway. 260-300, A1-H60HA-260-300, A1-H60RA-260-300
and A1-H60SA-260-300.
(10) Reinstall oil cooler fitting alignment
target fixture assembly, 70700-20480-042, and (1) If drive system does not meet TIR
apply tension on wire. tolerances, contact In-Service Support Center,
Cherry Pt NC, H-60 Structures and Drives Systems
(11) Verify wire is aligned through fixture Engineering for further instruction.
target keyhole.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 24

DEPOT MAINTENANCE
APPLICATION OF CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, MIL-DTL-85054D
(COR-BAN 35), TO MH-60R INTERIOR STRUCTURE
MH-60R

Reference Material

DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program ................................................................... DoD 6050.05

Integrated Maintenance Plan (IMP) Specification ................................................................ A1-H60-IMP-000
Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual .................................. OPNAVINST 5100.23

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Application ........................................................................................................................................ 9
Description ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Disassembly ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Documentation ................................................................................................................................. 20
Inspection ......................................................................................................................................... 8
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Preparation ....................................................................................................................................... 8
Removal ........................................................................................................................................... 20
Restoration/Touch-up....................................................................................................................... 20

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No. /Type Designation Nomenclature

MAV-1 Rhine Air System

MF-3100-06 (05692) Spray Gun, Micro-Flex (6 inch)
WF-CCD Wet Film Thickness Gauge
— Explosion-Proof Light
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 2
Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

231 1 1/2 IN (76381) Masking Tape (1 1/2 in x 60 yds) (AR)

231 3 IN (76381) Masking Tape (3 in x 60 yds) (AR)
A-A-1676 Wrap, Aluminum (24 in x 1000 ft) (AR)
A-A-3191 Brush, Artist (AR)
- Brush, Artist (3/8 in thick) (AR)
- Brush, Artist (1/2 in thick) (AR)
A-A-58054 Mat, Abrasive (Scotch-Brite) (AR)
AMS 3819 (Class 2, Grade A) Cloth, Cleaning (AR)
CCC-C-440 Cheesecloth (AR)
Formit-18-Fan (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, Fan
Spray (AR)
Formit-18-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
Formit-48-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 48-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventative Compound, Bulk 1 gallon
(AR)
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventative Compound, 12 oz Aerosol
(AR)
MIL-PRF-680 (Type II or III) Solvent, Dry-Cleaning (AR)
MIL-PRF-32295 (Type 1 and 2) Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low VOC, Hap-Free
(AR)
MIL-PRF-85570 (Type II and IW) Cleaner, Aircraft Surface (AR)
MIL-PRF-85582 (Type 1, Class H) High Solids Polyurethane Topcoat, (Blue-Gray,
Color No. 35237) (AR)
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl (AR)

1. INTRODUCTION. a. The process contained in this Work

Package will be performed by Depot-level due to
2. This Work Package (WP) provides Depot- the disassembly and cleaning requirements, and
level instructions for the overall/large-scale has been developed to coincide with an
application of Corrosion Preventative Compound Integrated Maintenance Plan (IMP) Planned
(CPC), MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35), to the Maintenance Interval (PMI) inspection.
non-moving interior structure of the MH-60R
aircraft. This application is designed to b. Cor-Ban 35 is a non-decorative coating
permanently replace Fluid Film fogging. with a reddish tint. It is applied using high-
volume low-pressure (HVLP) equipment, airless
3. DESCRIPTION. spray equipment, aerosol cans, and brushes.
Formit spray wands with fan and 360 degree
4. Cor-Ban 35 has been selected to replace spray tips can be used with aerosol can
Fluid Film fogging previously performed by application. Formit spray wands are available in
Depot-level at the completion of each Planned 18- and 48-inch lengths.
Maintenance Interval (PMI), and by
Organizational-level during 546-Day Special c. Cor-Ban 35 will typically dry to a hard,
Inspections. Cor-Ban 35 is manufactured by tack-free film in 45 minutes to 2 hours. Dry
Zip-Chem®, is qualified to MIL-DTL-85054D, times are based on an application between 1.0
and is the only product to be used for this to 1.5 mils. Ventilation, coating thickness,
application. temperature, and humidity all influence the rate
at which the coating cures.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 3
5. DISASSEMBLY. b. ZONE 2. CABIN SECTION

(1) Internal cabin mission racks and

seats.

(2) Forward, Center, and Aft Cabin

To prevent electrical shock, be sure Floorboards.
electrical power is off before working on
helicopter. Disconnect electrical power, (3) LH and RH AVC Force Generators
disconnect battery. Ensure aircraft is from Main Landing Gear Stub Wings structure
grounded. (FS 247-FS 265).

6. At a minimum, the aircraft shall be (4) LH and RH External Stores Support

disassembled as required for the applicable access panels.
PMI inspection to provide access to internal
structure. (5) Cargo Hook Assembly.

NOTE c. ZONE 3. TRANSITION SECTION

Refer to A1-H60-IMP-000, Table 2-6 (1) LH and RH internal Fuel Cells and
(Disassembly List) for PMI disassembly liners, to expose structure below WL 250.
requirements. Refer to figure 1 for MH-
60R zone locations. Refer to figure 2 for (2) Aft Transition section lower, forward
MH-60R Fuselage Station (FS), Butt Avionics Shelves (FS 443-FS 459).
Line (BL), and Water Line (WL)
locations. (3) FS 485 lower web Tail Strut Access
Panel.
7. At a minimum, ensure the following
components and access panels have been d. ZONE 4. TAIL CONE
removed, opened, and/or disconnected,
prior to Cor-Ban 35 application: (1) FS 505 and FS 525 Channels inside
Tail Cone.
a. ZONE 1. NOSE AND COCKPIT
(2) ALQ-144 Support Cover inside lower
(1) External antennas, access panels, Tail Cone.
and fairings shown in figures 3-6.
e. ZONE 5. TAIL PYLON
(2) LH and RH Lower Observation
Windows. (1) Intermediate and Tail Rotor
Gearboxes.
(3) LH and RH Cockpit Door Assemblies.
(2) Remove Tail Pylon assembly from Tail
(4) Crew Seat Assemblies. Cone.

(5) Lower shelves below crew seat (3) Stabilator Position Sensor Indicator.
assemblies.
(4) All Tail Pylon Retractable Steps.
(6) Disconnect lower cockpit flight
controls. f. ZONE 6, MAIN ROTOR PYLON

(7) FS 162 FLIR Module Forward Cover. (1) Engine Fire Bottles.

(8) Forward Data Link Antenna and (2) FS 464 Frame, FS 484 Frame, and
Support Assembly. Engine Fire Bottle Support.

(9) Lower Nose Vibration Absorber/Aircraft

Vibration Control (AVC) Force Generators.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 4

Figure 1. MH-60R Zone Identification

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 5

Figure 2. MH-60R Fuselage Stations, Butt Lines, Water Lines

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 6

Figure 3. MH-60R Access Panels and Doors (LH Side)

Figure 4. MH-60R Access Panels and Doors (RH Side)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 7

Figure 5. MH-60R Antennas (Bottom)

Figure 6. MH-60R Access Panels and Doors (Top)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 8
8. INSPECTION. structural surfaces are clean, dry, and
free of solvents and non-curing liquids
9. If Cor-Ban 35 has previously been applied, and CPCs. Application of, or contact
to the entire aircraft, or specific zones, inspect with Fluid Film, Cleaning Solvents, Fuel,
for integrity of coating. Cor-Ban 35 has a Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid, will damage
reddish tint. If repairs were performed in a integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating.
specific area, or integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating
is damaged due to contact with Fluid Film,
Cleaning Solvents, Fuel, Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid,
proceed to paragraph 13,
RESTORATION/TOUCH-UP this WP. Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680
(Type II or III) 1
10. PREPARATION.

NOTE

Recommend extending the Tail Landing Aircraft Cleaning Compound,

Gear Strut to provide ease of access to MIL-PRF-85570 (Type II or IW) 6
enter and exit the Transition Section.

NOTE

Thorough washing and cleaning of all Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low-VOC,

application areas during IMP Induction Hap-Free MIL-PRF-32295 (Type I and II) 39
Wash/Cleaning will reduce time required
to clean, mask, and apply Cor-Ban 35. e. Wipe all surfaces to be coated with Cor-
Ban 35, with a low-lint cloth and Dry Cleaning
NOTE Solvent (MIL-PRF-680, Type II or III), Aircraft
Surface Cleaning Compound (MIL-PRF-85570,
Warm water wash with soap, then Type II or IW), or Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low-
wiping and vacuuming dry is the most VOC, Hap-Free (MIL-PRF-32295).
efficient and safest method to clean
prior to masking and Cor-Ban 35 NOTE
application.
Use of aluminum foil will expedite
a. Cor-Ban 35 application temperature masking application and removal.
should be between 40 and 100 degrees (F).
f. Apply masking to the following in each
b. Ensure primers are cured before zone to protect from/minimize contact with
application of Cor-Ban 35. Cor-Ban 35:

c. Ensure sealants applied in the area to be

coated with Cor-Ban 35 are fully cured prior to
application.

d. Vacuum and/or wipe surfaces as Corrosion Preventative Compound (MIL-

necessary to remove moisture and other DTL-85054D/Cor-Ban 35) can increase the
excessive foreign material from surfaces to be flammability of electrical wiring. Ensure all
coated. electrical connectors and wire harnesses are
covered prior to application.

(1) Electrical connectors.

(2) Wire bundles/harnesses.

To ensure maximum adhesion and
penetration of Cor-Ban 35, ensure all
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 9
(3) Control cables, pulley and quadrant
cable grooves.

(4) Bushings and bearings. All types

(including Teflon-lined). To ensure the best possible corrosion
protection, do not substitute Cor-Ban 35 with
(5) Fluid-carrying, static air, and fire any other corrosion preventative compound.
suppression lines (braided hoses and solid Cor-Ban 35 is manufactured by Zip-Chem ®
tubes). and is qualified to MIL-DTL-85054D.
(6) Latches, pins, hinges, and joints in
sliding surface contact.

(7) Silicone or rubber type seals.

To ensure maximum adhesion and
(8) Lubricated surfaces and walkways. penetration of Cor-Ban 35, ensure all
structural surfaces are clean, dry, and
(9) High temperature areas. free of solvents and non-curing liquids
and CPCs. Application of, or contact
(10) Drain valves. with Fluid Film, Cleaning Solvents, Fuel,
Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid, will damage
(11) Drain holes. integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating.
11. APPLICATION. NOTE

Due to sensitivity to ultra-violet (UV)

radiation exposure, Cor-Ban 35 should be
applied to interior surfaces only.

Rhine Air or equivalent forced-air ventilation NOTE

is required for application of Cor-Ban 35 in
the Transition Section (Zone 3) and Tail Cor-Ban 35 application thickness should be
Cone Section (Zone 4). approximately 1.0 to 1.5 mils wet, and 0.75
mils once it has cured. For wet film
thickness measurement, using protection
for hands, push the wet film thickness
gauge into the Cor-Ban 35, after it has
been allowed to flow and settle for 2-3
Initial aircraft application and/or large scale minutes. The thickness can be determined
restoration of Cor-Ban 35 shall be performed by the visible tracks in the wet film left by
by a qualified Depot-level painter/artisan, in the gauge fingers. Dry film thickness may
a well-ventilated location (preferably in an be verified by the use of paint thickness
approved paint facility), due to the personnel instruments.
hazards associated with large scale
application. If necessary, consult local
Industrial Hygiene department for NOTE
restrictions.
There are no restrictions on relative
humidity; however, higher humidity will
extend dry/cure time.

NOTE
Corrosion Preventative Compound (MIL- High-Volume, Low-Pressure (HVLP) guns
DTL-85054D/Cor-Ban 35) can increase the should be regulated to no more than 10 PSI
flammability of electrical wiring. Ensure all at the nozzle prior to application of Cor-Ban
electrical connectors and wire harnesses are 35. Do not thin Cor-Ban 35 prior to spray
covered prior to application. application.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 10
NOTE (1) Lower surface of each Cabin
Floorboard section.
Minimal runs, drips, and sags are allowed,
as long as drain holes and cross drains are (2) All accessible structure below WL
not blocked. If drain holes or cross drains 206.
become blocked, wipe up excess coating
using clean, dry cloths. Cor-Ban 35 will (3) All accessible interior structure of LH
exhibit slight sags or wavy material lines on and RH Main Landing Gear Stub Wing/Active
inclined surfaces in some situations. The Vibration Control (AVC) covered by fairings.
applied coating should be continuous and
(4) All accessible interior structure of LH
free of voids. Wet sags and runs can be
Extended Weapons Pylon support structure and
brushed out.
stores support, FS 308-FS 379.
NOTE (5) All accessible interior structure of RH
Extended Weapons Pylon support structure, FS
Special attention should be paid to thorough 386-FS 410.
application of Cor-Ban 35 to the underside
of structural caps, mating surfaces of
structure and skin, and interfaces with c. ZONE 3. TRANSITION SECTION, FS
attaching hardware and nut-plates. 379-FS 485 (Refer to figures 10 through 12):

NOTE (1) All interior accessible structure in LH

and RH interior Fuel Cell compartments below
Formit Extension Wands can be re-used if WL 250.
light oil is sprayed through the tube and
spray tip after Cor-Ban 35 application. (2) All accessible interior structure in Aft
Transition Section below WL 233.
NOTE
(3) All interior accessible structure of RH
For most efficient application results, apply Fuselage Stores Supports (FS 387-FS 410).
Cor-Ban 35 to underside and hard-to-reach
areas first, then apply to easy-to-reach flat (4) Exterior Fuselage covered by LH and
surfaces. RH aft ESM antenna fairings.

d. ZONE 4. TAIL CONE SECTION FS 485-FS

635 (Refer to figure 13):

Corrosion Preventative Compound, (1) All accessible interior structure.

MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) 48
e. ZONE 5. TAIL PYLON AND
12. Apply CPC (MIL-DTL-85054D, Cor-Ban 35) OUTBOARD HORIZONTAL STABILATORS
to the following areas: (Refer to figures 14 and 15):

a. ZONE 1. NOSE AND COCKPIT, FS NOTE

162- FS 247 (Refer to figure 7):
Application of Cor-Ban 35 to the Tail Pylon
(1) Lower Nose and lower Cockpit (FS interior structure, and LH and RH Outboard
162-FS 247, WL 200-WL 215). Stabilators should be accomplished with the
Tail Pylon assembly removed from the Tail
(2) LH and RH Observation Window Cone and installed in a Depot work stand,
Frames. and the LH and RH Outboard Horizontal
Stabilators in maintenance work stands.
b. ZONE 2. CABIN SECTION, FS 247-FS
379 (Refer to figures 8 through 10):
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 11

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL ACCESSIBLE ZONE

1 INTERIOR STRUCTURE BELOW WL 215,
AND ENTIRE LOWER OBSERVATION WINDOW
FRAMES.

Figure 7. MH-60R Zone 1, Lower Nose Section

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 12

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO THE

LOWER SURFACE OF ALL CABIN
FLOORBOARD SECTIONS.

Figure 8. MH-60R Zone 2, Cabin Floorboards

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 13

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE STRUCTURE
THROUGHOUT DETAILS A AND B.

Figure 9. MH-60R Zone 2, Cabin Subfloor Structure and Main Landing Gear Stubwing
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 14

REMOVE ACCESS PANELS.

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO INTERIOR STRUCTURE
AND ALL STRUCTURE COVERED BY WEAPONS
AND STORES SUPPORT PYLON FAIRINGS.

Figure 10. MH-60R Zone 2, Weapons Pylon Support Structure

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 15

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE STRUCTURE
BELOW WL 250.

FS 308 FS 282

FWD

Figure 11. MH-60R Zone 3, Transition Section

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 16

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO
EXTERIOR SKIN COVERED BY
AFT ESM FAIRINGS AND
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
FOR ESM ANTENNAS.

Figure 12. MH-60R Zone 3, Transition Section LH and RH Exterior Fuselage

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 17

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE STRUCTURE.

Figure 13. MH-60R Zone 4, Tail Cone Section

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 18

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO LEADING

AND TRAILING EDGE WEBS,
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX MOUNT
WEB, TIP CAP, AND ALL
ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR STRUCTURE.

Figure 14. MH-60R Zone 5, Tail Pylon

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 19

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ACCESSIBLE

INTERIOR STRUCTURE IN LH AND RH
HORIZONTAL STABILATORS USING 48-INCH
FORMIT WAND AND AEROSOL CAN.

Figure 15. MH-60R Zone 5, LH and RH Outboard Stabilators

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 20
(1) All accessible leading edge web and 15. Touch-up is defined as application to a
interior structure covered by Tail Drive Shaft small section of structure in any zone that can
fairing. be accomplished using an aerosol can and/or
brush method. Touch-up may be required if
(2) All accessible trailing edge web and minor damage to the Cor-Ban 35 finish is
interior structure covered by the aft Fairings. detected or incurred due to structural repair, or
exposure to solvents, fuel, oil, hydraulic fluid,
(3) All accessible fittings and structure Fluid Film, or any other contact that disturbs the
covered by the Intermediate and Tail Cor-Ban 35 finish in a small area.
Gearboxes.
16. REMOVAL.
(4) Lower shear web interior structure.

(5) All accessible interior structure of the

LH and RH Outboard Horizontal Stabilators.
Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680
f. ZONE 6. MAIN ROTOR PYLON (Refer (Type II or III) 1
to figures 16 through 18):
17. Removal of Cor-Ban 35 can be
NOTE accomplished by using clean cheesecloth or
low-lint cloth, and Dry-Cleaning Solvent (MIL-
For best results, the FS 464 Frame, Engine PRF-680), or equivalent solvent. Use a Scotch-
Fire Bottle Support, and FS 484 Frame Brite pad with Dry-Cleaning Solvent to aid in
should be removed from the aircraft. removal of cured Cor-Ban 35.
(1) All accessible surfaces of the FS 464
Frame Assembly, Engine Fire Bottle Support,
and FS 484 Frame Assembly structure in the aft
Main Rotor Pylon section. Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
g. Proceed to paragraph 19, 18. Flush all Dry Cleaning Solvent from
DOCUMENTATION, this WP. connectors and harnesses with Isopropyl
Alcohol (TT-I-735).
13. RESTORATION/TOUCH-UP.
19. DOCUMENTATION.
NOTE

Restoration may require application in a

Depot-level aircraft paint facility, depending
on the amount of area to be covered. High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
MIL-PRF-85285 18
14. Restoration is defined as application to a
large section of structure in any zone or zones, 20. Apply stencil to the RH exterior tail pylon,
beyond the capability or practical application centered below the pull-out step at WL 223.00,
using an aerosol can and/or brush method to with 1.00 inch blue lettering (Color No. 35237)
touch-up a disturbed finish. Restoration may be as follows: Cor-Ban 35 Applied. Refer to figure
required due to major structural repairs, or 19 for location.
damage to the overall finish from prolonged
exposure to solvents, fuel, hydraulic fluid, Fluid 21. Incorporate aircraft logbook entry in the
Film, salt water, or any other liquid that Repair/Rework page (CNAF 4790/23A) stating
significantly degrades the Cor-Ban 35 finish. the following: Applied MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-
Ban 35) in accordance with A1-H60BB-SRM-
NOTE 100, WP 036 00.
Touch-up can be accomplished in a well-
ventilated area and does not require application
in a Depot-level aircraft paint facility.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 21

REMOVE FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES AS AN ASSEMBLY.

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL SURFACES OF FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES,
AND ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE SUPPORT.

Figure 16. MH-60R Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section Engine Fire Bottle Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 22

FS 464 FRAME ASSY.

FS 484 FRAME ASSY.

Figure 17. Details A and B. MH-60R Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section Engine Fire Bottle
Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 23

ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE SUPPORT.

LH AND RH ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE

SUPPORT FORMERS.

NOTE
LH AND RH FORMERS CAN REMAIN ATTACHED TO
FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES.

Figure 18. Details C and D. MH-60R Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section Engine Fire Bottle
Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 036 00
Page 24

ONE INCH BLUE STENCIL (COLOR NO 35237) SPRAY PAINT:

COR-BAN 35
APPLIED

Figure 19. MH-60R Zone 5, Tail Pylon Stencil (View Looking at Tail Pylon RH Side)
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
15 May 2017 Page 1 of 22

DEPOT MAINTENANCE

APPLICATION OF CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND, MIL-DTL-85054D

(COR-BAN 35), TO MH-60S INTERIOR STRUCTURE

MH-60S

Reference Material

DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program ................................................................... DoD 6050.05

Integrated Maintenance Plan (IMP) Specification ................................................................ A1-H60-IMP-000
Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual .................................. OPNAVINST 5100.23

Alphabetical Index

Subject Page No.

Application ........................................................................................................................................ 10
Description ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Disassembly ..................................................................................................................................... 3
Documentation ................................................................................................................................. 21
Inspection ......................................................................................................................................... 3
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Preparation ....................................................................................................................................... 9
Removal ........................................................................................................................................... 21
Restoration/Touch-up....................................................................................................................... 21

Record of Applicable Technical Directives

None

Support Equipment Required

Part No./Type Designation Nomenclature

MAV-1 Rhine Air System

MF-3100-06 (05692) Spray Gun, Micro-Flex (6 inch)
WF-CCD Wet Film Thickness Gauge
— Explosion-Proof Light
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 2
Materials Required

Specification No./Part No. Nomenclature

231 1 1/2 IN (76381) Masking Tape (1 1/2 in. x 60 yds) (AR)

231 3 IN (76381) Masking Tape (3 in. x 60 yds) (AR)
A-A-1676 Wrap, Aluminum (24 in. x 1000 ft) (AR)
A-A-3191 Brush, Artist (AR)
— Brush, Artist (3/8 in. thick) (AR)
— Brush, Artist (1/2 in. thick) (AR)
A-A-58054 Mat, Abrasive (Scotch-Brite) (AR)
AMS 3819 (Class 2, Grade A) Cloth, Cleaning (AR)
CCC-C-440 Cheesecloth (AR)
Formit-18-Fan (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, Fan Spray
(AR)
Formit-18-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 18-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
Formit-48-360 (1KQX9) Spray Extension Tube, 48-inch Long, 360 Degree
Spray (AR)
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventive Compound, Bulk 1 gallon
(AR)
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) Corrosion Preventive Compound, 12 oz Aerosol
(AR)
MIL-PRF-680 (Type II or III) Solvent, Dry-Cleaning (AR)
MIL-PRF-32295 (Type 1 and 2) Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low VOC, Hap-Free
(AR)
MIL-PRF-85570 (Type II and IW) Cleaner, Aircraft Surface (AR)
MIL-PRF-85285 (Type 1, Class H) High Solids Polyurethane Topcoat, (Blue-Gray,
Color No. 35237) (AR)
TT-I-735 Alcohol, Isopropyl (AR)

1. INTRODUCTION. a. The process contained in this Work

Package will be performed by Depot-level due to
2. This work package provides Depot-level the disassembly and cleaning requirements, and
instructions for the overall/large-scale has been developed to coincide with an
application of Corrosion Preventive Compound Integrated Maintenance Plan (IMP) Planned
(CPC), MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35), to the Maintenance Interval (PMI) inspection.
non-moving interior structure of the MH-60S
aircraft. This application is designed to b. Cor-Ban 35 is a non-decorative coating
permanently replace Fluid Film fogging. with a reddish tint. It is applied using high-
volume low-pressure (HVLP) equipment, airless
3. DESCRIPTION. spray equipment, aerosol cans, and brushes.
Formit spray wands with fan and 360 degree
4. Cor-Ban 35 has been selected to replace spray tips can be used with aerosol can
Fluid Film fogging previously performed by application. Formit spray wands are available in
Depot-level at the completion of each Planned 18- and 48-inch lengths.
Maintenance Interval (PMI), and by
Organizational-level during 546-Day Special c. Cor-Ban 35 will typically dry to a hard,
Inspections. Cor-Ban 35 is manufactured by tack-free film in 45 minutes to 2 hours. Dry
Zip-Chem®, is qualified to MIL-DTL-85054D, times are based on an application between 1.0
and is the only product to be used for this to 1.5 mils. Ventilation, coating thickness,
application. temperature, and humidity all influence the rate
at which the coating cures.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 3
5. DISASSEMBLY. (1) Internal cabin mission racks and
seats.

(2) Forward, Center, and Aft Cabin

Floorboards.

To prevent electrical shock, be sure (3) LH and RH AVC Force Generators

electrical power is off before working on from Main Landing Gear Stub Wings structure.
helicopter. Disconnect electrical power,
disconnect battery. Ensure aircraft is (4) Cargo Hook Assembly.
grounded.
c. ZONE 3. TRANSITION SECTION
6. At a minimum, the aircraft shall be
disassembled as required for the applicable PMI (1) LH and RH internal Fuel Cells and
inspection to provide access to internal liners, to expose structure below WL 250.
structure.
(2) Aft Transition Section lower Avionics
NOTE Shelves.

Refer to A1-H60-IMP-000, Table 2-6 d. ZONE 4. TAIL CONE SECTION

(Disassembly List) for PMI disassembly
requirements. Refer to figure 1 for MH- (1) FS 505 and FS 525 Channels inside
60S Zone locations. Refer to figure 2 Tail Cone.
for MH-60S Fuselage Station (FS), Butt
Line (BL), and Water Line (WL) e. ZONE 5. TAIL PYLON
locations.
(1) Intermediate and Tail Rotor
7. At a minimum, ensure the following Gearboxes.
components and access panels have been
removed, opened, and or disconnected, prior to (2) Remove Tail Pylon assembly from Tail
Cor-Ban 35 application: Cone.

(3) Stabilator Position Sensor Indicator.

a. ZONE 1. NOSE AND COCKPIT
(4) All Tail Pylon Retractable Steps.
(1) External antennas, access panels,
and fairings shown in figures 3-6.
f. ZONE 6, MAIN ROTOR PYLON
(2) LH and RH Lower Observation
Windows. (1) Engine Fire Bottles.

(3) LH and RH Cockpit Door Assemblies. (2) FS 464 Frame, FS 484 Frame, and
Engine Fire Bottle Support.
(4) Crew Seat Assemblies.
8. INSPECTION.
(5) Lower shelves below crew seat
assemblies. 9. If Cor-Ban 35 has previously been applied,
to the entire aircraft, or specific zones, inspect
(6) Disconnect lower cockpit flight for integrity of coating. Cor-Ban 35 has a
controls. reddish tint. If repairs were performed in a
specific area, or integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating
(7) Lower Nose Vibration is damaged due to contact with Fluid Film,
Absorber/Aircraft Vibration Control (AVC) Force Cleaning Solvents, Fuel, Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid,
Generators. proceed to paragraph 13,
RESTORATION/TOUCH-UP this WP.
b. ZONE 2. CABIN SECTION
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 4

Figure 1. MH-60S Zone Identification

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 5

Figure 2. MH-60S Fuselage Stations, Butt Lines, Water Lines

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 6

Figure 3. MH-60S Panels and Doors (LH Side)

Figure 4. MH-60S Panels and Doors (RH Side)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 7

Figure 5. MH-60S Panels and Doors (Top)

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 8

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE ZONE 1 INTERIOR
STRUCTURE BELOW WL 215,
AND ENTIRE LOWER
OBSERVATION WINDOW FRAMES.

Figure 6. MH-60S Zone 1, Lower Nose Section

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 9
10. PREPARATION.

NOTE
Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low-VOC, Hap-Free
Thorough washing and cleaning of all MIL-PRF-32295 (Type I and II) 39
application areas during IMP Induction
Wash/Cleaning will reduce time required e. Wipe all surfaces to be coated with Cor-
to clean, mask, and apply Cor-Ban 35. Ban 35, with a low-lint cloth and Dry Cleaning
Solvent (MIL-PRF-680, Type II or III), Aircraft
NOTE Surface Cleaning Compound (MIL-PRF-85570,
Type II or IW), or Cleaner, Non-Aqueous, Low-
Warm water wash with soap, then VOC, Hap-Free (MIL-PRF-32295).
wiping and vacuuming dry is the most
efficient and safest method to clean NOTE
prior to masking and Cor-Ban 35
application. Use of aluminum foil will expedite
masking application and removal.
a. Cor-Ban 35 application temperature
should be between 40 and 100 degrees (F). f. Apply masking to the following in each
zone to protect from/minimize contact with Cor-
b. Ensure primers are cured before Ban 35:
application of Cor-Ban 35.

c. Ensure sealants applied in the area to be

coated with Cor-Ban 35 are fully cured prior to
application.
Corrosion Preventive Compound (MIL-DTL-
85054D/Cor-Ban 35) can increase the
d. Vacuum and/or wipe surfaces as
flammability of electrical wiring. Ensure all
necessary to remove moisture and other
electrical connectors and wire harnesses are
excessive foreign material from surfaces to be
covered prior to application.
coated.
(1) Electrical connectors.

(2) Wire bundles/harnesses.

(3) Control cables, pulley and quadrant

To ensure maximum adhesion and cable grooves.
penetration of Cor-Ban 35, ensure all
structural surfaces are clean, dry, and (4) Bushings and bearings. All types
free of solvents and non-curing liquids (including Teflon-lined).
and CPCs. Application of, or contact
with Fluid Film, Cleaning Solvents, Fuel, (5) Fluid-carrying, static air, and fire
Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid, will damage suppression lines (braided hoses and solid
integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating. tubes).

(6) Latches, pins, hinges, and joints in

sliding surface contact.

Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680 (7) Silicone or rubber type seals.

(Type II or III) 1
(8) Lubricated surfaces and walkways.

(9) High temperature areas.

Aircraft Cleaning Compound, (10) Drain valves.
MIL-PRF-85570 (Type II or IW) 6
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 10
(11) Drain holes. free of solvents and non-curing liquids
and CPCs. Application of, or contact
11. APPLICATION. with Fluid Film, Cleaning Solvents, Fuel,
Oil, or Hydraulic Fluid, will damage
integrity of Cor-Ban 35 coating.

NOTE

Rhine Air or equivalent forced-air ventilation Due to sensitivity to ultra-violet (UV)

is required for application of Cor-Ban 35 in radiation exposure, Cor-Ban 35 should be
the Transition (Zone 3) and Tail Cone (Zone applied to interior surfaces only.
4) sections.
NOTE

Cor-Ban 35 application thickness should be

approximately 1.0 to 1.5 mils wet, and 0.75
mils once it has cured. For wet film
Initial aircraft application and/or large scale thickness measurement, using protection
restoration of Cor-Ban 35 shall be performed for hands, push the wet film thickness
by a qualified Depot-level painter/artisan, in gauge into the Cor-Ban 35, after it has
a well-ventilated location (preferably in an been allowed to flow and settle for 2-3
approved paint facility), due to the personnel minutes. The thickness can be determined
hazards associated with large scale by the visible tracks in the wet film left by
application. If necessary, consult local the gauge fingers. Dry film thickness may
Industrial Hygiene department for be verified by the use of paint thickness
instruments.
restrictions.
NOTE

There are no restrictions on relative

humidity; however, higher humidity will
Corrosion Preventive Compound (MIL-DTL- extend dry/cure time.
85054D/Cor-Ban 35) can increase the
flammability of electrical wiring. Ensure all NOTE
electrical connectors and wire harnesses are
covered prior to application. High-Volume, Low-Pressure (HVLP) guns
should be regulated to no more than 10 PSI
at the nozzle prior to application of Cor-Ban
35. Do not thin Cor-Ban 35 prior to spray
application.
To ensure the best possible corrosion NOTE
protection, do not substitute Cor-Ban 35 with
any other corrosion preventive compound. Minimal runs, drips, and sags are allowed,
Cor-Ban 35 is manufactured by Zip-Chem ® as long as drain holes and cross drains are
and is qualified to MIL-DTL-85054D. not blocked. If drain holes or cross drains
become blocked, wipe up excess coating
using clean, dry cloths. Cor-Ban 35 will
exhibit slight sags or wavy material lines on
inclined surfaces in some situations. The
To ensure maximum adhesion and applied coating should be continuous and
penetration of Cor-Ban 35, ensure all free of voids. Wet sags and runs can be
structural surfaces are clean, dry, and brushed out.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 11
NOTE (1) All interior accessible structure in LH
and RH Fuel Cell compartments below WL 250.
Special attention should be paid to thorough
application of Cor-Ban 35 to the underside (2) All accessible interior structure below
of structural caps, mating surfaces of WL 233 in aft Transition Section.
structure and skin, and interfaces with
attaching hardware and nut-plates. d. ZONE 4. TAIL CONE SECTION FS 485-
FS 635 (Refer to figure 10):
NOTE
(1) All accessible interior structure.
Formit Extension Wands can be re-used if
light oil is sprayed through the tube and e. ZONE 5. TAIL PYLON AND
spray tip after Cor-Ban 35 application. OUTBOARD HORIZONTAL STABILATORS
(Refer to figures 11 and 12):
NOTE
NOTE
For most efficient application results, apply
Cor-Ban 35 to underside and hard-to-reach Application of Cor-Ban 35 to the Tail Pylon
areas first, then apply to easy-to-reach flat interior structure, and LH and RH Outboard
surfaces. Horizontal Stabilators should be
accomplished with the Tail Pylon assembly
removed from the Tail Cone and installed in
a Depot work stand, and the LH and RH
Outboard Horizontal Stabilators in
Corrosion Preventive Compound, maintenance work stands.
MIL-DTL-85054D (Cor-Ban 35) 48
(1) All accessible leading edge web and
12. Apply CPC (MIL-DTL-85054D, Cor-Ban 35) interior structure covered by Tail Drive Shaft
to the following areas: fairing.

a. ZONE 1. NOSE AND COCKPIT, FS (2) All accessible trailing edge web and
162- FS 247 (Refer to figure 6): interior structure covered by the aft Fairings.

(1) Lower Nose and lower Cockpit (FS (3) All accessible fittings and structure
162-FS 247, WL 200-WL 215). covered by the Intermediate and Tail
Gearboxes.
(2) LH and RH Observation Window
Frames. (4) Lower shear web interior structure.

b. ZONE 2. CABIN SECTION, FS 247-FS (5) All accessible interior structure of the
398 (Refer to figures 7 and 8): LH and RH Outboard Horizontal Stabilators.

(1) Lower surface of each Cabin f. ZONE 6. MAIN ROTOR PYLON (Refer
Floorboard section. to figures 13 thru 15):

(2) All accessible structure below WL NOTE

206.
For best results, the FS 464 Frame, Engine
(3) All accessible interior structure of LH Fire Bottle Support, and FS 484 Frame
and RH Main Landing Gear Stub Wing/Active should be removed from the aircraft.
Vibration Control (AVC) covered by fairings.
(1) All accessible surfaces of the FS 464
c. ZONE 3. TRANSITION SECTION, FS Frame Assembly, Engine Fire Bottle Support,
398-FS 485 (Refer to figure 9): and FS 484 Frame Assembly structure in the aft
Main Rotor Pylon Section.
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 12

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO THE

LOWER SURFACE OF ALL CABIN
FLOORBOARD SECTIONS.

Figure 7. MH-60S Zone 2, Cabin Floorboards

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 13

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE STRUCTURE
THROUGHOUT DETAILS A AND B.

Figure 8. MH-60S Zone 2, Cabin Subfloor Structure and Main Landing Gear Stubwing
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 14

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE STRUCTURE IN
FORWARD TRANSITION
SECTION FUEL CELL
COMPARTMENTS UP TO WL
250, AND UP TO WL 233 IN
AFT TRANSITION SECTION.

Figure 9. MH-60S Zone 3, Aft Cabin Subfloor Structure FS 379-FS 398

and Lower Transition Structure FS 398-FS 485
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 15

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL

ACCESSIBLE TAIL CONE
INTERIOR STRUCTURE.

Figure 10. MH-60S Zone 4, Tail Cone Section

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 16

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO LEADING

AND TRAILING EDGE WEBS,
INTERMEDIATE GEARBOX MOUNT
WEB, TIP CAP, AND ALL
ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR STRUCTURE.

Figure 11. MH-60S Zone 5, Tail Pylon

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 17

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ACCESSIBLE

INTERIOR STRUCTURE IN LH AND RH
HORIZONTAL STABILATORS USING 48-INCH
FORMIT WAND AND AEROSOL CAN.

Figure 12. MH-60S Zone 5, LH and RH Outboard Stabilators

A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 18

REMOVE FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES AS AN ASSEMBLY.

APPLY COR-BAN 35 TO ALL SURFACES OF FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES,
AND ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE SUPPORT.

Figure 13. MH-60S Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section

Engine Fire Bottle Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 19

FS 464 FRAME ASSY.

FS 484 FRAME ASSY.

Figure 14. Details A and B. MH-60S Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section
Engine Fire Bottle Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 20

ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE SUPPORT.

LH AND RH ENGINE FIRE BOTTLE

SUPPORT FORMERS.

NOTE
LH AND RH FORMERS CAN REMAIN ATTACHED TO
FS 464 AND FS 484 FRAMES.

Figure 15. Details C and D. MH-60S Zone 6, Aft Main Rotor Pylon Section
Engine Fire Bottle Support Structure
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 21

g. Proceed to paragraph 19, 17. Removal of Cor-Ban 35 can be

DOCUMENTATION, this WP. accomplished by using clean cheesecloth or
low-lint cloth, and Dry-Cleaning Solvent (MIL-
13. RESTORATION/TOUCH-UP. PRF-680), or equivalent solvent. Use a Scotch-
Brite pad with Dry-Cleaning Solvent to aid in
NOTE removal cured Cor-Ban 35.

Restoration may require application in a

Depot-level aircraft paint facility depending
on the amount of area to be covered.
Isopropyl Alcohol, TT-I-735 23
14. Restoration is defined as application to a
large section of structure in any zone or zones, 18. Flush all Dry Cleaning Solvent from
beyond the capability or practical application connectors and harnesses with Isopropyl
using an aerosol can and/or brush method to Alcohol (TT-I-735).
touch-up a disturbed finish. Restoration may be
required due to major structural repairs, or 19. DOCUMENTATION.
damage to the overall finish from prolonged
exposure to solvents, fuel, hydraulic fluid, Fluid
Film, salt water, or any other liquid that
significantly degrades the Cor-Ban 35 finish.
High Solids Polyurethane Coating,
NOTE MIL-PRF-85285 18

Touch-up can be accomplished in a well- 20. Apply stencil to the RH exterior tail pylon
ventilated area and does not require centered below the pull-out step at WL 223.00,
application in a Depot-level aircraft paint with 1.00 inch Blue lettering (Color No 35237) as
facility. follows: Cor-Ban 35 Applied. Refer to figure 16
for location.
15. Touch-up is defined as application to a
small section of structure in any zone that can 21. Incorporate aircraft logbook entry in the
be accomplished using an aerosol can and/or Repair/Rework page (CNAF 4790/23A) stating
brush method. Touch-up may be required if the following: Applied MIL-DTL-85054D
minor damage to the Cor-Ban 35 finish is (Cor-Ban 35) IAW A1-H60BB-SRM-100, WP
detected or incurred due to structural repair, or 037 00.
exposure to solvents, fuel, oil, hydraulic fluid,
Fluid Film, or any other contact that disturbs the
Cor-Ban 35 finish in a small area.

16. REMOVAL.

Dry Cleaning Solvent, MIL-PRF-680

(Type II or III) 1
A1-H60BB-SRM-100 037 00
Page 22

ONE INCH BLUE STENCIL (COLOR NO 35237) SPRAY PAINT:

COR-BAN 35
APPLIED

Figure 16. MH-60S Zone 5, Tail Pylon Stencil

(View Looking at Tail Pylon RH Side)